Qfartiell Hntoerattg Htbtarg Strata, SS^eni Qntb BOUGHT WITH THE INCOME SP THE SAGE ENDOWMENT FUND THE GIFT OF HENRY W. SAGE 189: The date shows when this volume was taken. To renew this book copy the call No. and give to the librarian. HOME USE RULES All Books subject to Recall AH tiorrowers must regis- ,...^. ter in the library to borrow books for home use. ■•"— ■ •> Ail books must be re- turned at end of .college ■"' year for inspection and repairs. / Limited books must be re- turned within the four week limit and not renewed. Stjidertts^ust return all books before leaving town. ■•' Officers- should arrange for the return of books wanted during their absence from __ , _ towti.: Volumes of periodicals ■ and of pamphlets are held in the library as much as ; possible. For special pur- poses they are given out for '"""•"" ' ' '■■ " a Hmlitedtime. .,L ,.... Borrowers should not use their library privileges for -"--'• the benefit of oth«- persons. Books of special value and gift books, when t^ie giver wishes it, arc not allowed to circulate. Readers are asked to re- port all. cases of hooka marked or mutilated. Do not deface books by marks and writinf. Cornell University Library LF501 .A7 1893 Statuta Universitatis Oxonlensis. 1924 030 614 584 olin 50 \ A'7 STATUTA UNIYERSITATIS oxonie:n^sis (©xonii E TYPOGRAPHEO CLARENDONIANO M DCCC XCIII A. 3^0117 OXONII Excudebat Horatius Hart Typographus academictis ELENCHUS TITTJLOEUM ET PARAGRAPHORUM. TITULUS I. BE TEEMINIS ET VACATIONIBTJS. PAS. Sbotio I. De terminorum numero, initio, et fine i II. De precibns solennibus de sacra synaxi, et de condone initio oujusque termini habendis 2 TITULUS II. DE MATBICT7LA UNIVBESITATIS. Seotio I. De matricula TTniTeraitatis custodienda 3 II. De tempore et oonditionibus matrioulationis 3 III. De officio prsefectorura circa scholares matriculandos ... 4 IV. De laicis ad privilegia Universitatis admittendia 4 V. On Wew Foundations for Academical Study and Educa- tion 5 VI. On Affiliated Colleges 6 VII. On Colonial and Indian ITniversities S TITULUS III. DE SCHOLAEITJM EESIDENTIA. Seotio I. De soholarium intra aoademiam commoratione 11 II . Quales tutores scholaribua prseflciendi aunt 12 III. Of Ke-admisaion and Migration 12 IV. Of Won- Collegiate Students, that is. Students not attached or belonging to any College or Hall 14 § I . Of the admission of Students, of the Delegates and of the Censor 14 2 . Of payments under the Statute concerning Non-Collegiate Students 17 V. Of the Delegacy of Lodging Houses 18 VI. Of the D elegacy for the training of Teachers 21 a 2 IV ELENCHUS TITULORUM. TITULTJS IV. DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. TAH. Seotio I. General Statutes relating to Professorships and Beader- ships 23 § I . Concerning Electoral Boards and Tenure of Professorships 23 2. Concerning Elections to Professorships 24 3. Concerning the Duties of Professors 26 4. Concerning University Beaders 3^ 5. De mode, quo auditores in scholis se gerere inter audiendum debeant 33 Sectio II. Statutes relating to particular Frofessorships, Eeader- ships, and Teacherships 34 A. § I . Concerning the Kegius and Margaret Professors of Divinity and the Kegius Professor of Hebrew 34 2 . De Theologiae Pastoralis et Historiae Ecclesiasticae Professoribus Eegiis 35 3. De professore exegeseos S. Scripturse a viro valde reverendo Doctore Ireland institute 36 4. ConcerningaProfessorshipof the Interpretationof Holy Scripture 37 B. I. Concerning the Eegius Professor of Civil Lav? 39 2. Concerning the Vinerian Professor of English Law 39 3. Concerning the Chichele Professor of International Law 40 4. Concerning the Corpus Christi Professor of Jurisprudence 41 5. Of the Reader in Indian Law 42 6. Concerning a Beadership in Boman Law 42 C. 1. Concerning the Begins Professor of Medicine 44 2 . Concerning the Lichfield Trust for Clinical Instruction 44 3. De professore praxeos Medicinse per Georgium Aldrich, M.D. institute. Statutum regiaauctoritate sancitum, a.d. 1858 ... 46 D. I. Concerning the Savilian Professor of Geometry 46 2 . Concerning the Savilian Professor of Astronomy 47 3. Concerning the Sedleian Professor of Natural Philosophy 48 4. Concerning the Waynflete Professor of Pure Mathematics 49 E. I . Concerning the Professor of Experimental Philosophy 50 2 . Concerning the Wykeham Professor of Physios 51 3 . Concerning the Professor of Applied Mechanics 52 4. Concerning the Waynflete Professor of Chemistry 53 5. De Praelectore chemise per Georgium Aldrich, M.D. instituto. Statutum regia auctoritate sancitum, a.d. 1867 cj 6. Concerning the Waynflete Professor of Mineralogy cj. 7. Concerning the Professor of Geology cc 8. De professore ceconomise ruralis Sibthorpiano 16 g. Concerning the Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy 56 I o . Concerning the Waynflete Professor of Physiology cj ELENCHTJS TITULOStTM. V PAG. 11. Concerning the Sherardian Professor of Botany 58 12. Concerning Dr. Lee's Readers 59 F. § 1 . Concerning tlie Regius Professor of Greek 62 2. Concerning the Corpus Christi Professor of the Latin Language and Literature 63 3. Concerning the Boden Professor of Sanskrit 63 4. Concerning the Laudian Professor of Arabic 64 5. De Praelectore linguae Arabicae 65 6. Concerning the Rawlinsonian Professor of Anglo-Saxon fig 7. Concerning the Jesus Professor of Celtic 66 8. Of a Professor of Chinese 66 9. Concerning the Corpus Christi Professor of the Romance or Neo- Latin Languages 67 10. Concerning the Merton Professor of English Language and Litera- ture 68 1 1 . Concerning the Corpus Christi Professor of Comparative Philology 69 12. Concerning the Lincoln and Merton Professor of Classical Archaeology and Art 7° G . I . Concerning Whyte's Professor of Moral Philosophy 71 2 . Concerning the Waynflete Professor of Moral and Metaphysical Philosophy 72 3. Concerning the Wykeham Professor of Logic 73 H. 1 . Concerning the Camden Professor of Ancient History 73 2 . Concerning the Wykeham Professor of Ancient History 74 3. Concerning the Regius Professor of Modern History 75 4. Concerning the Chichele Professor of Modem History 76 5. Of the Reader in Indian History 76 6. Concerning the Professor of Political Economy 77 I. I. De prffilectore Poeticffi 77 2. De professore Musicae 7^ De prseoentore sive coryphseo, et de schola musicae practice 79 TITULUS V. CONCBENING BOARDS OF FACULTIES. Seotio L Of Boards of Paoulties 8i IL Of the Division of the Faculty of ITatural Science ... 84 IIL Of the Division of the Faculty of Arts 85 IV. Of ex offloio Members of Boards of Faculties 85 V. Of Elected Members of Boards of Faculties 86 §1. Of the persons capable of being elected 86 2. Of the number and tenure of Members 86 3. Of the Electors 86 4. Of the manner of holding Elections 87 VI. Of Co-opted Members of Boards of Faculties 87 VII. Of Lectures to be included in the Lists framed by Boards of Faculties 88 VIII. Of the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties 88 VI ELENCHUS TITULOEUM. TITULUS VI. DE TEMPORE AD GRADUS CAPESSENDOS REQUISITO, ET EXEECITHS PRO EORMA PR^STANDIS. Sbotio I. Of the Time and Exercises required for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts. PAG. How many years passed in the study of Arts, and what Exercises, are required for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts 91 A. Of Besponsions. §1. Of the subjects and method of Besponsions 93 2 . Of the admission of Candidates and the order of the Examination ... 95 B. Of the First Public Examination. § I. Of the subjects and method of the First Public Examination 97 2. On the admission of Candidates and the order of the Examination. . . 102 C. Of the Second PvMic Examination. § I . Of the several parts of the Second Public Examination 107 2. Of the Examination of Candidates who do not seek Honours 108 3. Of the Honour School of Literse Humaniores iii 4. Of the Honour School of Mathematics 112 5. Of the Honour School of Natural Science 112 6. Of the Honour School of Jurisprudence 115 7. Of the Honour School of Modem History 116 8. Of the Honour School of Theology 117 9. Of the Honour School of Oriental Studies 118 10. Of the admission of Candidates, and the order of the Examination 120 D. Of the appointment of Masters of the Schools, Moderators, and Public Examiners. 5 I. Of the appointment of Masters of the Schools 127 i. Of the appointment of Moderators 128 3. Of the appointment of Public Examiners 129 4. Of the supply of Vacancies 131 5. Of the Declaration to be made by Examiners 131 6. Of the removal of Examiners for misconduct 132 7. Of the powers of the Visitatorial Board in respect of Examiners ... 132 E. General rules respecting the Examinations for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts. §1. Of the Publication of the Names of Candidates 132 2. Of the Lists to be sent to the Senior Examiner 134 3. Of the change of days and hours by the House of Congregation ... 134 4. Of the place of Examination and the notice to be given to Candidates 134 5. Of the conduct of Examinations i^c 6. Of the Boards of Studies i,» 7. Of the Eegistration of Class Lists, and of the names of Candidates who have satisfied the Examiners 138 ELENCHTTS TITULOEUM. Vll PAO. 8. Of the Proctorial authority of Examiners 139 9. Of the Interpretation of certain terms 139 Seciio II, De tempore et exercitiia requisitis ad gradvuu Magistri in Artibus. § I . Quot anni in bonarum literarum studio ponendi requirantur ad gra- dum Magistri in Artibus ,, 140 i. De tempore intra quod habendi sunt Baccalaurei determinatores ... 140 Sectio III. "De tempore et exercitiis requisitis ad gradns in Husica capessendos. § I . De exercitiis pro gradu Baccalaurei in Musica praestandis 141 2. Of the Examinations preliminary to the First Examination 142 3. Quot anni ponendi sint in studio vel praxi Musicae pro gradu Doc- toris in Musica 143 4. De exercitiis per inceptorem in Musica prsestandis 1 44 Seotio IV. De tempore et exercitiis requisitis ad gradus in Jure Civili capessendos. § I . Of the qualifications of Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Civil Law 144 2. Of the subjects and method of the Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Civil Law 144 3. Of the admission of Candidates, and of the conduct of the Ex- amination 145 4. Of the Admission of Bachelors of Civil Law to the Degree of Doctor of Civil Law 146 5. De incorporandis in Jure Civili graduatis 147 Sectio Y. Of the times and Exercises required for Degrees in Medicine. § I . Of the qualifications of Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine 147 2. Of the subjects and method of the Examinations for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine 147 3. Of the admission of Candidates and of the conduct of the Examination 1 49 4. Of the Admission of Bachelors of Medicine to the Degree of Doctor of Medicine 151 J. De incorporandis Medicinae graduatis 152 Sectio VI. Of Degrees in Surgery. §1. Ofthe Sub-Faculty of Surgery 152 2. Of the Degree of Bachelor of Surgery 152 3. Of the Degree of Master of Surgery 152 Sectio VII. Of holding an Examination in Preventive Medicine 1 54 Sectio VIII. De tempore et exercitiis requisitis ad gradus in Theologia capessendos. I I . Quot anni in studio S. Theologiae ponendi requirantur ad gradum Baccalaurei in S. Theologia iS^ 2 . Exercitia pro gradu Baccalaurei in S. Theologia prsestanda 156 viii ELENCHUS TITTJLORTJM. PAG. 3. Quot anni in Btudio S. Theologias ponendi ad incipiendum in Theo- logia requirantur 15" 4. Exercitia pro gradu Doctoris in S. Theologia praestanda 1 56 Seotio IX. Quomodo et tinde oomputandum sit tempus sin- gulis gradibus oapessendis prsestitutum i57 Sbowo X. De Examinatorum Nominatione. § I. Concerning the Nomination of Examiners 158 2. Of the Committees for the Nomination of Examiners 158 Sbctio XI. Of Assessors to Examiners, and additional Examiners 160 TITULUS VII. CONCEENING UliriVEKSITY SCHOLAESHIPS AND PRIZES. Seotio I. Concerning Scholarships. § I . Of the Fellowshipa and Scholarships on the Foundation of John Lord Craven 161 2. De Scholaribus Caroli Viner 163 3. De Scholari dom. Doc. Johnson in scientiis Mathematicis 164 4. Of the Kennicott Hebrew Scholarships 164 5. De Scholaribus efundatione Bodeuiana 168 6. De electione Soholarium qui ex bonis coUegii Hertfordensis annuo prsemio donandi sunt 168 7. Of the Denyer and Johnson Scholarships in Theology 1 69 8. Of the Davis Scholarship in Chinese 170 Seotio II. De Examinatoribus pro preemiis a dom. Cancellario et a dom. B. Ifewdigate baronetto propositis 171 TITULUS VIII. CONCERNING THE EXAMINATION AND INSTRUCTION OF PERSONS WHO ARE NOT MEMBERS OF THE UNIVERSITY. Sectio I. Of the Delegates of Iiocal Examinations. 5 1 . Of the number of the Delegates, and of the Eeport to be made to Convocation 173 2. Of the Local Examinations 173 3. Of the Examination of Women 174 4. Of the Examination of Schools 176 Seotio II. Of the Delegates for the Inspection and Exami- nation of Schools 176 Seotio III. Of the Delegates for the Extension of Teaching beyond the limits of the TTniversity J77 §1. Of the number and duties of the Delegates 177 3. Of AfiBliated Centres 178 ELENCHUS TITULOETJM. IX PA8. TITULUS IX. DB CONGBEGATIONIBUS MAGISTROEUM EEGENTIUM. Sectio I. De tempore et negotiis Congregationum, et de personis ad eas spectantibus, §1. De tempore Congregationum habendarum 180 2 . De negotiis in domo Congregationis traotandis 1 80 '3. De personis ex quibus constat Congregatio : et penes quos sit potestas negandi quse proponuntur 181 4. De Magistris necessario regentibus 181 J. Qui sunt Magistri regentes ad placitum 181 Sectio II. De admissione ad Gradus et Status. 5 I. Conditiones prsevise ad petitionem gratise ex parte suppliois 182 2. Ordo ceremoniarum 183 Seotio III. Pormulee. § I. Pormulse gratiarum a eoUegio vel aula vel a delegatis scholarium non ascriptorum concessarum. 1. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in Artibus 185 2. Pro gradu inceptoris in Artibus 186 3. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in Musica 186 4. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in Medioina 186 5. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in Jure Civili 186 6. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in S. Theologia 187 7. Pro gradu inceptoris in Musica 187 8. Pro gradu inceptoris in Chirurgia 187 9. Pro gradu inceptoris in Medicina 187 10. Pro gradu inceptoris in Jure Civili 188 11. Pro gradu inceptoris in S. Theologia 188 § 2 . Formulae supplicationum. 1. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in Artibus 188 2. Pro gradu inceptoris in Artibus 188 3. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in Musica 189 4. Pro gradu inceptoris in Musica 189 5. Pro gradu inceptoris in Chirurgia 189 6. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in Medicina 189 7. Pro gradu inceptoris in Medioina 189 8. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in Jure Civili 189 9. Pro gradu inceptoris in Jure Civili igo 10. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in S. Theologia 190 11. Pro gradu inceptoris in S. Theologia 190 12. Si quis in aliqua facultate gradum Baccalaurei et Doctoris cumulare cupierit 190 § 3. Formulse prsesentationis. 1. Ad Baccalaureatum in Artibus 190 2. Ad incipiendum in Artibus 190 3. Ad Baccalaureatum in Musica 191 X ELBNCHUS TITULOEUM. PAG. 4. Ad incipiendum in Musica 19' 6- Ad Baccalaureatum in Medioina 191 6. Ad incipiendum in Chirurgia 19' 7. Ad incipiendum in Medicina 191 8. Ad Baccalaureatum in Jure CSvili 19' 9. Ad incipiendum in Jure Cirili 191 10. Ad Baccalaureatum in S.Theologia 191 11. Ad incipiendum in S. Theologia 191 § 4. Formulae admiesionis, a Vice-Cancellario recitandse. 1. Ad gradum Baccalaurei in Artibus 19^ 2. Ad gradum Baccalaurei in Medicina 192 3. Ad gradum Baccalaurei in Jure Civili 192 4. Ad gradum Baccalaurei in S. Theologia 192 5. Ad incipiendum in aliqua facultate 192 § 5. Formula declarationis ab admittendis ad publicam bibliothecam subscribendae 193 Sbctio IV. De iis quorum gratisB uegantur 193 Y. De gradibus QLuibuadam in absentes conferendis 193 VI. Of Incorporation 194 Seotio VII. De lioentils concedendis. J I . Be qualitate eorum qui ad concionandum per universam Angliam licentiandi sunt 197 2. Formula petendi licentiam ad concionandum per universam Angliam 197 3. Formula literarum testimonialium 198 4. De qualitate eorum qui ad praxin in Medicina licentiandi sunt ... 198 5 . Formula petendi licentiam ad practicandum in Medicina 199 6. Formula literarum testimonialium 199 7. De qualitate et conditione licentiandi ad praxin chirurgice. For- mula supplicandi 199 8. Formula literarum testimonialium 200 TITULUS X. DE MAGNA CONGBEGATIONE ET DE CONGEEGATIONE UNIVEESITATIS. Sectio I. De Ilagna Cougregatlone sive Convocatione. § I . De peraonia ex quibus constat magna Congregatio sive Convocatio Magistrorum regentium et non-regentium 201 2. De mode indicendi Convocationem magnam, et ad earn conveniendi 203 Seotio II. De negotiis in domo Convocationis traotandis. § I . Enumeratio negotiorum quse ad domum Convoeationis spectant ... 204 2. De statutis et decretis in domo Convocationis condendis 205 3 . De electionibua in domo Convocationis habendis 206 4. De degradations 208 ELENCHUS TITULOEUM. XI PA&. Sbotio III. Concerning the Congregation of the TTniveraity. § I . On the mode of submitting Statutes to the CongTegation of the University 209 2 . Begulations under which Statutes are to be submitted 210 TITULTJS XI. DB CONGREGATIONIBUS BT CONVOCATIONIBUS STATUTA GBNEBALIA. § I . CongregationibuB alii necessario alii libera intersunt ; Convocation- ibus singuli, rite moniti, tenentur per fidem interesse 213 2. De ordine sedendi in Gonvocatione et Congregatione 213 3. In domo Congregationis et ConTOcationis Latino idiomate utendum. Loquendi modus et vices servandee. A contumeliis abstinendum 214 TITULUS XII. CONCERNING CBKTAIN DBLEGACIES. Secho I. De Belegatorum nominatione 215 Sectio II. De Delegatis. I I. De delegatis preli. 215 On the audit of their accounts 216 2. De statis delegatis pro academise privilegiis tuendis et conser- vandis , 216 3. De delegatis musei academic! 217 4. De delegatis ad negotia intra XJniTersitatem 217 5. Concerning the delegates of University .Police 218 6. Concerning the Delegates for superintending the instruction of Selected Candidates for the Civil Service of India 219. TITULUS xm. DE HEBDOMADAI/I CONCILIO, p. 221. TITULUS XIV. DE VBSTITtr KT HABITU SCHOLASTICO. § I. De modo servando in vestitu 223 2. De usu habitus academici 223 3. De habitu academico singulis gradibus et facultatibua oompetente . 223 TITULUS XV. DE MOBTBTJS CONEOEMANDIS. §1. De reverentia juniorum erga seniores 225 2. De coercendis otiosis et male feriatis scholaribus in oivitate ober- lantibus *^S 3. De domibus oppidanorum non frequentandis 226 4. Quod scholares conventibus municipii Oxoniensis et sessionibus et assisis non intersint 220 5. De tenopoUis seu tabemis vinariis, popinis et diversoriis non fre- quentandis ; necnon de oppidanis epulas scholaribus sine venia pretio prsebentibus ^^° xn ELENCHUS TITULOKUM. PAff. 6. De nocturna Tagatione reprimenda 227 7. De ludia prohibitis 227 8. De famosie libellis cohibendis, et de oontumeliiB compescendis 228 9. De vi et injuria proliibenda 228 10. De armis non gestandiB 229 11. De conyenticulis illicitis reprimendis 229 1 2 . De auctoribus et fautoribus dissensionis puniendis 229 13. De oppugnatoribus et violatoribus publicse auctoritatis et manu- teuentibus coeroendia 230 14. De vehiculis 230 15. De reprimendis BumptibuB non academicis 231 16. De delictis contra quae nuUo Bpeoiali statute cautum est, et de poenis pro arbitrio iufligendis 232 TITULUS XVI. DE CONCIONIBUS. § I . De concionibuB ante meridiem diebus Dominieis in frequenti aca- demia habendis 233 2. De concionibus habendis in frequenti academia, in Dominieis quadragesimalibus ante meridiem, et in quolibet die Dominico post meridiem 234 3. De concionatoribus a Yice-Cancellario in statos quosdam dies designandis 234 4. De concionibus Bamptonianis 235 5. De concionibus anniTersariis habendis extra templum B. Marise ... 235 6. De concionatoribus approbandis 235 7. De praemonendis concionaturis, et poena eorum qui deficiunt 236 8. De selectis quibusdam concionatoribus designandis 236 9. De concionatoribus remunerandis 237 10. De commemoratione publicorum Universitatia benefactorum, prse concionibus solennibus intra Universitatem habendis 237 11. De offensionis et disBensionis materie in concionibus evitanda 238 1 2. De officiis Divinis, sen precibus Bolennibus juxta liturgiam ecclesiae Anglicanse, et concionibus publicis frequentandis 239 TITULUS xvn, DE OI'FICIARIIS UNIVERSITATIS. Seotio I. De Cancellario. § I. De Cancellaril eleotione et admissione 240 2 . De officio, potestate et auctoritate Cancellarii 241 Sectio II. De senesohallo et sub-seneschallo TTniversitatis ... 242 Sbctio III. De Vice-Cancellario. § I. De Cancellarii commissario generali, sive Vice-Cancellario, ejus nominatione, et admissione; ac de deputatis ipsius 243 2. De auctoritate et officio Vice-Cancellarii 244 ELENCHUS TITULOEUM. xiii ,-,T PAG. Seotio IV. De Frocuratoribus. I I. Of the Election of Proctors 245 2. Of the Electors to the office of Proctor 246 3. De Procuratoribus eligendis , 246 4. De Procuratoribus admittendis 247 5. De Frocuratorum officio et auctoritate 248 6. De mulctis et feodis in cistam academicam reponendis 249 Seotio v. De publico ITniversitatis oratoro 250 VI. De clericis meroatus 250 VII. De publico archivorum XTniveisitatis custode de- signando 251 VIII. Of the Kegistrar of the tTniversity 252 TITULUS XVIII. DE MINISTEIS ET SBRVIENTIBUS UNIVEBSITATIS. 5 1. Of the Bedels 254 2. Of the Clerk of the Schools 2i;5 3. Of the Verger of the University 255 TITULUS XIX. DE EISCO UNIVBESITATIS. § I . De feodis et debitis ad Universitatem pertinentibue, et de eorun- dem distributione 256 2. Of the Curators of the University Chest 263 3. De annuls debitis colligendis 265 4. Concerning College Contributions for University Purposes 266 J. Concerning College Contributions for University Purposes (Supple- mental Statute) 272 6. Concerning the Common University Fund 273 7. Concerning the Form of Accounts of the University and the Audit and Publication thereof 275 8. Of the University Auditor 282 9. Concerning the Publication of the Accounts of the Colleges in the University of Oxford 283 10. De Augendis Vicariorum quorundam Stipendiis 291 TITULUS XX. DE BONIS ET LOCIS PTJBLICIS TJNIVEESITATIS. Sectio I. De chaitis et munimentis ITniversitatis custodiendis ... 292 11. De sigUlis TJniversitatis 293 Sectio III. De bibliotheca Bodleiana. § I. De Bibliothecario 293 i. De forma Bibliothecaiii eligendi 293 XIV ELENCHUS TITULORTJM, PAfl. 3. Do Bibliothecarii libera recessione vel amotione 294 4. De ofScio et muuere ejusdem 294 5. De cseteiis officiariis et miuistriB 295 6. De stipendiis et pecuniis 297 7. De custodia numismatum 298 8 . De tempore aperiendi et claudendi bibliothecam 298 9. De modo studendi 299 10. De iis, quos studendi causa ad bibliothecam admittere licet 300 11. De libria extra bibliothecam efiferendis 301 12. De curatoribus bibliothecse 302 Sectio IV. Of the Sheldonian Theatre 304 Seotio v. De Huseis. §1. De museo academico 305 2. De museo Ashmoleano, et de custode musei Ashmoleani 305 Sectio VI. De institutione Tayloriana 306 VII. Of the Ilchester endowment for the encouragement of the study of the Slavonic languages, literature, and history 309 VIII. De paroo Aoademioo 310 IX. Of the University Observatory 311 X. Of the Botanic Oarden 311 XI. Of the Finch Library and Collection 312 XII. Of the Schools 312 XIII. Of the TTniversity Galleries 313 XIV. Of the Indian Institute 314 TITULUS XXI. DE JUDICnS. Seciio I. § I. De jurisdiotione TJniversitatis tuenda , 315 2. De curia oommissarii sive Vice-CanceUarii Uniyersitatis 316 3. De assessore sive deputato Vice-Canoellarii 316 4. De registrario curiae Vice-Cancellarii 3iy 5. De proouratoribus ad lites giy 6. De modo procedendi in causis criminalibus 318 7. De incaroeratione custodise causa 318 8. De reis majorum criminum convictis 318 9. De iis qui de se justitiam fieri non permittunt 319 10. De iis, qui Universitatis juribus ao privilegiis adversantur, discom- muuicaudis vel dispriyilegiandis 319 ELENCHTIS TITTJLOETJM. XV TA.a. 1 1 . De perturbatoribns pacis, sive iis quorum appellationes recipiendse non sunt 320 13. De causis in quibus dubitatur utrum appellatio admittenda sit, necne 321 13. De appellationibus admittendis in causis civilibus, perturbationi pacis annexis 322 14. Quo ordine appellandum sit 322 15. De judicibus delegatis in causis appellationum 322 16. De eautionibus ab appellantibus depouendis penes Frocuratores Universitatis, priusquam inhibitionem obtineant 323 17. De modo procedendi in causis appellationum 324 Sbctio II. Concerning a VisitatoTial Board 325 TITULUS XXII. STATTJTA AtJLABIA, ET DE AULIS PEIVATIS. Seciio I. Statuta aularia 32S §1. De scholaribus in aulas admittendis 328 2. De Divinis ofiBciis ab aularibus observandis 328 3. De oonversatione honesta et moribus aularium 329 4. De principalibus aularum eorumque substitutia 331 5. De obsonatore, promo, coquo, et aliis servientibus 332 6. De rebus et loois eommunibus 332 7. De cameris et earum dispositione 333 8. De communiis, et solutione debitorum 333 9. De statutorum custodia, et poenis delinquentium 334 Sbotio II. Of Private Halls. § I. Of the granting of licences to open Private Halls 335 J. Of the office of Master of a Private Hall 336 3. Of the Students of Private Halls 337 4. Of the Supervision of Private Halls 338 5. Of the Status of Students of a Private Hall after the suspension or revocation of a licence, or after the death of the Master of a Private Hall 33^ 6. Of the Conditions upon which a Private Hall may become a Public HaU of the University 339 Concerning the operation of Statutes made under the powers of the TTniversities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877 340 XVI ELENCHUS TITULOKUM. APPENDIX. PAO. A. Concerning Profesaora 34° B. Concerning the Congregation of the University, and the Hebdomadal Council 35^ C. Extract from Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877, §i6 357 D. Concerning the University Galleries, the Hope Collections, the Fielding Herbarium, and the Botanic Garden 359 E. Concerning the Chancellor's court 366 F. Concerning the Grinfield lecture 367 G. Concerning Scholarships 368 H. Concerning Prizes 382 Index 399 TITULUS I. t^:^ 319- DE TERMINIS ET VACATIONIBUS. Sectio I.— DE TERMINORUM NTJMERO, INITIO, ET EINE. 1. Oedinatum est quod annus academicus, prout consuetudo obtinuit, quatuor terminos, in quibus omnes actus scholastic! ex- ercendi sunt, et totidem vacationes contineat. 2. E quibus primus terminus incipiet in crastino S. Dionysii, scilicet decimo Oetobris (in quo antiquitus Magistri lectiones suas resumere solebant) ; et octavo die ante Natalem Domini, scilicet decimo septimo Decembris, in crastino diei qui O Sapientia dici solet, terminabitur. 3. Secundus autem in crastino S. Hilarii, boc est, decimo quarto Januarii, inchoabitur; et in vigilia Dominicse Palmarum desinet. 4. Tertius autem die Mercurii post festum Pascbatis initium Adcl.p.66o, sumat ; et in die Veneris proxime ante Pentecosten exeat. Lio^^.j 5. Quartus die Saturni ante festum Pentecostes auspicetur : et continuetur ex prorogatione, virtute prsesentis statuti, (absque prsejudicio vel incommodo statutorum vel consuetudinum alicujus coUegii vel aulas,) in diem Sabbati primum diem Martis in mense Add.p.533. Julio proxime sequentem ; et ulterius, secundum beneplacitum L' 5 -J Vice-Cancellarii, Procuratorum et Magistrorum regentium. 6. Quod si forte initium vel finis alicujus termini in diem festum inciderit, incboatio vel terminatio ejusdem in diem imme- diate sequentem differatur. Proviso semper, quod si finis termini tertii in diem festum inciderit, terminus iste .in die antecedent! exeat. 7. Plenus autem terminus, quoad exercitia in pleno termino per statuta necessario prsestanda, incboari intelligendus est prime die hebdomadis sequentis primam Congregationem ; utpote, si prima Congregatio fuerit die Lunse, Dominica proxime sequens habeatur primus dies in pleno termino. B a 2 DE TEEMINIS ET VACATIONIBUS. [I. !• Add.p.603. 8. Cum quaestio orta fuerit quo potissimum tempore terminuB '-' * ■■' quisque incipiat vel desinat ; ad toUendam hano dubitationem, placuit Universitati statuere, ut totus ille dies in quo terminus quisque inchoabitur vel terminabitur intra terminum istum re- putetur. Add.p.941. Sbctio II.— DE PBECIBTJS SOLENNIBUS DB SACRA [1888.] STKAXI, ET DE CONCIOlSrE INITIO CUJUSQTJE TERMINI HABENDIS. 1. Quo auspicatius simul et solennius terminus quisque in- choetur, ordinatum est quod preces publice secundum liturgiam ecclesise Anglicanse in ecclesia B. Mariee Virginis celebrentur. 2. Litaniam Procuratores ipsi, vel alii duo Magistri a Procura- toribus designati, solenniter ac devote cantare aut legere teneantur. Chorus autem respondeat. 3. Preces vero Vice-Cancellarius aut aliquis ab eo designatus perlegat, et reliqua ibidem in officiis divinis praestanda celebret ac peragat. 4. Sacra item synaxis hora a Vioe-Cancellario constituenda decenter et reverenter celebretur. 5. Concio Latine ad clerum habeatur. Quam concionem obeant ii qui juxta seriem Tit. XVI. § 2 ordinatam concionandi vices sustinere debent. Si quis vero ante tres saltem menses a praefecto domus suae ejusve deputato rite prsBmonitus, se partes suas im- pleturum esse non indicaverit, neque ipse domus prsefectus, vel ejus deputatus, aliquem alium nominaverit, Vice-Cancellarius aliquem concionaturum designabit. Cauto semper quod S. Theo- logiae bedellus ante sex septimanas Vice-Cancellario renuntiare teneatur, quandocunque nemo ad eam concionandi vicem supplen- dam nominatus fuerit. 6. Cuilibet autem banc concionem babenti solvantur quinque librae et quinque solidi. 7. Quod ad banc Sectionem pertinet, terminus Paschatis et terminus S. Trinitatis pro uno termino reputentur. TITULUS 11. DE MATEICULA UNIVERSITATIS. fol'^it [i837-i Sectio I.— DE MATRICULA UNIVERSITATIS CTJSTODIENDA. Cum multis eisdemque gravissimis de causis sanctissimse nostrse Universitati non minus necessarium quam operse pretium existi- matum sit, ut certa aliqua ratio ineatur, qua facillime nulloque negotio intelligi semper perspicique possit omnium eorum cum numerus turn conditio, quos sue aliquando sinu complexa sit atque foverit ; idcirco conoejatis verbis statuendum novaque lege san- ciendum esse duxit, ut perpetuis posthac temporibus sit et conser- vetur penes Cancellarium, vel ejus commissarium qui pro tempore existet, unum registrum sive liber matriculationis omnium per- sonarum tam studentium quam servientium, aut ministrorum eorundem ; omniumque aliarum privilegiatarum personarum juri- bus sive libertatibus ejusdem Universitatis, quccunque titulo sive preetextu, utentium. Sectio II.— DE TEMPOBE ET CONDITIONIBUS MATRICULATIONIS. 1. Statutum est quod nemo pro studente seu scholari babeatur, nee ullia Universitatis privileges aut beneficiis gaudeat, nisi qui in aliquod collegium vel aulam admissus fuerit, vel a delegatis scholarium nulli coUegio vel aulse ascriptorum licentiam intra Universitatem commorandi impetraverit, et intra quindenam post Add.p. 875. talem admissionem vel licentiationem in matriculam Universitatis '■' ^'J fuerit relatus. 2. Singulis autem, qui in matriculam Universitatis redigendi Add.p.481. accedunt, Vice-Cancellarius exemplar statutorum in manus tradat L'°55-J eosque sequentem in modum admoneat. iScito te [vel si plures 4 DE MATRICULA UNIVERSITATIS. [H. II. fuerint, Sdtote vos\ in matriculam Universitatis hodie relatwm [vel relatos] esse, et ad obs&rvandum omnia statuta hoe libro comprehensa, quantum ad te [aut ad vos] s^pectent, teneri. Add. p. 4, Sbctio III.— DE OTTICIO PBJEPECTOETTM CIRCA post 319. [1837.] SCHOLARES MATRICULANDOS. 1. Decrbttjm est quod omnes et singuli prsefecti sive magistri collegiorum aut aularum (sive quocunque alio titulo ac nomine cognoscantur, aut censeantur) aut, ipsis absentibus, eorum deputati teneantur et obligentur, infra quindenam a tempore quo aliquis Add.p.875. scholarium sive studentium in suum collegium sive aulam fuerit [1B82.J admissus necnon censor scholarium nuUi coUegio vel aulse ascrip- torum infra quindenam a tempore qui alicui licentia intra acade- miam commorandi a delegatis scholarium nulli collegio vel aulse ascriptorum concessa sit, eundem scholarem sive studentem coram Cancellario, vel ejus commissario qui pro tempore fuerit, persona- liter sistendum curare, ut in matriculam Universitatis nomen ejus debite referatur. 2. Una cum matriculando accedat ipsius tutor, qui de condi- tione matriculandi (utrum scilicet nobilis, equitis, doctoris, armi- geri, clerici, generosi, an plebeii filius sit) Cancellarium vel ejus commissarium certiorem faciat. Add.p.837. 3. Sin matriculandus ad gradum aliquem per decretum vel [^^73-] diploma admissus fuerit vel gradum aliquem susceperit in academia [1888.] Cantabrigiensi aut Dubliniensi, et huic Universitati incorporari cupiat, cum eo accedat seu prsefectus domus cui ascriptus fuerit seu Magister aliquis a prsefecto deputatus, qui matriculandum Vice-Gancellario prsesentet. Sectio IV.— DE LAICIS AD PBIVILEGIA TTinVERSI- TATIS ADMITTENDIS. Statutum est quod quilibet laicus ad privilegia Universitatis Add.p. 769. admittendus curet se in matriculam Universitatis referendum • et [1868.] tempore admissionis suae admoneatur de statutis privilegiis et con- Add. p. 769. suetudinibus Universitatis, quatenus ad ipsum pertineant, obser- II- v.] DE MATE.1CULA UNIVERSITATIS. 5 Sectio v.— on new foundations for acade- mical STUDT AND EDUCATION. 1. Ant Society or House founded since the ist day of January Add.p.807, 1870, or which may hereafter be founded for Academical study ['S?'-] and education, shall have the privileges which, under the Statutes of the University, are or shall be possessed by the Colleges and Public Halls within the University on the conditions and with the limitation following ; namely, on the conditions : a. That the Head of such Society or House be a Member of Convocation, or a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Civil Law, or of Medicine, at the least, or have graduated at some other Univer- sity in the United Kingdom. h. That it have buildings suitable for the reception of Stu- dents, situate within the precincts of the University, the fulfilment of this condition to be ascertained and certified to Convocation by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors. c. That its Members be incorporated by Royal Charter, or that provision have been otherwise made for the establishment of the Society on a permanent footing, and for the government of it. d. That the Society or House have been admitted to the privileges mentioned in this Statute, by a vote of Convocation, after notice issued not less than fourteen clear days previously. 2. Provided that the foregoing conditions be satisfied, persons already admitted or who shall hereafter be admitted, as Students or as Graduates of the University or for incorporation into it, into any such Society or House shall have, in relation to the Univer- sity, the same privileges and obligations as if they had been so admitted into one of the previously existing Colleges or Halls ; and all Statutes of the University in which mention is made generally and without distinction of Colleges and Halls shall be deemed to include and apply to such newly founded Society or House. 3. The Head of any such newly founded Society or House shall, with regard to the members of his Society or House, be subject to all such obligations, and enjoy all such rights and powers, as are assigned in the Statutes of the University to the Heads of the existing Colleges and Halls ; but this Statute shall not be con- strued as imposing upon him any other obligation, or as conferring on him any other right, privilege, or distinction whatsoever. DE MATMCULA UNIVERSITATIS. [H. VI. Add.p.867. Sectio VI.— ON AFFILIATED COLLEGES. [1880.] 1. Ant College or Institution within the United Kingdom or in any part of the British Dominions, being a place of education in which the majority of the students are of the age of seventeen at least, may be admitted to the privileges of an Affiliated College on the following conditions, namely : a. That its members shall be incorporated by Eoyal Charter, or that provision shall have been otherwise made for its establish- ment on a permanent and efficient footing and for its govern- ment. 6. That it shall allow the University to be represented on its Governing Body and to take such part in its Examinations as shall from time to time be determined by or under the authority of the University. c. That it shall have been admitted to the privileges of an . Affiliated College by a vote of Convocation. d. That the connexion between the University and an Affi- liated College shall be terminable either by a vote of Convocation or by a resolution of the Governing Body of the College. 2. The Delegates of Local Examinations shall be also the Delegates for the Affiliation of Local QoUeges. They shall have power to confer with members of any Syndicate or Board ap- pointed for the like purpose by the University of Cambridge, and to make arrangements with such Syndicate or Board for forming a Joint Board with a view to combined action. 3. The Delegates shall receive proposals for the Affiliation of Colleges or other Institutions, and shall be authorised to appoint persons to serve on their Governing Bodies, or to take part in their Examinations. 4. The Delegates shall have power to make or approve regu- lations respecting the Examinations to be held at Affiliated Colleges. 5. Any person who shall have completed a course of three years at least at an Affiliated College, and who shall have passed the Examinations connected with that course in accordance with regulations to be prescribed or approved from time to time by the Delegates, shall be entitled to receive a Certificate from the University indicating that such person has completed at an Affi- II. VI.J DE MATKICULA UNIVEESITATIS. 7 Hated College a systematic course of study and examinations ap- proved by the University. 6. (a) Any member of an Affiliated College who bona fide Add.p.945. intends to be matriculated may be admitted to Kesponsions with- [1888.] out having been matriculated. (6) Any member of an Affiliated College who shall have completed a course of two years at such College may, although he shall not have been matriculated or have satisfied the Masters of the Schools at Kesponsions or in an Additional Subject, be admitted to any one or more of the following Examinations : viz. any part of the First Public Examination, any Preliminary Exami- nation in the Second Public Examination. (c) Any person who shall have received- a Certificate under the provisions of clause 5 and have obtained Honours in the Second or Final Examination at an Affiliated College, and who shall either have passed the Examination of Candidates not seeking Honours in the First Public Examination, or have obtained Honours in Greek and Latin Literature or in Mathematics in that Examina- tion, or have satisfied the Moderators in that School in the subjects Aclcl.p.951. specified in Statt. Tit. VI. Sect. i. B. § 2. ii, or have passed a (,'889.] Preliminary Examination in the Second Public Examination shall, if he is matriculated not later than the Michaelmas Term next following the termination of his course at such College, be entitled to the following privilege, viz. tlie Term in which he is matriculated shall be reckoned, for the purposes of any provisions respecting the standing of members of the University, as the fifth Term from his matriculation. (d) Any person who shall have been matriculated under the provisions of clause (c) may be admitted to any part of the Second Public Examination, if he has passed Kesponsions, or one of the Examinations which under Statt. Tit. YI. Sect. i. give exemption from Kesponsions, or has passed the Examination of Candidates not seeking Honours in the First Public Examination, or has obtained Honours in Greek and Latin Literature in that Examina- tion, or has passed a Prehminary Examination having satisfied the Examiners in a Greek book, and if he has also passed the Examina- tion in Holy Scripture (or in a book offered instead thereof) ; provided that he shall not be admitted to the Final Honour Examination in the School of Natural Science until he has passed the Preliminary Examination in that School. (e) Any person who shall have been admitted to the Second Public Examination under the provisions of clause {d) shall be 8 DE MATEICTLA UNIVERSITATIS. [H- '^^' entitled to supplicate for the degree of Bachelor of Arts so soon as he shall have passed the Second Puhlio Examination and shall have kept statutable residence for eight Terras, provided that he has obtained Honours either in the First or in the Second Public Examination. 7. The Delegates shall make regulations respecting — (i) The registration of persons who have been matriculated under the provisions of this section. (2) The granting of certificates to such persons showing that they have satisfied the special conditions under which they are admitted to the University Examinations, or under which they are entitled to supplicate for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts. Add.p.960. (3) The sending in of names to the Secretary to the Boards of [1891.] Faculties and the producing of certificates to the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties by or on behalf of persons who avail them- selves of the privileges granted by this section. 8. No person already matriculated shall offer himself as a Can- didate in the First Public Examination under the provisions of this Statute. 9. The remuneration of Examiners and all other expenses in- curred by the Delegates under the provisions of this section shall be covered by fees charged upon the Afiiliated Colleges, or the Students examined therein. Add.p.932. Sbctio VII.— on COLOITIAL AND INDIAN [1887.] UNIVEESITIES. 1. Any University situated in any part of the British Dominions other than the United Kingdom may apply to this University to be admitted to the privileges of this section of the Statutes. 2. The application shall be addressed to the Vice-Chancellor, who shall report the same to the Hebdomadal Council. 3. The Hebdomadal Council, after considering such application and after making such enquiry as it shall deem necessary, shall, if it think fit, propose to Convocation that the University so apply- ing shall be admitted to the privileges of this section of the Statutes. Add.p.945. 4. (a) Any person who shall have pursued during two full years [1888.] g^ course of study prescribed by a University which has been admitted to the privileges of this section, and shall have passed all the Examinations connected with the course, may, although he shall not have been matriculated, or have satisfied the Masters of II. VII.j DE MATRICULA. TJNIVERSITATIS. 9 the Schools at Eesponsions or in an Additional Subject, be admitted to any one or more of the following Examinations, viz. any part of the First Public Examination, any Preliminary Examination in the Second Public Examination. {b) Any such person who shall either have passed the Exami- nation of Candidates not seeking Honours in the First Public Examination, or have obtained Honours in Greek and Latin Literature or in Mathematics in that Examination, or have satis- AdJ.p.gjt. fied the Moderators in the School of Mathematics in the subjects t'**9-] specified in Statt. Tit. VI. Sect. i. B. § 2. ii, or have passed a Preliminary Examination in the Second Public Examination, shall, if he is matriculated not later than the Michaelmas Term next following, be entitled to the following privilege, viz. the Term in which he is matriculated shall be reckoned, for the pur- poses of any provisions respecting the standing of members of the University, as the fifth Term from his matriculation. (c) Any person who shall have been matriculated under the provisions of clause (6) may be admitted to any part of the Second Public Examination, if he has passed Eesponsions, or one of the Examinations which under Statt. Tit. VI. Sect. i. give exemption from Eesponsions, or has passed the Examination of Candidates not seeking Honours in the First Public Examination, or has obtained Honours in Greek and Latin Literature in that Exami- nation, or has passed a Preliminary Examination having satisfied the Examiners in a Greek book, and if he has also passed the Examination in Holy Scripture (or in a book offered instead thereof); provided that, if he has not obtained Honours in either Add. p.965. the First or the Second Public Examination, he shall not be l-'°9'-J admitted to the Final Honour Examination in the School of Natural Science until he has passed the Preliminary Examination in that School. (d) Any pei^on who was born in India of parents who were born in India, and who shall have been matriculated under the provisions of clause (6), and who shall have passed the Examina- tion in Holy Scripture (or in a book offered instead thereof), may be admitted to any part of the Second Public Examination : provided that, if he has not obtained Honours in either the First or the Second Public Examination, he shall not be admitted to the Final Honour Examination in the School of Natural Science until he has passed the Preliminary Examination in that School. (e) Any person who shall have been admitted to the Second Public Examination under the provisions of clauses (c) and (d) 10 DE MATKICULA UNIVEKSITATIS. [H. VII. shall be entitled to supplicate for the degree of Bachelor of Arts so soon as he shall have passed the Second Public Examination and shall have kept statutable residence for eight Terms, provided that he has obtained Honours either in the First or in the Second Public Examination. 5. The Delegates of Local Examinations shall make regulations respecting — (i) The registration of persons who have been matriculated under the provisions of this section. (2) The granting of certificates to such persons showing that they have satisfied the special conditions under which they are admitted to the University Examinations, or under which they are entitled to supplicate for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts. Add.p.960. . (3) The sending in of names to the Secretary to the Boards of [iSgi.j Faculties and the producing of certificates to the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties by or on behalf of persons who avail them- selves of the privileges granted by this section. 6. No person already matriculated in this University shall be admitted as a Candidate in the First Public Examination under the provisions of this Statute. 7. Any University admitted to the privileges conferred by this section of the Statutes may at any time renounce such privileges, and this University may at any time withdraw the same by a vote of Convocation. TITULUS m. DE SCHOLARIUM RESIDENTIA. Add.p.762. [1868.] Sectio I.— DE SCHOLARIUM INTRA ACADEMIAM COMMORATIONE. 1. ScHOLAEES qui coUegio alicui vel aulse ascripti fuerint in coUegio qiUECjue suo vel aula victum sumere et pernootare teiientur. 2. Proviso tamen quod liceat scholaribus in sedibus quibusvis Add.p.799. collegio alicui annexis vel annectendis, in quibus oppidani familiam . ^ j°7°-J uon alunt, victum sumere et pernoctare. ^des autem annexse [1854.] non tarn locorum vicinia quam necessitudinis vinculo cum collegio aliquo conjungantur. Hse vero aedes sub bis quae sequuntur conditionibus scholaribus pateant. (i) Nemo ad commorandum in sedibus hujusmodi recijaiatur, nisi qui oollegii, cui fuerint annexes, sit scbolaris. (2) ^dium annexarum cura, sub gubernatione prsefecti collegii, viro idoneo permittatur, a jjraefecto coUegii cui sedes annectantur Add.p.goo. uominando, et a Vice-Cancellario et Procuratoribus approbando. [1884.] Quicunque autem sedes hujusmodi in se curandas susceperit, in ipsis sedibus durante termino habitare teneatur. Scholaribus vero vel in aedibus annexis vel in collegio suo, ad arbitrium coUegii ejus- dem prsefecti, prandere liceat. (3) Ineunte quoque anno coram venerabili domo Convocationis a Vice-Cancellario exhibeatur testimonium, chirographo prsefecti coUegii munitum, quo certiores fiant quorum intererit sedes hasce singulas ita fuisse gubernatas atque administratas, ut neque bonis moribus nee disciplinse academicse adversarentur. (4) Necnon aliis legibus subjiciantur sedes annexse, si quas pro meliore earum regimine Universitati aliquando statuere placeat. Cuivis etiam aularum quse nunc extant liceat, sub iisdem con- ditionibus quae collegiis prsescriptse sunt, sedes novas sibi an- nectere. 3. In schedulis nominum sive ab utrovis Proouratorum sive a Add.p.960. Facultatum Secretario sive a moderatoribus sive ab examinatoribus . Ij ^'J Aaa,p.754, publicis conficiendis, in formulis gratiarum sive concessarum sive [1868.] proponendarum, et si quse alia sint hujusmodi, ii qui nulli collegio vel aulse censeantur scholares nulli colhuio vel aulm ascrij'ti Add.p.875. , ^ [1882.J vocentur. 12 DE SCHOLAUIUM EESIDENTIA. [HI- H" Add. pp. Sectio II.— QTJALES tutobes scholabibus pe^- ^^^;s\^ij FICIENDI SUNT. Add. p. 7, J Statuttjm est quod scholares in quolibet coUegio vel aula post 319. . . • T 4, 4. [1837.] statim a primo eorum ad academiam adventu singuli suos tutores habeant, donee ad gradum aliquem promoti fuerint, vel saltern quatuor annos in academia compleverint. Add.p.813. 2. Et quod nuUus pro tutore se gerat, nisi qui sit in aliqua '■' '^■■' facultate graduatus, vir probitate et eruditione perspecta, judicio prsefecti collegii sive aulas in qua degit comprobatus ; vel, si circa hoc controversia oriatur, judicio Vice-Cancellarii approbandus. 3. Proviso insuper quod, si per probationes legitimas innotescat Vice-Cancellario, cuiquam minus idoneo tutoris munus fuisse de- mandatum, liceat Vice-Cancellario eidem tutoris officio omnino interdicere. Add.p.813. 4- Tutor vero scholares tutelse et regimini suo commissos probis L'o72-J moribus imbuat et in probatis authoribus instituat. 5. Tutoris etiam muneri incumbit, quoad ea quae ipsius oculis quotidie sese ingerere necesse est, pupillos suos inti-a modum a statutis prsescriptum continere. Add.p.830. Sectio III.— OP BE-ADMISSION AND MIGEATION. ['873-] Add.p.97i. !• I^ any person m statu pupiUari shall desire to migrate from [1892.] any College or Hall, or from the body of Non-Collegiate Students, or from any new foundation for academical study and education within the University to another such society or body, the fol- lowing conditions shall be observed : — If he shall be in residence, or shall have been absent from the University for less than one year, he shall obtain (i) A written permission for such migration from the society or body to which he belongs or last belonged. (2) A written testimonial from the same stating that he is of good character. (3) A certificate signed by the two Proctors that they have seen such permission and testimonial, and that they know of no reason why such person should not be allowed to migrate. If he shall have been absent from the University for more than one year, he shall obtain (i) A written permission for such migration from the society or body to which he belongs or last belonged. (2) A certificate signed by the two Proctors that they have seen such permission and do not oppose his migration. No name which has previously been on the books of any such III. III.] DB SCHOLAEIUM RESIDENTIA, 13 society or body within the University shall he placed on the books of any other without the production of the proper certificates. Provided always that in case of any such permission or testimo- nial as is hereby required being refused, the Chancellor of the University may, if he think fit, grant his consent in writing for such migration. Provided also that the Proctors, with the consent of the Vice- Chancellor, may append to their certificate such conditions as to residence during the next four Terms as may appear to them desirable. No person whose name has been removed from the books of any such society or body shall be re-admitted to the said society or body without the written permission of the Proctors, in case such removal has taken place while the person was still subject to any penalty inflicted by the Proctors, or in case the Proctors have given specific notice in writing to any such society or body that their consent will be required. 2. Each person receiving such certificate of migration shall Add.p.881. pay to the University Chest through the Senior Proctor the sum '-^ ^•J of two shillings. A record of all such Migrations shall be kept by the Senior Proctor, and notice of them shall be sent by him on each occasion to the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties, who Add.p.960. shall enter the same in his Register of persons in statu pupillari. Li°9'-J 3. If any person in statu pu2)iUari shall have been expelled by the authorities of any College or Hall or by the Delegates of Non-Collegiate Students, such person shall not be re-admitted to membership of the University unless the Chancellor of the Univer- sity shall have heard the case and given his consent in writing for the re-admission of the said person. And it shall be the duty of the authorities of Colleges and Halls and of the Censor of Non- Collegiate Students to satisfy themselves that any person applying to them for admission has not previously been so expelled. 4. Any person in statu 2)'upillari migrating or having been re- admitted to membership of the University except under the condi- tions hereinbefore laid down shall forfeit all the piivileges of the University from the date of such migration or re-admission. 5. Nothing in this Statute shall be taken to apply to any person migrating in virtue of his election to any ofiice or emolument. 14 DB SCHOLAKIUM RESIDENTIA. [III. IV. I. Add.p.872, Sectio IV.— op non-collegiate STtTDEWTS, THAT A^^^^'"-*., IS, STUDENTS NOT ATTACHED OR BELONGING Add.p.go?. ' [1884.] TO ANY COLLEGE OB, HALL. § 1. Of the admission of Students, of the Delegates and of the Censor. I. Persons may be admitted as Students in the University though they be not members of any College or Hall. Add.p.891. 2. For the- purposes of this Statute there shall be eleven Dele- ■' gates, namely, the Vice-Chancellor, the Proctors, the Censor ap- Add.p.897. pointed as hereinafter provided, the Controller of Lodging Houses, '■' '^'^ and six members of Convocation holding office for six years, of whom two shall be elected by the Congregation of the University, two shall be elected by the Hebdomadal Council, and two shall be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors subject to the approval of Convocation. Of the six non-official Delegates one in each class shall vacate office every three years. In case of a vacancy happening out of order, the place shall be supplied for the residue of the time for which the vacating Delegate was appointed. No one who shall have held the office of Delegate for the full period shall be re-eligible until the expiration of two years from the time when he shall have vacated office. 3. There shall be a Censor of Non-Collegiate Students, who shall be a Member of Convocation nominated by the Vice-Chan- cellor and Proctors subject to the approval of Convocation, holding office for five years and re-eligible. 4. The Delegates shall exercise over the Students such discipline as is usually exercised over undergraduate members of Colleges or Halls by the Heads or Governing Bodies thereof. They shall draw up rules for the discipline and government of the Students ; shall grant Graces, and shall give such Certificates as to character and residence as are usually granted by Heads of Colleges or Halls, or by their Societies ; and shall prepare and lay before Convocation annually a printed Eeport. They may employ clerks and servants for the business of the Delegacy on such terms as to them shall seem proper. g. The Censor shall, under the Delegates, exercise supervision over the conduct of the Students, shall direct their studies, and shall see that they have proper instruction. He shall also take some part in giving instruction to them, receiving for the same such payment as the Delegates shall think fit. He shall see that those Students who are members of the Church of England are ■ III. IV. I.] DE SCHOLAEIUM RESIDENTIA. 15 instructed in the doctrine and discipline thereof. He shall take charge of all registers and books belonging to the Delegacy ; shall present for Matriculation within a fortnight all persons who have been admitted as Students ; and shall present for Degrees. 6. The Delegates shall appoint Tutors and Lecturers to give Add.p.913. instruction to the Students, and may assign a stipend to any such L'°^S'J Tutor or Lecturer, and may determine as they think fit his duties and tenure. The Delegates may appoint persons to assist the Censor in examinations, and may assign suitable remuneration for such assistance. The Delegates may require undergraduate Students to attend the Lectures given by such Tutors and Lecturers as weU as those given by Professors and Public Headers, and to pay fees for the same; provided that the fee payable by a Student for any one course of Lectures shall not exceed the sum of thirty shillings in any Term, and that no fee shall be charged for any Lectui-es given by the Censor. The Delegates may require each Student, in lieu of the above payments, to pay in each Term (Easter and Trinity Terms being counted as one Term) such fee as they shall from time to time determine for the tuition and instruction provided by the Delegacy, this payment to continue during such part of his residence as the Delegacy may in each case determine. 7. The Censor shall receive from the Delegates an annual stipend of four hundred pounds, together with the sum of seven shillings in each Term for every undergraduate Student who shall not have exceeded three years from the time of entering his name on the books of the Delegacy, and whose name shall have been on the books during any part of the Term, Easter and Trinity Terms being for this purpose counted as one. The Censor shall not hold any other office without first obtaining the leave of the Delegates. 8. No person shall be permitted to enter as a Student unless — (i) He satisfies the Delegates that he is likely to derive educational advantage from having his name placed on the books of the Delegacy ; (2) He submits to them a certificate from his parents or guardian, certifying their willingness that he should live in a Licensed Lodging ; (3) He presents a sufficient testimonial as to his character and diligence ; (4) If he be at the time or have within two years been a member of any College or Hall, he produces the consent in writing 16 DE SCHOLABIUM RESIDENTIA. [III. IV. X. of the Head, or in his absence of the Vicegerent, of such College or Hall, to his being admitted as a Student. Subject to the preceding conditions the Delegates shall have a discretion to receive or reject an applicant coming from a College or Hall according to such judgment as they may form of the cir- cumstances of the case. 9. The Delegates shall have power to remove the name of any Student from their books for misconduct or for failure in the University Examinations. 10. Beside the Matriculation Fee and yearly Dues paid to the University in accordance with the provisions of the Statute De Fisco Universitatis, each Student shall pay to the Delegacy the following fees and dues for the purposes of this Statute : — ( 1 ) On having his name entered on the books of the Delegacy . . . . . . . £2 10 o (2) As Caution-Money, the balance of which, if any, shall be repaid to him when he removes his name from the books of the Delegacy . .200 (3) For each quarter of the first three years during which his name is on the books of the Dele- gacy, unless before the expiration of that time he has taken the Degree of B.A. . . 0176 (4) For every subsequent quarter during which his name is on the books of the Delegacy . .026 11. It shall be lawful for any Student who has proceeded to the Degree of M.A. and who has compounded for the University Dues, also to compound by one payment to the Delegacy for all the dues for which he may be liable to the Delegacy for the remainder of his life, on the following scale, viz. : — 25th birthday the sum of £7 17 30th „ „ 7 10 If he shall have reached his 35th 40th 45th 50th 55th 60th 65th ^7oth 14 4 13 2 10 17 4 Moneys received under this clause shall be invested in Govern- ment Securities in the name of the University, and all income III. IV. a.] DE SCHOLARITJM EESIDENTIA. 17 arising therefrom shall he applied to the general purposes of the Delegacy. 12. After providing for the payments hereinbefore directed, the Delegacy shall apply the residue of the moneys received by them, as they may think expedient, for the common good of the Students. 13. The Delegates may also, if in their opinion the revenues of the Add.p.gys- Delegacy are sufficient for the purpose, make such provision for the t"92-] pension of their officers and servants aa they may deem reasonable. § 2. Of payments under the Statute concerning N'on- Collegiate Students. Statute made hy the Oommissioners wliolly for the University vmder the Universities of Oirford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Ap2>^oved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. The Curators of the University Chest shall pay to the Dele- gates of Students not attached to any College or Hall the sums next hereinafter mentioned, to be applied in or towards payment of the stipend or stipends assigned by any Statute of the University to the Censor or Censors of Students not attached to any College or Hall (namely) : For the year 1883 the sum of two hundred pounds. For every subsequent year the sum of four hundred pounds. 2. The revenues of the University shall be further charged with the payment annually to the Delegates of a sum not less than six hundred pounds to be applied in payment of Tutors or Lecturers for the said Students, or in maintaining Scholarships or Exhibi- tions, tenable by such Students, or otherwise in encouraging study among them or diminishing the expense of their University educa- tion. The disposal of this sum shall be in the discretion of the Delegates subject to any Statute of the University in force for the time being. 3. The payment iast hereinbefore mentioned shall commence and become due as follows, namely : — When and as any pay- ments now made by the University for the maintenance of any Professorship shall cease wholly or partly by reason of the main- tenance of such Professorship having become a charge upon any College, the University shall be from time to time charged with a payment to the Delegates for the purposes aforesaid of a sum equal in amount to the payment of which it is relieved, until the full annual sum of six hundred pounds shall have become so payable. 18 DE SCHOIiAUTUM EESIDENTIA. [III. IV. 2. 4. If at any time, and so long as, the number of Students not attached to any College or Hall of not more than twelve Terms' standing shall be less than one hundred, the University may by Decree direct that the charges imposed by the foregoing clauses shall be reduced to such an extent as the University shall judge to be reasonable. 5. When and so soon as the state of the revenues of the Univer- sity will admit, the University shall be further charged with the expenditure of a capital sum of not less than seven thousand pounds in providing Offices, a Library, and such other buildings as may be necessary for the use of Students not attached to any College or Hall ; provided that if the site for such buildings or any part thereof be given by the University, the value of the site so given may be taken into account as part of the said capital sum. 6. Any sum of money which may be paid by any College in the University to the Delegates for the purposes aforesaid, or for any of them, may be taken into account in reduction of the payments hereby directed to be made for those purposes from the University Chest. Add.p.8oo. Sectio v.— of the delegacy OF LODGING *^j^^°ol HOUSES. Add.p.875. [1882.] I. These shall be ten Delegates for licensing Lodging Houses for the residence of Undergraduates, namely, the Vice-Chancellor, the Proctors, the Censor of Non-Collegiate Students, the Con- troller of Lodging Houses appointed under this Statute, and five other Members of Convocation, nominated by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors subject to the approval of Convocation, holding office for five years. No person who shall have held the office of Delegate for the full period shall be nominated again until the expiration of two years from the time when he shall have vacated office. Of the five nominated Delegates one shall vacate office every year. In case of a vacancy happening out of order, the place shall be supplied for the residue of the time for which the vacating Delegate was appointed. 2. There shall be a Controller of Lodging Houses, who shall be a member of Convocation nominated by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors, subject to the approval of Convocation, holding office for five years, and re-eligible. The Controller shall inspect every house proposed to be licensed for the residence of Undergraduates ; he shall also visit, with or without notice, every licensed house III. v.] DE SCHOLAEIUM EESIDENTIA. 19 once at least in each year, and report thereon to the Delegates. He shall have proctorial authority over Members of the University so far as may be necessary for the performance of his duties. He shall have the charge of all registers and books belonging to the Delegacy. He shall receive a yearly stipend of three hundred pounds from the University Chest. 3. There shall be a Sanitary Officer appointed by the Delegates, for such period and under such conditions as they may determine. He shall inspect every house proposed to be licensed for the residence of Undergraduates, and shall make a Report to the Delegates on the sanitary condition of each house thus inspected. He shall also visit each licensed Lodging House once at least in every year, and any licensed Lodging House at any time by the order of the Delegates. The stipend of the Sanitary Officer shall be determined by the Delegates in conjunction with the Curators of the University Chest. 4. The Delegates may obtain, when occasion shall arise, addi- tional advice, whether medical or of any other professional kind. Any person whom they may thus employ shall receive such fee as shall be agreed on by the Delegates in conjunction with the Cura- tors of the University Chest. 5. For each Undergraduate who shall have resided in licensed Add.p.879. lodgings during fourteen days in any Term (Easter and Act Terms '■ ■•' being counted as one Term) the sum of 3s. 6d. shall be paid to the University for that Term. 6. The Delegates shall from time to time frame conditions, sub- ject to the approval of Convocation, under which private houses may be licensed as Lodging Houses for Undergraduates. They shall have power to license for one year any house which, after having received the reports thereon of the Controller and the Sanitary Officer, they shall approve ; and to renew, suspend, or revoke such licence at their discretion. They shall issue in each Term a list of all houses licensed by them * ; and shall keep * The following amended form of Declaration to be made by Lodging-bonae Keepers was approved by Convocation, May 14, 1872. Amended January 25, 1887. Declaration of Zodging-house Keepers. I hereby promise and declare : — 1. That I will show my Licence to any "Undergraduate desiring to take my lodgings. 2. That previous to receiving any Undergraduate into my house as a lodger I will enter into an agreement in writing with him in the form or to the effect of the Memorandum of Agreement issued by the Delegates of Lodging-houses, and that I will abide by the terms therein specified and agreed to. C 2 20 DE SCHOLABIUM RESIDENTIA. [III. V. on record a list of all houses, the licences of which shall have heen either suspended or revoked, or to which licences shall have been refused. They may also employ clerks and servants for the busi- ness of the Delegacy at such stipends as the Curators of the University Chest shall approve. 7. (i) Undergraduates shall be allowed to reside and keep Add.p.850. Terms in Lodging Houses situate within one mile and a half of '-' ^ ■■■ Carfax, and licensed by the Delegates. (2) For residing in Lodgings, such Undergraduates as are Members of Colleges or Halls must have the consent of their Colleges or Halls, and also, unless they are 21 years of age or have resided for 1 2 Terms within the University, the consent of their parents or guardians, such consents in each case to he signified in writing to the Delegates by the Head of the College or Hall (or in his absence by his Vicegerent), and to be accom- panied with a certificate of good character. (3) All Undergraduates desiring to reside in Lodgings must also have the consent of the Delegates. (4) If any Undergraduate shall reside in a private house other- wise than as herein provided, he shall forfeit all the privileges of the University for the time during which he shall have so offended ; 3. That I will report to the Delegates the Names and Colleges of all Members of the University residing in my house directly they come into residence, and that (in the case of Undergraduates) I will at the same time return to the Delegates an abstract of the agreement which I have entered into with such Undergraduates. 4. That I will cause the outer doors of my house to be locked and fastened at 10 P.M., and will not allow them to be opened before 6 A.M., except by my- self, or by a representative, who must be approved by the Delegates. 5. That I will keep a gate-book, and enter in it the time after 10 P.M. at which any Undergraduate lodging in my house enters or leaves the house, and •will deliver a gate-bill (in the case of Unattached Students) to the Censor of such Students weekly, or (in the case of Members of Colleges or Halls) to the College authorities as often as they may require it. 6. That in case any Undergraduate lodging in my house shall pass the night out of his lodgings, I will report the same on the following morning, either in person or by letter (in the case of Members of Colleges or Halls) to the College authorities, or (in the case of Unattached Students) to the Censor of such Students. 7. That I will not entrust a key of any outer door of my house to any Undergraduate Member of the University. 8. That when any Undergraduate Member of the University is lodging in my house I will not receive as lodger any person who is not a Member of the University, without reporting the same to the Delegates. 9. That I will not admit hired musicians into my house without express permission from the Proctors. 10. That in case scarlet fever, small pox, or any other infectious disorder shall at any time, either during Term or Vacation, break out in my house I will forthwith inform the Delegates of the occurrence. III. VI.] DE SCHOLAEITJM EESIDENTIA. 21 and if such unauthorised residence be continued by him after due caution given by the Delegates, he shall be rusticated by the Vice- Chancellor for one Term at the least. (5) Undergraduates of mature age, or residing with their parents, may receive permission from the Delegates to keep Terms by residence in Houses not licensed, but situate within the limit Add. p. 850. above prescribed : and a like permission may be granted by the L'^?"] Delegates under other special circumstances which they may approve. Sectio VI.— op the delegacy FOR THE TRAINING Add.p.967. OP TEACHERS. C'*9'-l 1. There shall be eleven Delegates for the Training of Teachers, namely, the Vice-Chancellor, the Proctors, the Censor of Non- Oollegiate Students, the Controller of Lodging Houses, and six members of Convocation holding office for six years, of whom two shall be elected by the Congregation of the University, two shall be elected by the Hebdomadal Council, and two shall be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors subject to the approval of Convocation. Of the six non-official Delegates, one in each class shall vacate office every three years. In case of a vacancy happening out of order, the place shall be supplied for the residue of the time for which the Delegate vacating was appointed. 2. The Delegacy shall be constituted the Local Committee of any Day Training College, which shall be attached to the Uni- versity under the regulations of the Committee of the Privy Council on Education, for members of the University being trained as teachers in public Elementary Schools, and shall discharge all the duties assigned to the Local Committee of a Training College under the said regulations. 3. The Delegates may admit as Students of the Day Training College such male Candidates as shall be qualified for admission under the regulations of the Committee of the Privy Council on Education, and shall have fulfilled any other conditions which the Delegates shall prescribe. Any person so admitted as a Student shall be matriculated within fifteen days of his admission. The whole number of Students admitted in any one year shall not exceed twenty-five. The Delegates shall have power at any time to remove any Student from the Training College. Any 32 DE SCHOLAKIUM BBSIDENTIA. [III. Vt. Student who ceases to be a member of the University shall thereby cease to be a member of the Training College. 4. The Delegates shall have power to require such payments to be made by the Students of the Day Training College as they may deem expedient. The expenses of providing instruction and supervision for the Students, and all other expenses incurred by the Committee of the Day Training College, shall be defrayed out of payments made by, or on behalf of, the Students, and shall not be defrayed out of University Funds. 5. The Delegates shall make a report of their proceedings, and of the condition and progress of the Day Training College every year to Convocation. 6. If the University shall at any time repeal or suspend the operations of this Statute, due regard shall be paid to thg interests of the existing Students of the Day Training College. TITULUS IV. DE LECTORIBUS PUBLICIS. Sbctio I. — GENERAL STATUTES RELATING TO PROFESSORSHIPS AND READERSHIPS. § 1. Concerning Electoral Boards and Teniire of Professorships. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University wnder the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Qiieen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. Wheebveb by a Statute made under the powers of the Uni- versities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877, it is provided that the election to a Professorship shall be vested in a Board of Electors, the Board shall, unless the Statute otherwise provide, be composed of not fewer than five nor more than seven persons. The University may from time to time by Statute regulate or vary the constitution of any such Board ; save only that, where by any clause or provision, not made subject to this power, it is provided that one or more of the electors shall always be a person or persons answering to a specified designation or nominated or appointed in a specified manner, the exercise of this power shall be subject to and controlled by such clause or provision. 2. Every Professorship shall, unless it be otherwise provided in any Statute or instrument of foundation relating to it and in force for the time being, be deemed to be tenable for life, subject to the liability of the holder to vacate it by deprivation for sufficient cause ; but this provision shall not affect any power which the University has to vary or limit by Statute the tenure of any Professorship. 3. No Professorship shall, unless by virtue of express pro- vision in any Statute or instrument of foundation relating to it and in force for the time being, be tenable with another Professor- ship within the University, nor with a University Eeadership. 24 DE LECTOUIBTJS PUBLICIS. [IV. I. 3. § 2. Concerning Elections to Professorships. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved hy the Queen in Council, yrd May, 1882. 1 . When a Professorship within the University becomes vacant, the Vice-Chancellor shall notify the vacancy to the Hebdomadal Council at its next meeting. 2. The Hebdomadal Council may, if it think fit, resolve that it is expedient to suspend the appointment to the vacant office for a time to be fixed by the resolution, and this suspension may be in like manner renewed from time to time ; provided that the whole period of suspension shall not exceed one year from the occurrence of the vacancy, unless within that time a new Statute relating to the vacant office shall have been submitted to the Queen in Council, in which case the suspension shall be continued until the proposed new Statute have been either approved or disallowed by the Queen in Council. 3. The Hebdomadal Council may in like manner, on the re- commendation of the electors to the vacant office, or a majority of those present at a meeting of the electors, pass a suspending resolution at any time before an election has taken place ; but the total period of suspension shall not in any case be extended beyond the time hereinbefore limited. 4. During the period of suspension no election or appointment shall be made to the vacant office ; and the emoluments of it accruing during that period, whether payable out of the Uni- versity Chest, out of the revenues of any College, or out of any Trust fund, or otherwise, shall be paid to the Common University Fund. The emoluments of a Professorship shall include the accruing emoluments of any Fellowship within a College which by the Statutes of the College is appropriated to the vacant Professorship, as well as any annual sum payable out of the College revenues to the same purpose. 5. The following clauses shall apply to Professorships the ap- pointment to which is or shall be vested in any Board of Electors. (a) If within fourteen days after the notification to the Heb- domadal Council no suspending resolution has been passed by the Council, the Vice-Chancellor shall (and he may, with the consent IV. I. 3.] DE LECTOEIBUS PtTBLlCIS. 25 of the Hebdomadal Council, before the expiration of such fourteen days,) direct the Eegistrar of the University to notify to all the electors and to the Head of any College which by the Statutes relating to the office has the right to nominate an elector, the fact that the office is vacant and that it is intended to proceed to an election, and shall also direct the Eegistrar, after communication with them, to summon a meeting of the electors for holding an elec- tion to the office. Notice of the vacancy and of the intended election shall, after communication with the electors, be published by the Eegistrar in such manner as the Vice-Chancellor may direct. (6) If the appointment to any office has been suspended in manner aforesaid, the proceedings for filling up the vacancy shall be taken immediately after the period of suspension has elapsed. (c) Subject to the provisions hereinafter contained, an elec- tion may be held although any place or office, the holder of which is ex officio an elector, be at the time vacant ; but no election shall be held unless two-thirds at least of the electors be present, or unless Add.p.952. those present, being a majority of the whole Board, are unanimous. Lio^P-J (d) Where an elector is to be nominated by a College, no election shall be held until the expiration of four weeks at least after the vacancy in the office shall have been notified by the Eegistrar to the Head of the College, nor, if the vacancy occurs between the first of July and the first of September, until after the commencement of the ensuing Michaelmas Term. («) If an elector is himself a candidate for the vacant office, the Hebdomadal Council shall nominate a person to act on that occasion in his room. (/) No election shall be deemed to have taken place unless more than one-half of the electors present and voting shall have voted for the person elected. If no person obtains such a majority, at the first or an adjourned meeting, the Chancellor of the Uni- versity shall appoint to the vacant office any person whom he may deem most fit. (g) A meeting held for an election may be adjourned from time to time, provided that the total period of adjournment do not exceed one month. But the Hebdomadal Council may, for any reason which in their judgment is sufficient, give leave for a longer adjournment. {h) Subject to this Statute the University may from time to time regulate by Statute the proceedings of every Board of Electors ; and subject to this Statute and to any Statutes made by the Uni- versity, every such Board may regulate its own proceedings. 26 DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLIOIS. [IV. I. 2. Add.p.9S2. 6. In the case of any Professorship which is tenable only for a [•889.] ^g^j^ ^^ yg^^^ ^j^^ Hebdomadal Council may at any time, within six months before the day on which such Professorship will become vacant, pass a resolution suspending the appointment in the manner prescribed by this Statute, or else may authorise proceedings to be taken for a new appointment as if the office had already become vacant. The Council may proceed in like manner with respect to any Professorship which is tenable for life, in case the Professor has notified in writing to the Vice-Chancellor his intention of resigning the Professorship at any date within the six months following. Any Professor who has been appointed under this clause before the occurrence of a vacancy shall enter upon the duties of his office on the day when the vacancy occurs, and shall be entitled to its emoluments from the same day. 7. This Statute shall not apply to Regius Professorships, a,nd shall, as to any Professorship which is within the meaning of • Section 13 of the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877, be subject to the provisions of that section; and the sus- pending power hereby given shall not apply to any Professorship to which a Canonry is annexed. The word 'Professorship' shall include any University Readership which, under the Statutes of the University or a College, is required to be filled up when vacant. § 3. Concerning the Duties of Professors. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. The General Regulations of this Statute shall apply (i) to all Professors enumerated in the three Schedules annexed to it, (2) to any Professors not therein mentioned to whom they shall by any Statute made by the University of Oxford Commissioners or by the University be declared to be applicable. The Particular Regulations shall apply only to the Professors to whom they are by this Statute declared to be applicable respectively. The Particular Regulations of this Statute shall be subject to the power of the University to make by Statute from time to time other Regulations for any Professorship included in the Schedules for which, in consequence of an alteration of the tenure or a material augmentation or diminution of the emoluments of it, new Regulations shall in the judgment of the University be required. The University may also from time to time by Statute make IV. I. 3.] DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. 27 further regulations, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Statute, tor regulating the duties of Professors in general or of the holder of any particular Professorship, the time, place, or manner of delivering Lectures, or the matter of such Lectures, or the informal instruction or other assistance to be given to Students, and also for increasing (should it be deemed expedient) the number of Lectures to be delivered, the instruction to be given, or the period of residence required, and for further defining the time of residence or for determining what shall constitute residence. Every Professor shall be subject to any Statutes which may be made by the University of Oxford Commissioners, or by the Uni- versity from time to time, for any of the foregoing purposes, or for securing the due performance of the duties of Professors, or con- cerning any other matter relating to Professors in general or to the holder of his own Chair in particular, which it is expedient to regulate by Statute. In the construction of this Statute Easter and Trinity Terms are (except where either of them is expressly mentioned) to be counted together as one Term. Gbnbeal Eegijlations. Duties of Professors. 1. It shall be the duty of every Professor in his department to give instruction to Students, assist the pursuit of knowledge and contribute to the advancement of it, and aid generally the work of the University. 2. Every Professor shall in respect of the Lectures to be given by him conform to the Particular Kegulations applicable to his Chair. He may lecture in such manner and form as he judges to be best for the instruction of Students and the advancement of knowledge. 3. It shall be his duty to give to Students attending his Ordinary Lectures assistance in their studies by advice, by informal instruc- tion, by occasional or periodical examination, and otherwise, as he may judge to be expedient. For receiving Students who desire such assistance he shall appoint stated times in every week in which he lectures. 4. At the request of any Student who has regularly attended any course of Lectures he shall certify in writing the fact of such attendance. 5. The Ordinary Lectures of every Professor shall be open to all members of the University without payment of any fee, unless the University shall otherwise determine. But the University may, if 28 DE LECTOMBUS PUBLICIS, [IV. I. 3. it should deem it expedient so to do, by Statute or Decrep authorise any Professor to require payment of fees not exceeding a specified amount in respect of all or any of his lectures or of the instruction to be given by him. 6. Every Professor shall in addition to his Ordinary Lectures deliver from time to time, after previous public notice, a public lecture or lectures to be open to all members of the University without payment of any fee. Dispensations and Leave of Absence. 7. A Professor may, for reasons and upon conditions approved by the Visitatorial Board, omit in any year one terminal course of Lectures, but so that the total amount of the Lectures and other instruction to be given by him during the year be not diminished. 8. The Vice-Chancellor may on account of ill-health or for other urgent cause grant to a Professor a Dispensation for a short time from the duties of lecturing and giving instruction, and may grant a like Dispensation from residence. Every Dispensation so granted shall be reported by the Vice-Chancellor to the Visitatorial Board at its next ensuing meeting. 9. Leave of Absence, or Dispensation from the performance of Statutory duties, for a longer time, not exceeding an aggregate period of eight weeks in any two consecutive years, may be granted by the Visitatorial Board for any reason which it judges to be suffi- cient. The University may also, if it think fit, by Decree of Convocation grant to a Professor, on account of ill-health or to enable him to travel for purposes of study or for other reason judged by the University to be sufficient, leave of Absence or a Dispensation for any period not exceeding one year at a time, renewable under like conditions for not more than one year longer. Provided that the power thus given to the University shall be exercised only after a Report made to the Hebdomadal Council by the Visitatorial Board. I o. Whenever leave of Absence or a Dispensation is granted to a Professor by the Visitatorial Board or by Convocation, the Visitatorial Board shall require provision to be made for the per- formance of the Statutory duties of the Professor by a competent deputy, and for the payment to such deputy out of the Professor's emoluments of such remuneration as the Board shall approve. In every such case the Vice-Chancellor shall give public notice of the leave of Absence or Dispensation granted, the reasons for which it is granted, and the appointment of a deputy. iv. i. 3.] de lectombus publicis. 29 Paeticular Ebgulations. 1 . The Particular Eegulations next following shall be applicable to each of the Professors enumerated in Schedule A. annexed to this Statute : — (a) The Professor shall reside within the University during six months at least in each academical year between the first day of September and the ensuing first day of July. (6) He shall give not less than forty-two lectures in the course of the academical year ; six at least of such lectures shall be given in each of the three University Terms, and in two at least of the University Terms he shall lecture during seven weeks not less than twice a week. 2. The Particular Eegulations next following shall be applicable to each of the Professors enumerated in Schedule B. annexed to this Statute : — (a) The Professor shall reside within the University during four months at least in each academical year, or such other period as the University may by Statute determine. (6) He shall lecture in two of the three University Terms. His lectures shall extend over a period not less in any Term than six weeks, and not less in the whole than fourteen weeks, and he shall lecture twice at least in each week. 3. The Particular Regulations next following shall be applicable to each of the Professors enumerated in Schedule C. annexed to this Statute : — • (a) The Professor shall reside within the University during six months at least in each academical year, between the first day of September and the ensuing first day of July. (b) He shall lecture in two at least of the three University Terms. His lectures shall extend over a period not less in any Term than six weeks, and not less in the whole than fourteen weeks, and he shall lecture twice at least in each week. (c) The Laboratory under the charge of each Professor, and, in the case of the Savilian Professor of Astronomy, the University Observatory, shall be open for eight weeks in each Term, and at such other times, and for such hours, as the University may by Statute determine. Students shall be admitted to the University Observatory, and to the Laboratory under the charge of each Professor, upon such conditions as the University shall from time to time by Statute de- termine, and upon the terms of paying such fees, not exceeding such amount as may be fixed by any Statute of the University in force 30 DE LECTOllIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV. T. 3. for the time being, as the Pi-ofessor may from time to time require. (d) Except for some grave reason to be approved by the Vice-Chancellor, the Professor shall, for seven weeks in each Term, and during some part of three days in each week, be ready to give instruction in the subject of his Chair to such Students as shall have been admitted to the Laboratory under his charge (or, in the case of the Savilian Professor of Astronomy, to the University Observatory) ; and such instruction shall be given in the Labora- tory or Observatory (as the case may be) or in some class-room connected therewith. (e) The Professor shall also, at the close of each Term, inform any College which may request him to do so, as to the regularity of attendance and the proficiency of the Students belonging to such College, who have been admitted into the Laboratory or Observa- tory under his charge, and shall give like information, if requested, to the Delegates of Students not attached to any College or Hall. 4. The Particular Regulations next following shall be applicable to the several Professors named in them respectively; (that is to say,) (a) The Savilian Professor of Astronomy shall have the charge of the University Observatory, and shall undertake the personal and regular supervision of the same, and of the several demon- strators and other assistants employed therein, and shall be respon- sible for all the work carried on there. (6) The Professor of Experimental Philosophy shall have the charge of the Clarendon Laboratory; and shall undertake the per- sonal and regular supervision of the same, and of the several demonstrators and other assistants employed therein, and shall be responsible for all the work carried on there. (c) The Waynflete Professor of Chemistry shall have the charge of the Chemical Laboratories in the University Museum, or such part thereof as the University may by Statute assign to him ; and shall undertake the personal and regular supervision of the same, and of the several demonstrators and other assistants employed therein, and shall be responsible for all the work carried on there. A(ld.p.978. (d) The Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy shall [1893.] jjg^yg ^jjg ch&Tgs of thc Auatomlcal and Ethnological Collections and the Anatomical Laboratories in the University Museum, or such part thereof as the University may by Statute assign to him ; and shall undertake the personal and regular supervision of the same, and of the several demonstrators and other assistants. IV. I. 3.] DE LECTORIBUS PUBLICIS. 31 employed therein, and shall be responsible for all the work carried on there. (e) The Professor of Botany [and Eural Economy] shall have the charge and supervision of the Botanical Gardens and Botanical Collections belonging to the University; and it shall be part of his duty to make such Gardens and Collections accessible to, and available for the instruction of, Students attending his Lectures. (/) The Professors of Geology and Mineralogy respectively shall have the charge and supervision of the Geological and Palseontological Collections, and of the Mineralogical Collection, belonging to the University; and it shall be part of their duties to make such Collections respectively accessible to, and available for the instruction of. Students attending their Lectures. ( The Professor of Classical Archaeology, (g) < The Wykeham Professor of Physics, and \ The Waynflete Professor of Physiology, shall, in like manner, if the University by Statute shall think fit to charge them therewith, undertake the charge of any Collec- tions or Laboratories connected with the subjects of their respec- tive Chairs, which the University may from time to time assign to them, and shall have similar duties in respect thereof. {h) The several Professors named in the foregoing Particular Regulations shall in the performance of the duties committed to them by such Regulations be subject to the Statutes of the Uni- versity for the time being in force in that behalf. Schedule (A.) Regius Professor of Greek. Corpus Christi Professor of the Latin Language and Literature. Corpus Christi Professor of Comparative Philology. Whyte's Professor of Moral Philosophy. Waynflete Professor of Moral and Metaphysical Philosophy. Wykeham Professor of Logic. Savilian Professor of Geometry. Sedleian Professor of Natural Philosophy. Waynflete Professor of Pure Mathematics. Regius Professor of Civil Law. Vinerian Professor of English Law. Chichele Professor of International Law. Camden Professor of Ancient History. Wykeham Professor of Ancient History. Regius Professor of Modern History. Chichele Professor of Modern History. Merton Professor of English Language and Literature. 32 de lectokibus publicis, [iv. i. 3. Schedule (B.) Corpus Christi Professor of Jurisprudence. Professor of Political Economy. Rawlinsonian Professor of Anglo-Saxon. Professor of Celtic. Corpus Christi Professor of the Bomance or Neo-Latin Language. Laudian Professor of Arabic. Professor of Botany and Rural Economy. Professor of Geology. Professor of Mineralogy. Schedule (C.) Savilian Professor of Astronomy. Professor of Experimental Philosophy. Wykeham Professor of Physics. Waynflete Professor of Chemistry. Waynflete Professor of Physiology. Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy. § 4. Concerning University Headers. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University v/nder the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved hy the Queen in Council, yrd May, 1882. 1. Theke shall be Uniyersity Readers appointed to lecture and give instruction within the University, and receiving stipends out of the Common University Fund *. 2. Four Readers at least (exclusive of Readers maintained from other sources than the Common University Fund) shall be appointed before the thirty-first day of December 1883, and three more at least before the thirty-first day of December 1884 ; and the whole number of such Readers shall never be less than seven. 3. Every University Reader shall be appointed to lecture and give instruction in a specified subject or branch of study, which may at or before the time of his appointment be defined by Statute or Decree of the University, or, in the absence thereof, by the Delegates of the Common University Fund. He shall hold his ofiice for a period not exceeding five years. 4. The University may from time to time by Statute or Decree make regulations, not inconsistent with the foregoing provisions, respecting the tenure and conditions of tenure, duties, residence, emolument, and mode of appointment and removal, of Readers or * Vide infra, p. 273, Concerning the Common University Fund. IV. I. 5.] DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLIOIS. 33 any Eeader, or any other matters relating to Eeaders which the University may deem it expedient to regulate by Statute. Unless and until this power shall have been exercised, and subject thereto, the regulations respecting University Eeaders shall be as follows: — (a) Every appointment of a University Eeader shall be made by the Delegates of the Common University Fund, or by persons, not fewer than three in number, nominated for that purpose by the Delegates. (6) Every University Eeader shall hold his office for five years, but shall be re-eKgible. (c) He shall receive from the Common University Fund three hundred pounds per annum. {d) He shall in every year lecture in each of the three Uni- versity Terms (Easter and Trinity Terms being counted as one). His lectures shall extend over a period not less than seven weeks in each Term nor than twenty-one weeks in the whole, and he shall lecture twice at least in each week. In addition to these lectures he shall, twice at least in every week in which he lectures, receive Students desirous of informal instruction and other assist- ance in the studies with which his Eeadership is connected. (e) He may require from Students receiving the informal in- struction and assistance mentioned in the foregoing regulation payment of a fee not exceeding two pounds for any University Term. With this exception, his lectures shall be open to all members of the University, without payment of any fee. 5. It shall be the duty of every Eeader to lecture and give instruction in the subject or branch of study for which he is appointed, and in arranging the subjects and times of his lectures it shall also be his duty to have regard to the arrangements made or proposed to be made by the Professors, if any, lecturing in the same department of study. He shall be liable to admonition, deprivation of emolument, and deprivation of office by the Visita- torial Board for the same causes and in the same manner as a Professor, and the power of the Vice-Chancellor or of the Visitatorial Board to grant a temporary dispensation from sta- tutory duties shall extend and be applicable to him. § 5. De modo, quo auditores in scholis se gerere Add.p.s2a inter audiendum debeant. L' 5 •! Qttisque, quum primum scholam intraverit, sedem aliquam capessat, quoadusque sedilia suffecerint ; reliqui vero, quibus non sit ubi sedeant, in eo loco quem primum occupaverint, consistant; D 34 DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLIC18. [IV. I. 5. neo quisquam sedem suam deserat, hue illuc cursitando ; sed omnes ad auscultandum professori Be modeste componant. Insuper quis- que eum auctorem, quem professor ad explicandum sumpserit, privatim, si a professore id requisitum fuerit, studiose legat. Pro- fessor unusquisqne in sua schola procuratoria auctoritate muniatur. Sbctio II. — STATUTES EELATHTG TO PAKTICTJIiAK PROFESSOESHIPS, READERSHIPS, AITD TEACHER- SHIPS. A. § 1. Concerning the Begins and Margaret Professors of Divinity and the Begins Professor of Hebrew. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Ap^rroved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1883. 1. The General Begulations of the Statute concerning the duties of Professors shall be applicable to — The Eegius Professor of Divinity ; The Begins Professor of Hebrew ; The Margaret Professor of Divinity. 2. The Particular Regulations which by the same Statute are made applicable to the Professors enumerated in Schedule A. thereto annexed shall likewise be applicable to each of the three above-named Professors ; except that the provision requiring that the Professor shall, in two at least of the University Terms, lecture during seven weeks not less than twice a week, shall not be applicable to the Eegius Professor of Divinity. 3. The powers which under the same Statute the University is enabled to exercise of making by Statute further regulations respecting the duties and residence of Professors, and the lectures and other instruction to be given by them, shall extend and be applicable to the same Professors. 4. The power of admonishing or depriving the Margaret Pro- fessor of Divinity, which is given by existing Statutes to the Vice-Chancellor and the major part of the Doctors of Divinity being members of Congregation, shall not hereafter be exercised ; and the Professor shall, as such, be subject only to the general powers of admonition and deprivation vested in the Visitatorial Board by the Statutes in force for the University for the time being. IV. II. A. 3.J DE LECTOEIBDS PTJBLICIS, 35 Concerning the Regius Professor of Divinity. 5. Professor regius S. Theologiae prime post susceptum munus Add. p. 5, anno unam lectionum seriem, unoquoque autem sequente anno P".^* 3^'- duas lectionum series legat, in quibus vel aliquam Sacrse Scripturse partem exponat, vel qusestiones ad sacram theologiam pertinentes discutiat. Concerning the Lady Margaret Professor. 6. Eligatur professor in pleno termino, post justam monitionem, Add.p.685, modo in aUis electionibus academicis usitato, ex iis qui gradu in ^^ 5'"-' S. Theologia insigniti fuerint, vel ex magistris in Artibus qui in sacris ordinibus constituti jus intrandi domum Convocationis per annos septem ad minimum habuerint. 7. In eligendo professore suffragii jus habeant graduati omnes in S. Theologia, et ii prseterea qui in domum Convocationis admissi, et sacris ordinibus saltern initiati, per septimanas viginti in academia commorati sint in anno ante primum Septembris diem electionem prsecedentem proxime elapse ; quod et ex registro Cengregatienis Universitatis Oxoniensis et ex suffragantium fide censtare poterit. In sequalitate suffragiorum rem decidat Vice-Cancellarius. A. § 2. De Theologise Fastoralis et Historise Eoole- Add.p.339. siasticse Frofessoribus Begiis. [1843.] QuuM regia majestas lecturas duas publicas per literas patentee Add.p.859. in Universitate Oxoniensi gratiose constituent et fundaverit, unam ^ '^ 'J scilicet in Theologia (quam vocant) pastorali (quo nomine continen- tur pastoralis muneris disciplina, concienes sive homilias scribendi et habendi ratio, liturgiarum cum rubricis histeria, et alia ejus- dem generis), alteram in historia ecclesiastica veterumque patrum scriptis ; atque etiam Universitati benigne permiserit, ut temporis spatium, per quod singulis annis illarum disciplinarum professores in Universitate residere tenentur, ad usus sues digerat et accom- modet, necnon ut professoribus conditiones prsescribat de lectioni- bus legendis et auditoribus erudiendis et examinandis; statuit et decrevit Universitas in bis verbis : 1. ITterque professor quotaunis per sex menses in Universitate residebit inter decimum diem Octobris et primum diem Julii sequentis. 2. Praileget uterque professor singulis terminis assidue per sex Add.p.3.ji. septimanas, tribus ad minimum diebus in qualibet septimana, facta l-i 47-J prius, prout statuta requirunt, publica per schedulas monitione. s 2 36 DE LECTOKIBUS PTJBLICIS. [IV. II. A. 3. In hac autem parte pro uno sestimandi sunt termini Paschatis et S. Trinitatis. 3. Prseter lectiones in quibus materiem suam generatim tractabit professor uterque, catecheticas etiam lectiones habebit, in quibus scriptorem aliquem sive veterem sive recentiorem discutiet, verba ejus citando, conferendo, et de eorum sensu auditores interrogando : in quem finem curabit ne singulse auditorum classes juste numero- siores fiant. 4. Singulis terminis unusquisque professor auditorum suorum nomina in registrum referet, in quo etiam notabit quot lectionibus singuli auditores interfuerint. Add.p.333. A. § 3. De professore exegeseos S. Scripturae a viro valde l^'^'^S] reverendo D. Dootore Ireland instituto. Add.p.859. QutTM vir valde reverendus Joannes Ireland S. T. P. eoclesise Divi Petri Westmonasteriensis decanus pro abundanti ejus erga Universitatem studio et amore pecunias testamento legaverit, his autem prsescriptis conditionibus, scilicet ut institueretur professor Add.p.334. Sacrse Scripturae exegeseos, ut penes sedium prsefectos foret jus L1843.] professoris eligendi, ut quotannis per sex menses in Universitate dictus professor resideret sub poena amotionis, et ut de munere ejus, prout postularet occasio, decemeret venerabilis domus Con- vocationis; porro quum hoc legatum die prime Decembris 1842 acceperit venerabilis domus Convocationis, et conditiones supra- dictas subierit; idcirco statuit ac decrevit TJniversitas in his verbis : Add.p.8j;o. I. Professor duas lectionum series in duobus discretis terminis ['876.] legat, terminis Paschatis et S. Trinitatis pro uno reputatis : scilicet per sex septimanas in utroque termino et bis ad minimum in una- quaque septimana ; atque insuper per sex septimanas unius alicujus termini bis ad minimum in unaquaque septimana per unius horse spatium vacet instruendis auditoribus in iis quae melius sine solen- nitate tradi possunt. 2. Ab auditoribus ne plus exigat mercedis quam ab Univer- sitate permissum est. 3. Si evenerit ut professor ad tempus valetudine impediatur quominus officio suo fungatur aut si ei necesse fuerit prsescripto legendi tempore propter causas urgentes et Vice-Cancellario pro- batas extra Universitatem morari ei deputatum idoneum et Vice- Cancellario probatum, qui professoris muneribus durante infirmitate IV. II. A. 4.] DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. 37 aut absentia fungatur, nominare lieeat : id quod exigere potent Vice-Cancellarius, si sponte professor in hac parte statute non satisfecerit, 4. Si professor senio morbo diuturno incurabili impotentia aut debilitate vel animi vel corporis fractus suse professioni perficlendae non sufiFecerit, virum secundum ea quae in hoc statuto decernuntur idoneum qui professoris muneribus fungatur eedium prsefectis rem proponente Vice-Cancellario nominare lieeat. 5. Si quando deputatus nominatus sit determinet Vice-Cancel- larius quantum ex professoris emolumentis deputato persolvendum sit. 6. Si quid statuerit academia de materie numero aut tempore lectionum de rationibus docendi et de auditoribus examinandis id observet quicunque tum erit professor. 7. Ne alia quapiam professione eodem tempore fungatur pro- fessor, nee officium prselectoris alicujus in quovis coUegio publice legentis cum munere sue conjungat. Provided always that the Ireland Professorship of Exegesis shall Add.p.886. be tenable with the Oriel Professorship of the Interpretation of ['883.] Holy Scripture. A. § 4. Concerning a Professorship of the Interpretation of Holy Scripture, Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved hy the Queen in Council, ^^rd May, 1882. 1. Thebe shall be a Professorship of the Interpretation of Holy Scripture within the University, which shall be called the Oriel Professorship of the Interpretation of Holy Scripture, and to which shall be permanently annexed and united the canonry in the chapter of the Cathedral Church of Kochester, heretofore annexed and united to the Provostship of Oriel College. 2. The election to the Professorship shall be vested in an Elec- toral Board consisting of — The Archbishop of Canterbury ; The Bishop of Eochester ; The Vice-Chancellor ; The Provost of Oriel College ; The Eegius Professor of Divinity. 38 DE LECTOKIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV. II. A. 4. 3. No person shall be eligible who is not in Priest's Orders of the Church of England. 4. The annexation of the canonry to the Professorship shall take effect immediately on the severance of the canoni^ from the provostship, and the first election of a Professor shall be held as soon as may be after such severance. 5. The Professor shall reside within the University during four- teen weeks at least in each year, except any part of that time for which he may have received leave of absence from the Visitatorial Board. Such fourteen weeks shall be in two of the three Uni- versity Terms (Easter and Trinity Terms being counted as one), and not less than six weeks shall be in each Term. 6. He shall lecture in two at least of the three University Terms (Easter and Trinity Terms being counted as one). His lectures shall extend over a period not less in any Term than six weeks, and not less in the whole than fourteen weeks, and he shall lecture twice at least in each week. 7. The general regulations of the statute concerning the duties of Professors shall be applicable to the Oriel Professor of the Inter- pretation of Holy Scripture. 8. The University may by Statute from time to time make further regulations, not inconsistent with this Statute, for regu- lating or further defining the Professor's duties. Provided that in such regulations due regard be had to his obligations of residence and other duties as a canon of the chapter of the Cathedral Church of Eochester. 9. The Professor shall be liable to admonition and to depri- vation of office by the Visitatorial Board, for the same causes, and with the same right of appeal, as other Professors within the University. 10. The Professorship may be held together with Dean Ireland's Professorship of the Exegesis of Holy Scripture, unless and until the University shall otherwise by Statute determine, and subject to such conditions (if any), not inconsistent with the provisions of this Statute, as the University may by Statute or Decree prescribe. 11. The Professorship shall not be tenable with a benefice with cure of souls. li IV. II. B. 2.] DE LECTORIBUS PUBLICIS. 39 B. § 1. Regius Professor of Civil Law. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under tlie Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, iS'j'j. Approved hy the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. The Eegius Professor of Civil Law shall lecture and give instruction on Eoman Law, its principles and history. 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments now assigned to the Commis- Professorahip (exclusive of any temporary payment which by any sioners' Statute in force at the time when this Statute comes into opera- p. 4i3,ed. tion may be provided for the Professor from the University Chest), ' " and to the additional emoluments which are appropriated to it by the Statutes of All Souls' College. B. § 2. Vinerian Professor of English Law. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Ajyproved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. The Vinerian Professor of English Law shall deliver lectures and give instruction on English Law. 2. He shall be elected by an Electoral Board, consisting of — The Chancellor of the University; The Lord Chief Justice of England ; The Eegius Professor of Civil Law in the University ; The Corpus Professor of Jurisprudence ; A person nominated on each occasion by All Souls' College to act as an Elector on that occasion. 3. He shall receive the annual proceeds of the trust estate of Commis- Mr. Viner's foundation remaining after payment of the statutory 0,°^^^ emoluments of the scholars of that foundation, and shall also hej,p,^T^^^22, entitled to the emoluments which, by the Statutes of All Souls' ^'^^ '^^^• College, are appropriated to his Professorship out of the revenues of that College. 4. He shall be subject to all Statutes duly made or to be made from time to time by the University of Oxford Commissioners, or 40 DE LECTOKIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV. II. B. 3. Commis- sioners' Statutes, p. 650, ed, 1882. by the University, respecting his Professorship or respecting Pro- fessorships in general. Temporary Provisions. So long as the total income provided for the Professor from the sources mentioned above does not amount to seven hundred pounds at the least, it shall be augmented to that amount by a yearly pay- ment from the University Chest. The University may apply to the maintenance of the Professor- ship, in aid of the University Chest, any sum which under the existing Statutes of Jesus College or under any new Statutes to be made for that College under the powers of the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877, shall have been paid or shall be payable by that College to the University, and shall under such Statutes be applicable to that purpose. Commis- sioners' Statutes, PP.413.42 2. ed. 1882. B. § 3. Chichele Professor of International Iiaw. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. The Chichele Professor of International Law shall lecture and give instruction on Public and Private International Law, including as a part of Public International Law the history and obligation of Treaties. 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes of All Souls' College are appropriated to his Professorship. 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors of whom one shall always be a person nominated on each occasion by the Warden and Fellows of All Souls' College to act as an Elector on that occasion. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Visitor of All Souls' College ; (2) The Lord Chancellor of Great Britain ; (3) The Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs ; (4) The President of the Probate, Divorce, and Admiralty Divi- sion of the High Court of Justice ; (5) -A- person nominated on each occasion by the Warden and Fellows of All Souls' College to act as an Elector on that occasion. IV. II. B. 4.] DE LECTOUIBTJS PUBLICIS. 41 B. § 4. Corpus Christi Professor of Jurisprudence. Statute made hy the Gommissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. The Corpus Christi Professor of Jurisprudence shall lecture and give instruction on the history of laws and the comparative Jurisprudence of diiferent nations ; in addition to which he may, if he think fit, treat of the principles of laws in general, and of any other matters relevant to the suhjects of his Chair which he may judge to be advisable. 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes Commia- of Corpus Christi College are appropriated to his Professorship. ? °^*^^ 3. The Professor shall hold his office for a period of five years PP- S°'' from election and no longer, but shall be re-eligible : Provided that ^^ Jgg2.' the University may from time to time, with the assent of Corpus Christi College, by Statute or Decree vary the tei-m for which the Professorship is to be tenable, or may, with the like assent, deter- mine that the Professor shall hold his office for life ; in which case he shall be subject to the Particular Eegulations applicable to the Professors mentioned in Schedule A. annexed to the Statute con- cerning the Duties of Professors. 4. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors of whom one shall always be a member of Corpus Christi College nominated on each occasion by the College to act as an Elector on that occasion, and another shall be a person nominated by the College as a permanent Elector, subject to the approval of Convocation. 5. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Regius Professor of Civil Law; (2) The Chichele Professor of International Law and Diplomacy; (3) A member of Corpus Christi College nominated on each oc- casion by the College to act as an Elector on that occasion ; (4) A person nominated as a permanent Elector by Corpus Christi College, subject to the approval of Convocation ; (5) A person nominated as a permanent Elector by the Heb- domadal Council, subject to the approval of Convocation. 43 DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV. II. B. 4. Aad.p.883. 6. The Professor shall reside within the University for twenty- [1882.] gjgjj^ j^yg ^^ jg^g^ jj^ g^^j^ academical year during full University Term ; and in order to complete such residence the Professor must have passed twenty-eight nights in Oxford. 7. One clear week-day at least shall intervene between the de- livery by the Professor of any two of his Statutable Lectures. Add.p.R57. B. S 5. Reader in Indian Law. [1878.] 1. Thbeb shall be a Eeader in Indian Law, who shall be nomi- nated from time to time by the Vice-Chancellor, the Proctors, the Professor of Comparative Philology, and the Corpus Professor of Jurisprudence, to hold office for seven years. 2. The Eeader shall give lectures on Indian Law, and on the Indian systems of Land-Tenure and Land-Eevenue. He shall give two lectures a week during six weeks in each of two Terms ; and shall also give further instruction to students who have attended his lectures, during eight weeks in each of the three Academical Terms (Easter and Trinity Terms being counted as one). 3. The Eeader shall receive annually the sum of Three Hundred Pounds from the University Chest. Each student shall also pay to the Eeader a fee of One Pound for each course of lectures. B. § 6. As to a Beadership in Boman Law *. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Council, 2nd March, i88r. Inasmuch as the Warden and Fellows of All Souls' College have offered to pay annually the sum of four hundred pounds, so long as the Eegius Professorship of Civil Law is held upon its present conditions, to be applied by the University to the endowment of a Eeadership in Eoman Law, it is hereby provided that — I . Until the Eegius Professorship of Civil Law shall fall vacant, or until the existing Eegius Professor shall, by his own consent, become subject to any Statutes for the future regulation of that Professor- ship and the duties of the Professor which may be made by the Uni- versity of Oxford Commissioners, a Eeader in Eoman Law shall be appointed from time to time for successive periods of three years. * This Statute is no longer in operation, the Regiua Professorship having fallen vacant in Trinity Term, 1893. IV. II. B. 6.] DE LECTOaiBUS PUBLICIS. 43 2. Any such Header shall retain his office and be entitled to his stipend (unless he shall sooner resign the same) until the end of the period of three years for which he shall have been appointed, although in the meantime the Begins Professorship of Civil Law may have become vacant, or subject to any such Statutes to be hereafter made as aforesaid. 3. The Reader shall be elected by — The Regius Professor of Civil Law ; The Chichele Professor of International Law and Diplomacy ; The Corpus Professor of Jurisprudence ; The Chairman for the time being of the Council of Legal Education appointed by the Inns of Court in London ; A person to be nominated by the Warden and Fellows of All Souls' College, with a view to each election. No election shall be invalidated on account of any of the Professor- ships, the holders of which are Electors to the Readership, being vacant at the time of the election. Those Professors shall be Electors, notwithstanding any change in their titles or duties to be hereafter made by Statute. 4. Subject to any general Statute to be hereafter made by or for the University as to the residence of University Readers, the Reader shall be required to reside within the precincts of the University for six months in each year, between [the tenth day of October *] and the first day of July next following. 5. Subject to any such Statute as aforesaid, as to the Lectures to be given by University Readers, the Reader shall lecture during seven weeks of each Term (Easter and Trinity Terms being counted as one), twice at least in each week, on separate days. He shall take as the subject of his Lectures Roman Law and the Sources and History thereof. He shall also, during the period in each Term over which his lectures shall extend, be ready to give private instruction to the Students attending his lectures. 6. If any general Statute, applying to all Readers, shall be here- after made by or for the University on the subjects provided for by the two last preceding clauses, or either of them, the Reader shall be subject thereto. 7. The Reader shall receive annually the sum of four hundred pounds, to be paid to him by the Warden and Fellows of All Souls' College. * Vide Statute Concerning tlie operation of Statutes, 4. ii. p. 341. 44 DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV. 11. C. I. C. § 1. Regius Professor of Medicine. Statute made by the Gommigsioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford^and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. The Eegius Professor of Medicine shall lecture on such sub- jects connected with the study of Medicine as the University shall from time to time by Statute determine, and, subject to or in default of any such Statute, on such subjects connected with the study of Medicine as he shall judge most advisable. 2. The Professor shall deliver in each year two courses of lec- tures at least, each course comprising at least eight lectures. He shall act as an Examiner in all examinations for Degrees in Medi- cine granted by the University; and shall perform such other duties in relation to the teaching and study of Medicine in the University, and be subject to such obligations (if any) as to resi- dence within the University, as the University may from time to time by Statute determine. 3. The Professor shall receive the emoluments which are now assigned to his Professorship. 4. The General Eegulations respecting the granting of Dispen- satiqns and leave of Absence contained in the Statute concerning the Duties of Professors shall apply to the Regius Professor of Medicine. 5. He shall be subject to all Statutes duly made or to be made from time to time by the University of Oxford Commissioners, or by the University, respecting his Professorship, and (unless excepted there- from) to such Statutes made in relation to Professors in general. C. § 2. Lichfield Trust for Clinical Instruction. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. The income of the Trust-fund created by the will of George Henry Earl of Lichfield, together with any accumulations thereof, shall be applied in or towards providing Clinical Instruction in Oxford for members of the University, such instruction to be given by a Clinical Professor, or by one or more Clinical Lecturer IV. II. C. a.] DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. 45 or Lecturers. The qualifications and mode of appointment of any Clinical Professor or Lecturer, the tenure and duties of the office, the conditions on which instruction shall be given, and all other matters respecting the office which it may be expedient to regulate by Statute, may be regulated by or under Statutes of the Uni- versity made from time to time. Statute made hv the Univerdtv. Add. p. 886. , . [1883.] (i) The annual income of the Lichfield Endowment shall be applied in and towards providing Clinical Instruction in Medi- cine and Surgery for Members of the University at the Eadcliife Infirmary, subject to the approval by the Hebdomadal Council of the Rules made from time to time by the General Court of Governors of the Eadcliffe Infirmary for the admission of Students. (2) If and so long as the Hebdomadal Council shall be allowed to nominate four of its Members, to be associated with the Electoral Board appointed by the Governors, for the election of the Physicians and Surgeons of the Radcliffe Infirmary, one of the Physicians of the Eadcliffe Infirmary shall be appointed Lichfield Clinical Lec- turer in Medicine, and one of the Surgeons shall be appointed Lichfield Clinical Lecturer in Surgery, and an equal moiety of the annual income from the endowment shall be paid to each Lecturer. (3) Each Lecturer shall be appointed for a term of two years, but shall be capable of re-appointment. (4) The appointment of the Lecturers shall be made by the Hebdomadal Council after consultation with the Medical Staff of the Infirmary. (5) Each Lecturer shall be required to give a course of instruc- tion in each Term on fixed days and hours of which notice shall be given to the University in the usual manner. (6) The amount which has arisen from the accumulations of income during the abeyance of the Clinical Professorship, or which may arise from any abeyance in the Lectureships, shall be in- vested ; and the annual income thereof shall be applied to the furnishing of apparatus and diagrams and other requisites for Clinical teaching in the Clinical Laboratory at the Eadcliffe In- firmary. (7) All arrangements made between the University and the General Court of Governors of the Hadcliffe Infirmary shall be 46 Dl LECTORIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV. II. C. 2. subject to determination at the end of six months, upon notice being given on either side : provided that in case of such determin- ation the Lecturers shall be entitled to retain their Lectureships for the residue of the term for which they were appointed. (8) The provisions of this Statute shall remain in force only until the end of the next Term after any vacancy may occur in the Kegius Professorship of Medicine. C. § 3. De professore praxeos Medicinee per Georgium Aldrich M.D. instituto. Statuttum regia auctoritate sancitum, A.D. 1858. AiW.p.604. I. QtruM primum a munere professoris Medicinae regii disjuncta '■*'■' fuerit lectura anatomise Tomlinsiana cui ex voluntate fundatoris adjuncta est lectura anatomiae Aldrichiana, conjungantur munera professoris Medicinse regii necnon professoris Medicinse Aldrichiani ; ita ut professor Medicinse regius pro tempore existens perpetuus sit professor Aldrichianus. 2. Quod si professor Medicinse regius se lectura Tomlinsiana intra tres menses non abdicaverit, eligatur professor Medicinse Aldrichianus, qui munere suo fruatur quamdiu lectura Anatomise Tomlinsiana a munere professoris regii non disjuncta fuerit. D. § 1. Savilian Professor of (Jeometry, Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved hy the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. I. The Savilian Professor of Geometry shall lecture and give instruction in pure and analytical Geometry. Commis- 3. He shall be entitled to the emoluments now assigned to the sioners' Professorship and derived from the benefaction of Sir Henry Savile, PP-373.3'95. Knight, or from the University Chest ; and shall receive in addl- ed^ 1882. tion the emoluments appropriated to the Professorship by the Statutes of New College. 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom one shall always be the Warden of New College, or a person nominated to act as an Elector by the Warden and Fellows of that College. IV. II. D. a.] DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. 47 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Chancellor of the University; (2) The President of the Eoyal Society ; (3) The Warden of New College ; (4) A person nominated on each occasion by the Warden and Fellows of New College to act as an Elector on that occasion ; (5) The Sadlerian Professor of Pure Mathematics in the Univer- sity of Cambridge ; (6) The Sedleian Professor of Natural Philosophy ; (7) A person appointed on each occasion by the Hebdomadal Council to act as an Elector on that occasion. 5. If on any occasion the Warden be unable to act as an Elector the College may appoint a person to act on that occasion in his stead. D. § 2. Savilian Professor of Astronomy. Statute made hy the Commissioners whoUy for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in CouTieil, 2^d May, 1882. 1. The Savilian Professor of Astronomy shall lecture and give instruction on theoretical and practical Astronomy. 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments now assigned to the Commis- Professorship and derived from the benefaction of Sir Henry Savile, gt^tutgg Knight, or from the University Chest ; and shall receive in addi- pp.37.^,395) tion the emoluments appropriated to the Professorship by the *°- ' ^"• Statutes of New College. 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom one shall always be the Warden of New College, or a person nomi- nated to act as an Elector by the Warden and Fellows of that College. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (1) The Chajicellor of the University; (2) The President of the Eoyal Society; (3) The Astronomer Royal ; (4) The RadclifFe Observer ; (5) The Warden of New College ; 48 DE LECTOKIBUS PTJBLICIS. [IV. II. D. 2. (6) A person nominated on each occasion by the Warden and Fellows of New College to act as an Elector on that occasion ; (7) A person appointed on each occasion by the Hebdomadal Council to act as an Elector on that occasion. 5. If on any occasion the Warden be unable to act as an Elector, the College may appoint a person to act on that occasion in his stead. Add.p.588. 6. Ne alia quapiam professione eodem tempore fungatur pro- [1857.] fessor alteruter ; nee munus observatoris Radcliviani, nee officium prselectoris alicujus in quovis coUegio publice legentis cum munere suo conjungat. 7. Prsediorum Savilianorum administratio sit penes delegates prsediorum Universltatis. Quicquid post reparationes et cseteras necessarias expensas ex eorum proventibus supererit, professoribus Savilianis sequaliter distribuat Vice-Cancellarius. At si utrique professori libras trecentas pendendo non sufficiant prsediorum pro- ventus, quicquid defecerit solvat professoribus Yice-Cancellarius e cista academica. D. § 3. Sedleian Professor of ITatural Philosophy. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under tlie Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. I. The Sedleian Professor of Natural Philosophy shall lecture and give instruction on Mathematical Physics. Commie- 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments derived from the sioners' benefaction of Sir William Sedley, Baronet, and assigned to the p. 348, ' Professorship, and shall receive in addition the emoluments which ed. 1882. are appropriated to it by the Statutes of the Queen's College. 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom one shall always be the Provost of the Queen's College, or a person nominated by the College. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Vice-Chancellor ; (2) The President of the Eoyal Society; (3) The Provost of the Queen's College ; (4) A person nominated on each occasion by the Queen's College to act as an Elector on that occasion ; IV. II. D. 4.] DE LECTORIBnS PUBLICIS. 49 (5) The Professor of Experimental Philosophy ; (6) The Savilian Professor of Geometry ; (7) A person appointed on each occasion by the Hebdomadal Council to act as an Elector on that occasion. 5. If on any occasion the Provost be unable to act as an Elector, the College may appoint a person to act on that occasion in his stead. 6. He alia qnapiam professione eodem tempore fungatnr pro- Add.p.686. fessor, nee munus observatoris Kadcliviani, nee officium prselectoris ^^ ^'^'^ alicujus in quovis coUegio publiee legentis cum munere suo con- jungat. 7. Professoris Sedleiani prsedia administrent delegati prsediorum Universitatis ; et quicquid inde supererit post justas expensas pro- fessori pendat Vice-Cancellarius. D. § 4. Waynflete Professor of Pure Mathematics. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, iS'j'j. Approved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1 . The Waynflete Professor of Pure Mathematics (if and when an appointment shall have been made to that Professorship) shall lecture and give instruction in the analytical part of Mathematics. 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes Commis-' of Magdalen College are appropriated to his Professorship. Statutes 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of pp.440,441, whom one shall always be the Visitor and another the President of ^"' '^°^' Magdalen College. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Visitor of Magdalen College ; (2) The President of Magdalen College ; (3) The Vice-Chancellor ; (4) The Savilian Professor of Astronomy; (5) The Professor of Experimental Philosophy; (6) The Sadlerian Professor of Pure Mathematics in the Uni- versity of Cambridge ; (7) A person appointed on each occasion by the Hebdomadal Council to act as an Elector on that occasion. 5. If on any occasion the President be unable to act as an Elector, the College may appoint a person to act on that occasion in his stead. 50 DE LECTORIBUS PUBLICIS, [IV. II. E.I. E. § 1. Professor of Experimental Philosophy. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, i877- App-oved hy the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. The Professor of Experimental Philosophy shall lecture and give instruction on some part or parts of Experimental Philosophy, comprehending under that designation the mechanics of solid and fluid bodies, sound, light, heat, electricity, and magnetism. 2. The University may, if it think fit, by Statute or Decree from time to time make a distribution of the subjects compre- hended under the above designation, and may assign some of them to the Professor of Experimental Philosophy and others of them to the Wykeham Professor of Physics (when that Professorship shall have been established), or to some other Professor or University Reader ; but no such assignment shall be binding on a Professor already appointed unless he assent to it. Commis- 3. The Professor shall be entitled to the emoluments derived Statutes from the benefaction of Nathaniel Lord Crewe and assigned to p. 682, his Professorship. He shall also be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes of Wadham College are appropriated to his Professorship, and shall receive in addition an annual payment from the University Chest. Such annual payment shall not be less than will make the total emoluments of the Professor (exclusive of fees) five hundred pounds per annum, and shall, when in the judgment of the University its revenues shall be sufficient, be raised to such an amount as will make his total emoluments (exclusive of fees) not less than seven hundred pounds nor more than nine hun- dred pounds per annum. 4. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom one shall always be the Warden of Wadham College. 5. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (r) The Vice-Chancellor ; (2) The Warden of Wadham College ; (3) The Sedleian Professor of Natural Philosophy ; (4) The Waynflete Professor of Chemistry ; (5) The President of the Royal Society. 6. If on any occasion the Warden be unable to act as an Elector, the College may appoint a person to act on that occasion in his stead. ed. 1882 IV. II. E. 3.] DE LBCTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. 51 7. Ne alia quapiam professione eodem tempore fungatur pro- Add.p.719. fessor, nee miinus observatoris Eadcliviani, nee officium prselectoris ['^°°-J alicujus in quovis coUegio publice legeutis cum munere suo con- jungat. E. § 2. Wykeham Professor of Physics. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities' of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Govmeil, ^rd May, 1882.' 1. The Wykeham Professor of Physics (when an appointment shall have been made to that Professorship) shall lecture and give instruction on some part or parts of Experimental Philosophy, comprehending under that designation the subjects enumerated in the Statute relating to the Professorship of Experimental Philo- sophy. Provided that the University may from time to time exercise, in respect of the duties of the Wykeham Professor of Physics, the powers which by the Statute relating to the Pro- fessorship of Experimental Philosophy it is authorised to exercise, but subject to a like limitation in favour of a Professor then already elected. 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes Commis- of New College are appropriated to his Professorship. St'T t^ 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of pp.372,373, whom one shall always be the Warden of New College or a person ®^' '^®^- nominated to act as an Elector by the Warden and Fellows of that College. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) A person nominated on each occasion by the Warden and Fellows of New College to act as an Elector on that occasion ; (2) The Savilian Professor of Geometry ; (3) The Waynflete Professor of Chemistry; (4) The President of the Eoyal Society ; (5) The Lucasian Professor of Mathematics in the University of Cambridge. ja 2 52 DE LECTOUIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV. II. E. 3. E. § 3. Professor of Applied Mechanics. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Ajiproved hy the Queen in Council, '^rd May, 1882. Commie- Whereas by Statutes made for St. John's College provision has Statutes ^^^^ or is proposed to be made for the endowment, when and as p. 613, the revenues of that College will permit, of a Professorship of ed. 1882. Mechanics and Civil Engineering within the University, unless such endowment shall have been provided from other sources ; Commis- And whereas by Statutes made for Magdalen College power has sioners teen or is proposed to be given to that College (subject to con- pp.440,441, ditions therein mentioned) to assume the charge of establishing ed. 1882. and maintaining the aforesaid Professorship, therein described as a Professorship of Mechanics and Civil Engineering or of Applied Mechanics ; 1. When from the revenues of either of the said two Colleges funds shall have been provided for the purpose, a Professorship shall be established, the holder of which shall lecture and give instruction on the principles of Civil and Mechanical Engineering, and which shall be styled (as the case may be) the St. John's Pro- fessorship of Applied Mechanics or the Waynflete Professorship of Applied Mechanics. 2. The Professor shall receive the emoluments appropriated to his Professorship by or under the Statutes of such one of the said two Colleges as shall have become presently chargeable with a payment for the maintenance of it. 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors. Two members of the Board shall always be, if the maintenance of the Professorship shall have become a present charge on St. John's College, (i) the President of that College and (2) a person nomi- nated on each occasion by the President and Fellows to act as an Elector on that occasion; if on Magdalen College, then (i) the Visitor and (2) the President of that College. 4. Subject to the power of the University to regulate or vary the constitution of the Board, except in regard to the two members of it mentioned above, the other members of the Board shall be — (3) The President for the time being of the Institution of Civil Engineers ; (4) The Professor of Experimental Philosophy; (5) The Sedleian Professor of Natural Philosophy ; IV. 11. E. 4.] DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. 53 (6) The Professor of Mechanism and Applied Mechanics in the University of Cambridge ; (7) A person appointed on each occasion by the Hebdomadal Council to act as an Elector on that occasion. 5. The Professor shall be subject to the General Regulations of the Statute concerning the Duties of Professors, and to those Par- ticular Eegulations of that Statute which are applicable to the Professors enumerated in Schedule C. annexed to it. 6. The Professor shall have the charge of such Laboratories or Working-rooms as the University may by Statute- assign to him ; and shall undertake the personal and regular supervision of the same, and of the several Demonstrators and Assistants employed therein, and shall be responsible for all the work carried on there. 7. The University may from time to time by Statute make further Eegulations, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Statute, for regulating or defining the duties of the Professor, and the time, place, or manner of lecturing or giving instruction, and also for increasing, slfould it be deemed expedient, the amount of instruction to begiven by him or the period of residence required of him. 8. The Professor shall be subject to all Statutes duly made or to be made from time to time by the University of Oxford Com- missioners or by the University respecting his Professorship, and (unless excepted therefrom) to such Statutes made in relation to Professors in general. E. § 4. Waynflete Professor of Chemistry. Statute made by tJie Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Afproved by the Queen in Council, %rd May, 1882. 1. The Waynflete Professor of Chemistry shall lecture and give instruction on Theoretical and Practical Chemistry. 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes Commis- of Magdalen College are appropriated to his Professorship. statutes 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of pp. 440,' whom one shall always be the Visitor and another the President of ^^''j|5^' Magdalen College. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Visitor of Magdalen College ; 54 DE LECTORIBUS PUBLIClS. [IV. II. E. 4. (2) The President of Magdalen College ; (3) The Professor of Experimental Philosophy; (4) The Professor of Chemistry in the University of Cambridge ; (5) The President of the College of Physicians ; (6) The President of the Royal Society; (7) A person appointed on each occasion by the Hebdomadal Council to act as an Elector on that occasion. 5. If on any occasion the President be unable to act as an Elector, the College may appoint a person to act on that occasion in his stead. E. § 5. De prselectore chemise per Georgium Aldricli M.D. instituto. Statutum regia auctoritate sancitum, A.D. 1867. Add.p.720. Plactjit Universitati professionem Chemise a Georgio Aldrich L' ° -J M.D. institutam supprimere et abolere ; emolumenta autem quibus hodie dotatur, nempe summam centum viginti novem librarum et decem solidorum e pecuniis a fundatore ipso legatis provenientem, et summam centum librarum e cista Universitatis [secundum stat. tit. IV. sect. III.] pendendam, inapparatum chemicum,vel in demon- stratoris vel demonstratorum stipendium, prout delegatis musei academic! visum fuerit, nomine Doctoris Aldrich semper conser- vato, erogare. E. § 6. The Waynflete Professor of Mineralogy. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 18'j'j. Ap2>roved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. Peovision having been made by Statutes made for Magdalen College for the partial endowment of the Professor of Mineralogy out of the revenues of that College, the Professor shall henceforth be styled the Waynflete Professor of Mineralogy. 2. The Waynflete Professor of Mineralogy shall lecture and give , instruction on the structure, composition, and physical and chemical properties of mineral substances. Commis- 3.^ He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes StTtutes, °^ Magdalen College are appropriated to his Professorship, and p. 441, shall further receive the sum of one hundred pounds a year from the University Chest. 4. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of ed. 1882. .IV. II. E. 7.] .DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. 55 whom one shall always be the Visitor and another the President of Magdalen College. 5. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to tegulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Visitor of Magdalen College ; ( 2) The President of Magdalen College ; (3) The Professor of Experimental Philosophy; (4) The Waynflete Professor of Chemistry; (5) The Professor of Mineralogy in the University of Cambridge ; (6) The President of the Royal Society; (7) A person appointed on each occasion by the Hebdomadal Council to act am an Elector on that occasion. 6. If on any occasion the President be unable to act as an Elector, the College may appoint a person to act on that occasion in his stead. 7. Ne alia quap'iam professione eodem tempore fungatur professor, Add.p.6i8 nee munus observatoris Radcliviani, nee officium prselectoris alicujus ['^S9-J in quovis coUegio publice legentis cum munere suo conjungat. E. § 7. Professor of Geology. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities cf Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Council, yrd May, 1882. 1. The Professor of Geology shall lecture and give instruction on Geology and Palaeontology. 2. He shall be entitled to receive the sum of four hundred pounds per annum from the University Chest. The said annual payment shall, when and as the revenues of the University shall in the judgment of the University be sufficient for the purpose, be augmented to an amount not less than seven hundred pounds nor exceeding nine hundred pounds per annum ; unless provision for a payment of corresponding amount shall have been made from some other source. Provided that, if at any time the emoluments assigned to the Professor (exclusive of fees) shall have been raised to an amount exceeding six hundred pounds per annum, he shall be required to reside within the University during six months at least in each Academical year betwe'en the first day of September and the ensuing first day of July, and shall be subject to such regulations 56 DE LECTOKIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV. II. E. 7. as to the duties required of him as the University may by Statute from time to time determine. 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board, it shall consist of — (i) The Vice-Chancellor ; (2) The Waynflete Professor of Chemistry; (3) The Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy; (4) The Professor of Geology in the University of Cambridge ; (5) The President of the Royal Society. Add.p.620. 5. Ne alia quapiam professione eodem tempore fungatur professor, [10S9-J nee munus observatoris Radcliviani, nee officium prselectoris alicujus in quovis coUegio publice legentis cum munere suo conjungat. Add.p.524. E. § 8. De professore cEconomise ruralis Sibthorpiano.. [I056-J Vide Ap- Pbopessob ceconomise ruralis secundum ordinationes a Johanne ^^" g ■ '' Sibthorp M.D. in testamento suo sancitas legat. E. § 9. Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. A2>2)roved by the Queen in Council, yd May, 1882. Add.p.978. r. The Professorship heretofore designated the Linacre Pro- [1893O fessorship of Physiology shall hereafter be designated the Linacre Professorship of Comparative Anatomy. 2. The Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy shall lecture and give instruction on Comparative Anatomy. Coramis- 3. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes sioners q£ jjerton College are appropriated to his Professorship. pp.226,240, 4- The emoluments arising from the benefactions of Eichard ed. 1882. Tomlins, Esquire, and George Aldrich, Doctor of Medicine, shall be applied, in such manner as the University shall from time to time determine, to the payment of a Demonstrator or Demon- strators in Anatomy appointed by the Professor. 5. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors of whom one shall always be a member of Merton College appointed by the College on the occasion of each election. 6, Subject to any exercise of the power of 4he University to IV. II. E. lO.] DE LECTOEIBUS PCBLICIS. 57 regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Visitor of Merton College ; (2) The President of the College of Physicians ; (3) The President of the College of Surgeons ; (4) The Waynflete Professor of Physiology; (5) A member of Merton College appointed by the College on the occasion of each election to act as an Elector on that occasion; (6) The Regius Professor of Medicine ; (7) A person appointed on each occasion by the Hebdomadal Council to act as an Elector on that occasion. E. § 10. Waynflete Professor of Physiology. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oaford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Council, 3rd May, 1882. 1. The Waynflete Professor of Physiology shall lecture and give instruction on Human and Comparative Physiology with Histology. 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes Gommis- of Magdalen College are appropriated to his Professorship. «/"}*? 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom pp.440,441, one shall always be the Visitor and another the President of Mag- ^'^- '*^^- dalen College. 4. Subject to the exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Visitor of Magdalen College ; (2) The President of Magdalen College ; (3) The Eegius Professor of Medicine ; (4) The Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy ; (5) The President of the College of Surgeons ; (6) The President of the College of Physicians ; (7) A person appointed on each occasion by the Hebdomadal Council to act as an Elector on that occasion. 5. If on any occasion the President be unable to act as an Elector, the College may appoint a person to act on that occasion in his stead. 58 DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV. II. E.I 1. E. § 11. Sherardian Professor of Botany. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Ap2>roved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. I. The Sherardian Professor of Botany shall lecture and give Commis- instruction on that subject. sioners 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments derived from the pp.440,4'41, benefaction of W. Sherard, Doctor of Civil Law, and assigned ed. 1882. to the Professorship, and shall receive in addition the emoluments which by the Statutes of Magdalen College are appropriated to his Professorship. 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom one shall always be the Visitor and another the President of Magdalen College. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board iu other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Visitor of Magdalen College ; (2) The President of Magdalen College ; (3) The President of the Linneean Society; (4) The President of the College of Physicians ; (5) A person nominated by the Hebdomadal Council as a permanent Elector subject to approval by Convocation ; (6) The Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy; (7) The Professor of Botany in the University of Cambridge. 5. If on any occasion the President be unable to act as an Elector, the College may appoint a person to act on that occasion in his stead. 6. The Sibthorpian Professorship of Eural Economy shall on the next vacancy cease to be united to the Professorship of Botany, but may be held together with it, unless the University shall by Statute otherwise determine. After such separation shall have taken effect, the regulations which by the Statute concerning the Duties of Professors are made applicable to the Professor of Botany and Eural Economy shall be deemed to be applicable to the Sherardian Professor of Botany. 7. The charge and supervision of the Botanic Garden, which by the Statute concerning the Duties of Professors is assigned to the Professor of Botany, shall be exercised by him subject to such IV.II. E. la.] DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. 59 .authority as by any Statute of the University in force for the time being or otherwise shall be vested in the Curators of the Garden. Statute made hy the University, The Professor shall receive from the University Chest the yearly Add.p.896. sum of one hundred pounds. [1884.] E. § 12. Concerning Dr. Lee's Readers. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and (Cambridge Act, 1877. A2>2)roved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. In this Statute the word 'Eeader' shall mean (unless where it is otherwise expressed or a different meaning is required by the context) one of the three Eeaders in Anatomy, Chemistry, and Physics, entitled Dr. Lee's Eeaders ; and the word ' Eeadership ' shall mean the office held by any one of such Eeaders. 2. The appointment to each Eeadership shall be vested in a Board of five persons, of whom one shall be the Dean of Christ Church, two shall be nominated on the occasion of each election by the Electoral Board of Christ Church, and two others shall be nominated in such manner as the University may from time to time by Statute determine. In default of any such Statute and subject thereto, such two persons shall be nominated on the occasion of each election by the Board of the Faculty of Natural Science. 3. The University may from time to time by Statute or Decree, with the consent of the Governing Body of Christ Church testified under the College Seal, but not otherwise, (unless under the powers given in clause 8,) make regulations respecting the tenure and conditions of tenure, duties, emolument, and mode of appointment or removal of the Eeaders or of any Eeader, or any other matters relating to them which it may be deemed expedient so to regulate. Unless and until this power shall have been exercised and subject thereto, the regulations respecting the Eeaders shall be as follows : — 4. The Eeaders shall hold their respective offices for life, subject to the power of deprivation for sufficient cause vested in the Visitatorial Board. 5. Every Eeader shall reside within the University during six months in the Academical year, between the first day of September and the ensuing first day of July. 60 DB LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV. II. E. 12. 6. Every Eeader shall lecture in two at least of the three University Terms (Easter and Trinity Tenns being counted to- gether as one). His Lectures shall extend over a period not less in any Term than six weeks nor less in the whole than fourteen weeks, and shall be open to members of the University in the same manner and on the same conditions as the ordinary lectures to be delivered by Professors within the University. He shall also undertake the superintendence of any Laboratory which the Uni- versity may from time to time assign to him by Statute or Decree with such consent of the Governing Body of Christ Church as hereinbefore mentioned, and of the work of Students admitted to such Laboratory. It shall be the duty of every Eeader, in arranging the subjects and times of his Lectures, to have regard to the arrangements made or proposed to be made by the Professor or Professors lecturing in the same department of study. 7. One of the three Eeaders shall lecture and give instruction in Anatomy, another in Chemistry, and the third in Physics. . The Eeader in Anatomy may, if he think fit (subject to any definition of his duties under the clause next following), lecture also on Physiology. 8. When a Eeadership becomes vacant the Board of the Faculty of Natural Science may, if they think fit, at any time withia four weeks after the occurrence of the vacancy, submit to the Vice- Chancellor a recommendation that it shall be the special duty of the Eeader about to be appointed to lecture and give instruction in some part or parts, specified in such recommendation, of the department of science assigned to his Eeadership ; and the re- commendation, if approved by Decree of Convocation, but not otherwise, shall be binding on the person appointed to fill such vacancy as if it had been inserted as a definition of his duties in this Statute, but not (unless renewed in like manner) on any person subsequently appointed. The University may, if it think fit, by Decree, during the Eeader's tenure of office, with his consent, determine that such definition of his duties shall be varied or cancelled. Notice that an appointment is about to be made to a vacant Eeadership shall not be given until either the said period of four weeks shall have expired, or the Board of the Faculty shall within that period have notified to the Vice-Chancellor that they do not propose to make a recommendation ; nor, if a recommendation shall have been made, shall the notice be given until the re- IV. 11. E. 1 3. J DE LECTOMBUS PUBLICIS. 61 commendation shall have been brought before Convocation for approval. 9. The following Statutes and provisions of Statutes made for the University shall extend and apply to the Readers as if they were expressly included, as Professors or University Eeaders, within the operation of those Statutes (namely) : — (a) The Statute concerning Boards of Faculties. (6) The Statute concerning a Visitatorial Board ; provided that the power given by that Statute to mulct a Reader of his emo- lument for sufficient cause shall not extend to any emoluments received by such Reader in respect of duties to be performed by him for Christ Church. (c) The Statute concerning elections to Professorships ; provided that the power thereby given of suspending an election shall not be exercised in the case of a Readership unless with the consent of the Governing Body of Christ Church under the College Seal. {d) The General Regulations contained in the Statute con- cerning the duties of Professors (except the regulation requiring the delivery of public lectures from time to time), and the pro- visions of the same Statute respecting Dispensations and Leave of Absence. The Readers shall be deemed to be University Readers, and shall as such be ex officio members of the Board of the Faculty of Natural Science, but shall not be deemed to be included within the provisions of the Statute concerning Readers receiving stipends out of the Common University Fund. 10. Every Reader may, as an Official Student of Christ Church, be required to take such part in the educational work of the House as the Governing Body on the recommendation of the Electoral Board of the House shall from time to time determine : Provided that the work so required of him be specially connected with the Department of Science assigned to him as Reader and be not incompatible with the full performance of his duties for the University under this Statute. 11. Every Reader shall be entitled to receive in respect of the Commis- duties to be performed by him for the University under this g^jjj.^'j.gg Statute the yearly sum of four hundred pounds as provided by the p. 544, Statutes made for Christ Church, and in respect of his duties for ^^- '*'^^- the House the additional emoluments for which provision is made by the same Statutes. 12. This Statute shall not apply to any Reader appointed before the sixth day of October, 1880, unless he shall by writing under 62 BE lECTOBIBUS PUBLICIS, [IV, II. E. 1 3.. his hand delivered to the Vice-Chancellor have consented to place , himself under its provisions. Unless and until he shall have so consented, any such Reader shall not be deemed to be a University Beader within the meaning of any Statute made for the University. Commis- sioners' Statutes, P- 533, ed. 1882. Commis- sioner's Statntes, pp. SOI, 602. 523. ed. 1882. F. § 1. Begius Professor of Greek. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Qiieen in Council, 3rd May, 1882. 1. The Eegius Professor of Greek shall lecture and give instruc- tion on the history and criticism of the Greek Language and Literature and on the works of classical Greek authors. 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes of Christ Church are appropriated to his Professorship. F. § 2. Corpus Christi Professor of tlie Latin Language and Literature. Statute made by tJie Commissioners wholly for the University under tJie Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Courtcil, 3rd May, 1882. 1. The Corpus Christi Professor of the Latin Language and Literature shall lecture and give instruction on the history and criticism of the Latin Language and Literature, and on the works of classical Latin authors. 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes of Corpus Christi College are appropriated to his Professorship. 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom one shall always be a member of Corpus Christi College nominated on each occasion by the College to act as an Elector on that occa- sion, and another shall be a person nominated by the College as a permanent Elector, subject to the approval of Convocation. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Vice-Chancellor ; (2) The Eegius Professor of Greek ; (3) The Camden Professor of Ancient History; (4) The Professor of Latin in the University of Cambridge ; (5) A member of Corpus Christi College nominated on each IV. II. F. 3.j DE LECTOKIBUS PUBLICIS. 63 occasion by the College to act as an Elector on that occasion ; (6) A person nominated as a permanent Elector by the College, subject to the approval of Convocation ; (7) A person nominated as a permanent Elector by the Heb- domadal Council, subject to the approval of Convocation, F. f 3. Boden Professor of Sanskrit. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Ap^Toved hy the Queen in Council, ■^rd May, 1882. 1. The Boden Professor of Sanskrit shall deliver lectures and give instruction on the Sanskrit Language and Literature. 2. It shall be his duty in his department not only to give instruction to Students but to assist the pursuit of knowledge and contribute to the advancement of it and aid generally the work of the University. 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom one shall always be a person nominated on each occasion by Balliol College to act as an Elector on that occasion. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary by Statute from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, it shall consist of — (i) The Secretary of State for India ; (2) The Corpus Christi Professor of Comparative Philology ; (3) The Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge ; (4) A person nominated on each occasion by the Hebdomadal Council, subject to the approval of Convocation, to act as an Elector on that occasion ; (5) A person nominated on each occasion by Balliol College to act as an Elector on that occasion. 4. He shall receive the emoluments which, under a scheme for the management and regulation of the Boden Foundation approved and sanctioned by order of the Court of Chancery on the thirteenth day of February, i860, or under any other Scheme to be hereafter approved in like manner, are or shall be assigned to the Pro- fessorship. 5. He shall reside within the University during six months at the least in each Academical year, between the first day of Sep- tember and the ensuing first day of July. 64 DE LECTORIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV. II. F. 3. 6. He shall in each University Term (Easter and Trinity Terms being counted as one), and on four days at least in each week, give instruction in such manner as the nature of the subjects treated may make most convenient, without payment of any fee, to all Students being members of the University, who shall have given to him reasonable notice of their intention to attend. This instruction shall extend over a period not less in any Term (Easter and Trinity Terms being counted as one) than six weeks, nor less in the whole year than twenty-one weeks. 7. He shall also deliver from time to time after previous public notice a public lecture or lectures to be open to all members of the University without payment of any fee. 8. The University may from time to time by Statute make further regulations, not inconsistent with the regulations of this Statute, for regulating and defining the duties of the Professor, and the time, place, or manner of lecturing or giving instruction, and also for increasing (should it be deemed expedient) the amount of instruction to be given by him, or the period of residence required of him. 9. The general regulations respecting the granting of dispensa- tions and leave of absence contained in the Statute concerning the duties of Professors shall apply to the Boden Professor of Sanskrit. 10. He shall be subject to all Statutes duly made or to be made from time to time by the University of Oxford Commissioners or by the University respecting his Professorship, and (unless excepted therefrom) to such Statutes made in relation to Professors in general. P. § 4. Laudian Professor of Arabic. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Council, yrd May, 1882. I. The Laudian Professor of Arabic shall lecture and give instruction on the Arabic, Syriac, and Chaldee Languages and Literature. Commis- 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments derived from the Stat^T benefaction of William Laud, Archbishop of Canterbury, and p. 612, assigned to the Professorship, and to the additional emoluments ed. 1882. -(yliich are appropriated to it by the Statutes of St. John's College. 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom one shall always be the President of St. John's College. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to IV. II. p. 6.] Dl! LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. 65 regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board sjjall consist of — (i) The Secretary of State for India ; (2) The President of St. John's College ; (3) The Begins Professor of Hebrew ; (4) The Boden Professor of Sanskrit ; (5) Bodley's Librarian. 5. If on any occasion the President be unable to act as an Elector, the College may appoint a person to act on that occasion in his stead. 6. The Laudian Professorship (unless the University otherwise by Statute determine) may be held together with the ofBce of Lord Almoner's Professor and Header of Arabic. F. § 5. De prselectore linguae Arabicse per regium Add. p. 5, Eleemosynarium constituto. P™* 321- . .... [1839.] PejELECTOE linguse Arabicae per Eleemosynarium regise majestatis constitutus unam lectionum seriem quotannis, pleno termino, ex optimis linguse Arabicse scriptis legat. F. §'6. Rawlinsonlan. Professor of Anglo-Saxon. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1 . The Eawlinsonian Professor of Anglo-Saxon shall lecture and give instruction principally upon the Anglo-Saxon Language, Literature, and History ; in addition to which he may treat of the Ancient Teutonic Dialects, and of their relation to modern lan- guages. 2. He shall be entitled to receive the annual payment now assigned to him out of the University Chest ; unless provision for a payment of corresponding amount shall have been made from some other source. 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board, it shall consist of — (i) The Vice-Chancellor ; (2) The Merton Professor of English Language and Literature ; (3) The Corpus Christi Professor of Comparative Philology ; (4) The Principal Librarian of the British Museum ; 66 DE LECTOKIBUS PTJBLICIS. [IV. II. F. 6. CommiB- sionera' Statutes, p. 237, ed. 1882. {5) A person appointed on each occasion by the Hebdomadal Council to act as an Elector on that occasion. 5. The University may, if it think fit, at any time by Statute determine that the Professorship of Anglo-Saxon shall be united to the Merton Professorship of English Language and Literature, or shall be capable of being held with it, subject to such conditions as to the residence, duties, arid emoluments of the former Professor- ship as the University may deem advisable. Commis- sioners' Statutes, p. 636, ed. 188:. F. § 7. Jesus Professor of Celtic. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Camhridge Act, 1877. Approved hy the Queen in Council, ■^rd May, 1-882. 1 . The Jesus Professor of Celtic shall lecture and give instruc- tion on the Celtic Languages, Literature, and Antiquities. 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes of Jesus College are appropriated to his Professorship, and shall also receive in addition a yearly sum of two hundred pounds fromi the University Chest. 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom one shall always be the Principal of Jesus College. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Vice-Chancellor ; (2) The Principal of Jesus College ; (3) The Corpus Christi Professor of Comparative Philology; (4) A person nominated on each occasion by Jesus College to act as an Elector on that occasion ; (5) A person nominated as a permanent Elector by the Heb- domadal Council subject to the approval of Convocation. 5. If on any occasion the Principal be unable to act as an Elector, the College may appoint a person to act on that occasion in his stead. Add.p.848. [1876.] F. § 8. Of a Professor of Chinese. I. Inasmuch as it has been proposed by certain persons in- terested in promoting the study of Chinese to pay an annuity arising from a capital sum of not less than £3000 to James Legge, LL.D. of the University of Aberdeen, if he shall have been con- IV. II. p. 9.] DE LECTOKIBUS PUBLICIS. &? stituted Professor of the Chinese Language and Literature in the University of Oxford, for life or for so long as he shall think fit to retain the office ; And inasmuch as the President and Fellows of Corpus Christi College have offered to pay the emoluments of one of their Fellow- ships to the said James Legge on the same condition ; It is hereby provided that James Legge, LL.D. of the University of Aberdeen, shall, for the time of his life or for so long as he shall think fit to retain the of&ce, be constituted and be Professor of the Chinese Language and Literature, and that the sum of £100 shall be paid to him annually from the University Chest, so long as he shall continue to be Professor. 2. The Professor shall be required to reside within the precincts of the University for six months in each year between the loth of October and the ist of July next following. If for any pressing "reasons the Professor shall desire to have leave of absence for part of the six months above mentioned, the Vice- Chancellor shall have power to grant such leave of absence. 3. The Professor shall be ready to give instruction in the Chinese Language and Literature to members of the University. 4. The Professor shall be subject to any regulations which the Uni- versity may make from time to time respecting the number or time of Lectures, tlie mode of teaching, and the examination of pupils. 5. The Professor shall not hold any other Professorship or Public Readership in the University. F. § 9. Corpus Christi Professor of the Bomance or Keo-Latin Languages. Statute made by the ComTnissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Council, ■^rd May, 1882. I. The Corpus Christi Professor of the Eomance or Neo-Latin Languages (when an appointment shall have been made to that Professorship), shall lecture and give instruction on the history and literature of the languages of Modern Europe which are derived from the Latin. ;2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes Commis- of Corpus Christi College are appropriated to his Professorship. |'f"l*^.* 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of pp. joi, whom one shall always be a member of Corpus Christi College 6°2. BH- nominated on each occasion by the College, and another a person F 2 68 DE LECTOEIBUS P13BLICIS. [IV. II. F. 9. nominated by the College as a permanent Elector subject to the approval of Convocation. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) Bodley's Librarian ; (2) The Corpus Christi Professor of the Latin Language and Literature ; (3) The Merton Professor of English Language and Literature ; (4) The Chichele Professor of Modern History ; (5) A member of Corpus Christi College nominated on each occa- sion by the College to act as an Elector on that occasion ; (6) A person nominated as a permanent Elector by Corpus Christi College subject to the approval of Convocation ; (7) A person appointed on each occasion by the Hebdomadal Council to act as an Elector on that occasion. Commis- sioners' Statutes, pp. 226, 227, 341, ed. 1882. F. § 10. Merton Professor of English Language and Literature. Statute made hy the Oommissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. The Merton Professor of English Language and Literature shall lecture and give instruction on the history and criticism of the English Language and Literature, and on the works of ap- proved English authors. 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes of Merton College are appropriated to Ms Professorship. 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom one shall always be a member of Merton College appointed by the College on the occasion of each election. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in pther respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Eegius Professor of Modern History; (2) The Corpus Christi Professor of Comparative Philology; (3) The Principal Librarian of the British Museum ; (4) Bodley's Librarian ; (5) A member of Merton CoHege appointed by the College on the ocoasion^^"5^^-5^ction to act as an Elector on that occasion. IV. II. p. II.] DE LIECTORIBUS PUBLICIS. 69 5. The University may, if it think fit, at any time by Statute determine that the Professorship of English Language and Lite- rature shall be united to the Professorship of Anglo-Saxon, or shall be capable of being held with it, subject to such conditions as to the emoluments of the former Professorship as may, in con- formity with the Statutes of Merton College, be determined by the College with the consent of the Hebdomadal Council. F. § 11. Corpus Christi Professor of Comparative Philology. Statute made by the Commissioners whoUy for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Apjrroved hy tlie Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. Provision having been made, by Statutes made for Corpus Christi College, for the endowment of the Professorship of Com- parative Philology out of the revenues of that College, the Pro- fessorship shall henceforth be styled the Corpus Christi Professor- ship of Comparative Philology. 2. The Corpus Christi Professor of Comparative Philology shall lecture arid give instruction on the history and comparative philo- logy of different languages. 3. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes Commis- of Corpus Christi College are appropriated to his Professorship. sioners 4. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom pp.501 502 one shall always be a member of Corpus Christi College nominated 522, 523, on each occasion by the College to act as an Elector on that occasion, and another shall be a person nominated by the College as a per- manent Elector subject to the approval of Convocation. 5. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Begins Professor of Hebrew; (2) The Regius Professor of Greek ; (3) The Corpus Christi Professor of the Latin Language and Literature ; (4) The Boden Professor of Sanskrit ; (5) The Rawlinsonian Professor of Anglo-Saxon ; (6) A member of Corpus Christi College nominated on each occa- sion by the College to act as an Elector on that occasion ; (7) A person nominated as a permanent Elector by the College subject to the approval of Convocation. 70 DE LECTORIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV.II. F. 12. Add.p.ggs. F. § 12. Lincoln and Merton Professor of Classical ['884.] Archaeology and Art. Statute rnhde hy the University and ap]>roved by the Queen in Council, May 19, 1884. 1. When and so soon as provision shall have been made by the Statutes of Lincoln College for the purpose, there shall be a Pro- fessor of Classical Archaeology and Art, who shall lecture and give instruction on the arts and manufactures, monuments, coins and inscriptions of classical antiquity, and on Asiatic and Egyptian antiquities, or on some of those subjects. 2. He shall he entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes of Lincoln College are appropriated to his Professorship. 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom one shall always be the Rector of Lincoln College or a person nominated by the Eector and Fellows. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) A person nominated on each occasion by the Eector and Fel- lows of Lincoln College to act as an Elector on that occasion; (2) The Eegius Professor of Greek ; (3) The Corpus Christi Professor of the Latin Language and Literature ; (4) The Camden Professor of Ancient History; (5) The Keeper of Greek and Eoman Antiquities in the British Museum. 5. The Professor shall be subject to the general regulations hut not to the particular regulations of the Statute ' Concerning the Duties of Professors ' made by the University of Oxford Com- missioners under the powers of the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. He shall also be subject to such further regulations not inconsistent with this Statute as the University may from time to time make by Statute. 6. Any sum or sums paid to the Professor by Lincoln College shall be reckoned against the amount of any contribution due from the College under the provisions of the Statute ' Concerning College Contributions for University Purposes ' made by the University of Oxford Commissioners under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Statute made hy the University. Adcl.p.907. 1. The Professor shall reside within the University during fourteen ['****4-] weeks in each year. Such fourteen weeks shall be in two of the IV. II. G.I.J DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. 71 three University Terms (Easter and Trinity Terms being counted as one), and not less than six weeks in each Term. He shall lecture in two at least of the three Terms. His lectures shall extend over a period not less in any Term than six weeks, and not less in the whole than fourteen weeks, and he. shall lecture twice at least in each week. He shall undertake the charge of the University Collection of Casts, of the Arundel and Pomfret Marbles, and of any Museum or Collection connected with the subject of his Chair which the Uni- versity may from time to time assign to him. Such charge, so far as it extends to Collections in the University Galleries, shall be exercised subject to the direction and control of the Curators of these Galleries. II. I. The Professorship shall be styled the Lincolnand Merton Add.p.935,. Professorship of Classical Archaeology and Art. [1887.] 2. In addition to the emoluments which by the Statutes of Lincoln College are appropriated to his Professorship, the Pro- fessor shall be entitled to receive the sum of 300Z. or such other sum as shall represent the value of one Fellowship in Merton College so long as that sum shall be paid to the University under the provisions of Stat. IX. (b) and Stat. XIII. cl. 4 of the Merton College Statutes. 3. The Board of Electors to the Professorship shall consist of the five persons named above, and also of — (6) A person nominated on each occasion by the Warden and Fellows of Merton College to act as an Elector on that occasion. (7) A person nominated on each occasion by the Hebdomadal Council to act as an Elector on that occasion. G. § 1. Whyte's Professor of Moral Philosophy. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 18T]. Apjrroved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. Whttb's Professor of Moral Philosophy shall lecture and give instruction on the principles of Moral Philosophy, and on ancient and modern Ethical systems. 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments derived from the Commis- benefaction of Thomas Whyte, Doctor of Divinity, and assigned to g ™*jg^ the Professorship, and to the additional emoluments which are pp.501,602, appropriated to it by the Statutes of Corpus Christi College. ^h^'Is^' 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom one shall always be a member of Corpus Christi College, nominated 73 DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV. II. G. 1. on each occasion by the College to act as an Elector on that occa- sion, and another shall be a person nominated by the College as a permanent Elector subject to the approval of Convocation. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Vice-Chancellor ; (2) The Margaret Professor of Divinity; (3) The Eegius Professor of Modern History; (4) The Vinerian Professor of English Law ; (5) The Waynflete Professor of Moral and Metaphysical Philo- sophy ; (6) A member of Corpus Christi College, nominated on each occa- sion by the College to act as an Elector on that occasion ; (^) A person nominated as a permanent Elector by Corpus Christi College subject to the approval of Convocation. G. § 2. Waynflete Professor of Moral and Metaphysical Philosophy. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved hy the Queen in Council, 3rd May, 1882; I. The Waynflete Professor of Moral and Metaphysical Philo- sophy shall lecture and give instruction on the principles and history of Mental Philosophy, and on its connexion with Ethics. Commis- 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes sioners' of Magdalen College are appropriated to his Professorship. pp^iAO^' 3* '^^^ Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of 441, 456, whom one shall always be the Visitor and another the President ed. 1882. ^£ Magdalen College. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Chancellor of the University; (2) The Visitor of Magdalen College ; (3) The President of Magdalen College ; (4) The Eegius Professor of Divinity; (5) The Kegius Professor of Civil Law; (6) The Wykeham Professor of Logic ; (7) A person appointed on each occasion by the Hebdomadal Council to act as an Elector on that occasion. I.V. II. H.I.J DE LECTOUTBUS TUBLICIS. 73 5. If on any occasion the President be unable to act as an Elector, the College may appoint a person to act on that occasion in his stead. G. § 3. Wykeham Professor of Logic. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under tlie Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. Pkotision having been made by Statutes made for New College for the partial endowment of the Professorship of Logic out of the revenues of that College, the Professorship shall hence- forth be styled the Wykeham Professorship of Logic. 2. The Wykeham Professor of Logic shall lecture and give instruction on the principles of Logic, and its connexion with Mental Philosophy, the Laws of Evidence, and Natural Science. 3. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes Commis- of New College are appropriated to his Professorship, and shall sioners' receive in addition a yearly sum of four hundred pounds from the ^^ ' University Chest. 373, 395, 4. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, oi^^- '*^^- whom one shall always be the Warden of New College, or a person nominated to act as an Elector by the Warden and Fellows of that College. 5. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Vice-Chancellor ; (2) The Sedleian Professor of Natural Philosophy; (3) Whyte's Professor of Moral Philosophy; (4) A person nominated on each occasion by the Warden and Fellows of New College to act as an Elector on that occasion ; (5) A person nominated as a permanent Elector by the Hebdo- madal Council subject to the approval of Convocation. H. § L Camden Professor of Ancient History. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Ap2>roved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. I . The Camden Professor of Ancient History shall lecture and give instruction on some part or parts of Ancient History. 74 DE LECTOKIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV. H. H. I. 2. The University may, if it think fit, from time to time hy Statute or Decree define, as between the Camden and the Wyke- ham Professors of Ancient History (when the latter Professorship shall have been established), the parts of Ancient History in which it shall be the special duty of each to lecture, and may provide that one at least of the Professors shall give instruction in Ancient Egyptian and Asiatic History, but any such definition shall not be binding on a Professor already elected, unless assented to by him. Commis- 3- The Camden Professor shall be entitled to the emoluments sioners' derived from the benefaction of William Camden, Esquire, and p, -y, ' assigned to the Professorship, and shall receive in addition the ed. 1882. emoluments which by the Statutes of Brasenose College are ap- propriated to his Professorship. 4. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom one shall always be the Principal of Brasenose College, or shall be appointed by the Principal and Fellows of that College. 5. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Vice-Chancellor ; (2) The Regius Professor of Greek ; {3) The Corpus Christi Professor of the Latin Language and Literature ; (4) The Regius Professor of Modern History ; (5) A person appointed on each occasion by the Principal and Fellows of Brasenose College to act as an Elector on that occasion. H. § 2. Wykeham Professor of Ancient History. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Gamhridge Act, 1877. A2)2>roved by the Queen in Council, yrd May, 1882. 1. The Wykeham Professor of Ancient History (when an ap- pointment shall have been made to that Professorship), shall lecture and give instruction on some part or parts of Ancient History. Provided that the University may from time to time exercise in respect of the duties of the Wykeham Professor the powers which by the Statute relating to the Camden Professorship it is authorised to exercise, but subject to a like limitation in favour of a Professor then already elected. IV. II. H. 4.J DE LECTORIBUS PUBLICIS. 75 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes Conunis- of New College are appropriated to his Professorship. «rT?' 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of pp. 372,' whom one shall always be the Warden of New College or a person 373. 39.=>> nominated to act as an Elector by the Warden and Fellows of that College. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Vice-Chancellor ; (2) The Warden of New College ; (3) The Regius Professor of Greek ; (4) The Corpus Christi Professor of the Latin Language and Literature ; (5) The Eegius Professor of Modern History ; (6) A person nominated as a permanent Elector by New College, subject to the approval of Convocation ; (7) A person eminent for learning, nominated as a permanent Elector by the Hebdomadal Council, subject to the ap- proval of Convocation. 5. If on any occasion the Warden be unable to act as an Elector, the College may appoint a person to act on that occasion in his stead. H. § 3. Regius Professor of Modern History. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, iS'j'j. A2)proved hy the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. The Regius Professor of Modern History shall lecture and give instruction on some part or parts of Modern History. 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes Commia- of Oriel College are appropriated to his Professorship, and shall q*"!®'?' receive in addition a yearly sum of three hundred pounds from the pp. 290, University Chest. SH. 315. •' ed. i88j. H. § 4. CMchele Professor of Modern History. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. I . The Chichele Professor of Modern History shall lecture and give instruction principally on the History of Great Britain and 76 BE LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV. II. H. 4. Ireland and the British Colonies and dependencies, in addition to which he may, if he think fit, treat of any other parts or part of Modem History. Comrais- 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments which by the Statutes gt TT °^ ^^^ Souls' College are appropriated to his Professorship. pp.41 3,42 2, 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors, of whom ed. 1882. Qjjg shall always be a person nominated on each occasion by the Warden and Fellows of All Souls' College to act as an Elector on that occasion. 4. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — (i) The Visitor of All Souls' College ; (2) The Chancellor of the University; (3) The Eegius Professor of Modern History ; (4) The Camden Professor of Ancient History; (5) A person nominated on each occasion by the Warden and Fellows of All Souls' College to act as an Elector on that occasion. Add.p.857. H. § 5. Reader in Indian History. [.878.] 1. There shall be a Reader in Indian History, who shall be nominated from time to time by the Vice- Chancellor, the Proctors, the Eegius Professor of Modern History, and the Boden Professor of Sanskrit, to hold office for seven years. Provided that if the present Reader in Indian Law and History shall signify to the Vice-Chancellor his willingness to accept the office of Reader in Indian History he shall be appointed Reader for life, subject to the other provisions of this Statute. 2. The Reader shall give lectures on Indian History and Geo- graphy. He shall give two lectures a week during eight weeks in each Term (Easter and Trinity Terms being counted as one), and shall be ready to receive exercises from persons attending his lectures. 3. The Reader shall receive annually the sum of three hundred and fifty pounds from the University Chest. Each student shall also pay to the Reader a fee of One Pound for each course of lectures. IV. II. I. I.] DE LECTOEIBUS PUBLICIS. 77 H. § 6. Professor of Political Economy. Statute made hy the Gommissioners wholly for tlie University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved hy the Queen in Council, 3rd May, 1882. 1. The Professor of Political Economy shall lecture and give instruction on the principles and history of Political Economy. 2. He shall be entitled to the emoluments derived from the bene- Commis- faction of Henry Drummond, Esq., and assigned to the Professorship, !,""'/f and to the additional emoluments which are appropriated to it p, 41 3, by the Statutes of All Souls' College. ed. 1882, 3. Unless the University otherwise by Statute determine, the Professor shall hold his office for a period of five years from elec- tion and no longer, but may be re-elected. 4. The Professor shall be elected by a Bpard of Electors, of whom one shall always be a person nominated on each occasion by the Warden and Fellows of All Souls' College to act as an Elector on that occasion. 5. Subject to any exercise of the power of the University to regulate or vary from time to time the constitution of the Board in other respects, the Board shall consist of — * (i) The Chancellor of the University; (2) The Chancellor of the Exchequer for the time being ; (3) The Eegius Professor of Modern History; (4) Whyte's Professor of Moral Philosophy ; (5) A person nominated on each occasion by the Warden and Fellows of All Souls' College to act as an Elector on that L § 1. De prseleetore poeticse per Henricum Birkhead Add. p. 5, anuigerunL instituto. P^f'o^^^ I.I039-J Pk^electoe poeticse solennem lectionem unoquoque termino legat. Statuta de leetura poetica per Henricum Birkhead eollegii Omnium Add. p. 109. Animarum olim socium fundata et constituta. [Jul. 13, 1708.] L'/ 4'J QtJONlAM veterum poetarum lectio non tantum ad acuenda et expolienda juvenum ingenia, verum etiam ad severioris literaturse tarn sacrse quam huraanse incrementum conducit, et quoniam prse- dictus Henricus Birkhead, quo propensi sui in rem literariam animi monumentum apud posteros relinqueret, lecturam poeticam fundavit in Universitate Oxoniensi perpetuis futuris temporibus legendam, 78 DE LECTOKIBUS PUBLICIS. [IV. II. I. 1. et ad earn sustentandam proventus annuos in supremis tabulis legavit, nos prsedictam lecturam legendam et exercendam esse decernimus modo et forma prout sequitur. t. Prseleetor erit vel in Artibus Magister, vel Juris Civilis Bac- calaureus, vel superiori aliquo gradu insignitus. 2. Eligetur prseleetor in frequent! Cod vocatione ; et post finitum quinquennium, ab electionis tempore supputandum, vel idem denno eligetur vel alius in illius locum subrogabitur, prout visum fuerit majori parti suffragantium : hoc interim cauto et proviso, quod nemo in lecturam ultra decennium continuabitur, nee alius ex eadem domo immediate succedet. Adfl.p.pig. 3- Pecuniarum quas Academia in hos usus recepit, annul reditus [i886.] pendantur Professori. Mulcta prselectoris non legentis erit quinque librae, toties quoties, in usum TJniversitatis reservandse. ^f'^s^'e 1^ I. § 2. De professore Musicse et de ehorago per Doetorem Heather institutis. Statutum regia auctoritate sancitum, A.D, 1857. 1. Professor Musicse a Gulielmo Heather Musicse Doctors institutus semel vel ssepius in unoquoque anni termino in schola Musicse, vel alio loco idoneo quem Vice-Cancellarius assignaverit, illius artis theoriam legat, interposito, quando opus sit, vel cantu, vel instrumentorum musicorum modulatione. 2. Choragus, sive prsefeotus Musicas, secundum ordinationes Gulielmi Heather institutus, constantem musicse practicae exer- citationem habendam curet, excipiendo in schola Musicse, vel alio loco commodo quem Vice-Cancellarius assignaverit, saltern bis in quaque septimana, durajite pleno termino, academicos quicunque musicam exercendi studio illuc venerint. 3. Professor, si munia sua secundum judicium Vice-Cancellarii et Procuratorum impleverit, recipiat quotannis a fisco academico centum libras prseter pecunias ei a Nathaniele barone Crewe episcopo Dunelmensi legatas. Choragus recipiat summam illam quam olim Gulielmus Heather e suis reditibus ei numeraverat, scilicet tredecim libras sex solidos et octo denarios. 4. Professorem posthac nominent Vice-Cancellarius, custos col- legii Novi, prseses collegii Magdalenensis, decanus sedis Christi, prseses collegii D. Joannis Baptistse, Procuratores duo, professores Saviliiini, professor poeticse, vel eorum major pars, a domo Convo- cationis approbandum. IV. n. 1.3.] DE LECTORIBUS PUBLICIS. 79 5. Choragum noniinent Vice-Cancellarius, duo Procuratores, pro- Add.p.545. fessor Musicse et orator publious, vel eorum major pars, a dome ['^S^-] Convocationis approbandum. De prsecentore sive eoryphseo, et de schola musicee practicsB. 6. Prsecentor, sive corypligeus, una cum cliorago Hpartita opera constantem niusicse practiose exercitationem habendam curet. Hujus vero exercitationis regimen habeat professor, modum et materiam praecipiat, distributionem studentium in classes approbet, ipsius musicam exercentibus ssepius adsit et prassideat, et impendia in rebus necessariis facienda dirigat. Academicos quicunque ad scholam studio musicam exercendi venerint, in classes distribuant secundum singulorum peritiam, prout omnibus maxime profuturum sit, probante professore Musicse, et in praxi musicse erudiant clio- ragus et prsecentor. Qui ad praxin admitti veliiit, conferant in impensas unoquoque termino quisque sumraam quae ne duodecim solidos excedat. Has vero pecunias ei'ogandas curet professor par- tim in ea quae praxi musicse agendse necessaria sunt, puta pueros symphoniacos, reliquas autem in salaria sequaliter dispertiat chorago et prsecentori, probante Vioe-Canoellario ; cui professor exhibeat quotannis sub initium magnarum feriarum oomputum receptorum et impensorum in schola musicse practicse ; bunc vero Vice-Cancellarius inter rationes suas referat. 7. Scholares musicse studentes, qui impensa opera in praxim musicam per terminer saltern quatuor, satis periti esse compro- bentur judicio professoris, choragi et prsecentoris, vel professoris atque utriusvis alterius borum, fruantur privilegiis et commodis scholse musicse gratuito ; sed teneantur tamen professori opitulari ad illustrandas lectiones ejus publicas de musica arte, si ab eo requisiti fuerint in academia prsesentes nee negotiis academicis prsepediti. 8. Societates jam privatim intra academiam constitutse ad exer- cendam musicam, si intra unum terminum post sancitum hoc statutum ad scholam musicse practicse sese adcensuerint, turn harum socii singuli dimidium tantummodo summse supra dictse conferant in impensas. 9. Prsecentorem sive coryphseum nominet professor Musicse a domo Convocationis approbandum. 10. Libri musioi, scilicet notis musicis impressi, qui nunc in Add.p.s46. bibliotheca Bodleiana et in museo Ashmoleauo reponuntur, trans- L'°5"-J 80 DE LBCTORIBtJS PtJBLICIS, [IV, II. 1. 3. ferantur, quantum curatoribus tibliothecse et custodi musei de utroque loco visum fuerit, in scholam Musicse, quae nunc est, atque ibi conserventur una cum illis qui ibidem nunc habentur. Liceat tamen inde libros impresaos, si qui ad praxin musicse preecipue utiles sint, rogatu choragi vel prsecentoris, foras ad eum locum Add.p.914. portare in quo schola musicae practicse habeatur. Horum omnium Li8»5.J libi-orum curam habeat et custos sit bibliothecarius Bodleianus neque alienentur a bibliotheca Bodleiana, cujus curatores possint et teneantur eos inspicere et visitare, quando opus sit : ita tamen ut professor ad eosdem curatores referat quicquid de iis insnper agendum esse censeat. 11. Siqua instrumenta musica possideat academia, quae ad usum scholse musicse practicse dicata fuerint, hsec custodiant cho- ragus et prsecentor reficienda, quoties usu fatiscant, sumtibus academicis, probante Vice-Oancellario. 12. In statutis de professore Musicss et de schola musicse prac- ticse terminus Paschatis et terminus Trinitatis pro uno compu- tentur. TITULIIS y. CONCERNING BOARDS OF FACULTIES. Sectio I. — OP BOARDS OF FACULTIES. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Apjn-oved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. In and for the purposes of this Statute the word 'Faculty' shall denote any branch or aggregate of branches of the studies pursued in the University which for the time being shall be re- presented by a separate Board. 2. In the construction of this Statute Easter and Trinity Terms are (unless where either of them is expressly mentioned) to be counted together as one Term. 3. There shall be a Board for each of the following Faculties, (namely,) Theology; Law ; Arts; Natural Science. 4. The Faculty of Arts shall be deemed to include those studies now included in Arts which shall not be included in any other Faculty. The Faculty of Natural Science shall include the studies within the departments of Medicine and Mathematics, as well as those within the department of Natural Science. 5. The University may, if it think fit, by a Statute or Statutes made from time to time, determine that the Faculty of Arts shall be divided into two or more Faculties*, and may in like manner divide the Faculty of Natural Science *. The University may also, if it think fit, from time to time institute new Faculties. 6. The Board of each Faculty shall include, as members ex officio, Professors and University Readers lecturing in the subjects of the Faculty ; it shall include also a number of elected members, which shall in no case exceed that of the ex officio members, and may further include a less number of co-opted members chosen by the Board. 7. Any person may be a member of more Boards than one. 8. The Board of each Faculty shall have the following duties and powers : — * Vide infra, Sect, iii, Sect. u. G 83 CONCERNING BOARDS OF FACULTIES. [V.I. It shall be the duty of the Board to prepare and send to the Vice-Chancellor for publication — (a) Before the end of each Term a List of the lectures which are to be given in the ensuing Term in the subjects of the Faculty under the authority of the University, or of any College, or of the Delegates of Students not attached to any College or Hall, and are to be open to persons other than the members of any one College, or (as the case may be) other than the Students not attached to any College or Hall. (6) In Easter or Trinity Term annually a general scheme or statement showing, as far as may be, the lectures to be given as aforesaid during the course of the ensuing Academical year. (c) In Michaelmas Term, or at such other time in each year as the University may by Statute appoint, a summary statement of the lectures given during the preceding year in the subjects of the Faculty by Professors and University Readers, and of all other lectures which have been advertised in the published lists of the Faculty and given in conformity therewith. The Board shall add to this statement such further information (if any) respecting the studies and instruction of the Faculty as the University may by Statute require, and may point out any deficiencies in the pro- vision made for instruction, and make recommendations for supply- ing them. 9. It shall be the duty of every Professor and University Reader to send to the Secretary of the Boards of Faculties timely notice of the lectures he proposes to give in any of the subjects of any Faculty to which he belongs, pursuant to the Statutes and Regulations in force for the time being, and in arranging his lectures to have due and reasonable regard to the recommenda- tions of the Board of the Faculty; but this duty shall not be deemed to preclude him from the free use of his discretion in select- ing for his lectures any subject or part of a subject which he deems most advisable within the province assigned to him by Statute. 10. The University may from time to time, by Statute, make regulations, not inconsistent with the foregoing provisions, respect- ing the constitution, powers, duties, and proceedings of the Boards of Faculties, the mode of electing, and the persons who may elect, those members of such Board who are not members ex officio, and any other matters relating to them which it may appear expedient to regulate by Statute, and may assign to them such further duties and make such further provision for the performance of such duties, V. I.j C0NCBENIH6 BOARDS OF FACULTIES. 83 as well as of the duties hereby assigned to them, as the University may judge to be expedient. ir. The Board of each Faculty shall elect a Chairman annually. 12. Unless the University shall by Statute determine another mode of appointment, the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors shall appoint a fit person to be Secretary * to the Boards of Faculties, and to perform such other functions (if any) as the University may from time to time charge him with. He shall hold his office for three years or such longer time as the University may from time to time by Statute determine, and shall receive such emolu- ments as may be in like manner assigned to him by the University. The emoluments of the Secretary and necessary expenses incurred by him in the performance of his duties shall be paid out of the University Chest. The meetings of the several Boards shall be so arranged as to enable the Secretary, when required, to be present at each of them. 13. On or before a day to be fixed by the Vice-Chancellor for the time being in each Term, every Professor and University Eeader shall send to the Secretary a Schedule of the lectures and other instruction which the Professor or University Reader proposes to give during the ensuing Term in the subjects of any Faculty to which he belongs. The Schedule shall state the places, days, hours, and subjects of the lectures. 14. The Head of every College and the Delegates of Students not attached to any College or Hall shall, on or before the above- mentioned day, send to the Secretary a like Schedule of the lec- tures (if any) which are intended to be given during the ensuing Term in the subjects of each or any Faculty, under the authority of the College or of the Delegates respectively, and to be open to persons other than members of the College, or (as the case may be) other than Students not attached to any College or Hall. Every Schedule shall state the places, days, hours, and subjects of the lectures. 15. The Chairman of each Board of a Faculty shall, with all convenient speed after the expiration of the time limited for sending in the Schedules, call a meeting of the Board for the consideration of the Schedules of lectures in the subjects of the Faculty. The Board may, if they think fit, appoint a Committee of their own body for the better consideration of such Schedules. The Board may recommend such alterations (if any) in the days and hours proposed in the several Schedules as they may deem advisable for making the lectures more accessible to students. * Vide infra, Sect. vili. G 2 84 CONCERNING BOARDS OF FACULTIES. [V. 1. They may also, if they think fit, recommend an alteration of the subjects proposed, if they are satisfied that such an alteration is required for the proper teaching of subjects in which instruction ought to be given. Any Schedule in which alterations are recommended shall be remitted for revision and amendment to the Professor or other person named in it. 1 6. The Board shall, out of the Schedules when settled, frame a list of the lectures to be delivered during the ensuing Term in the subjects of the Faculty. Such list shall be transmitted to the Vice-Chancellor, who shall cause it to be published for the information of members of the University. Copies of the lists shall be sent to the Head of every College, who shall cause them to be affixed to the notice-boards of the College. 17. The Board shall not alter any Schedule without the consent of the person named in it. But if a recommendation made by the Board as to any Schedule be not acceded to, the Board may, if they think fit, exclude the Schedule or the part of it affected by such recommendation from the list, unless such Schedule was sent in by a Professor or University Eeader. In the last-mentioned case, the Board shall not exclude the Schedule, but may, if they tliink fit, report the fact to the Vice-Chancellor. 18. This Statute shall apply to existing Professors and Uni- versity Readers as well as to Professors and University Beaders hereafter to be appointed. 19. The word ' College ' shall in this Statute include a Hall not being a private Hall. Add.p.920. Sectio II.— of the division OP THE FACULTY '-'^^'^•^ OF NATURAL SCIENCE. 1 . The Faculty of Natural Science shall for the purposes of this Title be divided into — (i) A Faculty of Medicine ; (2) A Faculty of Natural Science; and there shall be a Board for each of these Faculties. 2. The Faculty of Medicine shall include Medicine, Surgery, Midwifery, and Preventive Medicine. 3. The Faculty of Natural Science shall include the department of Mathematics as well as the department of Natural Science. V.iv.] CONCERNING BOARDS OP PACDLTIES. 85 Sectio III. — OP THE DIVISION OF THE FACULTT OF ARTS. The Faculty of Arts shall for the purposes of this Title be Add.p.910. divided as follows : — [i886-] (i) Faculty of Arts (Literae Humaniores), (2) Faculty of Arts (Oriental Languages), (3) Faculty of Arts (Modem History), and there shall be a Board for each of these Faculties. THEOLOGT. Divinity, Margaret. , KegiuB. Ecclesiastical History, Sectio IV.— OP EX OFFICIO MEMBERS OF BOARDS OF FACULTIES. The ex officio members of the several Boards shall be the Professors and Readers mentioned in the Schedule annexed to this Section, and such other Professors and Readers, if any, as the Uni- versity may from time to time add to them by Statute or Decree. SCHEDULE OF PROFESSORS AND BEADEKS. AETS. {Lit. Human.') Ancient History, Camden. Archseology and Art, Lincoln and Merton. Comparative Philology, Corpus Christi. Greek, Kegius. Latin, Corpus Christi. Logic, Wykeham. Moral and Metaphysical Philosophy, Waynflete. Moral Philos., Whyte's. Poetry. Sanskrit, Boden. {Oriental Languages.) Arabic, Laudian. Arabic, Lord Almoner's. Chinese. Comparative Philology, Corpus Christi. Hebrew, Kegius. Sanskrit, Boden. Exegesis, Dean Ireland's. Hebrew, Regius. Interpretation of the Holy Scripture. Pastoral Theology, Re- gius. Civil Law, Regius. English Law, Vinerian. Indian Law, Reader in. International Law and Diplomacy, Chichele. Jurisprudence, Corpus. MEDICINE. Anatomy, Linacre. Botany, Sherardian. Chemistry, Waynflete. Experimental Philosophy. Medicine, Regius. Natural Philosophy, Sed- leian. Physiology, Waynflete. NATURAL SCIENCE. Anatomy, Linacre. Astronomy, Savilian. Botany, Sherardian. Chemistry, Waynflete. ExperimentalPhilosophy. Geology. Geometry, Savilian. Medicine, Regius. Mineralogy. Natural Philosophy, Sed- leian. Physiology, Waynflete. Rural Economy. Zoology, Hope. {Modern History.) Ancient History, Camden. Anglo-Saxon, Rawlinso- nian. Celtic. Ecclesiastical History, Regius. Indian History, Reader in. Intern. Law, Chichele. ModernHistory,Chichele. Modem History, Regius. Political Economy. 86 CONCERNING BOAUDS OF FACULTIES. [V.T.I. Sectio v.— of elected MEMBERS OP BOARDS OP FACULTIES. § 1. Of the persons capable of being elected. 1. The elected members of the several Boards shall be persons chosen from time to time by majority of votes at meetings of Electors qualified as hereinafter mentioned. No person shall be eligible who is not a member of Convocation. 2, In all elections to the Board of the Faculty of Medicine at least one half of the vacant places shall be filled by the election of persons engaged in the practical teaching of Medicine. § 2. Of the Number and Tenure of Members. The number and period of tenure of elected members of Boards of Faculties shall be detei-mined by the following regulations : — 1. The number of places to be filled up at an election of mem- bers of the Board of any Faculty shall be the number which added to that of the elected members of the Board whose places are not vacant will equal the number of the ex officio members for the time being. 2. Every member of the Board of a Faculty elected after the first day of January, 1884, shall hold office for two years. 3. "When an elected member vacates his seat otherwise than by lapse of time, the vacancy shall be filled up at the next annual election. If the next election shall take place before the expira- tion of the period for which he was elected, the person elected in his place shall hold office for the unexpired residue only of such period. § 3. Of the Electors. The persons qualified to act as Electors to Boards of Faculties shall be determined by the following regulations : — 1. Every Member of Convocation, not being a Professor or Reader, who shall have been certified by the Vice-Chancellor to be authorised by the University, as a deputy or assistant or demon- strator to a Professor, or as a Lecturer or Teacher, to give instruc- tion in one or more of the subjects of any Faculty, or who shall have been certified by the Head of any College or Hall, or by the Censor of Non-Collegiate Students, to be, as a Tutor or Lecturer, similarly authorised by such College or Hall or by the Delegates of such Students, shall be qualified to act as an Elector of the Members of the Board of that Faculty. 2. On or before the loth day of December in each year a list V. VI.] CONCERNING BOARDS OF FACULTIES. 87 of the Electors to each Board of a Faculty shall be sent by the Secretary to the Vice-Chancellor, who shall cause the same to be published in the usual manner. 3. If any question shall arise as to the right of any person, certified to be an authorised Lecturer in any subject, to take part in the election of members of the Board of any Faculty, it shall be decided by the Vice-Chancellor, or if the Vice-Chancellor be, as the Head of a College, the certifying authority, then by the Senior Pro-Vice-Chancellor. § 4. Of the manner of holding Elections. 1. A MEETING of the Electors to each Board of a Faculty shall be held annually in Lent Term, in the third week of full Term. Notice of the time and place of the Meeting shall be given by the Secretary in the usual manner. 2. The Electors present at the Meeting shall elect a Chairman. 3. The Secretary shall declare to the Meeting the number of ex officio members of the Board at the date of the Meeting, and the number of elected members who have vacated office since the last election of members. 4. At the election no vote shall be given for any person whose name has not been proposed and seconded at the Meeting. Each Elector may vote for any number of persons not exceeding the number of places to be filled up, but no Elector may give more than one vote for one person. 5. Each Elector shall sign and deliver to the Chairman a voting paper containing the names of the persons for whom he votes. The Chairman, as soon as the voting papers shall have been delivered to him, shall count the votes, and the persons, not exceeding the number of places to be filled up, who have the greatest number of votes, shall be declared by the Chairman to be elected. In case of an equality the Chairman shall have a second or casting vote. Sectio VI.— op co-opted MEMBERS OP BOARDS OP FACULTIES. I . The Board of any Faculty may at any meeting, by majority of votes, co-opt an additional member or members. Provided that notice of the intention to propose such a co-optation and of the name of the person to be proposed shall have been sent through the Secretary to all the members of the Board fourteen days at least before the day of meeting, and that no co-optation shall take place 88 CONCEllNING BOAEDS OP FACULTIES. [V. VI. if the number of co-opted members would be thereby raised to more than one fifth of the aggregate number of ex officio and elected members for the time being. A person who is not a member of Convocation shall not be thereby disqualified for be- coming a co-opted member of a Board. 2. Eveiy person added by co-optation to the Board of a Faculty shall hold office for two years, but shall be re-eligible. Sbctio VII.— of lectures TO BE INCLUDED IN THE LISTS FRAMED BY BOARDS OF FACULTIES. 1. EvEET person duly certified by the Vice-Chancellor to be authorised by the University, as a deputy or assistant or demon- strator to a Professor, or as a Lecturer or Teacher, to give instruc- tion in one or more of the subjects of any Faculty, shall, on or before a day to be fixed by the Vice-Chancellor for the time being in each Term, send to the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties a schedule of the lectures and other instruction intended to be given by him during the ensuing Term in the subjects of that Faculty. Every such schedule shall be submitted to the Board of the Faculty, and published under like conditions and in the same manner as is provided by Sect. I. of this Title. 2. Every Board of a Faculty shall have power to include in the lists framed by them under the provisions of this Title such other lectures to be delivered within the University in the subjects of the Faculty as they shall think fit. Sectio VIII.— OF THE SECRETARY TO THE BOARDS OF FACULTIES. Add.p.960. * ^• [1891.] I, The Secretary to the Boards of Faculties shall receive a stipend of £300 per annum from the University Chest. He may obtain assistance for the business of his office on such terms and conditions as the Curators of the University Chest shall approve. 2. He shall be in attendance at his office on such days and at such hours as may from time to time be fixed by the Vice-Chan- cellor and Proctors and duly notified to the University. 3. In addition to the duties mentioned in this section, he shall perform any duties which he is, or may be, specially directed to perform by any Statute or Decree of the University. 4. He shall have proctorial authority within the precincts of his office. V. VIII.J CONCEENING BOABDS OF FACULTIES. 89 5. The Vice-Chancellor and Proctors may appoint a substitute to act for the Secretary in case of sickness or other urgent cause. § 2. 1. The Secretary to the Boards of Faculties shall also be Secretary to the several Boards of Studies, to the Boards of Ex- aminers in the Faculty of Medicine, to the several Committees for the nomination of Examiners, to the Trustees of the several Uni- versity Scholarships and Prizes, and (if required) to the Boards of Electors, Examiners and Judges, appointed for the purpose of awarding such Scholarships and Prizes. 2. In particular it shall be the duty of the Secretary — (a) To keep separate lists of the persons qualified to act as Electors for each Board of a Faculty, and to forward each list to the proper authorities for revision on or before November i in each year. (6) To prepare, under the direction of the Boards of Faculties, lists of lectures, in accordance with Sectio i. of this Title, cl. 9, and to transmit the same to the Vice-Chancellor. (c) To make arrangements for the meetings of the Boards and Committees to which he is Secretary, and to issue notices for these meetings when directed by the Chairman to do so. (d) To be present at the meetings of the above-mentioned Boards and Committees, and to keep minutes of their proceedings. (e) To provide that all Eegulations issued by Boards of Facul- ties or Studies with respect to Examinations, be published in the usual manner, and be also posted as soon as issued in some public place in the Schools, and remain so posted at least one year. Also, to communicate to the Vice-Chancellor before the expiration of the Easter Term of each year, complete lists of the Eegulations of the several Boards of Faculties or Studies, as the case may be. (/) To prepare and to send to the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors and other Members of the nominating Committees a notice of all vacancies in the office of Examiner, in the case of regular vacancies at the beginning of every Term, in the case of occasional vacancies as soon as possible after the vacancy occurs. (g) To keep a Register of all nominations of Examiners, to report every nomination to the Registrar forthwith, and on the completion of each appointment to notify it to the person appointed, and at the same time to inform him of the date of the Examinations and the duties of his office. 90 CONCERNING BOARDS OF FACULTIES. [V. VIII. § 3. I. The Secretary shall keep a Eegister of all persons in statu pupillari, in which shall be entered (i) their Matriculation, (2) the passing of any University Examination or of any Examination accepted by the University as giving any exemption from its own Examinations, and (3) any qualification which exempts a candidate from Examination, or which enables him (a) to present himself as a Candidate for Examination, or (6) to offer some special subject for Examination, or (c) to supplicate for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, although he has not kept statutable residence for more than eight Terms. Adcl.p.972. 2. The Secretary shall also beep a Eegister of all Candidates [1892.] £qj, admission to the First and Second Examinations for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine, in which shall be entered the passing of any examination of the University which exempts a Candidate from examination in any subject of the First Examina- tion, or which qualifies him for admission to the First or Second Examination. Add.p.978. 3. The Secretary shall also keep a Register of all Candidates [1893.] ^}j(j }jave passed the Examination for the Degree of Master of Surgery. 4. The Secretary shall also keep a Eegister of all Candidates who have passed the Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Civil Law. §4. I. The Secretary shall receive the names of Candidates for the Examinations for the degrees of Bachelor of Medicine and Master of Surgery. Add.p.969. 2. The Secretary shall receive the names of Candidates for the [1891.] degree of Bachelor of Civil Law. 3. The Secretary shall receive the names of Candidates for all the Examinations required for the degree of Bachelor of Arts. 4. When the Secretary has signed the list of Candidates for any Examination he shall forthwith pay the fees received from such Candidates to the Curators of the University Chest. Aad.p.978. § 5. [1893.] rpjjg Secretary shall receive the names of Candidates for Degrees, and shall on each occasion send to the Registrar of the University the names of tliose Candidates who are duly qualified, so far as relates to passing Examinations, to receive their degrees. TITULUS YL DE TEMPORE AD GRADUS CAPESSENDOS REQUISITO, ET EXERCITIIS PRO FORMA PR^STANDIS. SkctioI.— OP THE TIME AND EXERCISES REQUIRED Add.p.814. FOR THE DEGREE OP BACHELOR OP ARTS. [1872] How many years passed in the study of Arts, and what exercises, are required for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts. 1. Ant Scholar in the Faculty of Arts may supplicate for the degree of Bachelor in that Faculty so soon as he shall have kept Statutable Residence and employed himself in the study of arts and in hearing lectures for twelve Terms, and shall have passed three Examinations, namely, Responsions and the First and Second Public Examinations, at the several times and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth. But failure to pass any of these Examinations, or to satisfy the conditions under which they entitle to the degree of Bachelor of Arts, shall in no case disqualify a Candidate from offering himself again at any following time or times in the same manner as he might have done if he had not previously offered himself for such Examination. 2. No person shall be required to pass Responsions who has passed Add.p.837. the Previous Examination at Cambridge, or has received a Cer- A^/'^^'^ tificate from the Delegates of Local Examinations showing that [1889.] under the provisions either of the Statute on Affiliated Colleges or Add. p. 961. of the Statute on Colonial and Indian Universities he is exempt from passing Responsions, or has obtained one or more of the Higher Certificates granted by the Delegates for the Inspection and Examination of Schools showing that he has satisfied the Examiners in Greek and in Latin and in Elementary Mathe- matics either in the same or in separate examinations, or has satisfied the Examiners appointed by the Delegates aforesaid in one Add.p.956. Greek and one Latin book, in Greek and Latin Grammar, in trans- Ti^go.] lation from English into Latin, in Arithmetic, and in the elements either of Algebra or Geometry, having passed in all these subjects at the same examination for the Higher Certificates granted by the Delegates, or has obtained a Certificate from the Delegates 92 DE TEMPOUE ET EXEECITIIS KBQUISITIS [VI. I. Add p 0';'; °^ Local Examinations that he has shown sufficient merit to be ex- [1890.] cused from Eesponsions, or has obtained a certificate from the '*'n'^gP'*?4- Scotch Education Department with an endorsement by the Dele- Add.p.965. gates for the Inspection and Examination of Schools specifying that [1890.] ijg ijg^g satisfied them in Greek and in Latin and in Elementary Mathematics, provided that such certificates in each case shall specify Add.p.86o. the Books, if any, ofi'ered by the candidate in such Examination. '-' ' ■■' If any person, who is on the List of Selected Candidates for the Add.p.874. Civil Service of India, or who having been on such List shall have "^ ■■' become a member of that Service, shall have been matriculated, he shall not be required to pass Eesponsions. 3. And no person shall be required to pass the First Public Examination who has passed the General Examination at Cam- bridge and has been incorporated at this University, or who (i) having satisfied the Masters of the Schools in an Additional Add. pp. Subject offered in manner hereinafter provided, or having satisfied 9^9. 938. tije Examiners appointed under the authority of the Delegates of Local Examinations in French or in German or in Italian, and Add.p.974. having shown sufficient merit to be excused the Examination in Li°93.J ajj Additional Subject at Eesponsions, or having obtained a Higher Add.p.939. Certificate from the Delegates for the Inspection and Examination '-' ■•' of Schools, such Certificate stating that in one of the Examinations held under the authority of the Delegates he has passed in French or in German, or has passed with distinction in Greek or in Latin, or Add.p.955. having obtained a Certificate from the Scotch Education Department '- ^ ■-' endorsed by the Delegates for the Inspection and Examination of Schools specifying that he has obtained an Honours Certificate in Greek or Latin, or a Higher Grade Certificate in French, German, or Italian, and (2) having satisfied the Moderators in Holy Scrip- ture or in a book offered instead thereof, has Add.p.951. (a) obtained honours in one of the Final Honour Schools, having [1889.] obtained Honours in Mathematics in the First Public Examination, Add.p.947. or having satisfied the Moderators in that school in the subjects ['^^^•^ specified in Statt. Tit. VI. Sect. I. B. § 2. cl. 11, or having passed the Preliminary Examination in the School of Jurisprudence, or the Preliminary Examination in Mechanics and Physics and in Chemistry in the School of Natural Science : Add.p.967. or (b) has obtained Honours in one of the following subjects in [1892.] ^jjg -pinal Honour School of Natural Science, viz. Geology, Animal Physiology, Animal Morphology, and Botany, having previously satisfied the Examiners in the Preliminary Examination in that School both in Chemistry and in two other subjects, neither of VI. I. A.. I. J AD GEABUS CAPESSENDOS. 93 these two subjects being the same as the one offered in the Final Honour Examination: or (c) has obtained Honours in the Final Honour School of Natural Science in two of the following subjects in the same Examination, viz. Geology, Animal Physiology, Animal Morphology, and Botany, having previously satisfied the Examiners in the Preliminary Examination in that School both in Chemistry and in one other subject, this subject not being the same as either of those offered in the Final Honour Examination : or {d) having previously obtained Honours in Mathematics in Add.p.975. the First Public Examination has passed the Examination ap- ['*93-] pointed for those who do not seek Honours in the Second Public Examination in three subjects, of which neither C. (i) nor C. (2) shall be one. 4. All persons who under the provisions of this section claim Add. pp. exemption from Responsions or the First Public Examination shall ^rjOm f on or before the giving in or transmitting of their names to the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties as Candidates for examination produce to the Secretary Certificates of any qualification other than that of having passed a University Examination which is required in order for them to claim such exemption, and shall at the same time pay to the University Chest through the Secretary the sum of five shillings : and the Secretary shall enter all such qualifica- tions in his register of persons in statu jMpillari. All such Certi- ficates in the case of persons who are on the List of Selected Candidates for the Civil Service of India, or who having been on such List shall have become members of that Service, shall be signed by the Head or Vicegerent of their College or Hall or by the Censor of Non-Collegiate Students as the case may be. A.— OF RESPONSIONS. Add.p.s^s. [1873.] § 1. Of the subjects and method of Responsions. 1 . Responsions shall be conducted by the Masters of the Schools, and, except as hereinafter provided, the subjects of examination shall always include as Stated Subjects the Greek and Latin Ian- Add.p.953. guages. Arithmetic, and the Elements of Algebra and Geometry. '-^ ^'^ The Masters of the Schools shall also conduct the Preliminary Add.p.966. Examination provided for Students of Music by the Statute ' de ['891.] tempore et exercitiis requisitis ad gradus in Musica capessendos.' 2. Every Candidate, except as hereinafter provided, shall offer one Greek and one Latin book, and shall be examined therein in 94 DE TEMPORE ET EXERCITIIS EEqUISITIS [^I. I. A.I, sucli manner as to test especially his knowledge of the grammar of these two languages. He shall also he required to translate from Add.p.95;^. English into Latin. Every Candidate shall also be examined in L' 9°-J Arithmetic, and in the Elements either of Algebra or of Geometry. Add.p.SoS. 3. A Candidate who was born in India of parents who were [1884.J -[jQj.^ jjj jjj^ia^ sjjjiii jjg a^t liberty to offer a classical Oriental language as a substitute either for the Greek or for the Latin language, but for one of these languages only. The Oriental language to be so substituted shall be either Sanskrit or Arabic. 4. Candidates shall be deemed to have passed Eesponsions who have satisfied the Masters of the Schools in the examination in Stated Subjects. 5. It shall be lawful for any Candidate to offer himself for examination in an Additional Subject at Responsions, either at the Add.p.978. same examination at which he offers Stated Subjects or at another Li°93-J examination. 6. Every Candidate who desires to be examined in an Additional Subject shall offer one of the foll9wing subjects : — (i) A portion of a Greek or Latin historical or philosophical author. (2) A portion of a French, German, or Italian historical or philosophical author. (3) A portion of Bacon's Novum Organum. (4) The elements of Logic, Deductive and Inductive. Every such Candidate shall be examined in the contents as well as in the text of the book which he offers. Every such Candidate who offers the first or second of the above subjects shall be required to translate passages not only from the book which he offers, but also from one or more prose authors in the same language not offered by him. Every such Candidate shall be examined viva voce in the subject whicli he offers. Candidates who offer the first or second subjects may be examined viva voce in passages from authors not offered by them. 7. No Candidate shall offer portions of the same author both as a Stated Subject and as an Additional Subject. Add.p.889. 8. The examination in Eesponsions shall be under the supervision [io83-J of a Board of Studies consisting of representatives sent by the Boards of the Faculties of Arts (Literse Humaniores), Arts (Oriental Languages), and Natural Science, together with persons added by co-optation. Four such representatives shall be elected in each year, viz. two by the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Literse Huma- VI. I.A. 2.J AD GEADTJS CAPBSSENDOS. 95 niores), one by the Buarrl of the Faculty of Arts (Oriental Languages), and one by the Board of the Faculty of Natural Science, and shall serve for two years. The election shall be made in Michaelmas Term. Three persons shall be added by co-optation from the number of those who shall have served as Masters of the Schools within the three years last preceding such co-optation. Of the three persons so added one shall retire at the end of every year. The period of service of co-opted members shall commence on the first day of the Term next following that of their election. 9. The Board of Studies shall have power to regulate the amount of each subject which shall be required in ra'sponsions, and to specify in the case of any author offered for examination whether the whole, or, if not the whole, what portion of such author shall be offered. The Board of Studies shall also have power to make regulations regarding the manner of conducting the examination in Oriental languages. The Board of Studies shall also from time Aclil.p.974. to time publish lists of authors, or portions of authors, and subjects l-io93-J which may be offered by Candidates in Additional Subjects, but the removal of a book or subject by the Board, in respect either of this portion of the Examination or of the Preliminary Examination for Students of Music, shall not take effect until the end of the second Trinity Term after notice of such removal had been issued. § 2. Of the admission of Candidates and the order of the Examination. 1. Eesponsions shall be held in Michaelmas Term, in Hilary Adcl.p.881. Term, and in Ti-inity Term. They shall begin in Michaelmas Term [1882.] and in Hilary Term on the Thursday in the eighth week of full Add.p.917. Term, and in Trinity Term on the Thursday before the Encfenia. [1886.] They shall also be held, in the vacation preceding Michaelmas Term, Add.p.pf.y. beginning on the third Wednesday before the beginning of full Term. L'Sgo.J But it shall be in the power of the Mast(^rs of the Schools, with the consent of the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors, to postpone the beginning of Eesponsions for one or more days. 2. Candidates shall be admitted to Eesponsions whether already members of the University or not. The name of every Candidate who is a member of the University shall be either given in by him- self or transmitted through his Tutor to the Secretary to the Add.p.961. Boards of Faculties, together with a list of the books and subjects . [/891.] ■ • Add.p 973. which he offers for examination. Names of Candidates not already [iSy2.] members of the University shall be sent to the Secietary by the Add p. 950. Head or a Tutor of a College or Hall or by the Censor or one of 96 DE TEMPORE ET EXERCITIIS REQUISITIS [VI. I. A. 3. the Tutors of the Non-Collegiate Students, who shall at the same time send the list of books and subjects which each Candidate oifers for examination, together with a declaration that such Can- didate in his opinion bona fide desires admission at his College or Hall or as a Non-Collegiate Student as the case may be. Every Candidate who desires to substitute an Oriental language, either for the Greek or for the Latin language, shall at the same time give in or transmit a certificate from the Head or Vicegerent of his College or Hall or from the Censor of Non- Collegiate Students that he was born in India of parents who were born in India. 3. The days and hours for entering names shall be fixed by the Secretary and shall be published in the usual manner, provided that these days shall be so arranged as to allow an interval of not less than six or more than ten days before the commencement of Add. pp. the Examination. A Candidate whose name has not been entered 9p ' 9°5- during the hours fixed by the Secretary in the days hereby pre- scribed, may be admitted to examination on payment of Two Guineas in addition to the statutable fee, if his name shall have been given in to the Secretary not later than noon of the fourth day before the day on which the Examination begins, or if the fourth day be a Sunday, then not later than noon of the Saturday preceding. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to transmit the lists of subjects of all such Candidates immediately to the senior resident Master of the Schools. 4. The Masters of the Schools shall distribute themselves for the purposes of the examination into two Schools, so that three Masters be assigned to conduct the examination in each School, and the Masters in each School shall determine as they shall think fit the order in which the viva voce examination of the Candidates who offer Additional Subjects shall be conducted in their School. Add.p.gs;. 5- It shall be lawful for the Masters of the Schools, either on [1890.] ^}jg occasion of the viva voce Examination of the Candidates who offer Additional Subjects, or at any other time before the close of the examination, to invite the attendance of any Candidate in Stated Subjects for such furtlier examination as they may think desirable to enable them to come to a decision respecting the work of such Candidate. Add.p.978. 6. At the close of the examination in Stated Subjects in each ['**93-] School the Masters of the Schools shall make and sign lists of the Candidates who have satisfied them, and shall cause them to be affixed the same day to a notice-board at the Schools : and these VI. I.B.I. ] AD QEADUS CAPESSENDOS. 97 lists shall remain so affixed until the names of such Candidates have been published in the manner hereinafter prescribed. The lists shall be drawn up in the following form : — • Nomina Candidatorum qui [die mensis et anni'\ qucestionibus magistrorum scholarum in Parviso pro forma responderunt. A.B.e Coll. C. D. ex Aul. E.F. (G.H. Ita testamur < /. K. [l.m. 7. At the close of each day of the viva voce examination in each School of the Candidates who offer an Additional Subject, the Masters of the Schools shall make and sign lists of the Candidates who have satisfied them, and shall cause them to be affixed the same day to a notice-board at the Schools : and these lists shall remain so afiBxed until the names of such Candidates have been published in the manner hereinafter prescribed. The lists shall be drawn up in the following form : — Names of Candidates who [here insert date] having been examined in an Additional Subject have satisfied the Masters of the Schools. A. B.— Coll. CD.— Hall. E.F. j' jr' \ Masters of j ju { f^B Schools. 8. At the close of the Examination the Senior Master of the Schools shall direct the Clerk of the Schools to prepare an alpha- betical list of the names of all Candidates who have satisfied the Masters of the Schools in Stated Subjects, and a similar list of the names of all Candidates who have satisfied them in an Additional Subject, and such lists shall be published in the usual manner. B.-OF THE FIEST PUBLIC EXAMINATION. Add.p.Sis. [1S72.] § 1. Of the subjects and method of the First Public Hxamination. I The First Public Examination shall be conducted by the Add.p.925. Moderators. It shall consist of an Examination in Holy Scripture ; ^ 'J H 98 DE TEMPOEE ET EXEUCITIIS EEQUISITIS [VI. I. B. I. of an Examination of Candidates not seeking Honours ; and of an Examination of Candidates for Honours in two Schools, of which the subjects shall be (i) Greek and Latin Literature, and (2) Mathematics. The Examination in Holy Scripture shall consist of an Examina- tion in — (a) One of the Synoptic Gospels and the Gospel according to St. John. (6) Either the subject-matter of the Acts of the Apostles, or an equivalent portion of the Old Testament. 2. Candidates shall be deemed to have passed the First Public Examination who shall have satisfied the Moderators in Holy Scripture or in a book offered instead thereof under the conditions hereinafter mentioned, and shall have either obtained Honours in Greek and Latin Literature or satisfied the Moderators in the Examination of Candidates not seeking Honours. The examination in the several parts of the First Public Examination may be passed at different times. 3. Candidates may offer themselves for examination in the fourth Add.p.899. Term from their Matriculation *. The Examination in Holy L1884.J Scripture held in October shall not for the purposes of this clause be deemed to be an Examination in Term. 4. No Candidate shall be admitted as a Candidate for Honours after the lapse of eight Terms from the Term of his Matriculation inclusively *. Add.p.968. 5. No person whose name shall have been already placed in [1892.] ^jjy Class List issued by the Moderators shall be admitted again as a Candidate in the same Honour School. Add.p. 831. 6. (I.) Candidates who do not seek Honours in Greek and Latin ■- '''■' Literature shall, except as hereinafter provided, be examined in a. Three books at least, being portions of Greek and Latin authors of the best age, one Latin and two Greek, or two Latin and one Greek, one of such books at least being some portion of an historical or a philosophical work ; 6. Either Logic, or the Elements of Geometry and of Algebra. (II.) Candidates for Honours in Greek and Latin Literature shall be examined in a. Latin and Greek authors, especially Poets and Orators, and in one or more of the following subjects ; 5. The History of Greek and Latin Literature or of some * Infra, Sub-seetion E, § 9, cl. 4. VI. I. B.I.J AD GEADtJS CAPESSENDOS. 99 periods thereof, with such portions of ancient Writers on the Arts of Poetry and Style as shall be specified by the Board of the Faculty. c. The Elements of Deductive Logic, together with some portion of an ancient writer on Logic or on Language or some other department of Logic. Such portion of an ancient writer on Logic or on Language and such other department of Logic shall be specified by the Board of the Faculty. d. The Elements of Comparative Philology as illustrating the Add.p.958. Greek and Latin Languages. ['**9°] e. The Elements of Classical Archseology. (III.) Candidates for Honours in Mathematics shall be examined Add. p. 924. in Pure Mathematics, and the Elements of Mechanics of Solids and [i*^''] Fluids. 7. All Candidates, except those who offer themselves for exam- ination in Mathematics only, or in Holy Scripture only, shall be examined in such manner as to test their accurate knowledge of the grammatical principles of the Gi-eek and Latin languages, and their ability to render passages from ancient authors into English. They shall also be required to show a competent knowledge both of the text and of the contents of the books which they offer, and to answer not only questions relating to Grammar and Literature, but also any questions directly arising out of the matters treated of in these books. They shall be required to translate from English into Latin, and also to translate passages of Latin and Greek books not specially offered by them. 8. Candidates for Honours in Greek and Latin Literature shall be examined in Latin Verse Composition and in Greek Prose and Verse Composition : but the Board of the Faculty shall make regu- lations allowing them to compensate for the omission of any of these subjects by the quantity and excellence of their other work. The Board of the Faculty shall from time to time publish lists of authors or portions of authors in which Candidates for Honours in Greek and Latin Literature may be examined, distinguishing, if they think fit, (i) books to be specially offered either as necessary, or optional, and (2) authors or portions of authors from which passages may be set for translation by all such Candidates. The Board of the Faculty may include in the examination, either as necessary or as optional, other books and subjects subsidiary to the knowledge of the Greek and Latin Languages. 9. No Candidate who does not seek Honours in Greek and Add. p.955. Latin Literature shall be allowed to offer any of the same books, L'°9°J or, except in cases specially excepted by the Board of Studies, a [1873.]' H 2 100 DE TEMPORE ET EXEKCITIIS EBQUISITIS [VI. I. B. I. Add. p.854. portion of any of the same authors in which he satisfied the '-'^''^■■' Masters of the Schools, or the Examiners in any Examination giving Tislit ? ^^emption from Kesponsions. 10. ACandidate who was born in India of parents who were born in India, and who does not seek Honours, shall be at liberty to offer a classical Oriental Language as a substitute either for the Greek or for the Latin language, but for one of those languages only. The Oriental language so substituted shall be either Sanskrit or Arabic. Add.p.831. II. Any Candidate who, being of full age, shall object on [•873-] religious grounds, or for whom, not being of full age, his parent or guardian shall object on religious grounds, to an examination in Holy Scripture, shall be permitted to offer instead thereof an additional Greek book approved by the Board of Studies, not being the same as any of the books in which he satisfied the Masters of the Schools. Add.p.946. 12. Any Candidate who was born in India of parents who were [1888.] ^Qj.j^ j,-j India shall be permitted, in lieu of the usual examination in Holy Scripture, either to oifer an additional book to be approved by the Board of Studies in either Sanskrit or Arabic ; or to substitute for that part of the examination in Holy Scripture which involves a knowledge of the Greek text of the Holy Gospels such additional matter as the Board of Studies may sanction for this purpose. 1 3. Every Candidate who offers himself for examination in Holy Scripture shall be examined viva voce therein : and every Candi* date for examination in a book offered instead of Holy Scripture shall be examined viva voce in that book. 14. Every Candidate who offers himself as a Candidate not seeking Honours shall be examined viva voce in one at least of the books which he offers. Not more than eighteen such Candidates shall be examined viva voce in the same School on any one day. Add. p. 889. 15. The Examination of Candidates who seek Honours in Greek [1883.] j^jjd Latin Literature shall be under the supervision of the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Literse Humaniores). The Examination of Candidates who seek Honours in Mathe- matics shall be under the supervision of the Board of the Faculty of Natural Science. The Examination of Candidates who do not seek Honours and of Candidates for examination in Holy Scripture or in a book offered instead thereof, shall be under the supervision of a Board of Studies consisting of representatives sent by the Boards of the Faculties of Arts (Literse Humaniores), Arts (Oriental Languages)* VI. I. B.I.J AD GRADUS CAPESSENDOS. 101 and Natural Science, together with persons added by co-optation. Four such representatives shall be elected in each year, viz. two by the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Literae Humaniores), one by the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Oriental Languages), and one by the Board of the Faculty of Natural Science, and shall serve for two years. The election shall be made in Michaelmas Term. Three persons shall be added by co-optation from the number of those who within the three years last preceding shall have served as Moderators appointed to conduct this part of the examination. One of the three persons so added by co-optation shall retire at the end of every year. The period of service of co-opted members shall commence on the first day of the Term next following that of their election. 1 6. The Boards of Faculties and the Board of Studies shall from time to time publish lists of authors and subjects which may be offered under the several provisions of the Statute, but subject to the provision hereafter made for a distinction in respect of books and subjects between the First and Second Public Examinations. They shall specify where necessary whether the whole, and if not the whole, what portion, of each author or subject shall be offered as a book or subject, and what books and subjects, if any, shall be necessarily offered by Candidates for Honours. They shall have power to fix from time to time, if they think fit, the minimum of books and subjects required for Honours. The Board of Studies shall not appoint as a book to be offered instead of Holy Scripture any book which they shall have specified or recommended for the Examination of Candidates who do not seek Honours, or which shall have been specified or recommended by the Board of Studies of any other School of the First or Second Public Examination. 17. Any Candidate, not being a Candidate for Honours, who Add.p.983. at any examination shall fail to satisfy the Moderators, or who ['^9.^-] being qualified under the provisions of this Statute to offer himself for examination shall not have done so, shall be permitted to offer the same books and subjects which he then offered or might have offered, at any subsequent examination within two years from the time when such books or subjects or any of them were removed by the Board of Studies from the list of books and subjects which may be offered. A book or subject shall be deemed to have been so removed on the first day of the Term in which the order for its removal shall take effect. 18. The Board of Studies shall also have power to make regu- 102 DE TEMPOEE ET EXERCITtlS EEQUISITIS [VI. I. B. I lations regarding the manner of conducting the examination in Oriental languages. Add.p.goo, § 2. On the admission of Candidates and the order of ['884.] the Examination. Add.p.944. I. The several parts of the First Public Examination shall be *- ■■' held as follows, namely : the Examination in Holy Scripture, in October, and in Michaelmas, Hilary, and Trinity Terms, the Exami- nation of Candidates who do not seek Honours, and the Examination of Candidates who seek Honours in Mathematics, in Michaelmas Term and in Trinity Term, and the Examinations of Candidates who seek Honours in Greek and Latin Literature in Hilary Term. The several parts of the Examination shall begin at the follow- ing times : — The Examination in Holy Scripture shall begin in October Add.p.959. on the second Saturday before the commencement of Full Term, in Add D 062 Michaelmas Term on the Saturday in the seventh week of Full Term, [1889.] in Hilary Term on the Monday in the eighth week of Full Term, and in Trinity Term on the Saturday in the second week before the Encsenia ; the Examination of Candidates who do not seek Honours shall begin in Michaelmas Term on the Monday in the eighth week of full Term, and in Trinity Term on the Monday in the week before the Encsenia. The Examination of Candidates who seek Honours in Mathe- matics shall begin on the Thursday immediately following the eighth week of full Term. The Examination of Candidates who seek Honours in Greek and Latin Literature shall begin on the Thursday in the seventh week of full Term. Add.p.961. 2. No Candidate shall be admitted to examination unless he [1S91.] gitiigj. has passed Responsions or is statutably exempt there- from. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties to see that the provisions of this clause are observed. 3. No Candidate shall be admitted to examination unless his name shall have been at the appointed time either given in by himself in person or transmitted through his Tutor to the Secretary, A 1 1 „ «(,., together with a list of the books and subjects which he offers for jj-au.p.jyj. . ,■ [iSgj.^ examination. VI. I. B. 2. j AD GKADUS CAPESSENDOS. 103 Every Candidate who desires to substitute an Oriental language Add.p.898. for the Greek or for the Latin language, or to avail himself of the [1884-] provisions of Statt. Tit. VI. Sect. i. B. § 1, cl. 11, shall at the same ^[fss'lf ' time give in or transmit a certificate from the Head or Vicegerent of his College or Hall or from the Censor of Non-Collegiate Students that he was born in India of parents who were born in India. 4. Every Candidate who desires to be excused from examination in Holy Scripture shall deliver or transmit through his Tutor to the Secretary a statement signed, if he be of full age, by himself, or, if he be not of full age, by his parent or guardian, that he or his parent or guardian for him, as the case may be, objects on religious grounds to such an examination. The book which such Candidate offers in place of Holy Scripture shall be specified on the list of subjects given in by him to the Secretary. 5. The days for entering names shall be fixed by the Secretary Add. p. 868. and shall be published in the usual manner, provided that these ['880.] days shall be so arranged as to allow an interval of not less than ten nor more than fourteen days before the commencement of the Examination. 6. A Candidate whose name has not been entered during the Add.p.961. hours fixed by the Secretary in the days hereby prescribed may be L^opi-J admitted to examination on payment on each occasion of Two Guineas in addition to the statutable fee or fees, if his name shall have been given in to the Secretary not later than noon of the fourth day before the day on which the part or parts of the Examination for which he offers himself begin, or if the fourth day be a Sunday, then not later than noon of the Saturday preceding. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to transmit the lists of subjects of all such Candidates immediately to the senior resident Moderator. 7. The Moderators appointed to conduct the several parts of the Examination shall, with the consent of the Vice-Chanoellor, and subject to the provisions hereinbefore made resjoecting the days of beginning the several parts of the Examination, fix the times and the place or places at which the attendance of Candidates shall be required for examination either in writing or viva voce, and shall severally determine as they think fit the order in which the Can- didates shall be examined viva voce in each part of the Examination, provided that those Candidates shall be first examined viva voce in Holy Scripture and in Greek and Latin Literature who are Candi- Add.p.855. dates for Honours in Mathematics. The Moderators appointed to '•^ '''"■' 104 DE TEMPORE ET EXERCITIIS EEQUISITIS [VI. I. B. 2. Add.p.Sgg. examine those Candidates who do not seek Honours shall distribute Add^^tiL themselves for the purposes of the Examination into two Schools, [1888.] so that three Moderators be assigned to conduct the Examination in each School. The Examinations in Holy Scripture which are held in October and in Hilary Term shall be conducted by three of the Moderators appointed to examine the Candidates who do not seek Honours. Unless the Moderators shall otherwise arrange among themselves, the three Moderators assigned for the conduct of this Examination shall be the three junior in University standing of those who took part in the last preceding Examination of Can- didates who do not seek Honours. 8. At the close of each day on which Candidates have been examined viva voce in Holy Scripture or in the books and subjects appointed for the examination of Candidates who do not seek Honours the Moderators shall make and sign a list of the Candi- dates who have satisfied them, and shall cause it to be affixed the same day to a notice-board at the Schools : and these lists shall remain so affixed until the names of such Candidates have been Add.p.979. published in the manner hereinafter prescribed. Li°93-J Tjjg ijg|;g jjj tjjg g^gg of Candidates who satisfy the Moderators in Holy Scripture or in a book offered instead thereof shall be drawn up in the following form : — Nomina Candidatorum qui [die mensis et ann{\ prout Statuta requirunt examinati in Sacra Scriptura, vel in libra pro Sacra Scriptura substiiuto, satisfecerunt nobis Moderatoribus, A. B. e Con. G. D. ex Aul. (E.F. Ita testamu/r < G. H. \l.K. The lists in the case of Candidates who satisfy the Moderators in the books and subjects appointed for Candidates who do not seek Honours shall be drawn up in the following form : — Nomina Candidatorum qui \_die mensis et armi] prout Statuta requirunt examinati in Uteris Greeds et Latinis satisfecerunt nobis Moderatoribus. A.B.eColl. C. D. ex Aul. (E. F. Ita testamur <. G. H. \l.K. VI. 1. B. 2.] AD GEADUS CAPESSENDOS. 105 9. After all the Candidates for Honours either in Greek and Latin Literature or in Mathematics shall have been examined, the Moderators appointed to conduct each part of the Examination shall, so soon as they shall have fully considered the work of the Candidates, distribute the names of such Candidates as shall be judged by them to have shown sufficient merit into three classes according to the merit of each Candidate, and shall draw up a list accordingly with the names in each class arranged alpha- betically. They shall all sign three copies of such list, and shall cause one of the copies to be affixed to a notice-board at the Schools, one to be affixed to the door of the Apodyterium of the Convocation House, and one to be sent to the Vice-Chancellor. The form of such Class List for Greek and Latin Literature shall be as follows : — NOMINA CANDIDATOEUM QUI TERMING A.D. A MODEKATOKIBUS IN SCHOLA LITERAEUM GR^CARUM ET LATINARUM HONORE DIGNI SUNT HABITI, IN TJNAQUAQUE CLASSE SECUNDUM SERIEM LITERARUM DISPOSITA. Classis I. Classis II. A. JB. e Coll. A. B. ex Aul. G. B. ex Aul. G. B. Sehol. non Ascript. E. F. Sehol. non Ascript. E. F. e Goll. Classis III. A. B. Sehol. non Ascript. G. B. e Goll. E. F. ex Aul. Moderatores. The same form shall be followed mutatis mutandis in the School of Mathematics. 10. If it shall appear to the Moderators appointed to conduct 106 DE TEMPORE ET EXERCITIIS KEQUISITIS [VI. I. B. 3. the Examination of those Candidates who seek Honours in Greek and Latin Literature that any Candidate not placed by them in one of the three Classes has nevertheless shown in his Examination sufficient merit to satisfy them, they shall give notice thereof at the close of the Examination in the form and manner hereinbefore provided in the case of those Candidates who do not seek Honours. Add.p.951. II. If it shall appear to the Moderators appointed to conduct [] 889.J ^jjg Examination of those Candidates who seek Honours in Mathe- matics that any Candidate not placed by them in any of the three Classes has nevertheless shown in his examination sufficient merit to satisfy them in Algebra, Trigonometry, Pure and Analytical Geometry, and Mechanics, they shall give notice thereof at the close of the examination in the manner hereinbefore provided in the case of those Candidates who do not seek Honours. The list of such Candidates shall be drawn up in the following form : — Nmrdna Candidatorum qui Termino A.D. protU Statuta requirunt examinati in Scientiis Mathematlcis satisfecerunt nobis Moderatorihus. A. B. e Coll. G. D. ex Aul. IE. F. Ita testainur i G. H. \l.K. 12. If it shall appear to the Moderators appointed to conduct the Examination of those Candidates who seek Honours in Mathe- matics that any Candidate has shown in his examination sufficient merit to satisfy them in either or both of the subjects of Group C. I and 2 of the Pass School of the Second Public Examination, they shall give notice thereof at the close of the examination in the manner hereinbefore provided in the case of those Candidates who do not seek Honours. The list of such Candidates shall be drawn up in the following form : — Nomina Candidatorum qui Termino A.D. prout Statuta requirunt examinati in rudimentis Geometrice (vel in rvdimentis Meekanicm) satisfecerunt nobis Moderatorihus. A.B.e Coll. C. D. ex Aul. (E.F. Ita testamur < G. H. \l.K. VI. T.C.I. J AD GEADUS CAPESSENUOS. 107 13. As soon as the First Public Examination shall have been concluded, the Moderators shall cause each of the Class Lists, signed by the respective Moderators, and also an alphabetical list of all other Candidates who have satisfied the Moderators in the several subjects, signed by all the Moderators, to be published in the usual C— OF THE SECOND PUBLIC EXAMINATION. Add.p.8i8. [1872.] § 1 . Of the several parts of the Second Public Examination. 1. The Second Public Examination shall be conducted by the Add.p.927. Public Examiners. It shall consist of an Examination for Can- [i886.] didates who do not seek Honours ; of Preliminary Examinations, and of a Final Examination in seven Honour Schools, of which Add.p.929. the subjects shall be— t'^^70 (i) Literse Humaniores. (5) Modern History. Add.p.947. (2) Mathematics. (6) Theology. I^'^^^O (3) Natural Science. (7) Oriental Studies. (4) Jurisprudence. 2. Candidates shall be deemed to have passed the Second Public Add.p.832. Examination who shall either have obtained Honours in some '- „ „ one of the seven Honour Schools or have passed the Examination [1876.] appointed for those who do not seek Honours. 3. No one shall be admitted as a Candidate in any Final Honour School until he shall have entered upon the eleventh Term from his Matriculation *. 4. No one shall be admitted as a Candidate in any Final Honour School after the lapse of sixteen Terms from the Term of his Matriculation* inclusively, unless he shall have obtained Honours in some other School of the Second Public Examination, in which case he may be admitted up to the twentieth Term* inclusively. But any person who shall have omitted to enter his name for any Final Honour School in which he might have offered himself as a Candidate may, at any time within twenty-eight days after the latest time at which he might have so entered his name under the pro- visions of the Statutes, make application through his Tutor to the Hebdomadal Council, and if it shall appear to the Hebdomadal Council that the person so applying has been prevented by illness or other urgent cause from offering himself as a Candidate as afore- * Infra, Sub-seotion E, § 9, cl. 4. 108 DE TEMPORE ET EXERCITIIS KEQUISITIS [VI. 1.0.2. Baid, they shall have power if they think fit to permit him to offer himself as a Candidate in the next ensuing Examination in some Final Honour School of the Second Public Examination. Every permission granted under this clause shall specify the School in which the person applying for it may be admitted as a Candidate and shall be certified under the hand of the Registrar of the University, and notice of such permission having been granted Add.p.961. shall be sent to the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties and L'Sgi.J ghall be published in the usual manner. Add.p.973. And any person who shall have exceeded the sixteenth Term [1892.] from his Matriculation may offer himself as a Candidate in any Honour School of the Second Public Examination, but he shall not be capable of obtaining Honours, except in such cases as are herein provided for. ,Add.p.968. 6- No person whose name shall have been already placed in ['^92-] any Class List issued by the Public Examiners shall be admitted again as a Candidate in the same Honour School ; but this clause shall not be deemed to affect the provisions of the statutes con- cerning the examination of Candidates in the Honour Schools of Add.p.973. Natural Science or of Oriental Studies, so far as they enable such L'''9^-J a person under certain conditions to oft'er himself again as a Candidate in the same School. Add. pp. § 2. Of the Examination of Candidates who do not ^'^■„ *"4 seek Honours. [1872.] 832. [1873.J I. The subjects of examination for Candidates who do not seek Honours shall be arranged in four Groups : — A. (i) Two Books, either both Greek, or one Greek and one Latin, one of such Books being some portion of a Greek philosophical work, and the other a portion of a Greek or Latin Historian. Add.p.938. (2) The whole or some portions of Greek and Roman history. L1887.J Candidates will be required to show a knowledge of the Political and Descriptive Geography of the periods which they offer. Add.p.874. (3) The Elements of Sanskrit, including translation into the '•' '■■' language and a portion of its literature. (4) The elements of Persian, including translation into the language and a portion of its literature. B. (i) Either English History and a period or subject of English Literature, or a period of Modern European History or of Indian VI. T. C. 2,.] AD GEADUS CAPESSBNDOS. 109 History with Political and Descriptive Geography ; together (in each case) with English Composition. (2) The French Language, including composition in the Add.p.942. language, and a period of its Literature. [1888.] (3) The Elements of Political Economy. (4) A branch of Legal study ; among the alternatives under this head shall always be included one or more branches of Indian Law. (5) The German Language, including composition in the language, and a period of its Literature. C. (i) The Elements of Geometry, including Geometrical Trigo- nometry. (2) The Elements of Mechanics, Solid and Fluid, treated mathematically. (3) The subjects of the Preliminary Examination in Mechanics Add.p.947. and Physic's in the Honour School of Natural Science. [1888.] (4) The subjects of the Preliminai y Examination in Chemistry in the same School. (5) The subjects of the Preliminary Examination in Animal Physiology in the same School. (6) The subjects of the Preliminary Examination in Animal Morphology in the same School. (7) The subjects of the Preliminary Examination in Botany in the same School. D. The Elements of Eeligious Knowledge, which shall always Add.p.927. include— C'Sse.] (a) Specified portions of the Old and New Testaments, some por- tion of the New Testament being always offered in the Greek Text. (6) Some portion of the Old Testament to be studied in the Add.p.983. Hebrew Text. ['^93-] (c) One of the Creeds with a specified portion of the Thirty- nine Articles agreed upon in the Convocation- holden at London in the year 1562. {d) A period of Ecclesiastical History. («) Some apologetic treatise (or part thereof) to be fixed from time to time by the Board of Studies. Candidates shall be required to offer together at the same Ex- amination subject (a), and any two of the four other subjects. z. The Examination in C. (3) (4) (5) (6) and (7) shall be the Add.p.947. same as the Preliminary Examination in the same subjects in tlie ■-' '•' Honour School of Natural Science, and shall be conducted by the same Examiners. 110 DE TEMPOEE ET BXERCITIIS REQUISITIS [VI. I. C. 2. 3. Each Candidate shall be examined in three of the above subjects, of which not more than two shall be taken from any one of the four groups, and of which one must be either A. (i) or A. (3) or A. (4), or B. (2), or B. (5), and the examination in the three subjects may be passed in separate Terms. But any Candidate wlio has passed the Preliminary Examina- tion in the Honour School of Jurisprudence shall be deemed to have satisfied the Examiners in two of the said subjects, and such Candidates shall only be required to satisfy the Examiners in either A. (i), A. (3), A. (4), B. (2), or B. (5). Provided that the portion of a Greek, Latin, French or German author (if any) offered by such Candidate, either as an Additional Subject at Eesponsions or in the Preliminary Examination in the Honour School of Jurisprudence, shall not be again offered by him as a Subject either in the First or the Second Public Examination. And Candidates who have satisfied the Moderators appointed to conduct the examination of those Candidates who seek Honours in Mathematics in either or both of the subjects of Group C. (1) and (2) shall be deemed to have satisfied the Examiners in such subject or subjects. Add.p.975. 4- No Candidate who having obtained Honours in Mathematics [1893.] in the First Public Examination has satisfied the conditions under which Candidates are statutably exempt from passing the First Public Examination, provided that they pass the Examination appointed for those who do not seek Honours in the Second Public Examination, shall be permitted to offer himself for examination in C. (i) or C. (2). 5. No Candidate shall be allowed to offer any of the same books, or, except in cases specially excepted by the Board of Studies, a Add.p.955. portion of any of the authors in which he satisfied the Masters of [1890.] the Schools or the Examiners in any Examination giving exemp- rjgP' ?^" tion from Eespcjnsions, or in which he satisfied the Moderators, or which he offered instead of Holy Scripture. 6. The Board of Studies for directing the examination in the Add.p.890. above-mentioned Groups A. and B. shall consist of Eepresentatives [1883.] gent by Boards of the Faculties of Law, Arts (Literoe Humaniores), Arts (Modern History), together with persons added by co-optation. One such representative shall be elected in each year by each of these Boards of Faculties in Michaelmas Term and shall serve for two years. Four persons shall be added by co-optation from the number of those who within the three years last preceding ghall have served as Examiners in this School. Of the four per- VI. I.e. 3-] AD GRADUS CAPESSENDOS. Ill sons SO added two shall retire at the end of each year. The members of the Board may further from time to time (if they shall think fit) add by co-optation not more than three persons. Every person so added shall retire at the end of two years, but shall be re-eligible. The period of service of co-opted members shall commence on the first day of the Term next following that of their election. 7. The examination in the above-mentioned Group C. shall be under the supervision of the Board of the Faculty of Natural Science. 8. The examination in the above-mentioned Group D. shall be Add.p.927, under the direction of the Board of the Faculty of Theology. The ['^86.] Board shall from time to time issue lists of books and subjects which may be offered by Candidates. 9. Any Candidate who at any examination shall fail to satisfy Add.p.984. the Examiners, or who being qualified under the provisions of Li°93-J this Statute to offer himself for examination shall not have done so, shall be permitted to offer the same books and subjects which he then offered or might have offered, at any subsequent exam- ination within two years from the time when such books and subjects or any of them were removed by the Board of Faculties or the Board of Studies, as the case may be, from the list of books and subjects which may be offered. A book or subject shall be deemed to have been so removed on the first day of the Term in which the order for its removal shall take effect. §3. Of the Honour School of Literse Humaniores. Add.p.819 1 . The Examination in the Honour School of Literee Humaniores shall always include, as stated subjects — (i) The Greek and Latin languages. (2) The histories of ancient Greece and Eome, to be studied as far as possible in the original authors. (3) Logic, and the Outlines of Moral and Political Philosophy, each Candidate being required to offer at the least two treatises by ancient authors. The writings of Modern Philosophers shall be admitted, but not required. 2. Candidates shall be permitted to offer, in addition, as special subjects, one or more authors or portions of authors, or departments, or periods falling within or usually studied in connexion with any of the stated subjects of this School. For the purpose of this provision the study of the Greek and Latin Languages shall be taken to include the minute critical study of authors or portions 112 DE TEMPOEE ET EXERCITIIS EEqUISITIS [VI. I. C. 3. of authors, the History of Ancient Literature, and Comparative Philology as illustrating the Greek and Latin languages, the study of the histories of ancient Greece and Eome shall be taken to include Classical Archaeology and Art and the Law of Greece and Eome, and Logic and the Outlines of Moral and Political Philosophy shall be taken to include the History of Philosophy. 3. Candidates shall be expected to show such knowledge of the history of Philosophy, or of the history of the period of Philosophy to which the philosophical authors offered by them either as part of the general examination or as special subjects belong, as shall be necessary for the profitable study of these authors. Add.p.890, 4. The examination in this School shall be under the supervision [1883.] of the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Literae Humaniores). 5. The Board shall have power to prescribe or recommend authors or portions of authors or departments or periods to be offered in each of the stated subjects of this School, and shall from time to time publish lists of special subjects, prescribing particular authorities where they think it desirable ; provided always that a distinction of books and subjects in the First and Second Public Examinations shall be so far as possible maintained. Candidates proposing to offer any subjects not included in the lists or notices so published by the Board must submit it to the approval of the Board six months before the Examination. 6. Any Candidate who shall not appear for examination in the first Term in which he is of sufficient standing to do so, or whose name shall not have been placed in the list of Honours, shall be permitted to offer at any future Examination the same special subjects which he then offered or might have offered. Add.p.809. § 4. Of the Honour Seliool of Mathematics. I. The subjects of examination in the Honour School of Mathe- matics shall be Pure and Mixed Mathematics. Add.p.890. 2. The examination in this School shall be under the supervision ['883.] of the Board of the Faculty of Natural Science. 3. The Board shall have power to issue a Syllabus of the subjects in which Candidates shall be examined, and to vary the same Irom time to time. Add.p.gia. § 5. Of the Honour Seliool of Ifatural Science. r-jgo- T I . The Examinations in the School of Natural Science shall be — (i) A Preliminary Examination. (2) A Final Honour Examination. VI. I. 0.5-] AD GEADUS CAPESSENDOS. 113 2. The Preliminary Examination shall include — (i) Mechanics and Physics. (2) Chemistry. (3) Animal Physiology. (4) Animal Morphology. (5) Botany. ^n Chemistry there shall be an Examination of a practical Add.p.947. character ; and such an Examination may be prescribed in any of ['888.] the other subjects by the Board of the Faculty of Natural Science, if they think fit. 3. A Candidate shall be allowed to present himself for the Add.p.968. Preliminary Examination at any time after he has passed Eespon- ['^92-] sions, and he shall be allowed to offer the subjects above mentioned at separate Examinations, and to offer more than one subject at the same Examination. 4. In the Preliminary Examination in Mechanics and Physics Add.p.947. Candidates shall be at liberty to offer either Mechanics and Physics '- ■■' or Mechanics only. No Candidate shall be allowed to offer Physics Add.p.979. only, and no Candidate shall be held to have passed the Preliminary 1-^°93J Examination in Mechanics and Physics who has not satisfied the Examiners in Mechanics and in Physics at the same Examination. 5. The Final Honour Examination shall include — (i) Physics. (2) Chemistry. (3) Animal Physiology. (4) Animal Morphology. (5) Botany. (6) Geology. The Examination shall in each subject be partly practical. No Candidate shall be required to offer more than one of these subjects. 6. Any Candidate intending to offer Geology or Botany in the Add.p.947. Final Honour School shall give at least three months' notice to the L'°o8.j Chairman of the Board of the Faculty of Natural Science. 7. Every Candidate in the Final Honour School must either Add.p.gSS. have obtained Honours in the First or the Second Public Exam- ['°92-] ination, or else (i) If he be a Candidate for Honours in Physics he must have satisfied the Examiners in the Preliminary Examination in Chemistry ; 114 DE TEMPOEE ET EXERCITIIS REQUISITIS [VI. I. C. 5. (2) If he be a Candidate for Honours in Chemistry he must have satisfied the Examiners in the Preliminary Examination in Mechanics and Physics ; (3) If he be a Candidate for Honours in one only of the following subjects, viz. Geology, Animal Physiology, Animal Morphology, and Botany, he must have satisfied the Examiners in the Preliminary Examination both in Chemistry and in two other subjects, neither of these two subjects being the same as the one ofifered in the Final Honour Examination. ' (4) If he offers in the Final Honour Examination two of the subjects. Geology, Animal Physiology, Animal Morphology, or Botany, he must have satisfied the Examiners in the Preliminary Examination both in Chemistry, and in one other subject, this subject not being the same as either of those ofiered in the Final Honour Examination. It shall be the duty of the Examiners to ascertain that these conditions have been satisfied. 8. In the Final Honour Examination a Candidate may, in ad- dition to any one or more of the above-mentioned subjects, offer himself for examination in one or more of the following subjects : — (1) Crystallography. (2) Mineralogy. (3) Anthropology. (4) Practical Astronomy. 9. In the Class List issued by the Examiners in the Final Honour School letters or signs shall be affixed to the names of those Candidates who obtain Honours, indicating the subject or subjects specified in cl. 5 which they have offered for examination ; the Examiners may also indicate in like manner any subject or subjects mentioned in cl. 8 in which Candidates may have distin- guished themselves in the Examination. 10. A Candidate whose name has been placed in the Class List upon the result of the Final Examination in any one of the subjects mentioned in cl. 5, shall be permitted to offer himself for examination in any other of the subjects mentioned in the same clause at any subsequent Examination before the end of the twentieth Term from his matriculation. 11. The examination in all the departments of this School shall be under the supervision of the Board of the Faculty of Natural Science. The Board shall issue a notice explaining the range of the subjects included in the Preliminary and the Final Honour I. I.e. 6.] AD GUADUS CAPESSENDOS. 115 Examinations respectiYely, and shall have power, subject to the provisions of these Statutes, from time to time to frame and vary regulations for the conduct of the Examinations and to revise its notices. § 6. Of the Honour School of Jurisprudence. Add.p.808. 1. The Examinations in the School of Jurisprudence shall be— Add.p.930. 1. A Preliminary Examination. [1887.] 2. A Final Honour Examination. 2. The subjects of the Preliminary Examination shall be — (i) The outlines of English Constitutional and Political History. (2) The text and matter of a portion of the Institutes of Justinian. (3) Translations from Latin prose authors not specially offered. (4) Either Logic or the first book of Bacon's Novum Organum, or a portion of a Greek, French, or German author with translations from other authors in the language of the Book offered. 3. No Candidate shall be allowed to offer any of the same books or subjects, or, except in cases specially excepted by the Board of the Faculty of Law, a portion of any of the same authors in which he satisfied the Masters of the Schools either at Eesponsions, or at the Examination in subjects additional to Eesponsions, or in which he satisfied the Examiners appointed under the authority of the Delegates of the Examination of Schools, or of the Delegates of Local Examinations. 4. A Candidate shall be allowed to present himself for the Pre- liminary Examination at any time after having satisfied the Masters of the Schools in Eesponsions and in an^dditional Subject offered at Eesponsions. g. The Final Honour Examination in the School of Jurisprudence shall always include — (i) General Jurisprudence ; (2) The History of English Law; (3) Such departments of Eoman Law, and (if the Board of the Faculty shall think fit) such departments of English Law, as may be specified from time to time by the Board ; (4) International Law, or some department of it specified by 116 DE TEMPORE ET EXEItCITIIS KEQUISITIS [VI. I. C, 6. the Board of the Faculty of Law. This may be omitted by Can- didates who do not aim at a place in the First or Second Class. Adcl.p.890. 6. The Examinations in this School shall be under the supervision ['883.] of the Board of the Faculty of Law. The Board may include in the Examinations, either as necessary or as optional, other subjects which they may deem suitable to be studied in connexion with Jurisprudence ; and may, if they shall judge it advisable, require that Candidates who have not been classed in any other School shall take in additional books or subjects, or produce evidence of having been previously examined in such additional books or subjects. The Board may prescribe books or portions of books in any language. 7. Subject to such regulations as the Board may make from time to time, select portions of Historical stud^, approved by the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Modern History), may be substituted by Candidates for portions of Legal study; provided that no Candidate shall be allowed to offer in the School of Jurisprudence any select portion, whether of Legal or Historical study, which he has already offered in the School of Modem History. Adcl.p.8o8. S 7. Of the Honour School of Modern History, [1871.] 1. The Examination in the School of Modern History shall always include — (i) The continuous History of England. (2) General History during some period, selected by the Candidate from periods to be named from time to time by the Board of the Faculty. (3) A special portion of History or a special Historical subject, carefully studied with reference to original authorities. 2. Every Candidate shall be required to have a knowledge of Political Economy, of Constitutional Law, and of Political and Descriptive Geography. 3. A subject or'period of Literature may alSo be added as an optional subject. 4. The Board of the Faculty of Arts (Modern History) shall, by notice from time to time, make regulations respecting the above- named branches of examination, and shall have power (i) To name certain periods of general History, and to fix their limits ; (2) To suggest special portions of History, or special His- torical subjects, or subjects or periods of Literature, prescribing particular authorities where they think it desirable. VI.I. C. 8.] AD GRADUS CAPBSSENDOS. 117 5- Candidates proposing to offer any special portion of History, or any special Historical subject, or any subject or period of Liter- ature not included in the list suggested by the Board of the Faculty, must submit it to the approval of the Board, six months before the Examination. 6. Subject to such regulations as the Board of the Faculty may make from time to time, select portions of Law, approved by the Board of the Faculty of Law, may be substituted by Candidates for the special portions of History or special Historical subject required to be offered ; provided that no Candidate shall be allowed to offer in the School of Modern History any select portion, whether of Legal or of Historical study, which he has already offered in the School of Jurisprudence. 7. The Examination in the special portion of History or special Historical subject, or in the select portion of Law substituted as above, may be omitted by Candidates who do not aim at a place in the First or Second Class. 8. The Board of the Faculty may include in the Examination, either as necessary or as optional, other subjects which they may deem suitable to be studied in connexion with Modern History, and may prescribe books or portions of books in any language. § 8. Of the Honour School of Theology. Add.p.829. [1872.] 1. The subjects of examination in the Honour School of Theology shall be — (i) The Holy Scriptures. (2) Dogmatic and Symbolic Theology. (3) Ecclesiastical History and the Fathers. (4) The Evidences of Religion. (5) Liturgies. (6) Sacred Criticism, and the Archaeology of the Old and New Testaments. 2. The Books of the New Testament shall be studied in the Greek text. The history of the Church and of the Liturgies shall likewise be studied with reference to original authorities. 3. Elementary knowledge of the Hebrew language shall have some weight, advanced knowledge shall have great weight, in the distribution of Honours. Candidates shall be permitted to offer portions of the Septuagint Version, including the Apocryphal Books of the Old Testament. J.. No Candidate shall be placed in the First Class in this School Adcl.p.848. [1876.] 118 DE TEMPORE ET EXEKCITIIS EEQUISITIS [VI. T. C. 8. unless he shall have proved himself well acquainted with the contents of the Old and New Testaments, with Dogmatic Theology, and with the Exegesis of the New Testament, and shall have also shown a good knowledge of two at least of the remaining subjects enumerated above. But no Candidate shall obtain Honours unless, in addition to a com- petent knowledge of the contents of the Old and New Testaments, he shall have given proof of diligent study of the Epistles of Saint Paul, and also of either Dogmatic Theology, or Ecclesiastical History, or the Evidences of Eeligion, or Liturgies, or the Hebrew Language. 5. The Board of the Faculty of Theology may prescribe books in any of the subjects enumerated above to be studied with minute attention, and the names of such books shall be published at least a year before the time of the Examination. 6. The Examiners in this School shall be Members of Convoca- tion, in Priest's Orders, [and shall be nominated by the Vice-Chan- cellor, the Proctors, and three persons serving for three years who shall be named by the Eegius Professor of Divinity, the Margaret Professor of Divinity, the Eegius Professors of Hebrew, of Pastoral Theology, and of Ecclesiastical History, and the Professor of the Exegesis of Holy Scripture, from among themselves *]. Add.p.919. § 9. Of the Honour School of Oriental Studies. [1 886.] 1. Theeb shall be two Examinations in the Honour School of Oriental Studies, an Examination in Indian Studies, and an Examination ,in Semitic Studies. 2. The general subjects of the Examination in Indian Studies shall be the History of India, and the following languages, viz., Sanskrit, Persian, Arabic, Hindustani, Hindi, Marathi, Bengali, Tamil, and Telugu. 3. The general subjects of the Examination in Semitic Studies shall be Arabian and Jewish History and the following languages, viz., Arabic, Hebrew, and Aramaic (including Chaldee, Samaritan, and Syriac). 4. Each of the Examinations shall include special subjects, being departments or periods of history, or subjects studied in connexion with any of the above-mentioned languages. For the purposes of this provision the study of history shall include social and econom- ical history, systems of law, and the history of literature, learning, * Vide infra Commiasionera Statute Conoerning the Nomination of Ex- aminers, VI. x. § 2. (e) p. 159. VI. I. C. 9.] AD GEADUS CAPESSENDOS. 119 philosophy, and religion ; and the study of language shall include the comparative study of languages, or of different periods of a language. Candidates who oifer Sanskrit or Persian may be per- mitted to oflfer Zend as a special subject : and Candidates in the Examination in Semitic Studies may be permitted to offer Assyrian and Ethiopia as special subjects. 5. Every Candidate shall give at least six months' notice of the Add.p.975. subjects which he proposes to offer, to the Secretary to the Boards tio93-j of Faculties. 6. Every Candidate in the Examination in Indian Studies shall be required to offer either Sanskrit or Persian or Arabic, the History of India, and one special subject. Candidates who aim at the highest Honours shall be required to offer two additional lan- guages, or an additional language and an additional special subject. 7. Every Candidate in the Examination in Semitic studies shall be required to offer either Arabic or Hebrew or Aramaic, the general history either of the Jews or of the Arabs, and one special subject. Candidates who aim at the highest Honours shall be required to offer an additional language and an additional special subject. 8. Any Candidate whose name has been placed in the Class List Add. p.973. of the Examination either in Indian Studies or in Semitic Studies ['892-] shall be permitted to offer himself for the other of these two Ex- aminations at any time before the end of the twentieth Term from his matriculation, provided that no such Candidate shall offer any of the languages or subjects already offered by him in the School of Oriental Studies. 9. The Board of Studies for directing this Examination shall consist of three representatives sent by the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Oripntal Languages), one representative sent by the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Literse Humaniores), one representative sent by the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Modern History), and three persons added by co-optation. Every such representative shall serve for two years. Of the three persons added by co- optation, one shall retire at the end of each year. The period of service of co-opted members shall commence on the first day of the Term next following that of their election. 10. The Board of Studies shall, by notice from time to time, make Add.p.941. regulations respecting the two Examinations, and shall have power [1888.J to add, subject to the provisions of clauses 6 and 7, any Oriental language to the subjects of the School, and to prescribe or recom- mend authors or portions of authors or departments or periods in each of the subjects offered in this School. The Board shall also 120 DE TEMPORE ET EXERCITIIS KEQOISITIS [VI. I. C.9. publish lists of special subjects, and shall have power to make regulations as to the selection of them, and (where they think fit) to prescribe particular books. II. Candidates proposing to offer any subject not included in the lists or notices published by the Board must submit it to the approval of the Board six months before the Examination. Ad(l.p.882. § 10. Of the admission of Candidates, and the order [1872] of the Examination. Add.p.913. I. The several parts of the Second Public Examination shall [1885.] ijg jjgiij ijj the following Terms, namely, the Examination of Candi- [iSSs!] dates who do not seek Honours and the Preliminary Examinations Add.p.867. in Mechanics and Physics and in Chemistry and in Jurisprudence in '-' °'-' Michaelmas Term and in Easter or Trinity Term, the Preliminary Examinations in Animal Physiology, in Animal Morphology, and in Add.p.919. Botany in Michaelmas Term and in Hilary Term, and the remaining [1886.] Examinations in the Honour Schools in Easter or Trinity Term. The several parts of the Examination shall begin at the times following : — The Examination of Candidates who do not seek Honours shall begin in the several Groups as follows : — In Michaelmas Term, Add.p.934. in Group A. 1. 2. on the Wednesday in the eighth week; [1887.] jjj Group B. 1. 2. 5. on the Saturday in the eighth week; in Group B. 3. on the Monday in the eighth week ; in Group B. 4. on the Tuesday in the eighth week ; in Group C. 1. 2. on the Friday in the ninth week ; Add.p.927. in Group D. on the Friday in the seventh week ; [^^^^■] and in Easter or Trinity Term, in Group A. 1. 2. on the Wednesday in the week before the Encsenia ; Add.p.934. in Group B. 1.2. 5. on the Saturday in the week before the t'^^M EncEenia ; in Group B. 3. on the Monday in the week before the Encaenia ; in Group B. 4. on the Tuesday in the week before the Encaenia : Add. pp. in Group C. 1. 2. on the Thursday in the second week 95°. 952- before the Encaenia ; in Group D. on the Friday in the second week before the Encsenia. VI. I. C. lO.] AD GEADUS CAPESSENDOS. 121 The Examination in the Schools of Literae Humaniores, Modern History, Jurisprudence, Oriental Studies, and Theology shall severally begin on the Mondayin the second week before the week of the Encaenia. The Preliminary Examinations in Mechanics and Physics and in Chemistry shall begin in Michaelmas Term on the Thursday in the sixth week of full Term, and the Preliminary Examinations in Animal Physiology, in Animal Morphology and in Botany in Michaelmas Term shall begin on the Tuesday in the eighth week of full Term. The Preliminary Examinations in Mechanics and Physics and in Chemistry shall begin in Easter or Trinity Term on the Thursday in the third week before the Encsenia. The Preliminary Examinations in Animal Physiology, Animal Morpho- logy and in Botany shall begin in .Hilary Term on the Monday in Add.p.psi. the eighth week of full Term. The Preliminary Examination in '-^ ^'^ the Honour School of Jurisprudence shall begin in Michaelmas Term on the Monday in the eighth week of full Term, and in Trinity Term on the Monday in the week before tlie Encaenia. The Examination in the Final Honour School of Natural Science shall begin on some day not later than seven days after the ter- mination of the Preliminary Examination in Easter or Trinity Term. The Examination in the School of Mathematics shall begin in Add.p.gsc TrinityTerm on the Thursday in the second week before the Encaenia. [''^89] 2. No Candidate shall be admitted to examination unless his Add.p.929. name shall have been previously in the same Term either given ['°^7-] in by himself or transmitted through his Tutor to the Secretary Add.p.961. to the Boards of Faculties, together with a list of the books and \.^^9^-^ subjects which he offers for Examination. fiSqa 1 3. No Candidate shall be admitted to the Preliminary Examina- tion in Natural Science or to Group C. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. of the Pass School unless he either has passed Eesponsions or is statutably exempt therefrom. No Candidate shall be admitted to the Preliminary Examination in the School of Jurisprudence unless he (i) either has. passed B.esponsions or is statutably exempt therefrom, and (2) either has satisfied the Masters of the Schools in an Additional Subject offered in accordance with the provisions of this clause, or has obtained a Certificate statutably accepted as equivalent thereto, or is exempt therefrom under the provisions either of the Statute on Affiliated Colleges or of the Statute on Colonial and Indian Universities. No Candidate for admission to any part of the Second Public Add.p.9801 Examination shall for that purpose be deemed to have satisfied the [1893.] 122 DE TEMPOEB ET EXEKCITIIS REQUISITIS [VI. I. C. lO. Masters of the Schools in an Additional Subject, if the Additional Subject in which he has satisfied them is a portion of one of the authors in which the Candidate has satisfied the Masters of the Schools as a Stated Subject, or in which he has satisfied the Ex- aminers in any Examination accepted as equivalent to Eesponsions, Add.p.976. No Candidate shall be admitted to examination in Groups [1893.] ^ -g ]-)_ gf ^jjg Pg^gg School unless he either has passed the First Public Examination, or having obtained Honours in Mathematics in the First Public Examination has satisfied the conditions under which such Candidates are statutably exempt from passing the First Public Examination, provided that they pass the Examination appointed for those who do not seek Honours in the Second Public Examination, or has passed the General Examination at Cambridge and has been incorporated at this University, or is qualified for admission under the provisions either of the Statute on Affiliated Colleges or of the Statute on Colonial and Indian Universities. Add.p.976. No Candidate shall be admitted to examination in Group [1893.] C. 1. 2. of the Pass School, unless he either has passed the First Public Examination, or has passed the General Examination at Cambridge and has been incorporated at this University, or is qualified for admission under the provisions either of the Statute on Affiliated Colleges or of the Statute on Colonial and Indian Universities. No Candidate shall be admitted to examination in a Pinal Honour School unless he either has satisfied the conditions under which Candidates are admitted to examination in Group A. of the Pass School, or has satisfied the conditions under which Candi- dates are statutably exempt from passing the First Public Ex- amination, provided that they obtain Honours in one of the Final Honour Schools. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to see that the provisions of this clause are observed. Add.p.868. 4. The days for entering names shall be fixed by the Secretary L'°^°-J and shall be published in the usual manner, provided that Add.p.977. (i) in Michaelmas Term the days for entering names for the L^ 93-J Preliminary Examinations in Mechanics and Physics and in Chem- istry in the Honour School of Natural Science, shall not be earlier than Thursday in the fourth week nor later than Monday in the fifth week of full Term, and the days for entering names for the Preliminary Examinations in Animal Physiology, in Animal Mor- phology, and in Botany in the Honour School of Natural Science, and for the Preliminary Examination in the Honour School of VI. I. C. lO.] AD GEADUS CAPESSENDOS. 123 Jurisprudence, and for the Examination of Candidates who do not seek Honours, shall be not earlier than Thursday in the fifth week nor later than Monday in the sixth week of full Term ; (2) in Hilary Term the days for entering names shall be not earlier than Monday nor later than Friday in the sixth week of full Term ; (3) in Easter or Trinity Term the days for entering names for the Final Examinations in the Honour Schools and for the Preliminary Examination in the Honour School of Natural Science, shall be not earlier than Thursday in the fifth week nor later than Monday in the fourth week before the Encaenia ; and the days for entering names for the Preliminary Examination in the Honour School of Jurisprudence and for the Examination of Candidates who do not seek Honours shall be not earlier than Thursday in the fourth week nor later than Monday in the third week before the Encsenia. 5. A Candidate whose name has not been entered during the Add.p.962. hours fixed by the Secretary in the days hereby prescribed may be ['^9'-] admitted to examination on payment on each occasion of Two Guineas in addition to the statutable fee or fees, if his name shall have been given in to the Secretary not later than noon of the fourth day before the day on which the examination in the School or subject for which he offers himself begins, or if the fourth day be a Sunday, then not later than noon of the Saturday preceding. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to transmit the lists of subjects of all such Candidates immediately .to the senior resident Examiner. 6. The Examiners in the several Schools shall, by arrangement among themselves and with the consent of the Vice-Chancellor, and subject to the provisions hereinbefore made respecting the days of beginning the several parts of the Examination, fix and give public notice of the times and places at which the attendance of Candidates shall be required for examination either in writing or viva voce in each of the Schools respectively. The Examiners in the several Schools shall determine as they think fit the order in which the Candidates shall be examined viva voce. 7. Every Candidate in every School, except in the Honour Add.p.871. School of Mathematics, shall be examined viva voce in some part at [1880.] least of the subjects offered by him. Add.p.963 8. At the close of each day of viva voce examination in the subjects of the Pass School or of the Preliminary Examinations, the Examiners shall make and sign two lists of the Candidates Add.p.980. who have satisfied them in each subject, and shall cause one of ['°93-J these lists to be sent the same day to the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties, and the other to be affixed the same day to a notice- 124 DE TEMPOEB ET EXERCITIIS EEqUISITIS [VL I. C. 10. board at the Schools ; and every such list shall remain so affixed until the names of the Candidates have been published in the manner hereinafter prescribed. The lists of Candidates who have satisfied the Examiners in Groups A. B. D. and in Group C. 1. 2. in the Pass School shall be drawn up in the following form: — Nomina C^ndidaforum qui [die mends et anm\ prout Statuta requirunt examinati in satisfecerunt nobis Examinatorihus. A. B. e Coll. C. D. ex Aul. (E.F. Ita testamur < G. H. The lists of Candidates who have satisfied the Examiners in the Preliminary Examinations shall be drawn up in the following form : — Nomina Candidatorum qui [die mensis et anm\ front Statuta requirunt examinati in rudimentis Jwris-prudeniice [vel in rudi- mentis Meclianicoe et Physicoe vel Chemiae vel Physiologim A nimalium vel Morphologice Animalium vel BotaniccBJ satisfecerunt nobis Examinatoribus. A.B.e Coll. C. B. ex Aul. (E.F. { L M Ita testamur < G. H. vel \ fj n' [l.K. { ^^- ^■ The list in the case of Candidates who have satisfied the Examiners in the Preliminary Examination in Natural Science Iq Mechanics only, shall be drawn up in the following form : — Names of Candidates who [here insert date] having been examined in accordance with the Statutes in the Elements of Mechanics, have satisfied us the Examiners. A. B.—Coll. CD.— Hall ,„. ,x (E.F. (Signed) {qj^ Ad(i.p.844. 9- -A-S soon as the Examination in the Pass School shall have L'°750 been concluded, the Examiners shall direct the Clerk of the Schools to prepare an alphabetical list for each subject in each Group of the names of those who have satisfied them ; and such lists, signed by the Examiners, shall be published in the usual manner. The same course shall be followed at the close of each Preliminary Examination. VI. I. CIO.] AD GEADUS CAPESSENDOS. 125 lo. After all the Caxididates in any Final Honour School shall have been examined, the Examiners in that School shall, so soon as they shall have fully considered the work of the Candidates, distribute the names of such Candidates as shall be judged by them to have shown sufficient merit in four classes, according to the merit of each Candidate, and shall draw up a list accordingly with the names in each class arranged alphabetically. They shall all sign four copies of such list, and shall cause one of the copies to be affixed to a notice-board at the Schools, one to be affixed to the door of the Apodyterium of the Convocation House, one to be sent to the Vice-Chancellor, and one to be sent to the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties. They shall also cause the list to be printed forthwith and to be distributed in the usual manner. The form of such list for the School of Literse Humaniores shall be as follows : — NOMINA CANDIDATOEUM QUI TERMING A.D. AB EXAMINATOEIBUS IN LITERIS HUMANIORIBUS HONOEE DIGNI SUNT HA.BITI, IN UNAQtJAQUE CLASSE SECUNDUM SERIEM LITEEAEUM DISPOSITA. ClASSIS I. A. B. e Coll. G. D. ex Aul. £. F. Schol. non Ascrijit. Classis II. A. B. ex Aul. C. D. Schol. non Ascript. E. F. e Coll. Classis III. A. B. Schol. non Ascript. C. D. e Coll. E. F. ex Aul. Classis IV. A.B.e Coll. C. D. Schol. non Ascript. E. F. ex Aul. A.B. CD. E. F. }• Examinatores. G.H. I.E. 126 DE TEMPOEE ET EXEECITIIS KEQUISITIS [VI. I. C. lO, The same form shall be followed mutatis mutandis in each of the other Schools. The Examiners in the School of Oriental Studies shall issue two lists, viz., one for each of the Examinations in the School. These lists shall be headed by the words In Uteris Indicis and In Literis Add.p.gys. Semiticis respectively, and each shall be signed by all the Examiners '- ^^'' who have acted together in that Examination. 11. If any Candidate in a Final Honour School not placed by the Examiners in one of the four classes has nevertheless satisfied them in one or more of the subjects of the Pass School, they shall give notice thereof at the close of the examination in the form and manner hereinbefore provided in the case of those Candidates who do not seek Honours. But any such Candidate shall not be thereby disqualified from offering himself at any future Examination in the same manner as he might have done if he had not satisfied the Examiners as aforesaid. 12. If it shall appear to the Examiners in any Final Honour School, on application being made to them by any Candidate in such School through his Tutor, that such Candidate has been prevented by illness from showing that he is entitled to a place in the Class List, they shall have power, if in their judgment his Add.p.980. work be of sufficient merit to place his name at the foot of each '- ^^■•' copy of the Class List, and the names so placed shall be distinguished by the word ' aegrotat ' or ' segrotant.' Every such Candidate shall be deemed to have obtained Honours in that School. 13. It shall also be lawful for the Examiners in any Final Honour School, on application being made to them by any Candidate in such School through his Tutor, and with the consent of the Vice- Chancellor, to examine such Candidate at such place and time and in such manner as they shall think fit, and to take the result of such Examination into consideration in adjudicating on the merits of the' Candidate under the provisions of this clause. And it shall be further lawful for the said Examiners, on any applications made in the same way by any Candidate who has completed his Examination on paper in the Schools, but who shall have shown by duly signed certificate that he is unable to return thither through illness, to examine such Candidate viva voce elsewhere, and to place him in such class as he shall have satisfied them he deserves. Add.p.gog. 14. If any Candidate, being disqualified by standing from [1885.] obtaining Honours, shall in the judgment of the Examiners have shown sufficient merit to entitle him but for such disqualification to a place in the Class List, the Examiners shall give notice VL I.D.I. ] AD GUADTJS CAPESSENDOS. 127 thereof at the close of the Examination in the manner hereinbefore provided in the case of those Candidates who do not seek Honours ; and the list of such Candidates shall be drawn up in the following form : — Nomina Candidatorum qui quanquam ad honores non admissi sunt quia sedecim terminos a matriculatione excesserumt, IWmino A.D. in Schola [Lit, Hum,] examinati satis- fecerunt nobis Eoiaminatoribus. A.B.eColl. C. D. ex Aul. Ita testamur E. F. G.H. I. K, L.M, IN. 0. Every such Candidate shall be entitled to supplicate for the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the same manner as if he had obtained Honours in one of the Schools of the Second Public Examination. An alphabetical list of all such Candidates shall be made in the book in which the Class Lists are entered as hereinafter provided. D.— OF THE APPOINTMENT OF MASTEES OF THE SCHOOLS, MODEEATOES, AND PUBLIC EXAMINEES. § 1. Of the appointment of Masters of the Schools. 1. Theee shall be six Masters of the Schools, who shall be Add.p.824. Masters of Arts, or Bachelors of Civil Law or of Medicine, at the C'^^^-] least. They shall be nominated annually in Convocation ; that is to Add.p.878. say, three shall be nominated on the last day of Hilary Term, and Li'82.] three shall be nominated on the last day of Michaelmas Term. Add.p.896. Every Master of the Schools so nominated shall enter upon his ['°*3-] office on the first day of the Term after that in which he shall have been nominated. 2. No one who shall have served the office of Master of the Schools for a period of two years shall be nominated again to the same office until the expiration of one year from the termination of his former service. No one shall at the same time serve the office of Master of the Schools and that of Moderator or of Public Examiner. 128 DE TEMPORE ET EXEECITIIS EEQUISITIS [VI. I. D. 3. § 2. Of the appointment of Moderators. Add.p.855. I. There shall be fourteen Moderators, that is to say, five for A jj' the examination of those Candidates who seek Honours in Greek ii.aa.p.900. [1884.] and Latin Literature ; six for the examination of those Candidates r 88r''i ^^° "^^ ^°^ ^^^^ Honours and for the examination in Holy Scrip- ture ; and three who shall examine Candidates who seek Honours in Mathematics. 2. The Moderators, if Members of the University, shall be Masters of Arts, or Bachelors of Civil Law or of Medicine, at the least, or they may be persons not Members of the University. Add.p.903. 3. The nomination of Moderators for the examination of Candi- ['^^4-] dates who seek Honours in Greek and Latin Literature shall take [1888.] ' place as early as may be in Easter Term ; the nomination of the other Moderators shall take place as early as may be in Hilary Term and Easter Term ; and the name of each person nominated shall, after due notice of the nomination, be submitted singly to the vote of Congregation in the second Congregation for conferring Degrees holden in Hilary Term and on the first day of Trinity Term respectively; and after an interval of seven days, the names accepted by Congregation shall be submitted singly to the Add.p.853. vote of Convocation. Every Moderator so appointed shall enter Li°r7-J upon his office on the first day of the Term after that in which his name shall have been approved in Convocation, except in the case of the Moderators appointed in Trinity Term, who shall not enter upon office until the conclusion of the Examination in Holy Scripture held in the following October. 4. Every Moderator appointed to examine Candidates who seek Honours, either in Greek and Latin Literature or in Mathematics, shall hold his office for two years ; and every Moderator appointed to examine Candidates who do not seek Honours shall hold his office during three Examinations, exclusive of the Examinations in Holy Scripture held in October, and in Hilary Term. 5. No one who shall have> served the office of Moderator for the full period shall be nominated again to conduct the same part of the Examination until the expiration of one year from the termination of his former service. And no two persons who are members of the same College or Hall shall be nominated to serve at the same time as Moderators in the same part of the Examination. VI. I. D.3.] AD GKADUS CAPESSENDOS. 129 § 3. Of the appointment of Public Examiners. Add.p.948. [1888.] 1. Theke shall be the following Public Examiners, that is to say, Add.p.950. eighteen for the Examination of Candidates who do not seek Honours ; t' 889.] seven for the Preliminary Examination in the Honour School of Natural Science, namely, two for Mechanics and Physics, two for Chemistry, one for Animal Physiology, one for Animal Morphology, and one for Botany ; three for the Preliminary Examination in the Honour School of Jurisprudence ; five in the Honour School of LitersB Humaniores ; three in the Honour School of Mathematics ; eight for the Final Honour Examination in the Honour School of Natural Science, namely, two for Physics, two for Chemistry, two for Animal Physiology, two for Animal Morphology ; three in the Final Honour Examination in the Honour School of Jurisprudence j five in the Honour School of Modem History; three in the Add.p.970. Honour School of Theology. In the Honour School of Oriental ['^92-] Studiesif any Candidate proposes to offer Indian subjects, either figo'^i two or three Public Examiners, as the Nominating Committee shall think fit, shall be nominated on each occasion to examiue in Indian Studies ; and if any Candidate proposes to offer Semitic subjects, either two or three Public Examiners shall be similarly nominated to examine in Semitic Studies, provided that the whole number of such Examiners shall not be less than three. Whenever any Candidate has given notice of his intention to offer either Botany or Geology in the Final Honour Examination in the School of Natural Science two Additional Public Examiners shall be appointed to examine in the subject so offered. In the Preliminary Examination in the Honour School of Natural Science the three Examiners in Animal Physiology, Animal Morphology, and Botany, shall act together in the conduct of the Examination in each of those subjects. It shall be lawful for the same person to serve as Examiner (i) in both the Examinations in the Honour School Add.p.975. of Oriental Studies, (2) both in the Preliminary and in the Final ['^93] Examinations in the Honour School of Natural Science. 2. Of the eighteen Examiners appointed for the Examination Add.p.928. of Candidates who do not seek Honours, six shall be nominated for ^^^^^^gL Group A, nine for Group B, viz. three for B (i) and B (2), and B ^1882.] (5), three for B (3), and three for B (4), and three for Group D. 3. The Examination in Group C (i) (2) in the Pass School shall be conducted by the Examiners appointed to examine in the Honour School of Mathematics. 4 The Examiners, if members of the University, shall be Masters Ad'i.p.9.H- 130 DE TEMPORE ET EXEECITIIS BEQUISITIS [VI. 1. D. 3'. of Arts, or Bachelors of Civil Law or of Medicine, at the least, or they may be persons not members of the University. The Exam- iners in the School of Theology shall be members of Convocation in Priest's Orders. Acld.p.904. 5. The nomination of Public Examiners for the Final Examina- [1884.] tions of Candidates for Honours shall take place as early as may AtlcI.p.c)4o. be in Michaelmas Term, except the nomination of Examiners in the [t888.] Pinal Examination in the Honour School of Jurisprudence, and in riSoo*! ^^^ Examinations in the Honour School of Oriental Studies, which shall take place as early as may be in Hilary Term, and the nomi- nation of Examiners in the Final Examination in the Honour School of Natural Science, which shall take place as early as may be in Trinity Term ; the nomination of Public Examiners for the Preliminary Examination in the Honour School of Jurisprudence shall take place as early as may be in Hilary Term and Easter Term ; the nomination of Public Examiners in the Preliminary Examination in the Honour School of Natural Science shall take place as early as may be in ITichaelmas Term; and the nomination of Public Examiners in the Pass School shall take place as early as may be in Hilary Term and Easter Term, and the names shall be sub- mitted to Congregation and to Convocation after like notice and in Acld.p. 853. like manner as has been provided with respect to Moderators, Every Public Examiner so appointed shall enter upon his office on the first day of the Term after that in which his name shall have been approved in Convocation. Provided that the nomination of Addi- tional Public Examiners in Botany or Geology shall take place as early as may be after any Candidate has given notice of his inten- tion to oifer Botany or Geology in the Final Honour Examination of the School of Natural Science; and every Additional Public Examiner so appointed shall enter upon his office as soon as his name shall have been approved in Convocation. Add.p.865. 6. Every Examiner shall hold his office during three Examina- Add^p 956. ^^°^^' ^x'^^Pt t^3,t in the Honour School of Natural Science Addi- [1890.] tional Examiners shall hold office for one Examination, and the other Examiners shall hold office for two years, and that in the Honour School of Oriental Studies Examiners shall hold office for one Examination. 7. No one who shall have served the office of Examiner for the . full period shall be nominated again to serve in the same School until the expiration of one year from the termination of his former service. But this clause shall not apply to the Additional Examiners in the Honour School of Natural Science; and in the Honour .VI.I.D,5] AD GUADUS CAPESSENDOS. iSl School of Oriental Studies it shall be lawful for the same Examiner Adcl.p.97s. to be nominated in three successive years: provided that no l-'°93-J Examiner who has served for three successive Examinations shall be nominated again to serve in the School until the expiration of one year from the termination of his former service. 8. No two persons who are members of the same College or Hall shall be nominated to serve at the same time as Examiners in the same School, unless they are appointed to examine in separate Add.p.907. subjects. This clause shall not prevent the nomination of more ['884.] persons than one who are members of All Souls' College to seire at the same time as Examiners in the Honour Schools of Juris- Add.p.937. prudence and Modern History. '-^ ''^ § 4. Of the supply of Vacancies, 1. If any Master of the Schools, Moderator, or Public Examiner shall die, or shall resign his place, or shall be removed from the same by the Vice-Chancellor or by the two Proctors, his place shall be supplied for the residue of the period for which he was appointed, in the same manner as has been before provided. The period of office of persons appointed under this clause shall Add.p.853. begin in the case of a Master of the Schools on his nomination, Li 77-J and in the case of a Moderator or Public Examiner so soon as his nomination shall have been approved in Convocation. 2. If any Master of the Schools, Moderator, or Public Examiner shall, on account of sickness or other urgent cause, obtain leave of absence from the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors, his place shall be supplied, for that time, by another person, nominated by the Vice- Chancellor and Proctors. But such leave of absence shall in no case be granted to any person for a length of time extending over more than one Examination. § 5. Of the Declaration to be made by Examiners. EvEKT Master of the Schools, Moderator, and Public Examiner, before he enter upon the duties of his office, shall, in the presence of the Vice-Chancellor, make a declaration in the following form : — The Senior Proctor shall say : — Domine Doctor, vel Magisfer, vel Domine, tu ddbis fidem te munus et officium Magiatri Scholarum vel Moderatoris vel Examinatoris sedulo et fdeliter, sepositis omni gdio et amiaitia spe et timore, pro virili exsecuturum forma et modo per statuta requidtis. And the answer shall be : — Dofdem. K 2 ^\ 132 DE TEMPORE ET EXEECITIIS REQUISITIS [VI. I. D. 6. § 6. Of the removal of Examiners for misconduct. If any Master of the Schools, Moderator, or Public Examiner shall in the conduct of the Examination for which he is appointed so act as in the judgment of the Vice-Chancellor or of the two Proctors to appear unmindful of the obligations of his office and the credit of the University, he shall be removed from his office by the Vice-Chancellor or by the two Proctors, as the case may be. Add.p.883. § 7. Of the powers of the Visitatorial Board in respect [•882.] of Examiners. The powers given, in a Statute concerning a Visitatorial Board made by the University of Oxford Commissioners under the Uni- versities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877, to the Visitatorial Board in respect of Professors and Headers may be exercised also under the conditions and in the manner prescribed in the said Statute in respect of the Masters of the Schools, Moderators, and Public Examiners. A,Jd.p.825. E.— GENEEAL EULES EESPECTING THE EXAMINA- [1872.] TIONS FOE THE DEGEEE OF BACHELOE OF ARTS. § 1. Of the Publication of the Wames of Candidates. Add.p.962. I. Befobb each Examination, the Secretary to the Boards of Lio9'-J Faculties shall give public notice of the place and hour at which he will receive the names of Candidates for such Examination. The Secretary shall have power to determine the form in wliich Candidates shall draw up their lists of books and subjects, and may require Candidates to give such information as is necessary to ensure that the provisions for admission to examination are observed. 2. The Secretary shall arrange the names so received in a list or lists, as hereinafter specified with respect to each Examination, shall sign such lists, and shall cause them to be printed and to be distributed in the usual manner, at least three days before the day fixed by Statute for the beginning of the Examination. 3. The lists for each of the several Examinations shall be headed as follows : — For Eesponsions, Add.p.938. Ordo Respondentium termino , vel in mense Septembri, [1887.] A.D. . VI. I.E. I.] AD GEADUS CAPESSENDOS. 133 For the First Public Examination, (i) Nomina examinandorum prima publica examinatione, ter- mino , vel in mense Octobri, A.D. , qui nullum honorem amhiunt in Schola Literarum Grcecarum et Latinarvm,, (A) in Sacra Seri2>tura vel in lihro pro ea substihito ; (B) in Uteris Greeds et Latinis. (2) Nomina examinandoru/m prima publica examinatione, ter- mino , A.D. , qui honorem amhiunt in Schola Literarum Grcecarum et Latina/rum. (3) Nomina examinandorum ^-e , in Schola Disciplina- rum Mathematicarum. For the Preliminary Examinations, (i) Nomina examinandorum examinatione prcevia, termino , A.D. , in Budimentis Scientice Naturalis. (2) Nomina examinandorum examinatione ^jrcewa, termino , A.D. , in Budimentis Jurisprudentice. For the Pass School and the Final Honour Schools, (i) Nomina examinandoru/m secunda publica examinatione, termino , A.D. qui nullum honorem amhiunt. (2) Nomina examinandorum SfC , qui honorem amhiunt in Schola Literarum Humaniorum. (3) Nomina examinandorum 4'C , qui honorem ambiunt in Schola Scientiarum Math, et Phys. (4) Nomina examinandorum ^-c , qui honorem ambiunt in Schola Scientice Naturalis. (5) Nomina examinandoruni Sfc , qui honorem ambiunt in Schola Ju/risjirudentice. (6) Nomina examinandorum SfC , qui honorem ambiunt in Schola Historice Modemoe. (7) Nomina exam,inandorum Sfc , qui honorem ambiunt in Schola S. Theologice. (8) Nomina eaximinandorum Sfc , qui honorem amhiunt in Schola Lilt. Orient. (A) in Literis Indieis; (B) in Add.p.934. Literis Semiticis. [1887.] In every list the names of the Candidates shall be arranged in alphabetical order. 4. The names also of those Candidates who, having omitted to Add. pp. enter their names at the time and place appointed, shall have entered 96^; Q^S- them on a subsequent day, as before provided, shall be placed on supplemental lists, which shall be published in the same way as the first lists. 134 DE TEMPORE BT EXEECITIIS BBQUISITTS [VI. I.E. I. Add.p.877. 6- In case through change of name, migration, or otherwise, the [1882.] identity of a Candidate offering himself for any Examination shall not be frima facie evident, the Secretary may require such further evidence of identity as he may deem necessary. § 2. Of the Lists to be sent to the Senior Examiner. Add.p.962. I. The Secretary to the Boards of Faculties, when he has [1891.] received the names of Candidates for any Examination, shall send the lists of books and subjects presented by the Candidates to the Senior resident Examiner in the School in which they offer them- selves to be examined. Add.p.974. 2. The Secretary before sending the lists to the Senior resident [1893.] Examiner, shall examine each list in order to ascertain whether those provisions of the Statute have been observed which forbid a Candidate in certain cases to offer the same book or subject or a portion of the same author in which he has previously satisfied the Examiners in an Examination of the University or in an Examin- ation which gives exemption from any of the Examinations of the University; and in any case in which these provisions have not been observed, he shall certify to the Examiners the books or subjects which the Candidate hiis previously offered as aforesnid. 3. The Examiners in each School shall ascertain whether the list of books and subjects presented by each Candidate satisfies the conditions of the Statute, and they shall as soon as possible com- municate with any Candidate whose list requires amendment, and shall have power if they think fit to permit any such Candidate to present an amended list. § 3. Of the change of days and hours by the House of Congregation. It shall be lawful for the House of Congregation, on the proposal of the Vice-Chancellor, and after not less than three days' notice, to postpone the days and hours by this Statute appointed for holding the several Examinations. § 4. Of the place of Examination, and the notice to be given to Candidates. I. The Examiners shall, by public notice given in the usual manner, inform the University of the time and place fixed for the beginning of the Examination in each School, and shall afterwards give such notice as they shall deem necessary of the further attend- ance required of Candidates. VI.I. E. 5-] AD GRADUS CAPESSENDOS. 135 2. Any Candidate who shall fail to appear at the time and place appointed for any part of his examination, except for some reasonable cause to be approved by the Vice-Chancellor, shall be incapable of being examined in that School for that time. But if the Vice-Chancellor approve the cause of absence alleged by any Candidate so failing to appear, the Examiners shall assign another place in the order of examination to such Candidate. § 5. Of the conduct of Examinations. 1. The papers proposed for the examination in writing of Can- didates in any Examination shall be previously submitted to all the Examiners conducting that Examination, provided that in the Honour School of Natural Science it shall be sufficient that the papers in each subject both of the Preliminary and the Final Add.p.949. Honour Examinations shall be submitted to all the Examiners ['888.] acting together in the conduct of the Examination in that subject. 2. One Examiner at least shall be present at every practical Add.p.871. Examination and at every Examination in writing, and during the '■^ '"J whole time of such Examinations ; or, if the number of Candidates Add.p.887. examined in any one room be greater than fifty, then one Examiner L'°°3-J at least shall be present for every fifty Candidates so examined, unless it shall appear to the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors that a less number of supervising Examiners will be sufficient. If the Add.p.924. number of Examiners be insufficient for the supervision of the Can- [1886.] didates, the Examiners shall notify the same to the Vice-Chancellor at least four clear days before the commencement of the Examination ; and they shall at the same time submit in writing a plan for the supervision of the Examination, which shall be approved by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors before the Examination begins. The duty of supervising the whole Examination shall devolve in the first instance on the Examiners, provided that not more than two-thirds of their number shall be required to supervise at the same time. If further supervision be required, it shall be the duty of the Pro-Proctors, at the direction of the Proctors, to assist in the supervision of the Examinations, provided that no Pro-Proctor shall be required to supervise on more than four occasions in any one Term. If the number of the Examiners and Pro-Proctors (subject to the above limitations) be together insufficient to carry out the provisions of this Statute, the Proctors shall appoint some other Member or Members of Convocation to be present during the Examination. The names of persons so appointed shall be commu- 136 DE TEMPORE ET EXERCITIIS EEQTJISITIS [VI. I. E. 5. nicated by the Proctors to the Senior Examiner before the Examination begins. Members of Convocation who act in this capacity, not being Pro-Proctors, or persons appointed by an Examiner or Pro-Proctor to act as his substitute as hereinafter provided, shall receive such remuneration as shall be fixed by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors. Any Examiner or Pro-Proctor shall be permitted, with the consent of the Vice-Chancellor, to provide another Member of Convocation to act in his place in respect of the duty of supervision, subject to the approval of the person so substituted by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors. Every Examiner or Pro -Proctor so present, or person appointed as aforesaid, shall give his careful attention to the supervision of the Candidates. Add.p.ooo. 3- The examination of every Candidate in every Examination, [1884.] except in the Examination in Stated Subjects at Eesponsions, Add.p.957. J ^j^ Honour Schools of Mathematics, and in the Examination [1890.3 ... ... of Candidates in the First Public Examination who seek Honours in Greek and Latin Literature, shall be conducted partly in writing and partly viva voce ; and only one Candidate at a time shall be examined viva voce, in any one School. The number of Masters of the Schools, Moderators or Public Examiners who shall act together in the conduct of any Examination shall never be less than three, Add. p 949. except in the Honour School of Natural Science, in which the [1888.J Examination in each subject shall be conducted by the Examiners appointed to act together in the conduct of the Examination in that subject. Add.p.863. 4- No Examiner shall examine viva voce any Candidate who [1879.] belongs to any College or Hall in which he is Tutor or in which he has been Tutor during the two years preceding, or who has been his private pupil within the two years preceding. 5. No Examiner shall take part in adjudicating on the merits of any Candidate who shall not have given careful attention to the examination of such Candidate. And no Examiner in adjudicating on the merits of any Candidate shall take account of any circum- stance not forming part of, or directly resulting from, the examin- ation itself. 6. If in voting upon the place to be assigned to a Candidate in any Class List the Examiners shall be equally divided, the Senior Examiner in that School shall have a second or casting vote : pro- vided that if the Candidate in question shall be of the same College or Hall as the Senior Examiner or of any College or Hall in which he is Tutor or in which he has been Tutor during the two years preceding, or shall have been privately taught by him during the two VI. I.E. 6.] AD GRADUS CAPESSENDOS. 137 years preceding, then the casting vote shall be with the Examiner next in order of seniority, not being disqualified in like manner. 7. If the Masters of the Schools are divided in opinion as to Adcl.p.981. the work of a Candidate, his case shall be decided by the votes of L'893-] the majority. 8. The Examiners in any of the Honour Schools shall, if requested Add.p.926 by the Vice-Chancellor on the application of the Examiners in the t'*°7-J Pass School, assist in the Examination in the Pass School, and they shall in that case receive such remuneration for their assistance as shall be fixed by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors. § 6. Of the Boards of Studies. 1. The Boards of Studies constituted as hereinbefore provided Add.p. 890. for the Examination in Besponsions, the Examination in the First t'°°3-J Public Examination of Candidates who do not seek Honours, the Examinations in the Honour School of Oriental Studies, and the Examination in Groups A and B of the Pass School of the Add.p.^49. Second Public Examination, and the Boards of the Faculties of Li°°°-J Theology, Law, Natural Science, Arts (Literae Humaniores), and Arts (Modern History), shall exercise a general supervision over the subjects of examination in the several Schools placed under them by the foregoing provisions of the Statutes. The Boards of Studies and Boards of Faculties shall from time to time, subject to the Add.p.952. provisions hereinafter contained, issue lists of books and subjects [1889.] in each School. They shall have power to fix, if they think fit, the minimum amount of work to be offered by Candidates for Honours, and to make such further regulations as they shall deem necessary for carrying out the provisions of the Statute. 2. Each Board of Studies shall every year elect one of its mem- bers to be Chairman. In case of an equality of votes, the Chairman shall have a second or casting vote. Each Board of Studies shall meet each year as early as conveniently may be in Michaelmas Term, and at other times when summoned by the Chairman. The Chairman shall always summon a meeting when requested to do so by two members of the Board. 3. When an elected member vacates his seat otherwise than by Add.p.938. lapse of time, the Board which elected the member so vacating L'°o7-] shall elect another person to occupy his place for the unexpired residue of his term of office. 4. The Secretary to the Boards of Faculties shall, before the Add.p.9g3. expiration of the Easter Term of each year, send to the Vice- [^893.] 138 DB TEMPORE ET EXEECITIIS EEQUISITIS [VI. I. E. 6. Chancellor complete copies of the regulations of the several Boards of Faculties and Boards of Studies ; and the Vice-Chancellor shall cause these regulations to be published, so soon as may be, in such manner as he shall think fit. No change subsequently made by any Board in its regulations shall affect any Examination held before the beginning of the Michaelmas Term in the Calendar year following the date of such publication. Add.p.981. § 7. Of the Eegistration of Class Lists and of the names ['893] of Candidates who have satisfied the Examiners, I. At the close of each day of viva voce examination in any School, the Examiners in that School shall enter the names of all Candidates who have satisfied them on that day in a book to" be Add.p.940. kept by them for the purpose. Every entry in such book shall [1888.] contain the name of every Candidate so entered as it appears in riSo T^ ^^® ■''^*' is^u^'i ^y ^^^ Secretary to the Boards of Faculties. Add.p.957. 2. At the close of the Examination in Stated Subjects at [1890.] Eesponsions and the Preliminary Examination for Students in Music, the Masters of the Schools shall enter the names of all Candidates who have satisfied them in these subjects in a book to be kept by them for the purpose. Every entry in such book shall contain the name of every Candidate so entered as it appears in the Secretary's list. Aild.p.482. 3- The Masters of the Schools and the Moderators who examine ['874.] those who do not seek Honours at the First Public Examination, and the Examiners in the Pass School in the Second Public Examination Add.p.958. and in the Preliminary Examination in the Honour School of [1890.] Jurisprudence, shall at the same time append to the name of each Candidate so entered a list of the books and subjects in which he has passed. Add.p.96i. 4- Also, at the close of the Examination in each Honour School [1889.] of the First and Second Public Examinations, a copy of the list of Candidates who have obtained Honours at that Examination, or who have sati-fied the Examiners under any of the foregoing provisions, shall be made in the book kept for that purpose. And in the Schools of Jurisprudence and Modem History the Examiners shall append to the name of each Candidate so entered a note of the select portions, whether of Legal or Historical study, in which he has been examined. 5. Each day's entry of the names of Candidates who have satisfied the Examiners and each copy of the Class Lists, above VI. I.E. 9-] AD GRADUS CAPESSENDOS. 139 required to be made, shall be certified by the signatures of all the Examiners who have acted together in the conduct of the Exam- ination, or who have drawn up the Class List, as the case may be. 6. The books above directed to be kept for each School shall, after the close of the Examination, remain in the custody of the Eegistrar of the University, and any question thereafter arising, with respect to the result of any Examination, shall be determined by reference to such books. § 8. Of the Proctorial authority of Examiners. In the absence of the Proctors, the Masters of the Schools, Moderators, and Public Examiners shall, on each day of examination, have proctorial authority within the precincts of the Schools. § 9. Of the Interpretation of certain terms. 1. In this Section of the Statute, unless the context otherwise require, the word ' Examiners ' shall be taken to include Masters of the Schools and Moderators ; the word ' Examination ' shall be taken to include Kesponsions ; and the word ' School' shall be taken to include any part of an Examination in which a certain number of Examiners act together as a distinct examining body. 2. For the purpose of this section of the Statutes a person shall Add.p.907. be deemed to be a member of that College only through which he Li°°4J pays his dues or has compounded for the payment of his dues to the University, but in case he is a Tutor or Fellow of another College, then of that College or those Colleges only of which he is Tutor or Fellow. 3. In the interpretation of all provisions by which the Examiners in any School, or the members of any Board of Studies, are distin- guished as Junior or Senior respectively, seniority shall be estimated as between Doctors according to the provisions of Tit. XI. § 2 ; as between Bachelors of any faculty and Masters of Arts respectively according to priority of presentation to the Degree of Master of Arts or to the Degree of Bachelor of Civil Law or of Medicine. And in all cases in which it shall be necessary for the due regula- tion of the succession among the Examiners in any School, or the members of any Board of Studies, that one of two or more persons should retire before the expiration of his period of service, then the junior of such persons shall retire. 4. For the purpose of all provisions respecting the day of holding any Examination^ or of entering the names of Candidates for any 140 DE TEMPORE ET EXEECITIIS RBQUISITIS [VI.I. E. 9. Examination, the Easter and Trinity Terms of the same year shall be reckoned as one Term. And no provision respecting the standing of Candidates shall be BO construed as to debar any Candidate from offering himself for any Examination held in either Easter or Trinity Term, who might have offered himself if the same Examination had &llen that year in the other of those two Terms. Adcl.p.8,i;3. 5. Every Master of the Schools, Moderator, and Public Examiner '-' ^'"J shall be deemed to hold office until the beginning of the period of office of his successor. Add.p.882. 6. For the purpose of this Statute the Hebdomadal Council shall '-' ^■■' before the end of Easter Term in each year appoint the day on which full Term shall be reputed to commence in the Easter and Michaelmas Terms of the ensuing year and in the Hilary Term of the year following. Add.p.490. Sectio II.— DE TEMPOBB ET EXEBCITIIS BEQIH- [1855] SITIS AD GBADTJM MAGISTBI IN ABTIBITS. § 1. Quot anni in bonarum literarxun studio ponendi requirantur ad gradum Magistri in Artibus. Add.p.755. I. Baccalaureis in Artibus licebit termino a matriculatione '■' ■■' vicesimo septimo gratiam suam petere ad incipiendum in eadem facultate, modo per omne id tempus coUegio vel aulae cuipiam ascripti, vel in registro penes delegates scholarium null! Collegio vel Aulse ascriptorum asservato inscripti fuerint. Quod si alicujus nomen per aliquod tempus a regestis sive collegii vel aulae sive delegatorum scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aula3 ascriptorum ab- fuerit, id tempus pro nihilo habebitur. Add.p.537. 2. Liceat Baccalaureis in Jure Civili vel Medicina, post absolu- l-' * ■-' turn a tempore matriculationis suse vicesimum sextum terminum, exactis iisdem declarationibus et subscriptionibus quae nunc a praesentandis pro gradu inceptoris in Artibus exiguntur, ad inci- piendum in Artibus admitti ; et iisdem, postquam in Artibus ince- perint, gradum Baccalaurei in facultate sua retinere. Add.p.ro forma res2)ondit. f C T) Ita testamurs E. F. \G.H. 4. Examinatio secunda bis quotannis habeatur; ita ut altera vice primo Martis die mensis Maii, altera primo Martis die mensis Novembris incipiat. Nemini sese examinandum sistere liceat, nisi qui testimonium primse examinationis peractse exhibuerit. Quilibet Candidatus, priusquam admittatur ad examen, Examina- toribus tradat approbandum Canticum quinque saltem partium, cum modulatione quinque saltem instrumentorum chordatorum ; et simul det fidem, addito etiam chirographo suo, se totum illud canticum composuisse. 142 DE TEMPORE ET EXEECITIIS EEQUISITIS [VI. III. I. 5. Deinde fiat Examinatio, partim viva voce, partim per scripta, ita ut in quinque vocum vel sonorum concinentium inter se rationibus, quod contrapunctum vocant, exercitia praBstent; necnon de Historia Artis Musicae, de instrumentorum usu nuisico- rum, de eximiorum quorundam musicorum operum a Professore Musicse identidem designandorum forma et structura interrogati respondeant candidati. . Si quem dignum invenerint Examinatores, exemplar Cantici ejus in schola Musicse reponatur, et testimonium ei detur, sub hac forma : A. B., die , A.D. , j)ro gradu Baccalaurei in Musiea, ecmtico quinque partium composito, et exwminatione Itahita, satisfecit nobis examinatorihus. (CD Ita testamur) E. F. \ G.H. 6. All Certificates of having satisfied the Examiners in either Examination shall be delivered to the Candidates by the Clerk of the Schools, who shall receive the sum of one shilling from the Candidate for each such Certificate. Add.p.966. § 2. Of the Examinations preliminary to the First [1891.] Examination. 1. EvEBY Candidate in the First Examination shall exhibit to the Professor of Music a certificate or certificates that he has either passed Eesponsions or an examination statutably exempting therefrom, or that he has satisfied the Masters of the Schools in the Preliminary Examination hereinafter provided for Students of Music. 2. There shall be a Preliminary Examination for which Students of Music may offer themselves. This Examination shall be under the supervision of the Board of Studies for Eesponsions, and shall be conducted by the Masters of the Schools at the same time as Eesponsions. Every Candidate shall be examined in any two of the following languages — Greek, Latin, French, German, and Italian. Candidates who offer Greek or Latin shall be required to translate passages from one of the Greek or Latin books which may be offered by Candidates who present themselves for examina- tion in Stated Subjects, and also to translate a passage or passages from a prose work or works not specially offered by them. Candidates who offer French, German, or Italian shall he required — (i) to offer a portion of a French, German, or Italian VI. in.3.J AD GKADUS CAPESSENDOS. 143 historical or philosophical author selected from such list as the Board of Studies shall appoint. Every such Candidate shall be examined in the contents as well as in the text of the book which he offers. (2) To translate a passage or passages from a prose work or works not specially offered by them. 3. Candidates shall be required to enter their names for this Examination in accordance with the regulations prescribed for Candidates in Kesponsions : but no Candidate who offers himself for this Examination shall be permitted to offer himself at the same time for the Examination in Stated or Additional Subjects in Eesponsions. 4. At the close of the Examination, so soon as they shall have fully considered the work of the Candidates, the Masters of the Schools shall issue Certificates to all Candidates who shall have satisfied them. The Certificates shall specify in each case the books and subjects offered by the Candidates. The form of Certificate in the case of Candidates who have satisfied the Masters of the Schools in this Examination shall be : ' A. B. [of College, or not yet a member of the University, as the case may be] having been examined as a Student of Music in [here add names of books] on [here insert date] has satisfied the Masters of the Sehoolf. C. D.- E.E. 5. The Senior Master of the Schools shall direct the Clerk of the Schools to prepare an alphabetical list of the names of the Candidates who have received Certificates, and such lists shall be published in the usual manner. 6. All Certificates of having satisfied the Masters of the Schools in this Examination shall be delivered to the Candidates by the Clerk of the Schools, who shall receive the sum of one shilling from the Candidate for each such Certificate. 7. Candidates shall also be admitted to the First Examination under the provisions of the Statute regulating the examination of women. § 3. Quot anni ponendi sint in studio vel praxi Musieae Corp. Stat. pro gradu Doctoris in Musica. ''[^1636] Statuttjm est quod Baccalaureus Musieae, priusquam ad Docto- ratum promoveatur, quinque annos post susceptum gradum in studio vel praxi Musieae ponat ; et id ipsum sub chirographis hominum fide dignorum testatum afferat. ^' I Masters of the Schools.' 144 DE TEMPORE ET EXEECITIIS REQUISITIS [VI. III. 4. Add. pp. § 4. De exercitiis per inceptorem in Musica praestandis. .';46-7. [1856.] Baccalaubetjs Musicse, priusquam ad incipiendum in eadem facultate admittatur, examen subeat et canticum componat. Add.p.977. Examen illud quotannis primo Martis die mensis Novembris ^^■-' incipiat, et ab iisdem personis et eodem modo qnibus ante capessendum gradum Baccalaurei habeatur niai quod nulla sit viva voce interrogatio. Cantici vero haec sit ratio, scilicet ut sit octo partium cum modulations plense orchestrse. Candi- datua quoque eodem modo, quo supra dictum est, testetur se Aiid.p.964. canticum illud composuisse. Probati a professore Heatheriano [■og'-J cantici exemplar in manum professoris tradat reponendum in schola Musicae. Quibus exercitiis per eundem prsestitis, per publicum ejusdem facultatis prselectorem Heatherianum, aut alium quemvis per eundem assignatum, gratia ipsius in domo Congregationis proponatur ; qua concessa, per eundem professorem Heatherianum, si jus habeat in Convocatione suffragandi, sin minus, per alterutrum professorem Savilianum (qui ad hoc alternis praestandum teneantur), vel per alium quemvis in Artibus Magis- trum ab iia deputatum, ad gradum praesentetur. Haec quae nunc statuuntur de exercitiis ad gradus in Musica capessendos necessariis illos obligent omnes qui Baccalaureatum in Musica ambibunt post primum diem termini Michaelis, a.d. 1856. Sectio IV.— de tempore ET EXERCITIIS REQUISI- TIS AD GRADUS IN JURE CIVILI CAPESSENDOS. Add.p.8ii.§ 1. Of the qualifications of Candidates for the Degree t'^7i-] of Bachelor of CivU Law. Adil.p.840. Any person who has been admitted to the Degree of Bachelor L'°74-J of Arts may supplicate for the Degree of Bachelor of Civil Law in the twenty-seventh Term from his Matriculation, provided that he shall have passed the Examination hereinafter prescribed, and shall have had his name on the Books of some College or Hall or on the Register of Non- Collegiate Students for twenty-six Terms. § 2. Of the subjects and method of the Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Civil Law. I. The Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Civil Law shall include — VI. IV. 3-] AD GEADUS CAPESSENDOS. 145 1. Jurisprudence, General or Comparative. 2. Boman Law. 3. English Law. 4. International Law. The Board of the Faculty of Law shall from time to time determine Adcl.p.890. what branches of the subjects above named shall be offered, and L^°°3-] may, if they think fit, prescribe books to be read by Candidates. 2. The Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Civil Law Add.p.869. shall be conducted by the Begins Professor of Civil Law, or some [1880.] other Professor or Eeader in the Faculty of Law deputed by him, Add.p.896. together with not less than three, nor more than four, other Ex- [^°830 aminers, to be nominated annually in Easter or Trinity Term, the Add.p.910. names of the persons so nominated to be approved by Convocation. ['885.] 3. The Board of the Faculty of Law shall exercise a general supervision over the subjects of Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Civil Law, and shall from time to time issue lists of books and subjects, and shall have power to make such further regulations as it shall deem necessary for carrying out the provi- sions of the Statute. 4. Honours may be obtained at the Examination for the Degree Add.p.867. of Bachelor of Civil Law by any Candidate who shall not have t'88o.] exceeded the twenty-fifth Term from his Matriculation. § 3. Of the admission of Candidates, and of the conduct of the Examination. 1. The Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Civil Law Add.p.969. shall be held once in every year, and shall begin on the Tuesday C^^S^O -n • Add. p. 975* in the second week before the Encsema. [1893.] 2. No Candidate shall be admitted to Examination unless he has been admitted to the Degree of Bachelor of Arts. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to see that this condition is observed. 3. No Candidate shall be admitted to Examination unless he shall, not less than four weeks before the day for the commence- ment of the Examination, have forwarded his name and a list of the subjects in which he offers himself for Examination, to the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties, paying to him at the same time the fee of £1 IS. The Secretary shall have power to determine the form in which Candidates shall draw up the lists. Every Candidate shall state on his list the year and Term in which he was matriculated, and it shall be the duty of the Secretary to verify, or, if necessary, to correct the statement, and to certify it to the Examiners. L 146 DB TEMPOEB IT EXERCITIIS REQUISITIS [VI, IV. g Add.p.870. 4- The ExamIng,tion shall be conducted partly in writing and [1880.] partly viva voce. 5. One Examiner at least shall be present during the whole time of the Examination in writing. 6. At the close of the Examination, the Examiners shall deter- mine among themselves on the merits of each Candidate examined by them, and shall distribute the names of such Candidates (not being disqualified by standing) as they shall judge to have shown sufficient merit into three Classes, according to the merit of each Candidate ; and shall draw up a list accordingly, with the names Add.p.981. in each Class arranged alphabetically, and shall place at the foot L 93.J of the list the names of those Candidates who, being disqualified by standing, have shown sufficient merit to entitle them but for such disqualification to a place in the Class List. And such list, signed with the names of all the Examiners, shall be published in such manner as is before provided with respect to the Exam- inations for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts, 7. At the close of the Examination ^ copy of the Class List and also an alphabetical list of the other Candidates who shall have satisfied the Examiners shall be made in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall be certified by the signatures of the Examiners. Such book shall, after the close of the Examination, remain in the custody of the Eegistrar of the University; and any question thereafter arising with respect to the result of the Examination shall be determined by reference to such book. § 4. Of the Admission of Bachelors of eivil Law to the Degree of Doctor of Civil Law. Add.p.939. I. Ant person who has been admitted to the Degree of Bachelor [1887.] q£ Civil Law may supplicate for the Degree of Doctor of Civil Law, provided that he shall have occupied himself in the study of Civil Law for five complete years, to be reckoned from the date of his admission to the Degree of Bachelor of Civil Law, and shall have written a Dissertation upon some legal topic approved of as here- inafter provided. 2 . The Dissertation shall be upon a subject previously approved by the Regius Professor of Civil Law, and shall be delivered to the Eegius Professor, who shall submit it for the approval of the Board of the Faculty of Law, and that Board shall in writing report to the Regius Professor as to the sufficiency of the Dissertation to entitle the Candidate to the Degree of Doctor in Civil Law, VI. V. 3.] AJD GEADUS CAPESSENDOS. 147 3. If the Dissertation shall be reported by the Board of the Faculty of Law to be of sufficient merit to entitle the Candidate to the Degree of Doctor of Civil Law, it shall be read by the Candi- date publicly in the Schools, or some other fitting place to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor, in the presence of the Eegius Professor of Civil Law, and on a day to be by him appointed. 4. A Candidate for the Degree of Doctor of Civil Law may offer as his Dissertation a book, treating' in a scientific manner of a legal subject, already printed and published of which he is the author. In such case the subject need not be previously approved by the Eegius Professor, nor need the Dissertation be read publicly by the Candidate, provided that it shall have been duly reported as aforesaid to have been approved by the Board of the Faculty of Law. § 5. De incorporandis in Jure Civili graduatis. Add.p.837. Unusquisqub graduatus in Jure Civili ex alia academia hie \^ incorporandus, priusquam in matriculam hujus academise refer- [1888,] atur, testimonia coram Vice-Cancellario exhibeat, quibus liquido pateat eum exercitia praestitisse omnia quae in sua academia nondum graduati pro Baccalaureatu in Artibus prsestare tenentur. Cautum sit insuper ne quis in Jure Civili graduatus incorporetur, nisi examinationes prius subierit, tempus compleverit, et reliqua praestiterit omnia quae per banc sectionem requiruntur. Sectio v.— of the times and exercises Adcl.p.921. REQUIRED FOR DEGREES IN MEDICINE. [i(>S6.-] § 1. Of the qualifications of Candidates for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine. Ant person who has been admitted to the Degree of Bachelor of Arts may supplicate for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine, provided that he shall have passed the Examinations hereinafter prescribed. § 2. Of the subjects and method of the Examinations for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine. 1 . Thebe shall be two Examinations for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine. 2. The subjects of the First Examination shall be — i. Organic Chemistry in its special relation to Physiology and .Medicine. ii. Human Anatomy. L 2 148 DE TEMPOEE ET EXEKCITIIS EEQUISITIS [VI. V. 3. Add.p.963. iii. Human Physiology. '- ^'■■' iv. Materia Medica and Pharmacy. The subjects of the Second Examination shall be — i. Medicine. ii. Surgery, iii. Midwifery. iv. Pathology. V. Forensic Medicine and Public Health. Provided always that — i. No Candidate in the First Examination shall be required to offer Organic Chemistry whose name has been placed in the first or second class by the Examiners in the School of Natural Science in the subject of Chemistry. ii. No Candidate in the First Examination shall be required to offer Human Physiology whose name has been placed in the First or Second Class by the Examiners in the School of Natural Science in the subject of Animal Physiology. iii. No Candidate, unless he shall have obtained exemption under the foregoing provision, shall be allowed to offer to be examined in Human Anatomy at a different time from his exami- Add.p.981. nation in Human Physiology, nor shall the Examiners certify that [1893.] }jg jjg^g satisfied them unless he has satisfied them in both subjects ; but with this exception the subjects of the First Examination may be offered either separately or in any combination and in any order. 3. The Board of the Faculty of Medicine shall exercise a general control over the conduct of the Examinations, and shall from time to time issue notices defining the matter which shall be offered in each of the above-named subjects. 4. The Board shall have power to make such further regulations as it shall deem necessary for carrying out the provisions of this section of the Statutes. 5. The Examinations shall be conducted by Boards of Ex- aminers, of each of which the Regius Professor shall be a member : provided that the Vice-Chancellor may nominate some other Pro- fessor in the Faculty to act in case of his absence as his deputy. The other Examiners shall be as follows : — For the First Examination, six Examiners, of whom one shall be appointed to examine in Organic Chemistry, two to examine in Human Anatomy, two to examine in Human Physiology, and one to examine in Materia Medica and Pharmacy. The Examiner in Materia Medica and Pharmacy shall take part if required in the VI. V. 3.] AD GRADtrS CAPESSENDOS. 149 examination in Organic Chemistry, and the Examiner in Organic Chemistry shall take part if required in the examination in Materia Medica and Pharmacy. For the Second Examination, seven Examiners, of whom two shall be appointed to examine in each of the subjects of Medicine, Surgery, and Midwifery, and one to examine in Pathology. The Examiners appointed for Medicine, Surgery, and Midwifery shall also examine in Forensic Medicine and Public Health, and shall take part if required in the examination in Pathology. The Eegius Professor or his Deputy shall always be deemed to be Senior Examiner. The Examiners shall be nominated in each case for three years, the names of the persons so nominated to be approved by Convo- cation. § 3. Of the admission of Candidates and of the conduct of the Examination. 1. Oe the Examinations for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine, Add.p.963. the Examination in Human Anatomy and in Human Physiology L'°9'-] shall take place twice in every year, namely, in Michaelmas Term and in Trinity Term ; the other Examinations shall take place once in every year in Trinity Term. Each Examination shall begin on a day and at a place or places to be fixed by the Eegius Professor of Medicine subject to the approval of the Vice-Chancellor. Not less than a month's notice shall be given of the day so fixed, and not less than seven days' notice shall be given of the place in which the Examinations are to be held and the hour at which they are to begin. 2. No Candidate shall be admitted to any Examination unless he shall have given in his name to the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties at least fourteen days before the first day of the week in which the Examination is to be held. The fee for admission to the Examination shall at the same time be paid to the Secretary. 3. No Candidate shall be admitted to Examination in any of Add.p.973. the subjects of the First Examination unless he has satisfied the L^°9^-i Examiners in the School of Natural Science in the Preliminary Examination in Mechanics and Physics, in Chemistry, in Animal Morphology and in Botany, or has passed some Examination of the University in Physics and Chemistry and elementary Animal Morphology and elementary Botany approved by the Board of the 150 DE TEMPORE ET EXEKCITIIS EEQUISITIS [VI. V. 3. Faculty of Medicine. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties to see that these conditions are observed. 4. No Candidate shall be admitted to the Second Examination unless he has passed in all the subjects of the First Examination. It shall be the duty of the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties to see that these conditions are observed. 5. The Examinations shall be conducted partly in writing, partly viva voce, and shall in each subject be partly practical. 6. During the whole time of the Examination in writing, one Examiner at least, or some Member of Convocation appointed for the purpose by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors, shall be present; during the whole time of that part of the Examination which is practical there shall be present at least one Examiner in that de- partment in which the Practical Examination is being held ; and during the whole time of the viva voce Examination all the Examiners in the subject in which the viva voce Examination is being held shall be present. 7. At the close of each Examination the Examiners shall make and sign lists of the Candidates who have satisfied them in the several Examinations. Each list shall be signed by the Eegius Professor of Medicine or his Deputy, and by the Examiners appointed for the subjects in which the Candidate has passed. Such lists, in the case of Candidates passing the First Examina- tion in Human Anatomy and in Human Physiology, or in Human Anatomy only, under the foregoing provisions, shall be in the following form : — Nomina Candidatorum qui die A.D. pro gradu Ad(l.p.936. Baccalaurei in Medicina et pro gradu Baccalaurei in Ghirurgia [1887.] prout Statuta requirunt examinati in. Anatomia et in Phydologia Hominum satisfecerwnt nobis Examinatorihus. A.B.e Coll. G. B. ex Aul. (E.F.,Prof.Reg.\ Ita testamur < G. H. \ Examinatores. [ 4-c. J In the case of Candidates passing the Second Examination the lists shall be in the following form : — Nomina Candidatorum qui die A. D. 2''''° gradu BofCcalaurei in Medicina et pro gradu Bacedlav/rei in Chvrwrgia VI. V. 4-] AD GEADUS CAPESSENDOS. 151 prout Stafuta requirunt examinati in Medieina in Ghirwrgia et in Arte Obstetrica aatisfecerunt nobis Examinaiorihua. A. B. e Coll. O. D. ex Aul. C E. F., Prof. Reg. \ Ita testamur Examinatores. ( #c. J In the case of Candidates satisfying the Examiners in Organic Chemistry only, or in Materia Medica and Pharmacy only, the lists shall be in the following form : — Nomina Gandidatorwm qui die ■— A. D. in Glvemia Organica [vel in Materia Medica\ examinati satisfecerunt nobis Examinatoribus. A.B.eGoll. G. D. ex Aul. (E. F., Prof. Reg. \ Ita testamwr <0.H. V Examinatores. 1 4e. ) All such lists shall be published in such manner as is before provided with respect to the Examinations for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts. 8. A list of the names of those who have satisfied the Examiners shall be made in a book to be kept for the purpose, and shall be signed by the Examiners. This book shall after the close of the Examination be placed in the custody of the Registrar of the University, and any question thereafter arising with respect to the result of any Examination shall be determined by reference to such book. § 4. Of the Admission of Bachelors of Medicine to the Degree of Doctor of Medicine. r. Ant person who has been admitted to the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine may supplicate for the Degree of Doctor of Medicine, provided that he has entered upon the thirty-ninth Term from his Matriculation and that his name has been on the Books of some College or Hall or on the Register of Non-Collegiate Students for twenty-six Terms, and that he has written a dissertation approved as hereinafter provided. Every such dissertation shall be on a subject connected with the Science or Practice of Medicine, and must include the History and Literature of the subject treated of. 153 DE TEMPORE ET EXERCITIIS KEQUISITIS [VI. V. 4. 2. The dissertation shall be delivered to the Eegius Professor of Medicine, and shall be submitted by him to and be subject to the approval of those Professors of the Faculty and Examiners for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine for the time being whose special subjects are dealt with in it. Add.p.976. 3. The dissertation shall, if the Eegius Professor of Medicine so [1893.] direct, be publicly read on a day appointed by him. 4. A Candidate for the Degree of Doctor of Medicine may offer as his dissertation a work already printed or published if written by him since taking his Degree of Bachelor of Medicine, and if such printing and publication shall have taken place within the two years immediately preceding. Add.p.940. 5- Every person admitted to a degree in Medicine or in Surgery [1888.] ghall be entitled on his admission to receive from the Registrar a formal certificate in attestation of such degree. 4.dd p.281;. § ^' ^® incorporandis Medicinse graduatis. [1833.] Unusquisque graduatus in Medicina, ex alia academia hie incor- [1860.] ' porandus, priusquam in matriculam hujus academise referatur, Add.p.840. testimonia coram Vice-Cancellario exhibeat, quibus liquido pateat '^ eum exercitia prsestitisse omnia quae in sua academia nondum grad- uati pro Baccalaureatu in Artibus prsestare tenentur. Cautum sit insuper nequis in Medicina graduatus incorporetur, nisi examina- tiones prius subierit, tempus compleverit, et reliqua praestiterit omnia quae per prsesens hoc statutum requiruntur. Add.p.923. Sectio VI. — OP DEGREES Ilf SURGERY. [1886.] §1. Of the Sub-Faculty of Surgery. The Faculty of Medicine shall include within it a Sub-Faculty of Surgery. § 2. Of the Degree of Bachelor of Surgery. EvEET person admitted to the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine shall ipso facto be admitted also to the Degree of Bachelor of Surgery. § 3. Of the Degree of Master of Surgery. I. Ant Bachelor of Surgery may supplicate for the Degree of Master of Surgery in the twenty-seventh Term from his Matricula- tion, provided that he has passed the Examination hereinafter pre- scribed, and has had his name on the books of some College or Hall or on the Eegister of the Non-CoUegiate Students for twenty-six Terms, VI. TI. 3.J AD GRADUS CAPESSENDOS. 153 2. The subjects of the Examination shall be the practice of Surgery, Surgical Anatomy, and Surgical Operations. 3. The Board of the Faculty of Medicine shall exercise a general control over the conduct of the Examination, and shall have power to issue such notices and to make such further regulations as it shall deem necessary for carrying out the provisions of the Statutes relating thereto. 4. The Examination shall be held once in every year in Trinity Term after the completion of the Second Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine, and shall begin on a day and hour and at a place to be fixed by the Regius Professor of Medicine subject to the approval of the Vice-Chancellor. Not less than seven days' notice shall be given of the time and place so fixed. 5. The Examination shall be conducted by the Eegius Professor of Medicine, together with the two Examiners appointed to examine in Surgery for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine. 6. No Candidate shall be admitted to the Examination unless he shall have given in his name to the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties at least fourteen days before the first day of the week in Vifhich the Examination is to be held. The fee for admission to the Examination shall at the same time be paid to the Secretary. Every Candidate who is not already a member of the Surgical Stafi' of a recognized Hospital shall at the same time produce a certificate of having acted in such a Hospital as Dresser or House-Surgeon for six months. Every such certificate shall be countersigned by the Eegius Professor of Medicine. 7. No Candidate shall be admitted to the Examination unless he shall have passed the Second Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine. It shall be the duty of the Examiners to ascertain that this condition has been satisfied. 8. At the close of the Examination the Examiners shall make and sign lists of the Candidates who have satisfied them. The following shall be the form of the list : — Nomina Candidatcyrum qui [die mensis et anni] pro gradu Magistri in Ghirurgia prout Statuta requirunt examinati satisfece- runt nobis examinatoribus. A. B. e Coll. 0. D. ex Aul. ( E. F., Prof. Reg. \ Jta testamur Examinatores. [i.e. ) , ^ ^ i> k i l54 DE TKMPOEE ET EXEECITIIS EEQUISITIS [VI. VI. 3. The list shall be published in such manner as is before provided with respect to the Examinations for the Degree of Bachelor of Arts. 9. A list of the names of those who have satisfied the Examiners shall be made in a book to be kept for the purpose, and shall be signed by the Examiners. This book shall after the close of the Examination be placed in the custody of the Kegistrar of the Univer- sity, and any question thereafter arising with respect to the result of the Examination shall be determined by reference to such book. 10. Every Master of Surgery being otherwise duly qualified shall be entitled without further payment of fees to supplicate for Add.p.976. the Degree of Master of Arts ; and every Master of Arts being L'893-] otherwise duly qualified shall be entitled without further payment of fees to supplicate for the Degree of Master of Surgery. Add.p.846. Sectio VII— of holding AN EXAMINATION IN [1875-] PREVENTIVE MEDICINE. Add.p. 982. I. Theeb shall be holden in every year, in Michaelmas Term, [1893.] an Examination in subjects bearing on Preventive Medicine and Public Health, for the purpose of granting certificates of proficiency therein. The certificates so granted shall be styled Diplomas in Public Health. 2. There shall be four Examiners*, viz. the Eegius Professor of Medicine, who shall preside over the Examination, and three other persons, nominated, subject to the approval of Convocation, to serve for three years. The Examiners, if members of the University, shall be Masters of Arts, or Bachelors of Civil Law or of Medicine, at the least, or they may be persons not members of the University. One of the Examiners shall always be a Medical Ofiicer of Health or an Inspector under the Local Government Board. 3. The subjects of Examination shall be — General Hygifene ; General Pathology, with special relation to Infectious Diseases ; Laws relating to Public Health ; Sanitary Engineering ; Vital Statistics. * Vide Commissioners' Statute Concerning the Ifominhtion of Meaminert, p. 158, and Statt. Tit. VI. Sect. x. § 2. ol. 3 (A), p. 160. VI. VII. 7.J AD GRADUS CAPESSENDOS. 155 4. The ExamiBation sLall be open to persons who shall have obtained the degree of Bachelor of Medicine in the University, and to all Eegistered Medical Practitioners, provided regulations be made for that purpose by the Board of the Faculty of Medicine. But no person shall be admitted to the Examination until his name has been on the Medical Eegister of the United Kingdom for at least twelve months, nor until he shall have spent after registration a period of at least six months studying in a Public Health Laboratory approved by the General Medical Council and by the Board of the Faculty of Medicine, and a period of at least six months studying under a Medical Officer of Health of a County or of a City or Town containing not less than 50,000 inhabitants, or partly of one, and partly of the other. 5. The form of Diploma shall be as follows : — ' We the undersigned Examiners in the University of Oxford hereby certify that we have duly examined A. B. of Bachelor [or Doctor] of Medicine, in subjects bearing upon Pre- ventive Medicine and Public Health, according to the Statute made by the University in that behalf, and that he has shown a competent knowledge of the same. Witness our hands this day of in the year of our Lord C. D., Regius Professor of Medicine, E. F. a. H. L J. K. L.' 6. At the close of the Examination a list of the Candidates who shall have received Diplomas shall be made in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall be certified by the signature of the Ex- aminers. Such book shall after the close of the Examination remain in the custody of the Eegistrar of the University. 7. The Examination shall be under the supervision of the Board Add.p.983. of the Faculty of Medicine, who shall from time to time determine ['*93-] what branches of the subjects above named shall be included in the Examination. The Board shall also make regulations respecting the date of the Examination, the entering of names, the issuing of diplomas, the certificates to be required from Candidates, and the time of nominating Examiners. The Board may also, if it think fit, draw up instructions for the guidance of Examiners. 156 DE TEMPORE ET EXEKCITIIS REQUISITIS [VI. VIII. I. Add.p.492. Sectio VIII.— DB tempore ET EXEBCITIIS REQUISI- ['855] TIS AB GBADUS IN THEOLOGIA CAPESSENDOS. § 1. Quot anni in studio Sacrse Theologise ponendi requi- rantiir ad gradtun Baccalaurei in S. Theologia. Statctum est ut unusquisque, antequam Baccalaureatum in S. Theologia consequatur, gradum Magistri in Artibus suscipiat, et Add.p.777. postquam in ilia facultate inceperit, per triennium completum (nu- [1869.] merando a die suae admissionis ad regendum), sive intra academiam sive alibi, S. Theologise operam dedisse teneatur. § 2. Exercitia pro gradu Baccalaurei in S. Theologia prsestanda. Add.p.746. !• Qui ad gradum Baccalaurei in S. Theologia promoveri cupiat [1868.] is priuBquam gratiam proponat duas dissertationes a se Anglice conscriptas,materiem aliquam Theologise sive dogmaticae sive criticae a professore regie approbatam tractantes, coram prsedicto professore publice in schola Theologica recitet, eique earundem dissertationum exemplaria finita lectione tradat. 2. Ante hujusmodi exercitia habenda, nomen candidati una cum thesibus per septem dies integros significetur, schedula monitoria ad collegiorum et aularum prsefectos delata et ad portam insuper refectorii vel promptuarii cujusque collegii et aulse affixa. Add.p.283. 3- Insuper statutum est quod nemo ad gradum Baccalaurei in ['833.] Sacra Theologia admittatur, nisi qui in sacrum presbyterorum ordinem prius fuerit admissus : qua de re literas testimoniales ab episcopo qui manus ei imposuerit pro more concessas, vel saltem certificatorium registrarii dioeceseos chirographo munitum, Vice- Cancellario coram Congregatione Magistrorum regentium exhibere teneatur. Add.p.493. § 3. Quot anni in studio S. Theplogiae ponendi ad [1855]. incipiendum in Theologia requirantur. Statutum est ut qui ad Doctoratum in S. Theologia aspirat, post Busceptum Baccalaurei in Theologia gradum per quatuor annos integros, sive intra academiam sive alibi, S. Theologise studio in- cumbat, priusquam ad incipiendum in eadem facultate admittatur. Corp. Stat. § 4. Exercitia pro gradu Doctoris in Sacra Theologia p. 45- prsestanda. Add.p.746. Antequam Baccalaureus S. Theologise ad incipiendum in eadem [1868.] facultate admittatur, publice in Schola Theologica tres S. Scrip- VI. IX. 5-] AD GEABUS CAPESSENDOS. 157 turae partes, sive continuas sive discretas, tribus diversis diebus Anglice legat et explicet. Priusquam vero legere exordiatur, tem- pus quo lecturns est et subjectum de quo leget ante tres dies significet, schedula monitoria ad collegiorum et aularum prsefectos delata et ad portam insuper refectorii vel promptuarii cujusque collegii et aulee affixa. Sectio IX. — QUOMODO et UWDE COMPUTANDUM Add.p.493. SIT TEMPI7S SINGULIS GBADIBXJS CAPESSENDIS [1855] PRJESTITUTUM. 1. QuONlAM tempus singulis gradibus capessendis prsestitutum alias annorum alias terminorum numero in his ipsis statutis exprim- itur, ne qua inde cavillandi ansa subministretur, prsesenti statuto cautum est ut ubicunque tempus gradui cuivis prsestitutum per annos computatur, eadem temporis mensura in terminos resoluta, singulis annis quatuor terminos deputando, prsestituta esse intelli- gatur. Utpote ubi tres anni requiruntur, duodecim termini, ubi quatuor, sedecim termini intelligendi sunt ; et sic in cseteris. 2. Insuper in iis gradibus qui a non graduatis primo suscipiun- Add.p.626. tur, tempus bujusmodi gradui prsestitutum per terminos residentiee [1859.] computandum est. 3. In iis vero gradibus qui a Baccalaureis cujuslibet facultatis capessuntur, a tempore praesentationis ad gradum Baccalaurei in eadem facultate ; — 4. Iniistandem gradibus qui gradum Magistralem prsesupponunt, a tempore admissionis ad regendum, computandum erit tempus. 5. Denique, quoniam baud pauci singulis terminis unum aut alterum diem in Universitate commorantes officio suo et statutis A.dd.p.4g4. satisfecisse, et vel sic terminos ad gradum requisitos complevisse se [1855.] putant, statutum est quod nemo qui nondum gradum aliquem adeptus fuerit, terminos ad gradum suum requisitos complevisse ^^^ 210 reputandus sit, nisi qui singulis terminis Micbaelis et HUarii per [1819.] sex septimanas, singulis autem termiuis Pascbatis et Trinitatis per rig^gi ' tres septimanas, vel saltern in duobus bisce terminis conjunctim Add.p.66o. computatis per dies octo et quadraginta in Universitate commoratus . jj, L fuerit. [1868.J 158 DE TEMPOKE ET EXEKCITIIS KEQUISITIS ["VI. X. I. Sectio X.— DE EXAMINATORTJM WOMINATIONE. § 1. Concerning the Nomination of Examiners. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877, Ap2>roved by the Queen in Council, i8ih August, 1882. 1. The Masters of the Schools, the Moderators, the Public Examiners, and the other Examiners mentioned in this Statute shall be nominated in the manner hereinafter prescribed. 2. Every nomination shall be made by a Committee of not fewer than six persons, of whom three shall be the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors for the time being, and three others shall be elected by one or more of the Boards of Faculties within the University. 3. At any meeting of a Nominating Committee, if the Vice- Chancellor be absent, a Pro- Vice-Chancellor may act for him. 4. Every nomitiation shall be made by a majority of votes. When the votes are equal, the Vice-Chancellor, or in his absence the Pro- Vice-Chancellor acting in his place, shall have an addi- tional casting vote. 5. The University may from time to time make regulations, not inconsistent with the foregoing provisions, respecting the constitu- tion and proceedings of the Nominating Committees, and any other matters relating to them which it may be expedient to regulate by Statute. 6. Except as regards the power of nomination and the persons by whom such nomination is to be made, this Statute shall not be deemed to repeal or affect any existing Statute of the University respecting the appointment of Masters of the Schools, Mode- rators, and Public Examiners; and in particular it shall not be deemed to repeal or affect any provision of any such Statute, whereby the names of persons nominated are to be submitted to the vote of the Congregation and Convocation of the University, or of either of them. 7. Every nomination shall be signified in writing by the Nominating Committee to the Vice-Chancellor. When by any existing Statute for the University a nomination is required to be made in Convocation, it shall be sufficient that the nomination shall be pubHcly notified in Convocation by the Vice-Chancellor. Acld.p.884. § 2. Of the Committees for the Nomination of Examiners, [1882.] j^ rpjjj, jjm)ri]tier of each of the Committees constituted by a Statute made by the University of Oxford Commissioners con- VI. X. 2.] AD GRADUS CAPESSENDOS. 159 cerning the Nomination of Examiners shall be six, and four shall be a quorum. 2. The elected members of each Committee shall hold their places for three years, and one shall retire every year. In case of a vacancy happening out of order the place shall be supplied for the residue of the time for which the vacating member was elected. No vacating member shall be re-eligible until the expiration of two years from the time when his place shall have become vacant. 3. There shall be : — (a) For the nomination of Masters of the Schools and of the Add.p.912. Moderators for the examination of those who do not seek Honours, '-' ^'^ Committees, of each of which the three elected members shall be chosen, two by the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Literse Humaniores), and one by the Board of the Faculty of Natural Science. (6) For the nomination of the Moderators for the examination of those who seek Honours in Greek and Latin Literature, of the Public Examiners in Group A of the Pass School, and of the Public Examiners in the Honour School of Literse Humaniores respectively. Committees, of each of which the three elected members shall be chosen by the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Literse Humaniores). (c) For the nomination of the Public Examiners in the Honour School of Modern History, in Group B (i), (2), and (5), and in Group B (3) of the Pass School, a Committee, of which the three elected Add.p.934. members shall be chosen by the Board of the Faculty of Arts l-ios?.] (Modern History). (d) For the nomination of the Moderators in Mathematics, of the Public Examiners in the Honour School of Mathematics, and Add. p. 949. of the Public Examiners in the Honour School of Natural Science, L'888.J Committees, of each of which the three elected members shall be chosen by the Board of the Faculty of Natural Science. (e) For the nomination of the Public Examiners in the Honour School of Theology and of the Public Examiners in Group D of the Pass School, a Committee, of which the three elected members shall be chosen by the Board of the Faculty of Theology. (f) For the nomination of the Public Examiners in the Final Add.p.934. Honour School of Jurisprudence and in Group B (4) of the Pass '-' ^'^ School, and of the Examiners for the Degree of Bachelor of Civil Law, a Committee, of which the three elected members shall be chosen by the Board of the Faculty of Law. Provided always that the Piegius Professor of Civil Law or some other Professor of the Faculty nominated by him on each occasion to act as his Deputy 160 DE TBMPOKE ET EXEECITIIS KEQTJISITIS, ETC. [VI. X. 2. shall be an ex officio Examiner in the Examination for the Degree Add.p.Qo. of Bachelor of Civil Law. For the nomination of Examiners in '■■' the Preliminary Examination in the Honour School of Jurispru- dence, a Committee, of which the three elected members shall be chosen, one by the Board of the Faculty of Law, one by the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Literse Humaniores), and one by the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Modern History). Add.p.934. (g) For the nomination of the Public Examiners in the Honour I-' ^•J School of Oriental Studies, a Committee, of which the three elected members shall be chosen, one by the Board of the Faculty of Arts (LitersB Humaniores), one by the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Oriental Languages), and one by the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Modern History). Add.p.920. {h) For the nomination of the Examiners in the two Exami- [1886.] nations for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine and of the Ex- aminers in Preventive Medicine, a Committee, of which the three elected Members shall be chosen by the Board of the Faculty of Medicine : provided always that the Regius Professor of Medicine shall be an ex officio Examiner in the Examinations for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine and Master of Surgery and in Preventive Medicine, and that in case of his absence the Vice-Chancellor may appoint some other Professor in the Faculty to act as his deputy. Add.p.929. Sectio XI.— op assessors TO EXAMIITEES, 1^'^^7-^ AND ADDITIONAL EXAMINERS. 1. The Examiners (under which term shall be included Masters Add.p.949. of the Schools and Moderators) in any Examination may, with the '-'J consent of the Vice-Chancellor, request other persons, selected by them and approved by the Vice-Chancellor, to act with them in particular parts of the Examination as Assessors. 2. The persons so acting as Assessors shall make a report to the Examiners on the parts of the Examination submitted to them, but shall have no right of voting on the place of any Candidate in a Class List, nor on the question of his having satisfied the Examiners. 3. The remuneration of Assessors so selected and approved and of additional Examiners shall be fixed by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors. TITULUS YII CONCERNING UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES. Sectio I.— concerning SCHOLARSHIPS. § 1. Of the Fellowships and Scholarships on the Add. p. 9 14 Foundation of John Lord Craven. Statutum Eegia auctoriiate sancitum, a.d. 1885. 1. The annual income of the foundation of John Lord Craven shall be applied to the maintenance of two Fellowships and six Scholarships for the promotion of classical learning and taste, to be styled the Craven University Fellowships and Craven University Scholarships respectively. 2. The Fellowships shall be open to all who shall have passed the Examinations required for the degree of Bachelor of Arts and who shall not have exceeded the twenty-eighth Term from their matriculation. They shall be of the annual value of ^£200, and shall be tenable for two years. 3. One Fellow shall be elected annually in Michaelmas Term by a Committee of five persons appointed for the purpose by the Board of the Faculty of Arts (Literae Humaniores). The Com- mittee shall have power to elect either without examination or after such examination in Greek and Latin literature, history and antiquities, or in some part of these subjects, as they shall think fit. 4. Each Fellow shall enter on his Fellowship on the first of January following his election. He shall be required as a condition of his becoming entitled to the emoluments of his Fellowship to spend at least eight months of each of the two years of his tenure thereof in residence abroad for the purpose of 162 TTNIVEKSITY SCHOLARSHIPS [VII. I, I. study at some place or places approved by the electing Committee. But the electing Committee shall have power to allow such resi- dence to be postponed for any period not exceeding six months, and to authorise the payment of such part of the emoluments as they shall think reasonable to a Fellow who shall have failed to complete his period of residence. The electing Committee may require the Fellow to produce such evidence of diligence in the prosecution of his study as they shall think expedient. 5. The Scholarships shall be open to all members of the Uni- versity who shall not have exceeded the sixteenth Term from their matriculation. They shall be of the annual value of £40 each, and shall be tenable for two years. 6. Three Scholars shall be elected annually in Michaelmas Term. The examiners for the Scholarships shall be three persons nominated by the Committee appointed for the election to the Fellowship. No two Examiners shall be of the same College or Hall : and the same person shall not be nominated as Examiner more than twice consecutively. 7. The examination shall be the same as that held for the election to Dean Ireland's Scholarship, and the person elected to be Dean Ireland's Scholar, if he has not already been elected to a Craven Scholarship, shall be elected at the same time to the first Craven Scholarship. 8. No person shall be elected a second time to a Craven Scholarship. g. The Committee appointed to elect to the Fellowship shall give a notice of not less than twenty days of the time and place at which they will receive the names of Candidates : and in case they determine to hold an examination they shall give a further notice of not less than ten days of the time and place thereof. The electors to the Scholarships shall give a notice of not less than twenty days of the time and place of the examination. Every such notice shall be affixed to the door of the Convocation House, and to a notice-board in the Schools, and in each College and Hall. 10. Every Candidate for the Scholarships shall produce to the Examiners the written consent of the Head or Vicegerent of his College or Hall, or of the Censor of Non-Collegiate Students, together with proof of his standing, two days at least before the commencement of the examination. Every Candidate for the Fellowship shall produce the like consent, together with proof of his standing and of his having passed the Examinations required VIT, I. 3.] AND PRIZES. 163 for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, on or before the day appointed by the Committee for receiving the names of Candidates. 11. When an election to a Fellowship or to Scholarships has been made, the electors shall certify it to the Vice-Chancellor, who shall cause it to be announced to the University by a paper affixed to the door of the Convocation House. In addition to the names of the persons elected the paper shall contain the names of Candidates who shall have been mentioned by the Examiners as having been distinguished in the examination : and the same record shall be kept of all such names as of the Fellows and Scholars elected. 12. The Trustees of the foundation shall have power to apply so much of the income as they shall think necessary towards the expense of any examination for the Fellowship or the Scholarships, including the honorarium of the Examiners. The surplus of the annual income shall be carried to a fund, to be called the Craven University Fund, from which grants may be made from time to time by Decree of Convocation for any purpose connected with the advancement of classical learning. § 2. De Scholaribus Caroli Viner. Statutum Regia auetoritate sancitum, a.d. 1867. 1. Tees sint acholares Vineriani. Horum unusquisque percipiat Add.p.yso. quotannis octoginta libras, et post triennium absolutum beneficio ['°"7'J suo cedat. 2. Si quis scholaris, quacunque de causa, beneficio suo cesserit ante absolutum triennium, stipendii ejus quod supererit insequenti anno, vel insequentibns annis, professori pendatur, ad summam annuam DC librarimi adimplendam, ne cista academioa plus sequo prsegravetur. 3. Eligatur quotannis in termino S. Hilarii, die a Vice- Cancellario constituenda, unns scholaris et non plures, post ex- aminationem habitam eo consilio ut qui dignissimus sit cseteris prseferatur. Candidatus unusquisque, venia prius a prsefecto collegii vel aulae suae, vel ab ejus deputato, impetrata, nomen suum apud examinatores profiteatur, tiiduo ad minimxun ante exami- nationem habendam. Electores sunto Vice-Cancellarius, professores quotquot erunt in facultate Juris, necnon examinatores public! in Add.p.887. schola jurisprudentise. Hi singulis annis, termino S. Michaelis L'**3] si commode fieri poterit, tres examinatores, quorum unum saltern e suo ipsorum nimiero esse volumus, nominent. Materies examina- M 2 164 UNIVEKSITY SCHOLAESHIPS [VII. I. 2. tionis sit Jus Civile, jus belli ao pacis, jus naturae ac gentium, ao speciatim jus Anglise et publicum et privatum. 4. Scholaris ne eligatur nisi qui duos ad minimum annos a tempore matriculationis suse compleverit, necdum sex annos ab eodem tempore excesserit. Quilibet prseterea scholaris, si nondum advocatus in jure Anglicano renuntiatus fuerit, Vice-Cancellarium quotannis certum faciat se nomen registro hospitii alicujus juris- consultorum Londinensium inscriptum habere, vel saltern se legum Anglise studio bona fide incumbere. 5. De forma, tempore, et materie examinationis, de examinato- ribus, de conditionibus scholarium, liberum esto academies aliter statuere si profuturum esse ei videbitur. 6. Si quis e scholarium numero pravis moribus academiam dedecoraverit, vel statutis ad ipsum spectantibus morem gerere recusaverit, beneficio sue privetur per Vice-Cancellarium et delegates Add.p.925. appellationum in Congregatione, vel majorem partem eorum. § 3. De Scholari domini Doctoris Johnson in seientiis Mathematicis. Statutum Regia auctoritaie sancitum, a.d. 1864. Add.p.671. QuTjM vir admodum reverendus Joannes Johnson S.T.P. coUegii '-^ ^'J B. Marise Magdalense nuper socius in testamento supremo diserte significaverit se in votis habere ut scientiarnm mathematicarum studium donatione sua promoveret, jam vero per annorum seriem satis compertum sit, conditiones suds proprise voluntati vix re- spondere ; placuit Universitati, virtute statuti 25 et 26 Vict. c. cxxvi, hseo quae sequuntur statuere : Vide Ap- That moiety of the proceeds arising from Dr. Johnson's be- pend. G. 3, quest which is appropriated to the promotion of mathematical studies shall henceforth be given annually in money to the senior University mathematical scholar, who shall be called the ' Johnson University scholar.' § 4. On the Kennicott Hebrew Scholarships. Add.p.915. Statutum Regia auctoritate sancitum, a.d. 1885. [1885.] I. There shall be two Scholarships for the promotion of Hebrew studies, to be called respectively the Senior Kennicott Scholarship and the Junior Kennicott Scholarship. II. The Senior Scholarship shall be open to all members of the VII. I. 4.] AND PRIZES. 165 University of Oxford who shall have passed the Examinations for the degree of B.A., and shall not ou the first day of Michaelmas Term in the year in which the Scholarship is awarded have ex- ceeded twelve years from their matriculation. The Junior Scholar- ship shall be open to all members of the University of Oxford who shall have passed the Examinations for the degree of B.A., and shall not on the first day of Michaelmas Term in the year in which the Scholarship is awarded have exceeded thirty Terms from their matriculation. III. The Senior Scholarship shall be tenable for two years from the day of election, and the emoluments of the Scholarship shall consist of a sum of £120, which shall be paid to the Scholar by the Curators of the University Chest out of Mrs. Kennicott's be- quest so soon as the Scholarship shall have been awarded. The Junior Scholarship shall be tenable for one year from the day of election, and the emoluments of the Scholarship shall consist of a stipend of £120, which shall be payable to the Scholar by the Curators of the University Chest out of Mrs. Kennicott's bequest in three equal instalments, under the conditions as to residence hereinafter specified. IV. The Senior Scholarship shall be awarded in the Michaelmas Term of every alternate year to the Candidate who on or before the first day of that Term shall have sent in that which in the judgment of the Electors is the best dissertation on a subject con- nected with the Hebrew language or literature ; the subject of such dissertation shall be selected by the Candidate himself, sub- ject to the written approval of the Eegius Professor of Hebrew : provided that the Electors shall not be bound to award the Scholarship to the writer of any dissertation which is not in their judgment of sufficient merit to entitle it to such award, and pro- vided also that they shall have power, if they think fit, to examine the writer of any dissertation in the subject of that dissertation and in questions arising immediately out of it, and to take the results of such examination into account in making their award. The Junior Scholarship shall be awarded every year in Michaelmas Term after a public examination held in the manner hereinafter provided : the subject of such examination shall be the Hebrew language and literature. And since a knowledge of the cognate Semitic languages is essential to a thorough understanding of Hebrew, opportunity shall be given to Candidates for showing their acquaintance with such languages. Nevertheless a Scholar- ship shall not be awarded to a Candidate, how well soever ac- 166 TINIVBESITY SCHOLAfiSHIPS [VII. 1. 4. quainted with any or all of the cognate languages, unless he be also a proficient in Hebrew. V. No person shall be received as a Candidate for the Junior Scholarship without the consent of the Head of his College or Hall, or the consent of the Vicegerent in the absence of the said Head, or, in the case of Students not attached to any College or Hall, of the Censor of Non-Collegiate Students : which consent, together with the time when the Candidate matriculated and took his degree, shall be certified to the Regius Professor of Hebrew, under the signature of the said Head or Vicegerent or Censor of Non-Collegiate Students, three days at least before the com- mencement of the examination. VI. The Electors to both Scholarships shall be the Begins Professor of Hebrew, and any other two members of the Uni- versities of Oxford or Cambridge or Dublin not under the degree of Master of Arts, to be nominated by the Board of Management of the Pusey and EUerton Scholarships and approved by Convoca- tion. The two persons thus appointed shall receive a remuneration for their services out of the Kennicott Fund. In case however of the vacancy of the Hebrew professorship, or the unavoidable absence of the Professor, a third person, not under the degree of Master of Arts, may act in his stead : such person to be nominated and approved in like manner as the other two. VII. The day and place of examination for the Junior Scholarship shall be fixed for the first week of the Michaelmas Term, unless for some sufficient reason another time be appointed by the Board aforesaid. And the Electors shall give public notice of not less than ten days for the holding of such examination. No person who shall have been elected to either of the Scholarships shall be eligible for election to the same Scholarship a second time. The election when made shall be notified by the electors to the Vice- Chancellor, who shall forthwith cause it to be announced to the University by a paper affixed to the door of the Convocation House. VIII. Other Candidates who do well in the examination shall be named by the electors, if any shall seem to them to be of sufficient merit, and a permanent record of their names shall be kept. The Electors shall also have power, if the income of the Kennicott Fund shall admit of it, to award prizes of money or books to such Candidates. The Electors shall not be bound to elect to the Junior Scholarship in any year, if no Candidate shall offer himself whom they shall judge to be of sufficient merit. VII. I. 4.] AND PRIZES. 167 IX. Every Junior Scholar shall reside for seven entire weeks during the Michaelmas and Lent Terms severally of the year of his scholarship, and seven weeks in the interval between the com- mencement of Easter Term and the twenty-first day of Act Term, unless he can make it apparent to the Board aforesaid that he can pursue the study either of Hebrew or of any of the cognate languages to greater advantage elsewhere, or unless he shall undertake work in some department of these studies, prescribed by the Regius Professor of Hebrew and sanctioned by the Board aforesaid : such work, when done, shall be submitted to the said Professor, and approved by him before the Scholar receives his stipend for the Term or Terms during which he shall have been absent from the University. X. If any Junior Scholar shall not reside in any Term (uidess on the ground of serious illness, attested by a medical certificate to be approved by the Vice-Chancellor, or unless the Board afore- said have granted a dispensation for study elsewhere, or unless the work prescribed have been done and approved in the manner hereinbefore mentioned), the stipend of his scholarship for that Term shall be forfeited. XI. The stipend shall be paid to each Junior Scholar by the Curators of the Chest at the end of each Term on his producing a certificate, signed by the Head or Vicegerent of his College or Hall or by the Censor of Non-Collegiate Students, that he has complied with the conditions of this Statute as to residence or otherwise. The Curators shall also discharge all other expenses incident to the election of the Scholars out of the Kennicott bequest. XII. In case the funds arising from this endowment should not be sufficient in any one year to pay the full stipends assigned by this Statute, there shall be a proportionable deduction made by the Curators of the Chest from the stipend payable to each Scholarship. XIII. Any sum of money arising from forfeitures or from occasional vacancies in these Scholarships shall be applied by the Board of Management of the Pusey and EUerton Scholarships for the benefit of the Kennicott Scholars, or for additional prizes, or for any other purpose connected with the original object of this Foundation, namely, the promotion of the study of Hebrew. XIV. The provisions of this Section shall not apply to any Scholar who shall have been elected prior to the same having received the assent of Her Majesty in Council, but such Scholar 168 UNIVERSITY SCHOLAESHIPS [VII. I. 4. shall continue to hold his Scholarship subject to the same con- ditions as were in force at the time he was elected. Adcl.p.643. § 5. De Scholaribus e fundatione Bodeniana. [1861.] Vide etiam Ceetambn pro scholar! e fundatione Bodeniana eligendo singulis 2 ^nfra " ' ^^'li® termino S. Hilarii (nisi aliter academia pro re nata decre- verit) die ab electoribus indicendo habeatur. Adi1.p.292. § 6. De electione Seholarium qui ex bonis collegii [1834.] Hertfordensis annuo praemio donandi sunt. 1. QuuM ex bonis collegii Hertfordensis baud ita pridem dis- soluti pecuniae queedam jussu regio a.d. 181 8 academise accreverint, sub hac tamen conditione, ut, post obitum Ricardi Hewitt, A.M. ejusdem collegii olim socii, publica examinatione de tempore in tempus habita, scholaris aliquis eligeretur secundum statutum aliquod ab academia sanciendum ; quumque mode praedictus Ricardus Hewitt e vivis excesserit : Placuit academise, quo adolescentium studia ad diligentiorem literarum Latinarum cultum Add.p.943. melius dirigantur, certamen proponere quotannis termino Michaelis [i8'*8-] habendum. 2. In hoc certamine examinatorum infra designandorum munus erit, quocunque examinationis genere iis placuerit, candidates omnes tarn Latine scribendo, quam auctorum Romanorum scripta interpretando exercere ; eumque demum eligere quern prse cseteris eminere judicaverint, turn propter elegantiorem expeditumque sermonis usum, tum propter facultatem criticam literarumque Latinarum in genere peritiam. 3. Tres igitur sunto examinatores, qui ante biennium vel in facultate Artium inceperint, vel gradum Baccalaurei in Jure Civili susceperint, a Vice-Cancellario et Procuratoribus nominandi, et deinceps a venerabili domo Convocationis approbandi. 4. Cuivis autem liceat, modo duos annos integros a tempore matriculationis suae non compleverit, candidatum se prsestare ; iis solum exceptis, qui in hoc certamine prsemium aliquando reportaverint. 5. Locus examination! habendse aliquis intra soholarum prse- cinctus a Vice-Cancellario assignetur. 6. De loco sic destinato, necnon de tempore examinationis, postquam inter ipsos convenerit, examinatores per schedulam monitoriam ad coUegiorum et aularum preefectos deferendam, et VII. I. 7.] AND PHIZES. 169 ad portam insuper refectorii vel promptuarii cujusque collegii et Add.p.293. aulse affigendam, die decimo quarto ante diem constitutum, [^^34-] certiorem faciant academiam. 7. Unusquisque oandidatorum nomen suum coram examina- toribus profiteri, et literas simul commendatorias a preefecto collegii vel aulse suae, vel ab ejus deputato, exMbere tenebitur ante diem tertium ad minimum quam ad examinationem pro- cedatur. § 7. Of the Denyer and Johnson Scholarships in Theology. Statutum Regia auctoritate sancitum, a.d. 1879. 1. The annual proceeds of the benefaction of Elizabeth Denyer, Add.p.866. widow, and of that moiety of the benefaction of John Johnson, [1878.] D.D., which he appropriated to the promotion of the study of Theology, shall continue to form an endowment fund for Theological Scholarships, to be called the Denyer and Johnson Scholarships, as was provided by a Statute made in the year 1863 under the powers given by the Act 25 and 26 Vict. c. cxxvi. There shall be two such Scholarships, not three as heretofore. They shall be tenable for one year with a stipend of fifty pounds each. No Scholar shall be re-eligible. 2. Candidates for the Scholarships must be Bachelors of Arts in the University who have not exceeded twenty-seven Terms from their Matriculation. The standing of Candidates who have been matriculated in the University of Cambridge or in the University of Dublin before their Matriculation at Oxford shall, for the purpose of this Statute, be computed from the date of their Matriculation at Cambridge or at Dublin, as the case may be. In such computation, Easter Term at Cambridge or at Dublin shall be reckoned as equivalent to Easter and Trinity Terms at Oxford. 3. The examination shall take place annually in Hilary Term, and the Examiners shall give public notice of the day fixed for the beginning of the examination not less than a fortnight beforehand. 4. The subjects of examination shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Studies for the Honour School of Theology, and shall be announced not less than a year before the date of the examination. 5. Candidates for the Scholarships shall send in their names with the certificates of their Matriculation at Oxford (and at Cambridge or Dublin if they have been matriculated in either of 170 CNIVEKSITY SOHOLAKSHIPS [VII. I. 7. those Universities) to the senior resident Examiner at least five days before the day fixed for the beginning of the examination. The names of the Scholars elected shall be announced in order of merit. 6. Three Examiners, who must be members of Convocation in Priest's Orders, shall be nominated annually in Michaelmas Tei-m by the electors of the Examiners in the Honour School of Theology. Each Examiner shall receive for his services the sum of five guineas, payable out of the Denyer and Johnson Fund. 7. The surplus, if any, arising from the endowment and from Scholarships not awarded shall form an accumulating fund, out of which presents either of books or of money may be given to meritorious candidates on the recommendation of the Examiners. Add.p.864. § 8. Of the Davis Scholarship in Chinese. [1877-] 1. Inasmuch as Sir John Francis Davis, Baronet, K.C.B., F.R.S., D.C.L., has given to the University the sum of £1666 13s. ^d. Consolidated £3 per cent. Annuities for the endowment of a Scholarship in Chinese ; It is hereby provided, that there shall be a Scholarship, called the Davis Scholarship, for proficiency in the Chinese language and literature, with an annual stipend of £50 payable terminally (Easter and Trinity Terms being reckoned as one). 2. The Scholarship shall be open to all members of the Univer- sity who, on the day of election, shall not have exceeded the twenty-eighth Term from their Matriculation. 3. The Scholar shall be elected by the Vice-Chancellor, the President of Corpus Christi College (or, in case the President shall be Vioe-Chancellor, the Senior Pro- Vice-Chancellor), and the Professor of Chinese, after an examination to be held by such persons as they shall appoint for that purpose, the Professor him- self being always one of the Examiners. 4. The Electors shall give two months' notice, in such manner as they shall think expedient, of the day fixed by them for holding an election, and of the time and place at which the names of Candidates will be received. 5. Every Candidate signifying his intention of offering himself shall at the same time deliver to the Electors a certificate of the consent of the Head or Vicegerent of his College or Hall, or of the Censor of Non-Collegiate Students, as the case may be, together with a certificate of his Matriculation. VII. II.J AND PKIZES. 171 6. The Scholarship shall be tenable for two calendar years from the day of election provided that the Scholar shall keep a statutable residence of not less than seven weeks in each Term, Easter and Trinity Terms being reckoned as one, and shall pursue his studies in the Chinese language and literature under the advice and supervision of the Professor of Chinese. The Electors shall have power to dispense with the residence of the Scholar in case of illness or other urgent cause duly certified to and approved by them. At the end of each Term the Professor of Chinese shall report to the Vice-Chancellor in writing whether the Scholar be worthy to receive his stipend. 7. If at the time of holding an election the Electors shall not think any of the Candidates worthy of the Scholarship, they shall have power to postpone the election for any period not exceeding two years. 8. In the event of an election being postponed as aforesaid, the Electors shall have power, if they think fit, to grant the annual stipend of £50, or any less sum, under the name of an Exhibition, to any person who shall be certified to them as desirous of pursuing the study of Chinese. They shall have power to make such grant with or without examination, and with or without giving public notice of their intention to do so. Every Exhibition so created shall be tenable during the period for which the election to the Scholar- ship shall have been postponed, and under the same conditions of residence and study as are applicable to the Scholarship. 9. The sums which shall accrue during any vacancy of the Scholarship, or otherwise, shall be invested in augmentation of the fund. 10. The Electors shall have power to defray out of the ac- cumulated fund any expenses connected with the Scholarship. Sectio II.— DE EXAMINATOBIBUS PBO PEiEMIIS A DOMINO CANCELLAEIO ET A DOMINO B. NEW- DIGATE BABONETTO PBOPOSITIS. QxJAMDiu ex munificentia Cancellarii prsemia orationibus car- Add. p. 7 2 3. minibusque Latine scriptis orationibusque Anglice scriptis pro- ^^ '-' posita fiierint, placuit Universitati hosce qui sequuntur exami- natores deputare, qui de his orationibus carminibusque, necnon de carminibus Anglice scriptis quibus prsemium viri spectatissimi Kogeri Newdigate baronetti propositum est, judicent; scilicet 172 UNIVERSITY SCHOLAESHIPS AND PRIZES. [VII. II. oratorem publicum, et tres alios, ex iis qui jus intrandi in domum Convocationis habent a Vice-Cancellario et ntroque Procuratore quotannis designandos ; quibus accedat professor linguae et lite- rarum Latinarum, qui de orationibus carminibusque Latine Bcriptis judicet, necnon prselector poeticse qui de orationibus carminibusque Anglice scriptis judicet. Nolumus examinatorem de candidati cujusvis scriptis suffragium vel judicium suum ferre, nisi examinationi operam impigram impendent, et deliberationibus examinatorum inter se aifuerit. TITFLUS YHL CONCERNING THE EXAMINATION AND INSTRUC- TION OF PERSONS WHO ARE NOT MEMBERS OP THE UNIVERSITY. Sectio I.— or THE DELEGATES OP LOCAL Add.p.888. EXAMINATIONS. 1^*^*3-] § 1. Of the number of the Delegates and of the Report to be made to Convocation. 1. Foe the purposes of this Statute there shall be a Delegacy consisting of the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors and eighteen Members of Convocation elected as follows, namely, six by the Hebdomadal Council, six by the Congregation of the University, Add.p.952. and six by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors, each holding office ['889.] for six years and re-eligible. Of the eighteen elected Members three in each section shall vacate office immediately after each triennial election to the Hebdomadal Council. Vacancies at any time before the expiration of the proper period shall be supplied only to the end of such period. 2. The Delegates shall make a report of their proceedings every year to Convocation. § 2. Of the Local Examinations. Add.p.909. . . , t'885.] 1. There shall be two Examinations of persons who are not members of the University, to be held once at least in every year, which shall be called respectively the Senior and the Junior Examination. 2. The Delegates shall have power to determine the date, place, subjects, and mode of Examination, and to grant certificates to those Candidates who shall have satisfied the Examiners. No Can- Add.p.933. didates in the Senior Examination who have attained the age of [i^^?-! nineteen, and no Candidates in the Junior Examination who have attained the age of sixteen, shall have their names placed in any list of Honours. The title of Associate of Arts shall be given to 174 EXAMINATION AND INSTRUCTION OJ [VIII. I. 2. those persons who shall have passed the Senior Examination and shall not have attained the age of nineteen years on the first day of July in the year in which the Examination is held. 3, Every Candidate shall be examined in Religious Knowledge, but this provision shall not apply to any Candidate who, being of full age, shall object to such examination, nor to any Candidate under full age whose parent or guardian shall makesuch objection, 4. The Delegates shall have power to grant to any Candidate in the Senior Examination who shall have satisfied the Examiners a certificate that he has shown sufficient merit to be excused from Responsions, provided that he has shown such proficiency in Latin, in Greek, and in the elements of Mathematics as would have enabled him if he had ofiered himself to be examined in Responsions to satisfy the Masters of the Schools in each of those subjects. § 3. Of the Examination of Women. I. An Examination shall be held once at least in every year by which the attainments of women may be tested. The Exami- nation shall be called the Oxford University Examination for Women. A(ld.p.959. 2. The Delegates of Local Examinations shall have power to [i8gi.] determine the date, place, subjects, and mode of the Examination of Women, except so far as they may use the Examinations of the University in accordance with the provisions hereinafter con- tained, and to grant certificates to those Candidates who shall have satisfied the Examiners. Add.p.900. 3. For the purposes of this subsection, the Delegates shall make [i 884.] arrangements for using the Examinations in Stated and in Additional riSS'fl Subjects in Responsions and the Honour Examinations held under Add.p.946. the provisions of Statute VI. in the First and Second Public Exami- [1888.] nations ; and any arrangements so made shall be carried out by Add.p.957. ^jjg Masters of the Schools, Moderators, or Examiners, as the case Add p 064. ™^y ^^- Whenever the Delegates use any such Honour Examination [1891.] they shall make arrangements, under such conditions as they shall Add.p.977. think fit, by which Candidates may ofier some part or section of ^ the subjects of examination, without being required to offer the whole. At the end of each Examination in Responsions in which Candi- dates have been examined under this clause a certificate signed by at least two Masters of the Schools shall be awarded to each Candi- date who has satisfied them, and the Masters of the Schools shall Vlll.I.g.J NON-MEMBEES OF THE UNIVERSITY. 175 make and sign two copies of a list containing the names of such Candidates. One of these copies they shall cause to be affixed to a notice-board in the Schools, and the other to be sent together with the Certificates to the Secretary to the Delegates of Local Examinations. The list shall be printed and distributed in the Aild.p.984. usual manner. '-' ^^'^ At the close of eachHonour Examination in which Candidates have been examined under this clause, the names of the Candidates who appear to be of sufficient merit shall be placed in a Class List, the names in each Class being arranged alphabetically, and the standard for each Class being the same as in the Class List of the members of the University, and a Cei'tificate signed by the Moderators or Examiners, as the case may be, shall be awarded to each Candi- date whose name has been placed in the Class List, stating the Class in which her name has been placed. The Moderators or Examiners, as the case may be, shall sign two copies of the Class List, and shall cause one of the copies to be affixed to a notice- board at the Schools, and the other to be sent together with the Certificates to the Secretary to the Delegates of Local Examina- tions. The list shall be printed and distributed in the usual manner. A Certificate signed by the Moderators or Examiners, as the case may be, shall also be awarded to any Candidate who has shown merit in any part or section of such Examination. The Delegates shall pay such sums to the Public Examiners, Moderators, and Masters of the Schools for services rendered under this clause as the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors shall from time to time determine. The Delegates, in sending in the names Aclcl.p.984. of Candidates to the Public Examiners, Moderators, and Masters [^^93-] Ann n 0*7*7 of the Schools, shall append to the name of each Candidate the [1893.] name of the Hall or Body (if any) to which the Candidate belongs : and the Public Examiners, Moderators, or Masters of the Schools shall enter the names on their lists as they appear in the list sent in by the Delegates. 4. The Delegates shall also make arrangements for using for the Add.p.909. purposes of this subsection the first and second examinations for L'^^S-] the degree of Bachelor in Music and the Examination for the riggoi Degree of Doctor in Music, and the Examiners in Music shall Add.p. 977. carry out such arrangements. No Candidate shall be allowed to [1893.] offer herself for examination under this clause who has not passed either the Preliminary Examination for students of Music or some Examination which is in the judgment of the Delegates Add. p.968. equivalent to Responsions. The Delegates shall from time to \.'^9^-i 176 EXAMINATION AND INSTKUCTION OF [VIII. 1. 4. time publish a list of such Examinations. No Candidate shall be allowed to offer herself under this clause for the Examination for the degree of Doctor in Music, who has not satisfied the Examiners in both the Examinations for the degree of Bachelor in Music, and submitted the statutable compositions to be approved by the Examiners. The Delegates shall pay such sums to the Examiners in Music and the Masters of the Schools, for services rendered under this clause, as the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors shall from time to time determine. 5. The remuneration of the Examiners and all other expenses incurred by the Delegates under this and the preceding subsections shall be covered by fees charged upon the Candidates. Add.p.847. § 4. Of the Examination of Schools. 1 . The Delegates shall have power to hold an examination of any School, or of one or more classes of any School, at the request of the principal or of the governing body thereof. 2. The remuneration of the Examiners and all other expenses shall be covered by fees charged upon the Schools examined. Add.p.830. Sectio it. — of the delegates FOB THE IN- [1873] SPECTIOK" AND EXAMINATION OF SCHOOLS. I . There shall be a Delegacy appointed to superintend on the part of the University of Oxford the inspection and examination of Schools. The Delegates shall be the Vice-Chancellor and twelve Members of Convocation elected as follows, namely, four by the Hebdomadal Council from its own number, four by the Congrega- tion of the University, and four by the Vice-Chancellor and Proc- tors, each holding office for six years, and re-eligible. And at any time vacancies occurring before the expiration of the proper period shall be supplied only to the end of such period. In case of an equality of votes at any meeting the Vice-Chancellor or other Chairman shall have a second or casting vote. z. The Delegates shall receive applications for inspection and ex- amination, and shall nominate Examiners. They shall have power to confer with Members of any Syndicate or Board appointed for the like purpose by the University of Cambridge or by any other English University, and to make arrangements with such Syndicate or Board for forming a Joint Board with a view to combined action. "VIII. III. I.] NON-MEMBEES OF THE UNIVEESITY. 177 3. The Delegates shall have power to grant Certificates, or, if a Add.p.850. Joint Board be constituted, to concur in granting Certificates, to L1870J boys and girls examined under their direction. They shall also have power to admit to an examination for Cer- Add.p.955. tificates boys and girls not under education in the Schools which I-' 9°-J they examine. They shall also have power to endorse Certificates issued under the direction of the Scotch Education Department the holders of which have passed an examination equivalent to the Examination for the Higher Certificates granted by the Delegates. 4. The Delegates shall make a report of their proceedings every year to Convocation. 5. The remuneration of the Examiners and all other expenses of the Delegacy shall be covered by fees charged upon the Schools and the boys and girls examined. Sectio III.— of the delegates FOB. THE EX- Add.p.971. TENSION OF TEACHING BEYOND THE LIMITS t'^9^1 OF THE UNIVERSITY. § 1. Of the Number and Duties of tlie Delegates. 1. Fob the purposes of this Statute there shall be a Delegacy consisting of the Vice-Chanoellor and Proctors and eighteen Members of Convocation elected as follows, namely, six by the Congregation of the University, six by the Hebdomadal Council, and six by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors, each holding office for six years and re-eligible. Of the eighteen elected Members three in each section shall vacate office at the end of every three years. Vacancies at any time before the expiration of the proper period shall be supplied only to the end of such period. 2. The Delegates shall receive proposals for the establishment of lectures and teaching in England and Wales for persons who are not members of the University, and shall be authorised to appoint Lecturers and conduct Examinations in connexion with such teaching. 3. The Delegates shall have power to grant Certificates to persons not being members of the University who have been examined under their direction and who have been taught by Lecturers appointed by them or with their sanction. 178 EXAMINATION AND INSTRUCTION OF [VIII. III. I. 4i The Delegates shall be authorised, in cases where lectures or teaching have been or may hereafter be established by local bodies, to appoint representatives to co-operate with such local bodies in such manner as may seem to the Delegates advisable ; provided that, in every case in which the Delegates propose so to co-operate with local bodies, the sanction of Convocation to such co-operation shall have been given by Decree. § 2. Of Aflfiliated Centres. Add.p.984. I . Any place in England or Wales in which teaching is carried [1893.] on under the supervision of the Delegates for the Extension of Teaching beyond the limits of the University, may be granted the title of an Affiliated Centre on the following conditions, namely : (a) There shall be in such place a Local Committee, which guarantees the expense of the instruction given under the direction of the Delegacy and undertakes the necessary local arrangements. (6) The Local Committee shall undertake to provide series of courses of instruction extending over periods of years approved by the Delegacy, and each comprising six courses in a sequence approved by the Delegacy on subjects drawn from one of the following groups, and two courses drawn from the other group. Groups of Subjects. A. Mathematics, Natural Science. B. History, Political Economy, Philosophy, Languages, Literature, Art. (c) The title of an Affiliated Centre shall be granted by a vote of Convocation, such title to be enjoyed so long only as the con- ditions are fulfilled. It shall be the duty of the Delegacy to see that the title is not continued after the conditions have ceased to be fulfilled. 2. Any student who at any Affiliated Centre shall have attended, under regulations prescribed by the Delegacy, such a series of courses of instruction as is prescribed in the preceding clause, and shall have received a Certificate of having passed an examiur ation conducted under the supervision of the Delegacy in each of the eight courses, and shall also have passed a general examination on the subject-matter of the series of six courses as prescribed above, shall receive a Certificate of affiliation, which shall specify the subjects of. the courses in which he has satisfied the Examiners. VIII. III. a.J NON-MEMBERS OF THE UNIVEESITY. 179 3. The Delegates may accept as courses satisfying the conditions of clause 2 any courses of instruction delivered under the super- vision either of the Local Examinations and Lectures Syndicate of the University of Cambridge, or of the Local Lectures Committee of the Victoria University, or of the London Society for the Extension of University Teaching, provided that the courses so accepted be in each case approved by the Delegates. TITULUS IX. DE CONGREGATIONIBUS MAGISTRORUM REGENTIUM. Corp. Stat. Sectio I.— DE TEMPOBE ET WEGOTIIS CONGBEGA- ^'[^e'se.] TIONUM, ET DE PEBSONIS AD EAS SPECTAN- Vide Ap- TIBUS. pend. B, '"^™' §1. De tempore Congregationum habendarum. Ut Universitatis negotia, cum quse ad gratias et gradus spec- tant, turn alia, cum deliberatione et consilio mature expediantur ; statutum est quod, pro more antique, in principio cuj usque ter- mini Congregatio Magistrorum regentium celebretur, quae pro arbitrio Vice-Cancellarii a die in diem continuetur, et in ultimo cujusque termini die dissolvatur. Quodque quoties continget hujusmodi Congregationem celebrari, per pulsationem magnse cam- pansB statim post horam nonam ante meridiem denuneietur. A cujus pulsationis cessatione dominus Vice-Cancellarius Procura- tores et Magistri regentes accedant, seque ad Congregationem celebrandam accingant. Et prseeunte Vice-Cancellario et Pro- curatoribus, habitibus gradui competentibus, altero bedellorum submisse proclamante, ' Intretis in Congregationem, Magistri, in- tretis,' omnes domum Congregationibus destinatam ingrediantur, ubi causa Congregationis tunc habendae per Vice-Cancellarium exposita, ad expedienda negotia debite procedant. Corp. Stat. § 2. De negotiis in domo Congregationis tractandis. [1636.] Obdinattjm est quod, prout ab antiquo fieri consuevit, in venerabili Congregatione Magistrorum regentium gratise sive sup- plicationes eorum, quos ad gradus scholasticos promoveri par est, proponantur et concedantur. Deinde ut digni et idonei ad gradus Add.p.529. scholasticos prsesententur et admittantur. Item ut Cantabrigi- [1856.] enses vel Dublinienses incorporentur, et, si graduati fuerint, ad eundem admittantur gradum et statum apud nos, quo apud suos sunt ; et, pro more consueto, viri conditionis et eruditionis spec- tatae in singulis facultatibus licentientur, iidemque atque alii, si opus fuerit. Uteris testimonialibus commendentur ; et multa alia IX. I. 5.] BE CONGESGATIONIBUS MAGISTROEUM EEGENTniM. 181 de quibus venerabili huic Congregationi decernendi hactenus po- testas fuit, cum matura deliberatione et judicio expediantur. § 3. De personis ex quibus constat Congregatio : et penes quos sit potestas negandi quae proponuntur. Oedin-atum est etiam quod, prout de more antiquo observatum fuit, Congregatio regentium consistat e Cancellario sive Vice- Cancellario, et duobus Procuratoribus vel eorum deputatis, et Magistris necessario, atque etiam ad placitum, regentibus. Quod- que nihil in hac venerabili Congregatione decernatur, cui Can- cellarius, sive Vice-Cancellarius, vel ambo Procuratores sive eorum deputati, vel major pars Magistrorum necessario et ad placitum regentium, qui interfuerint (quorum numerum novenario minorem esse non oportet) consensum non adhibuerint ; sed pro non con- cesso habeatur, si vel Vice-Cancellarius ejusve deputatus, vel ambo Procuratores eorumve deputati, vel major pars Magistrorum neces- sario et ad placitum regentium dissenserint. Prseterquam in electionibus, quas liberas esse volumus, secundum antiquam con- suetudinem, per majorem partem omnium suffragantium. § 4. De Magistris necessario regentibus. Tee in anno, non ut antehac semel modo, academici ad incipi- Add.p.765. endum in aliqua facultate admissi jus regentise consequantur ; [1868.] scilicet, post terminos Michaelis, Hilarii, et S. Trinitatis singulos finitos. Primo igitur cujuslibet vacationis die quicunque in ter- mino proxime prseterito (terminis Pascbatis et S. Trinitatis pro uno habitis) ad incipiendum in aliqua facultate admissi fuerint non solum solenniter incepisse reputentur, sed etiam ad suam in singulis facultatibus regentiam (id est, ad omnes actus necessarise su8e regentise exercendos) admissi esse ; si modo eo die nomina sua in promptuarii libro coUegii alicujus vel aulas aut in registro delegatorum scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulse ascriptorum in- Bcripta habeant. Qui Magistri et Doctores necessario regentes per biennium a singulis diebus prsescriptis habeantur. Quo autem ordine ad incipiendum admissi fuerint, eodem senioritatem sor- tiantur. § 5. Qui sunt Magistri regentes ad placitum. Corp. Stat. P- 71. Magistei regentes ad placitum, prout moris fuit antiqui, [1636.] habeantur, qui ante aliquando rexerunt : professores scilicet et lectores publici, tam regii quam alii. Item Doctores omnes cujus- cunque facultatis, in Universitate residentes : necnon omnes colle- 183 DE CONGREGATIONIBUS [IX. 1. 5. giorum et aularum prsefecti, qui aliquando rexerunt in Artibus, Add.p.yse.iisque absentibus eorum deputati; item censor scholarium nulli \dd » 86q Ciollegio vel Aulse ascriptorum, eoque absente aliquis qui in aliqua [1880.] facultate rexit ab eo deputatus ; item Examinatores Publici, r s fi 1^ Moderatores et Magistri scholarum ; et quieunque in privatis col- Add.p.841. legiis decanorum vel censorum munus obeunt. [1874.] Add.p.68i. Sectio II.— DE ADMISSIONE AD GBADUS ET ^'^^'■'^ STATUS. § 1. Condltiones prsevise ad petitionem gratise ex parte supplicis. 1. Statutum est primo, ne cujusquam gratia in venerabili domo Congregationis proponatur, nisi qui eo ipso tempore in Add.p.756. matricula Universitatis necnon in libro promptuarii coUegii vel [1868.] auijB alicujus sive in registro delegatorum scholarium nulli Col- legio vel Aulse ascriptorum nomen inscriptum habeat ; et terminos ad gradum quern ambit requisites compleverit. 2. Deinde requiritur ut quilibet candidatus, sive pro gradu aliquo supplicans, non solum sit probis moribus, et omnia ad gradum requisita reote compleverit ; verum etiam (si gradum Add.p.840. Baccalaurei in Artibus, vel in Medicina, vel in Jure Civili capes- [i°74] sat), ut secundum statuta satisfecerit examinatoribus, de quo testimonium a magistro gratiam ipsius proponente, ante gratiam consequendam, per registrarium in domo Congregationis exbi- beatur. Add.p.982. 3- The names of Candidates for Degrees shall be entered either [1893.] by the Candidates themselves or by some officer of or some person deputed by the College or Hall or Body to which they belong at the Office of the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties before noon on the day preceding the Degree day : provided always (i) that the Vice-Chancellor shall have power for some reasonable cause to dispense with such entry; (2) that Candidates who being qualified at the time have nevertheless failed to have their names so entered on the day preceding the Degree day shall be at liberty to have them entered in the manner hereinbefore prescribed not later than 6 p.m. on the day preceding the Degree day on pay- ment of a fee of one guinea in addition to the Degree fee ; (3) that Candidates who have become qualified for their degree by passing an examination on the day preceding the Degree day may have their names entered in the manner hereinbefore prescribed not IX. II. 2.] MAGISTEORUM KEGENTIUM. 183 later than 6 p.m. on the day preceding the Degree day, but that such Candidates shall not pay any additional fee. The Secretary shall ascertain whether each Candidate has passed such examina- tions and in such a manner as to entitle him to supplicate for the degree, and shall send the names of the Candidates who have satisfied these conditions to the Registrar of the University as soon as may be. The Secretary shall also as soon as may be send to the Secretary to the Curators of the University Chest a list of the Candidates who are required to pay the additional fee. Candidates for the Degrees of Bachelor or Doctor of Music shall, on entering their names, produce Certificates of having satisfied the Examiners in the Second Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Music or in the Examination for the Degree of Doctor of Music, as the case may be. 4. Nemo Magistrorum candidatum aliquem prsesentet, nisi Add.p.743. fuerit ejusdem collegii vel aulse cujus is est qui supplicat ; nisi . S j^ i'J cui propter justam causam Vice-Cancellarius licentiam concesserit. [1864.] Scholares vero nulli Collegio vel Aulse ascriptos prsesentet censor, Add.p.756. vel aliquis ab eo in hanc rem, consentiente Vice-Cancellario, ['868.] deputatus. 5. Ante gratiae petitionem, per schedulam chirographo suo munitam et registrario traditam decanus vel censor sive prsesen- tator testetur unusquisque gratiam a collegio suo vel aula sua vel a delegatis scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulse ascriptorum can- didatis seu prsesentandis suis concessam esse. 6. Quod si sacris ordinibus initiatus non commorans fuerit, qui gradum in S. Theologia ambit, ne gratiam petere prsesumat, nisi prius literse testimoniales ab episcopo dioeceseos ubi degit candi- datus signatse, de conformitate ipsius turn quoad doctrinam tum quoad disciplinam in ecclesia Anglicana receptam palam in domo Congregationia a praesentatore recitatse sint. § 2. Ordo ceremoniarum. 1. Imprimis, Congregatione ineunte, registrarius gratias rite concessas, et eorum, qui gradum Baccalaurei in Artibus vel in Medicina vel in Jure Civili ambiant, nomina a Facultatum secretario probata fuisse palam testetur. 2. Quo facto, Procuratorum alter pro iis qui gradus superiores petantj sub peculiaribus formulis supplicat ; et post unamquamque petitionem Procuratores suffragia solito mode exquirant : tum nomina eorum qui gradum A. M. ambiant recitet Procurator senior, et suifragia exquirantur. Denique nomina eorum qui Add.p.743. [1868.] 184 DE CONGEEGATIONIBUS [IX. II. 3. gradum A. B. ambiant recitet Procurator junior ; et suffragia similiter exquirantur. 3. Post unamquamque suffragationem Procuratorum alter gratias concessas esse sub hac forma pronunciet : ' Hoe gratice concessce sunt, et sic pron/unciamus concessas.' 4. Turn praesentatores cujusque facultatis (secundum dignitatem facultatis, ubi sit prsesentatio ad eundem gradum in diversis facul- tatibus, si unus e praesentandis fuerit theologus ; alioqui, secundum senioritatem prsesentatoris ; ubi vero prsesentatio fit ad diversos gradus, secundum dignitatem gradus ; et in eadem facultate et gradu, secundum senioritatem prsesentatorum) ad preesentandum procedant. Et quisque (bedello prseeunte, et candidatis proximo sequentibus) domum Congregationis conscendat ; et ad superiorem partem domus procedens prsesentandos a dextro latere sistat ; Add.p.757. deinde prsesentandos quisque suos coram Vice-Cancellario pro- [1868.] (Jucat; et cum debita reverentia, sub peculiari formula, Vice-Can- cellario et Procuratoribus prsesentet. Liceat autem plures qui eundem gradum ambiant, sub eadem formula mutatia mutandis prsesentare. 5. Postea, Procurator junior prsesentatis ad incipiendum in aliqua facultate (excepta Musica,) vel ad B^ccalaureatum in S. Theologia, dicet : '{Domini Doctores, Magistri,' vel 'Domini,) vos dahilis fidem ad observandum statuta, privilegia, consuetudines et libertates istius Universitatis. Item quod quum admissi fueritis in donvwm Congregationis et in dom/um Gonvocationis, in iisdem bene et Jideliter, ad honorem Afld.p.683. et jyrofectwm Universitatis, vos geretis. Et specialiter quod in ne- [1864.J gotiis quae ad gratias et gradus spectant non imjiedietis dignos, nee indignos promovehitis. Item quod in eleciionibus habendis unum tantum semel et non amjdius in singulis scrutimis scribetis et nominabitis ; et quod, neminem nominabitis nisi quern habilem et idoneum certo sciveriiif velfirmiter credideritis.' Eesp. ' Do fidem.' 6. PrsBsentatos autem ad inferiorem gradum aliquem ita ad- moneat ' Vos ienemini ad observandum omnia statuta, privilegia, consuetudines, et libertates istius Universitatis, quatenus ad vos siiectent.' 7. Tum ad seniorem Procuratorem se conferant prsesentati sive Add.p.8T3. ad incipiendum sive ad Baccalaureatum in S. Theologia, quorum [1872.] genior declarationem assensus, excerptam ex canone xxxvio denuo rjg^g 1°' edito et confirmato in synodo Londini habita anno Domini 1865, clara voce pronuntiet, sicut hie sequitur. IX. III. I.J MAGISTROEUM EEGENTIUM. 185 Declaratio assens^is. 'I, A. B., do solemnly make the following declaration. I assent to the thirty-nine articles of religion and to the book of coirvmon •prayer and of tlie ordering of bis7ioj)s, priests, and deacons ; and I believe the doctrine of tlie United Chttrch of England and Ireland, as therein set forth, to he agreeable to the Word of God.' Atque illico alii omnes admoneantur a Procuratore seniore formula Add. p. 789. solenni ' Eandem declarationem quam prxstitit A. B., in persona L'''"9-J sua, vos prcestabitis in personis vestris, et quilibet vestrum in per- sona sua.' Deinde testentur Procuratores omnes sic admonitos declarationi eidem rite subscripsisse. 8. Qua sic facta declaratione, a Vice-Cancellario sub peculiaribus Add.p.770. formulis admittantur omnes candidati. Si ad eradum Baccalaure- , ['°°°J . . . Add.p.743. atus admittantur, stantes Vice-Cancellarii verba accipiant :— Si vero [1868.] prsesententur ad incipiendum in aliqua facultate, genubus ad Vice- Cancellarii pedes flexis, capitibus deinde per Vice-Cancellarium libro tactis, sub sollenni verborum forma admittantur. 9. Quibus sic peractis, domo egrediantur, et extra cancellos habitum competentem gradui ad quem admissi sunt induentes, illico, bedello prseeunte, in domum redeant ; et prsestita Vice- Cancellario reverentia discedant. Sectio III.— FOKMUL^. § 1. Formiilse gratiarum a collegio vel aula vel a de- legatis seholarium non ascriptorum concessarum. I. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in Artibus. Ego a. B. decanus vel censor coUegii (vel aulse) C. D. {yd decani Add.p.757. aut censoris vioem-gerens), vel censor scholarhim nulli Collegio vel [1868.] Aulse ascriptorum {vel a censore seholarium nulli Collegio vel Aul® ascriptorum delegatus), testor E. F. {vel si plures fuerint, X, Y, &c.), e collegio {vel aula) C. D. {vel scholarem nulU Collegio vel Aulse ascriptum), quem {vel quos) per integrum tempus ad gradum Baccalaurei in Artibus per statuta requisitum intra academiam, prout statuta requirunt, cubile et victum continue sumpsisse scio, quatenus examen publicum subierit {vel subierint) et reliqua com- pleverit {vel compleverint) omnia quse per statuta Universitatis requiruntur, (nisi quatenus cum eo dispensatum fuerit,) gratiam {vel gratias) a collegio suo {vel aula sua vel a delegatis seholarium nulU Collegio vel Aulse ascriptorum) pro gradu Baccalaurei in Artibus concessam {vel concessas) fuisse ; fide mea data huic Uni- '*^^'^^'***^" A. B. decanus coll. C. vel censor &c. 186 DB CONGEEGATIONIBUS [IX. III. I. 2. Pro gradu inceptwis in Artibus. Ego A. B. decanus vel censor collegii {vel aulae) C. D. {vd decani Out censoris vicem-gerens) vel censor scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulse ascriptorum, {vel a censors scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulse ascriptorum deputatus) tester E. F. {vel si plures fu&rint, X, Y, &c.) e collegio vel aula C. D. quatenus terminum vicesimum septimum a matriculatione attigerit {vel attigerint), bonarum Add.p.744. literarum studio incubuerit {vel incubuerint), et reliqua comple- [1868.] Yerit {vel compleverint) omnia quse per statuta Universitatis requi- runtur, gratiam (vel gratias) a collegio suo {vel aula sua vel a delegatis scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulse ascriptorum) pro gradu inceptoris in Artibus concessam {vel concessas) fuisse; fide mea data huic Universitati. A. B. dec. coll. C. Add.p.684. 3. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in Musica. '- ''■■■' Ego A. B. &c. tester E. F. scholari in Musica, e collegio {vel aula) C. D. quatenus unum canticum quinque saltern partium in schola Musicae ediderit, et reliqua prsestiterit quse per statuta Add.p.898. Universitatis requiruntur, gratiam a collegio suo {vel aula sua vel LI004-J a, delegatis scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulse ascriptorum) pro gradu Baccalaurei in Musica concessam fuisse : fide mea data huic Universitati. A. B. dec. coll. C. 4. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in, Medieina. Ego A. B. &c. tester E. F. Magistro {vel Baccalaureo facultatis Add.p.757. Artium vel Baccalaureo in Jure Civili) e collegio {vel aula) C. D. Add sio l^^tenus examen pro gradu Baccalaurei in Medieina subierit, et [1874.] reliqua omnia prsestiterit quse per statuta Universitatis requi- runtur, (nisi quatenus &c.) gratiam a collegio suo {vel aula sua vd a delegatis scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulsfe ascriptorum) pro gradu Baccalaurei in Medieina concessam fuisse ; fide mea data huic Universitati. A. B. dec. coll, C. 5. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in Jure Civili. Add.p.718. Ego A. B. &c. tester E. F. Magistro facultatis Artium {vel [1805.J Baccalaureo in Artibus) e collegio {vd aula) C. D. quatenus examen pro gradu Baccalaurei in Jure Civili subierit, et reliqua prsestiterit omnia quse per statuta Universitatis requiruntur, (nisi quatenus, &c.) gratiam a collegio suo {vel aula sua vd a delegatis scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulse ascriptorum) pro gradu Baccalaurei in Jure Civili concessam fuisse ; fide mea data huic Universitati. A. B. dec. coll. C, IX. III. I.] MAGISTEORUM KEGENTITJM. 187 6. Pro gradu Bacealaurei in S. Theologia. Add.p.685. [1864.] Ego A. B. &c. tester E. F. Magistro facultatis Artium e collegio Acld.p.777, {vel aula) C. D. quatenus tres annos a tempore admissionis suae ad L'°°9J regendum in studio S. Theologise posuerit, in schola Theologica pro forma duas dissertationes reoitaverit, et reliqua prsestiterit omnia quae per statuta Universitatis requiruntur (nisi quatenus, &o.), gratiam a collegio suo {vel aula sua vel a delegatis scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulas ascriptorum) pro gradu Bacealaurei in S. Theologia concessam fuisse ; fide mea data huic Universitati. A. B. dec. coll. C. 7. Pro gradu inceptoris in Musica. Ego A. B. &c. testor E. P. Baccalaureo in Musica e collegio {vel aula) C. D. quatenus a tempore susoepti gradus Bacoalaureatus sui quinque annos in studio vel praxi musicse . posuerit, unum canticum octo partium in schola Musicee ediderit, et reliqua prsestiterit omnia quse per statuta Universitatis requiruntur, gratiam a collegio suo {vel aula sua vel a delegatis scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulae ascriptorum) pro gradu inceptoris in Musica concessam fuisse ; fide mea data huic Universitati. A. B. dec. coll. C. 8. Pro gradu inceptoris in Ghirurgia. Add.p.924. Ego A. B. &c. testor E. F. Chirurgise Baccalaureo e collegio {vel aula) C. D. quatenus exam en subierit, et reliqua omnia prsesti- terit quae per Statuta Universitatis requiruntur, gratiam a collegio suo {vel aula sua vel a delegatis Scholarium nulli Collegio vel aulse ascriptorum) pro gradu Inceptoris in Chirurgia concessam fuisse ; fide mea data huic Universitati. A. B. dec. coll. C. 9. Pro gradu inceptoris in Medicina. Ego A. B. &c. testor E. F. Medicinse Baccalaureo e collegio {vel aula) C. D. quatenus post susceptum gradum Bacealaurei in Medicina, dissertationem scripserit, et reliqua omnia prsestiterit quse per statuta Universitatis requiruntur, gratiam a collegio suo {vel aula sua vel a delegatis scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulse ascriptorum) pro gradu inceptoris in Medicina concessam fuisse ; fide mea data huic Universitati. A. B. dec. coll. C. 188 DE CONGREGATIONIBUS [IX. HI. I. lo, Pra gradu inceptoris in Jure Civili. Ego A. B. &c. tester E. F. Juris Civilis Baccalaureo e collegio (vel aula) C. D. quatenus post Busceptum Baccalaureatus gradum quinque annos in studio Juris Civilis posuerit, dissertationem scripserit, et coram professore recitaverit, et reliqua compleverit omnia quae per statuta Universitatis requiruntur, (nisi quatenus, &c.) gratiam a collegio suo {vel aula sua vel a delegatis scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulas ascriptorum) pro gradu inceptoris in Jure Civili concessam fuisse ; fide mea data huic Universitati. A. B. dec. coll. C. 1 1 . Fro gradu inceptoris in S. Theologia. Ego A. B. &c. testor E. F. S. Theologiee Baccalaureo e collegio (vel aula) C. D. quatenus post susceptum Baccalaureatus gradum Add.p.777. quatuor annos in studio S. Theologise posuerit, in schola theologica [1869.J pj-Q forma tres lectiones habuerit, et reliqua compleverit omnia quae per statuta Universitatis requiruntur (nisi quatenus, &c.), gratiam a collegio suo (vel aula sua vel a delegatis scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulse ascriptorum) pro gradu inceptoris in S. Theo- logia concessam fuisse ; fide mea data huic Universitati. A. B. dec. coll. C. § 2. Pormulse supplicationum. I. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in Artihus, a Procuratore juniore in domo Gongregationis alta voce redtanda. SuPPLicAT {vel supplicant) venerabili Congregationi Doctorum et Magistrorum regentium E. F. scholaris facultatis Artium e collegio C, [D. E. e coll. F., &c.] qui complevit {vel oompleverunt) omnia quse per statuta requiruntur (nisi quatenus cum eo dis- pensatum fuerit) ; ut hsec sufficiant, quo admittatur (vel admittan- tur) ad gradum Baccalaurei in Artibus. 2. Pro gradu inceptoris in Artihus, a Procuratore seniore redtanda. Supplicat {vel supplicant) &c. A. B. Baccalaureus facultatis Ai-tium e collegio C, [D. E. e coll. F. &c.] (wZ Baccalaureus in Jure Civili, vel in Medicina) qui complevit {vel compleverunt) omnia quse per statuta requiruntur (nisi quatenus &c.) ; ut heec sufficiant, quo admittatur (vel admittantur) ad incipiendum in eadem facultate. IX. Ill, a.] MAGISTKOKUM EEGENTIUM. 18& 3. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in Musica, a Procuratorum, altera recitanda. Supplicat, &c. A. B. scholaris in Musica, e coUegio C, qui com- plevit omnia quae per statuta requiruntur (nisi quatenus &c.) ; ut hsec sufficiant, quo admittatur ad gradum Baccalaurei in Musica. 4. Pro gradu inceptoris in Musica, a Procuratorum altera recitanda. Supplicat, &c. A. B. Baccalaureus Musicse, e coUegio C, qui praestitit omnia quse per statuta requiruntur (nisi quatenus &c.) ; ut haec suificiant, quo admittatur ad incipiendum in eadem facul- tate. 5. Pro gradu inceptoris in Ghirurgia, a Procuratorum altera recitanda. Supplicat, &c. A. B. Chirurgise Baccalaureus e CoUegio C, qui omnia prsestitit quse per statuta requiruntur (nisi quatenus &c.); ut hsec suificiant quo admittatur ad incipiendum in eadem facul- tate. 6. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in Medicina, a Procuratorum altera recitanda. Supplicat, &c. A. B. Magister {vel Baccalaureus) facultatis Artium, {vel Baccalaureus in Jure Civili) e collegio C, qui omnia prsestitit quse per statuta requiruntur (nisi quatenus &c.) ; ut hsec sufficiant, quo admittatur ad gradum Baccalaurei in Medicina. 7. Pro gradu inceptoris in Medicina, a Procuratorum altera recitanda. Supplicat, &o. A, B. Medicinse Baccalaureus, e collegio C, qui Add.p.687. omnia prsestitit quse per statuta requiruntur (nisi quatenus &c.) ; '■' ''"-' ut hsec sufficiant quo admittatur ad incipiendum in eadem facul- tate. 8. Pro gradu Baccalaurei in Jure Civili, a Pracuratorum altera recitanda. Supplicat, &c. A. B. Magister {vel Baccalaureus) facultatis Artium e collegio C, qui prsestitit omnia quse per statuta requi- runtur (nisi quatenus &c.) ; ut hsec sufficiant, quo admittatur ad gradum Baccalaurei in Jure Civili. 190 DE CONGEBGATIONIBUS [IX. HI. 2. 9. Pro grain inceptoris in Jure Givili, a Procv/ratorum altera recitanda. Supplicat, &c. A. B. Baccalaureus in Jure Civili e coUegio C, qui prsBstitit omnia quse per statuta requiruntur (nisi quatenus &c.) ; ut haec sufficiant, quo admittatur ad incipiendum in eadem facultate. 10. Pro gradu Baccalawei in S. Theologia, a Procwra- torum altera recitanda. Supplicat, &c. A. B. Magister facultatis Artium e coUegio C, qui preestitit omnia quse per statuta requiruntur (nisi quatenus &c.) ; ut hsec sufficiant, quo admittatur ad gradum Baccalaui'ei in S. Theologia. 1 1 . Pro gradu iricejptoris in S. Theologia, a Procura- torum altera recitanda. Supplicat, &c. A. B. S. Theologise Baccalaureus e coUegio C, qui prffistitit omnia quse per statuta requiruntur (nisi quatenus &c.) ; ut hsec sufficiant, quo admittatur ad incipiendum in eadem facultate. 12. Si quis in aliqua facultate gradum Baccalawrei et Doctoris cumulare cupierit. Supplicat, &c. A. B., quatenus — annos in studio — ^posuerit ; pro gradibus cumulandis secum per venerabilem domum Convocationis dispensatum fuerit ; gratiam ad lectiones pro forma habendas in hac venerabili domo adeptus sit ; pro forma in schola — legerit ; cseteraque omnia compleverit quse per statuta requiruntur ; ut hsec sufficiant, quo — &c. Add.p.841. § 3- Formulae praesentationis. I. Ad Baccalaureatum in Artibus. Insignissimb Vice-Cancellarie, vosque egregii Procuratores, prse- sento vobis hunc meum scholarem {vel hos meos scholares) in facultate Artium, ut admittatur {vel admittantur) ad gradum Bac- calaurei in Artibus. 2. Ad incipiendum in Artibus. Insignissime &c. prsesento vobis hunc Baccalaureum (vel hos Baccalaureos) in facultate Artium, ut admittatur {vel admittantur) ad incipiendum in eadem facultate. IX. III. 3. J MAGISTROKUM EEGENTIUM. 191 3. Ad Baccalaureatum in Musica. Insignissime &c. praesento vobis liuno soholarem in facultate Musicse, ut admittatur ad gradum Baccalaurei in eadem facultate ; ad quam admissionem eum aptum, habilem et idoneum esse, sub Add.p.688. cMrographis hominum in arte musica peritissimorum abunde tes- ['^"4-] tatum accepistis. 4. Ad incipiendum in Musica. Insignissime &c. praesento vobis hunc Baccalaureum in facultate Musicee, ut admittatur ad incipiendum in eadem facultate : ad quam admissionem, &c. ut supra. 5. Ad Baccalaureatum in Medicina. Insignissime &c. prasento vobis hunc Studiosum in Medicina, ut admittatur ad gradum Baccalaurei in eadem facultate. 6. Ad incipiendum in Chirurgia. Insignissime &o. praesento vobis bunc Baccalaureum Chirurgiae ut admittatur ad incipiendum in eadem facultate. 7. Ad inci2nendum in Medicina. Insignissime &c. praesento vobis hunc Baccalaureum in Medicina, ut admittatur ad incipiendum in eadem facultate. Add.p.744. [1868.] ' 8. Ad Baccalaureatum, in Jure Civili. Insignissime &o. praesento vobis hunc Studiosum in Jure Civili, ut admittatur ad gradum Baccalaurei in eadem facultate. 9. Ad incijnendum in Jure Civili. Insignissime &c. praesento vobis hunc Baccalaureum in Jure Civili, ut admittatur ad incipiendum in eadem facultate. Add.p.744. [1868.] 10. Ad Baccalaureatum, in S. Theologia. Insignissime &c. praesento vobis hunc Studiosum in S. Theologia, ut admittatur ad gradum Baccalaurei in eadem facultate. Add.p.744. [1868.] u. Ad incipiendum, in S. Theologia. Insignissime &c. praesento vobis hunc Baccalaureum in S. Theo- logia, ut admittatur ad incipiendum in eadem facultate. Add.p.744. [1868.] 192 DB COKGEBGATIONIBUS [IX. III. 4. Add .p .689. § 4. rormulsB admissionis, a Vice-Cancellario [1864.] rfoita-nr\sf Add.p.813. recuanaae. 1. Ad gradwm Baccalaurd in Artihus. DoMiNE, {vd Domini, si plv/res fiierint,) ego admitto te {vel vos) ad gradum Baccalaurei in Artibus ; insuper auctoritate mea et totius Universitatis, do tibi {vel vobis) potestatem legendi, et re- liqua omnia faciendi quse ad eundem gradum spectant. 2. Ad gradum Baccalav/rei in Medicina. Domine vd Magister {vel Domini aut Magistri, si plures fuerint) ego admitto te {vel vos) ad gradum Baccalaurei in Medicina. 3. Ad gradum Baccalawrei in Jure Givili. Domine vel Magister {vel Domini aut Magistri, si plures fuerint), ego admitto te {vel vos) ad gradum Baccalaurei in Jure Civili. 4. Ad gradwm Baccalaurei in S. Theologia. Magister {vel Magistri, si ]>lures fuerint) ego admitto te {vel vos) ad gradum Baccalaurei in S. Theologia. g. Ad incipiendum in aliqua facilitate. 'Ad honorem Domini nostri Jesu Christi, et ad profectum sacrosanctse matris ecclesiae et studii, ego auctoritate mea et totius Universitatis do tibi {vel vobis) licentiam incipiendi in facultate Artium {vel facultate Chirurgise, Medicinse, Juris, S, Tbeologiae) legendi, disputandi, et csetera omnia faciendi quse ad statum Doc- toris {vel Magistri) in eadem facultate pertinent, cum ea completa sint quse per statuta requiruntur ; in nomine Domini, Patris, Filii, et Spiritus Sanoti : ' quse postrema dum pronunciat debita cum reverentia caput aperiat Vice-Cancellarius. Add.p.813. Si quis vero prsesentator Vice-Cancellario significaverit prse- [1872.] gentando suo istam formulam minus convenire, hac quse sequitur formula utatur Vice-Cancellarius. ' Ego auctoritate mea et totius Universitatis do tibi {vel vobis) licentiam incipiendi in facultate Artium {vel Chirurgise vel Medicinse vel Juris), legendi, disputandi, et csetera omnia faciendi quse ad statum Doctoris {vel Magistri) in eadem facultate pertinent, cum ea completa sint quse per statuta requiruntur,' IX. v.] MAGISTROUUM REGENTIUM. 193 § 5. Fornnlla declarationis ab admittendis ad publicam bibliothecam subseribendse. Ego a. B., in bibliothecam Bodleianam admittendus, ex animo polliceor me libros caeterumque cultum sic tractaturum ut super- esse quam diutissime possint, et, quantum in me est, curaturum ne quid bibliotheca detriment! aut incommodi capiat. Sbctio IV.— DE IIS QUORUM GEATIiE NEGAKTUB. 1. Singulis Magistris regentibus gratiam alicujus candidati ter negare permittitur : Procuratores vero eandem gratiam negatam esse silentio tantum indicent, et si plures gratise simul propo- nantur, eas quae concessEe sunt pronuncient, negatas silentio prsetereant. 2. Ter, proximis quibusque Congregationibus, ejusdem candi- dati supplicationem liceat continuare : recenseatur item in singulis Congregationibus quota vice, prima, secunda, tertia, quartave supplicetur. 3. Post gratiam tertia vice negatam negationis causa Vice-Can- cellario et Procuratoribus eodem die a Magistro denegante osten- datur, et probationes coram eisdem summarie proferantur ; quse causa una cum probatione, celato objicientis nomine, in proxima Congregatione publicetur ; in qua, si et Vice-Cancellario, et Pro- curatoribus, et majori parti regentium justa videatur, turn gratia denegata censeatur ; et supplicatio ejusdem in annum integrum continuetur. Si vero causa minus justa aut probabilis iis videatur gratia quarto proposita, si majori Congregationis parti ita visum fuerit, pro concessa habeatur. Sbctio V.— DE GBADIBUS QUIBUSDAM IN Add.p.e^o. ABSENTES CONFERENDIS. l^^^^l I. QuANDOQUiDEM fines imperii Britannici Deus Optimus Max- imus longe lateque propagavit, eosque adhuc usque propagat, ad publica autem commoda tum ecclesiae quum imperii spectat ut viri optimarum artium studiis in academiis nostris eruditi utrique in coloniis Britannicis operam prsebeant, neque vero fas est ut qui publicis commodis inserviant, ipsi debitis honoribus priventur; statutum est ut si quis gradum Baccalaurei in Artibus vel in Jure Civili vel in Medicina adeptus fuerit, postea vero in colonia aliqua Britannica munus aliquod sive ecclesiasticum seu civile admin- istret, vel in aliquo laudabili vitte genere versari probe noscatur, o 194 DE CONGEEGATIONIBUS [IX, V. liceat ei gradum Magistri in Artibus Doctoris in Jure Civili vel in Medicina vel in S. Theologia adipisci, quanquam in domo Con- gregationis prsesens baud adfuerit, modo has quae sequuntur conditiones impleverit ; — • 2. Quod tempus per statuta ad gradum quem petit capesBendum requisitum compleverit, et in Universitate post gradum Baccalaurei in Artibus susceptum, si id statuta requirant, commoratus fuerit. 3. Quod, si gradum Doctoris in Jure Civili vel in Medicina petat, exercitia ad eundem gradum requisita composuerit, et ad professorem regium in sua facultate transmiserit ; si vero Doctoris in S. Theologia gradum ambiat, disputationes duas de aliqua materie theologica a S. Theologiae professore regio ei proposita composuerit et ad eundem professorem transmiserit ; quae tamen exercitia tum demum pro forma cedant, si professor regius ea comprobarit. 4. Quod de vitse morumque integritate literas testimoniales transmiserit ab episcopo vel archidiacono in colonia ubi commo- retur constituto ipsi, si ecclesiasticus sit, datas ; si laicus sit, ab episcopo vel archidiacono, vel etiam a provincise praefecto vel a judice aliquo summse ibidem curiae adscripto consignatas. 5. Quod gratiam pro gradu quem ambiat a domo sua vel, si non Add.p.757. ascriptus fuerit, a delegatis scholarium non ascriptorum adeptus ^^ '' sit ; decanus vero domus seu decani vicem gerens vel unus e cen- soribus scholarium non ascriptorum seu aliquis ab iis consentiente Vice-Cancellario deputatus pro gratia in venerabili domo Congre- gationis concedenda supplicaverit. Add.p.744. 6. Quod declarationi assensus subscripserit si gradum utrumvis Add >7- ^^ ^' Theologia petat, cujus rei testimonium idoneum ad Vice- [1868.] Cancellarium transmittere tenebitur. '^r sP^i^ 7. His omnibus rite peractis, gradus quem ambit, si ita placu- erit venerabili domo Congregationis, ei concedatur ; deinde sub hac formula admittatur ; ' Ego Vice-Cancellarius, auctoritate mea et totius Universitatis, admitto C. D. e coUegio E. ad gradum, &c. {vel ad incipiendum, &c.)' Add.p.829. 8. Proviso semper quod, si quis infra gradum Baccalaurei in '-* ■ ■■' S. Theologia ad gradum Doctoris in ea facultate admittendus sit, is feodum pro unoquoque quem transiliat gradu secundum statntum De Fisco Univebsitatis solvendum solvat. Add.p.86i. Sectio VI.— of IWCOBPORATION. I. Ant person who has been matriculated at Cambridge or Dublin may supplicate, so soon as he has been matriculated in IX. Vl.J MAGISTEOUUM KEGENTIUM. 195 this University, for incorporation, that is, for admission to the same degree or position in Oxford, to which he has attained in his former University. Provided always, that the benefit of incorpora- tion shall not be granted to any one, whether graduate or under- graduate, unless the certificates hereinafter required have been delivered to the Registrar before the expiration of twenty-one days in full Term after his matriculation ; nor to any graduate, unless he has been, before he took his first degree, actually resident in his University during the greater part of each of nine Terms, and has obtained the express consent of the Hebdomadal Council. 2. A Bachelor of Arts may supplicate for leave to reckon towards his next degree every Term during which his name re- mained on the boards or books of his College or of the Censor of Non-Collegiate Students. An undergraduate may supplicate for leave to reckon as Terms kept by residence those Terms during each of which he was actually resident in his University for two and forty days. In such reckoning of Terms, Easter Term at Cambridge or at Dublin shall be reckoned as equivalent to Easter and Trinity Terms at Oxford. 3. Certificates of the date of matriculation, of due residence, of admission to a degree, and of Terms, under the seal of the College or University from which the candidate comes, shall he delivered to the Registrar within the time above stated. The certificate or certificates for a graduate shall specify the degree or degrees to which he has been admitted ; shall declare that he was, before he took his first degree, actually resident in his University during the greater part of each of nine Terms ; and, if he be not above the degree of Bachelor of Arts, shall also give the date of his matriculation, and shall state the number of Terms during which his name remained on the boards or books of his College or of the Censor of Non-Collegiate Students. The certificate or certificates of an undergraduate shall give the date of his matriculation, and shall state the number of Terms during which his name remained on the boards or books of his College or of the Censor of Non- Collegiate Students, and the number of Terms during each of which he was actually resident in his University for two and forty days. These certificates shall be publicly read in Congregation. 4. For a graduate above the degree of Bachelor of Arts the form of supplicating shall be as follows : Supplicat A. B. e coUegio {vd ex aula) C. I^el Scholaris nulli Collegio vel Aulse ascriptus), Magister facuitatis Artium {vel Baccalaureus vel Doctor facultatis S. Theologise vel Juris Civilis vel Medicinae) in academia Cantabri- o 2 196 DE CONGEEGATIONIBUS [IX. VI. giensi {vel Dubliniensi) creatus, cui licentia incorporandi per Con- cilium Hebdomadale data est, ut bona vestra cum venia admittaiur ad eundem gradum statum et dignitatem apud Oxonienses, quibus ornatus est apud suos Cantabrigienses (vel Dublinienses). For a Bachelor of Arts the form shall be as follows : Supplicat A. B. e coUegio {vel ex aula) C. {vel Scholaris nulli CoUegio vel Aulas ascriptus), Baccalaureus facultatis Artium in academia Cantabri- giensi {vel Dubliniensi) creatus, cui licentia incorporandi per Con- cilium Hebdomadale data est, ut bona vestra cum venia admittatur ad eundem gradum statum et dignitatem apud Oxonienses, quibus ornatus est apud suos Cantabrigienses {vel Dublinienses) ; necnon ut [duodecim] terminos in eadem academia completog hie secundum rationem Oxoniensem sibi reputatos habeat. 5. When the granting of the grace has been declared, the pre- sentation shall be made in the following form : Insignissime &c., prsBsento vobis hunc Baccalaureum {vel Magistrum) facultatis Artium {vel Baccalaureum vel Doctorem facultatis S. Theologise vel Juris Civilis vel Medicinse) in academia Cantabrigiensi {vel Dub- liniensi) creatum, ut sit eodem gradu statu et dignitate apud nos Oxonienses, quibus ornatus est apud suos Cantabrigienses {vel Dublinienses). 6. Before presentation every graduate in Divinity shall make and subscribe the Declaration of Assent set forth in the Statute Be admissione ad gradus. And after presentation the Junior Proctor shall say to every one who is a Master of Arts, a Bachelor of Divinity, or a Doctor in one of the superior faculties, ' Magister {vel Domine Doctor), tu dabis fidem ad observandum statuta privi- legia consuetudines et libertates istius Universitatis ;' and each shall make answer, ' Do fidem.' 7. Then the Vice-Chancellor shall admit each graduate in the following form : ' Domine {vd Magister vel Domine Doctor), ego admitto te ad eundem gradum statum et dignitatem hie apud nos Oxonienses, quibus ornatus es apud tuos Cantabrigienses {vel Dub- linienses).' To which form, in the case of a Bachelor of Arts, he shall add, 'Insuper [c?i«o(ii3aTO] termini, quos in academia Cantabri- giensi {vel Dubliniensi) complevisti, hie tibi secundum rationem nostram reputentur.' 8. For an undergraduate the form of supplicating shall be as follows : Supplicat A. B. e coUegio {vel ex aula) C. {vel Scholaris nulli CoUegio vel Aulse ascriptus), qui olim in matriculam Univer- sitatis Cantabrigiensis {vel Dubliniensis) relatus est, ut bona vestra cum venia \tres\ terminos in Universitate prsedicta per residentiam IX.VII. 2.] MAGISTROEUM EEGENTIUM. 197 a se completes hie secundum rationem Oxoniensem sibi reputatos habeat. Then, so soon as the granting of the grace has been declared, the Vice-Chancellor shall pronounce as follows: '[Tres] termini, quos A. B. in Universitate Cantabrigiensi {vel Dublini- ensi) per residentiam complevit, hie ei secundum rationem nostram reputentur.' 9. The seniority of graduates incorporated above the degree of Bachelor of Arts shall be reckoned from the day of their incorpora- tion. But nothing in this Statute shall be taken to annul the requirements of residence and of time, which under the Statute De Magna Gongregatione are to be fulfilled before a person incor- porated can be admitted to the right of voting in Congregation and Convocation. The standing of Bachelors of Arts and of un- dergraduates incorporated shall be reckoned from the date of their matriculation at Cambridge or at Dublin, or from their matricu- lation at Oxford in case they were previously members of this University. In such reckoning, Easter Term at Cambridge or at Dublin shall be reckoned as equivalent to Easter and Trinity Terms at Oxford. Sbctio VII.— DE LICENTIIS CONCEDEIfDIS. Corp. Stat. § 1. De qualitate eorum qiii ad eoneionandum per [i6:!6.] universam Angliam licentiandi sunt. Cum de consuetudine antiqua penes Universitatem Oxoniensem potestas fuerit concedendi licentias concionandi per universam Angliam, eamque potestatem per Congregationem Magistrorum regentium exercere consueverit ; ad prsecavendum abusus qui circa hujusmodi licentiationem contingere possunt, statutum est et de- cretum quod nemini in posterum pro hujusmodi gratia supplicare permittatur, qui non sit Magister Artium, Baccalaureus Juris, vel S. Theologise Baccalaureus ; quorum quilibet septem annos in studio Theologise in Universitate posuerit, et semel saltem in disputatione Theologica (in Theologica schola) publice responderit; Add.p.s^j. et quatuor conciones laudabiles coram Universitate habuerit, sive Li°S"-J in ecclesia B. Marise Virginis sive in alia aliqua ecclesia col- Add.p.525. legiata. ['^55-] § 2. Formula petendi lieentiam ad eoneionandum per universam Angliam. r. Statdtum est quod gratiee pro licentiatione ad eoneionan- dum, prout alise gratise, in venerabiU domo Congregationis pro- ponentur sub hujusmodi formula : 198 DE CONGREGATIONIBUS [IX. VII. 2. 2. ' Supplicat A. B. Magiater facultatis Artium e collegio M., quatenus septem annos in studio Sacree Theologlse in Universitate Add.p.533. posuerit, in schola Theologica respondent, CLuatuor conciones coram [1856.] Universitate habuerit; quatenus hsec ei sufficiant, quo admittatur ad annunciandum Dei verbum per universam Angliam.' Uori).Stat. 3- QufjB gratia cum concessa fuerit, eodem modo quo alise a p. III. Procuratore pronunciabitur, et postea literse testimoniales de eadem fient; quibus auctoritate et decreto ejusdem Congregationis si- gillum publicum Universitatis appendetur. § 3. Formula literaram t«stiinomalium. ' Cancellakius, Magistri et Scholares Universitatis Oxoniensis dilecto nobis in Christo A. B. S. Theologiae Baccalam-eo, et coUegii N. intra Universitatem prsedictam socio, salutem in Domino sempitemam. Cum omnia nostra studia, consilia et actiones ad Dei gloriam et fratrum salutem referri debeant ; nos Cancellanus, Magistri et Scholares Universitatis prsediotse, pro ea opinione quam de scientia tua, vitseque et morum integritate habemus, liberam tibi tenore prsesentium concedimus facultatem et potesta- tem prsedicandi verbum Dei, juxta talentum tibi a Deo concreditum, in quibuscunque ecclesiis Anglise et conventibus publicis eccle- siasticis ad hoc accommodatis, in perpetuum duraturam ; modo nihil interim feceris aut prsedicaveris contra ritus et canones in ecclesia publice receptos et approbates ; quo in casu, si quid tale admiseris, banc nostram licentiam statim irritam et cassam esse volumus. Teque serio admonemus, et in Domino obsecramus ut juxta gratiam a Deo tibi datam auditores tuos prsecipue excites, ut Dei tum prsecepta tum etiam exemplum in verbo ipsius pro- posita vere in omni vitse integritate et pietate exprimere conentur ; adeoque glorificent coelestem Patrem, honorent regiam majestatem, et caritatem inter se colant Christianam. Nos igitur Cancellarius, Add. p.; 70. Magistri et Scholares antedicti testamur prsefatum A. B. decla- Add 7 i '■^tioni assensus subscripsisse ; in quorum omnium majorem fidem [1868.] et plenius testimonium, sigillum Universitatis Oxoniensis com- mune, quo hac in parte utimur, prsesentibus apponi fecimus. Datum in domo nostra Congregationis,' &c. Add.p.289. § 4. De qualitate eorum qui ad praxin in Medieina C'^33] licentiandi sunt. Add.p.925. Stattitum est quod Doctor quilibet in Medieina post in- [1886.] augurationem seu admissionem suam practicare licite poterit in omni medicandi genere. IX. VII. 7.] MAGISTItOEUM REGENTIUM. 199 § 5. formula petendi licentiam ad praoticandum in Medicina. Peo qualitate personse supplicantis, in gratia exprimantur quse ad hujusmodi licentiam necessario requiruntui- sub hac for- mula : ' Supplicat &c. A. B. e coll. [vel aula] N., quatenus in hac Universitate gradum Baccalaurei in Medicina Busceperit ; et chirographo vel professoris et unius alterius Doctoris in Medicina, Add.p.390. ml trium quorumcunque Doctorum in Medicina in Universitate ['^SSl residentium approbatus fuerit ; et reliqua prsestiterit omnia quae per statuta requiruntur ; ut hsec sibi sufficiant ad practicandum in eadem facultate per universam Angliam.' 2. Qua gratia concessa et pronunciata, prout alias solent, literae etiam testimoniales de eadem fient et (eodem modo quo testi- moniales licentiae ad prajdicandum in domo Congregationis ratse habebantur) sigillo publico Universitatis munientur. § 6. Formula literarum testimonialium. ' Cancellaeitjs, Magistri et Scbolares Universitatis Oxoniensis dilecto nobis in Christo A. B. Baccalaureo in Medicina e coll. [vel aula] N. intra Universitatem preedictam, salutem in Domino sempiternam. Cum omnia nostra studia, consilia et actiones ad Dei gloriam et fratrum salutem referri debeant, cumque medicina ad lisec inter reliquas facultates plurimum couferat ; hinc est quod nos Cancellarius, Magistri et Scholares antedicti, pro ea opinione quam de scientia tua vitseque ac morum integritate habemus, liberam tibi tenore prsesentium concedimus potestatem et faculta- tem practicandi in medicina, et ea omnia faciendi quse ad earn spectant facultatem, ubivis per universum Anglise regnum, in perpetuum duraturam. In quorum omnium majorem fidem et Add.p.579. plenlus testimonium, sigillum Universitatis Oxoniensis commune, L'^S"] quo in hac parte utimur, prsesentibus apponi fecimus. Datum in domo nostra Congregationis,' &c. § 7. De qualitate et conditione licentiandi ad praxin Corp. Hut ehirurgise. Formula suppUcandi. ''r'le^ei I . Statutum est quod ita demum ehirurgise studiosus ad praxin per universam Angliam admittatur, si per septem annos integros in ea arte se perite, probe et honeste exercuerit, duas anatomias dissecuerit, et tres ad minimum curationes prsestiterit ; et chiro- grapho vel professoris regii in Medicina et unius alterius Doctoris in eadem facultate, vel trium quorumcunque Doctorum in Medicina 200 DE CONGKEGATIONIBUS MAGISTEORTJJU, ETC. [IX.VII. 8. in Universitate residentium approbatus fuerit ; quodque hsec in forma gratiae .recenseantur hoc modo : 2. ' Supplicat- A. B. in chirurgia studiosus, quatenus septem annos in studio et praxi chirurgise posuerit, duas anatomias ad- ministraverit, et tres curationes fecerit ; et cliirographo ' vel ' professoris regii in Medicina et unius alterius Doctoris in eadem facnltate,' vel ' trium Doctorum in Medicina in Universitate residentium approbatus fuerit ; et reliqua prsestiterit omnia quse per statuta requiruntur ; ut hsec sibi suiEciant, quo admittatur ad practicandum in chirurgia per universum Angliae regnum.' 3. Cujusmodi gratiae concessio sic pronunciari solet : ' Haec gratia concessa est, modo quatuor saltem pauperes gratis et in- tuitu caritatis curet, cum ad hoc ab iis fuerit requisitus.' Corp. Stat. § 8. rormula literarum testimonialium. p. 114. [1636.] ' CAJfCBLLAEius, Magistri et Scholares Universitatis Oxoniensis dilecto nobis in Christo A. B. in chirurgia studioso (vd bene exercitato) salutem in Domino sempiternam. Cum omnia nostra studia, consilia et actiones ad Dei gloriam et fratrum salutem referri debeant, cumque chirurgia ad hsec inter cseteras artes plurimum conferat ; hinc est quod nos Cancellarius, Magistri et Scholares antedicti, pro ea opinione qTiam de scientia tua, vitaeque ac morum integritate habemus, liberam tibi tenore praesentium concedimus potestatem .et facultatem practicandi in chirurgia, ubivis per universum Angliae regnum, perpetuo duraturam; sub conditionibus subscriptis ; — Primo, scilicet, quod quatuor saltem pauperes gratis et intuitu caritatis (quumprimum sese occasio tulerit) cures ; cum ad hoc ab ipsis fueris requisitus. Secundo, quod fines artis tuae non excedas, aut medicinam practices. Tertio, quod nimium pro salario non exigas ; aut curationem aliquam retardes uberioris lucri intuitu : quod si in harum qua- piam deliqueris, licentiam banc nostram tibi super praemissis fac- tam ipso facto vacare intelliges. Nos etiam Cancellarius,' &c. \ut supra, de Mcentiandis ad praxin in medicina.^ TITULUS X. DE MAGNA CONGREGATIONE ET DE CONGRE- YideAp- pend. U, GATIONE UNIVERSITATIS. infra. Skctio I.— DE MAGNA CONG-REGATIONE SIVE CONVOCATIONE. § 1 . De personis ex quibus constat magna Congregatio sive Convocatio Magistrorum regentium et non-regentium. 1. Ad magnam Congregationem sive Convocationem aooedant et Add.p.554. jus ibidem deliberandi et sufifragandi habeant ; '-i 5 J Primo, Cancellarius sive Vice-Cancellarius, et ambo Procura- tores sive eorum deputati. Secundo, omnes Doctores in Sacra Theologia, Medicina vel Jure Civili, et Magistri, necessario regentes. Tertio, omnes collegiorum et aularum praefecti et eorum deputati, omnes quotquot de fundatione alicujus collegii sint, omnes professores et prselectores publici, omnes insuper Doctores in Sacra Theologia, Medicina vel Jure Civili intra Universitatis prsecinctum familiam alentes ; modo rexerint et feoda Universitati debita per- solverint. Qui vero hsec feoda persolvere aut recusaverint aut moniti neglexerint, iis, cujuscunque sint ordinis, nullum jus suffragandi concedimus. Quarto, omnes Doctores et Magistri qui aliquando in aliqua facultate rexerint, et a tempore capessendi gradum sive Magistri sive Doctoris in libro promptuarii alicujus sive collegii sive aulaj, vel in registro delegatorum scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulse Add.p.758, ascriptorum, nomina inscripta habuerint ; aut, si ab Universitate L' J discesserint, ad jus suffragii juxta statuta denuo admissi fuerint, et feoda Universitati debita persolverint. 2. Quod si quis ab uno collegio vel aula ad aliud, aut ad Colle- Corp. Stal. gium vel Aulam ab Aula aliqua privata vel a numero Scholarium ^v'J- /;-■ nulli Collegio vel Aulas ascriptorum juxta formani in stat. tit. III. Add.p.84j. sect. 3 descriptam, migraverit, modo intra tres menses in aliud col- L'^ys] 20.2 DE MAGNA CONGREGATIONB, ETC. [X.I.I. Add.p.554. legium sive aulam se receperit, neque interim aliquod onus acade- '-' * ■•' micum detrectaverit, is reputabitur, non obstante hoc intervallo, per omne suum tempus nomen in a,liquo collegio sive aula retinuisse. Add.p.959. 3. Si quis vero Doctor vel Magister Artium ab UniversLtate [1891.] discesserit et postea jus suffragii recuperare voluerit, is se coram Vice-Cancellario in Convocatione sive Congregatione sistat, et satisfaciat Vice-Cancellario nomen suum in libro promptuarii alicujus sive Collegii sive Aulse vel in registro delegatorum scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulse ascriptorum inscriptum esse, Add.p.692. et decem libras solvat ; quibus peractis Vice-Cancellarius eum [1864.J g^^ j^g suffragandi in domo Convocationis admittat, sub hac Add.p.7fi4. forma, ' Domine Doctor (vel ' Magister,' vel ' Domini Doctores ' L'°o°-J .ggi 'Magistri') licebit tibi (vel vobis) post centum et octoginta dies ex hoc die numerandos jus suffragandi in domo Convocationis exercere.' 4. Si quis vero Doctor vel Magister Artium, ab alia academia adventans, hie incorporatus suffragii jure gaudere voluerit, is post- quam duo et quadraginta dies in uno aliquo termino personaliter resederit, se cum testimonio residentiae coram Vice-Cancellario sistat, qui eum ad jus suffragii admittat. 5. Magister quisque incorporandus solvat quindecim libras, Doctor quadraginta libras. 6. Ab unoquoque vero, sive ab eo qui ab TJniversitate discesserit et postea hie suffragii jus recuperare, sive ab eo qui ab alia academia adventans hue incorporari voluerit, eaedem declarationes exigantur Add.p.814. qusB ab admittendis ad gradum quern ambit secundum Tit. IX. [1872.] ggg^_ jj_ J 2 exiguntur; neque liceat ulli jus suffragandi in domo Convocationis exercere, nisi post centum et octoginta dies ex eo die quo coram Vice-Cancellario comparuerit computandos. 7 . Porro nemini qui ab Universitate discesserit liceat plus semel jus suffragii sub conditionibus hujus statuti recuperare, nisi prius Add. p.654. veniam Convocationis expresse impetraverit. Quod ad hoc statu- [io55-] tmn attinet, terminus Paschatis et terminus Trinitatis pro uno termino reputentur. 8. Omnes sub conditionibus supra limitatis suffragandi jure gaudeant, qui ad gradus quibus insigniti sunt, per diploma vel per decretum Convocationis admissi fuerunt, modo in matriculam Uni- versitatis relati fuerint et in libro promptuarii alicujus sive collegii sive aulse vel in registro scholarium nulli collegio vel aulse ascrip- Add.p.993. torum nomina inscrJpta habeant. Nemo autem suffragandi jure '-' ■-' gaudeat qui tantum honoris causa ad gradum aliquem admissus fuerit. X. I.3.] DE MAGNA CONGKEGATIONE, ETC. 203 9. Nemini autem de feodis Universitati non persolutis monito AdJ.p.764: Buffragii jus liceat in domo Convocationis exercere, donee omnia per- Li°"°-J solvent. Qui vero intra sex menses a data monitione non persolverit, figggi is ab Universitate discessisse et jus suffragii resignasse reputetur. 10. Ut melius vero innotescat quibus jus suffragandi competat, catalogum nominum omnium Doctorum et Magistrorum jus istud secundum conditiones praedictas vendicantium, e catalogis ad cistse academicse curatores per singulos coUegiorum et aularum prsefectos et delegates scholarium nulli Collegio vel Aulse asoriptorum trans- missis confectum, Vice-Cancellarius semel quotaniiis post festum S. Michaelis et omnium Angelorum, et si quando alias ipsi expedire videbitur, typis mandandum et publici juris faciendum curet. Omnes autem quorum nomina in ilium referuntur catalogum ad omnia onera subeunda gradui suo competentia se firmiter teneri noverint. § 2. De modo indicendi Convocationem magnata, et ad earn conveniendi. 1. QtfOTiES in Convooatione magna Dootores, Magistros regentes et non-regentes convenire opus fuerit, sive in termino sive in vaca- tione, Vioe-Cancellarius eos qui jus suffragii habent de die et bora Acld.p.555. assignatis justa monitione modo consueto certiores faciat. L'°5o-] 2. Hora autem constituta post pulsationem parvse campanse, Doctores, Magistri regentes et non-regentes ad domum Convoca- tionis accedant, et prseeunte Vice-Cancellario, et uno e bedellis proclamante (' Magistri, intreiis in Convocationem, per fidem in- tretis') locum Convocationi destinatum ingrediantur et in loois sibi assignatis consideant. 3. Causa Convocationis per Vice-Cancellarium exposita, de Corp. Stat. negotiis propositis mature deliberent et, pro natura negotii, velP'" , _ scriptis per scrutinium vel viva voce vel in aurem Procuratoria vel denique per secessionem ad alteram partem domus, suffragia ferant. 4. Nihil autem pro statute decreto aut concesso liabeatur quod Add.p.633. Cancellarius sive ejus Vice-Cancellarius, vel ambo Procuratores L'°°°-J sive eorum deputati, vel major pars regentium et non-regentium negaverint. Prseterquam in electionibus, quas liberas esse volumus secundum antiquam consuetudinem per majorem partem omnium suffragantium. 204 DJS MAGNA CONGEEGATIOKB, ETC. [X. II. Sbctio II.— DE NEGOTIIS IN DOMO CONVOCATIONIS TB.ACTANDIS. § 1. Enumeratio negotiorum quae ad domum Con- vocatiouis spectant. I. QuANDOQUiDBM negotia majoris momenti cum majore deli- beratione sunt tiactanda, et quae ad universam spectant academiam, ab universis approbari congruum est ; statutum est ut in Convo- catione Doctorum, Magistrorum regentium et non-regentium (prout de antique fieri consuevit) de majoribus negotiis ac totum Univer- sitatis corpus tangentibus deliberetur et determinetur. A.dd.p.555. 2. Veluti de decretis condendis vel revocandis; de statutis ro- L ' 'J gandis vel abrogandis ; de officiariorum electionibus ; de delegatis ad cei»ta negotia nominandis ; de prsesentationibus ad beneficia ; de computis sive ratiociniis examinandis et approbandis si quando ex usu academise futurum videbitur ; de fundis sive prsediis Universi- tatis dimittendis sive elocandis ; de literis ad regiam majestatem, praelatos, proceres ac judices, sive alios quoscunque conscribendis ; de amovendis academiae dehonestamentis et gradu privandis. Denique de quibuscunque statum, dignitatem et incolumitatem Universitatis spectantibus. Adcl.p.878. 3. Si quando computi sive ratiocinia sive alise cujuscunque [i88a.] generis relationes ad domum Convocationis deferentur, statutum est ut aliquis ex eorum numero qui relationem quamlibet ad prse- dictam domum deferre teneantur eodem.tempore in domo Convoca- tionis rem palam exponat, et, si opus fuerit, quserentibus rationem reddat. Quod quum fecerit, licebit Doctoribus et Magistris regen- tibus ac non regentibus rem arbitrio suo excutere. Add.p.891. Quod ut melius efficere possint, relationes prsedictae antequam '-' '■-' in domum Convocationis proferantur sex dies ad minimum public! juris fient sive in Actis publicando, sive alio modo a Vice-Cancel- lario approbando. Add.p.942. 4. If the Vice-Chancellor shall at any time receive a question [1888.J signed by ten Members of Congregation and addressed to any of the Bodies of Delegates, Curators, or Visitors that are bound to present reports to Convocation, he shall, unless the question appears to him to be inadmissible in substance or in form, transmit the same to the Body to whom it is addressed, and shall also cause it to be jiublished in the usual manner : and a reply shall be given at a subsequent meeting of Convocation after due notice by some member of the X. II. 3.J DE MAGNA CONGREGATIONE, ETC. 205 body to whom the question is addressed or by some member of Con- vocation speaking on its behalf. 5. A debate Bhall be permitted to take place upon the answer to any such question. § 2. De statutis et decretis in domo Convocationia Add.p.632. condendis. ['^^°] 1 . Si quando ex usu academise futurum videbitur aliquid statuere vel decernere, priusquam statutum quodvis vel deoretum suffragiis Magistrorum regentium et non-regentium permittatur, primo in hebdomadali concilio tractetur negotium. 2. Atque ubi, re mature perpensa, in eo convenerit de verbis conceptis sub quibus statutum vel decretum condendum videbitur, statutum quodvis post justam monitionem in Congregations Universitatis Oxoniensis promulgetur, dein in Congregatione iterum post spatium tridui integrum ad minimum proponatur, et, si a Congregatione acceptum fuerit, post integrum septem dierum spatium ad minimum Convocationi submittatur. 3. In qua iisdem verbis quibus in Congregatione propositum fuerat, per registrarium mandate Vice-Cancellarii palam recitetur, et de eodem regentium et non-regentium suffragia rogentur. Si autem in domo Convocationis approbatum fuerit, vim suam ex eo die, nisi aliter in ipso statute provisum sit, sortiatur. 4. Decretum vero quodvis, postquam a concilio hebdomadali approbatum fuerit, immediate, sine Congregationis auctoritate, Convocationi post justam monitionem submittatur. 5. Si quod decretum de pecunia eroganda propositum fuerit Add.p.917. licebit cuivis Doctori sive Magistro regenti sive non-regenti dila- ^^ ^ tionem postulare ; quse postulatio si suffragiis Doctorum et Magis- trorum regentium et non-regentium comprobata fuerit rei deter- minatio in diem a Vice-Cancellario constituendam differatur. 6. Qusecunque negotia ad legem generalem dirigi possint, per statuta administrari volumus. Sin autem casus singuli inciderint, quibus illico providendum sit, his per decreta liceat occurrere. Porro, cum statutorum rigorem mode privatis hominum commo- ditatibus, modo necessitatibus ipsorum attemperari quandoque expediat, liceat his casibus decreto consulere. Scilicet, si qui hujus Universitatis alumni perspectae probitatis et eruditionis viri, quique per quindecim annorum spatium (computandum ab admissione eorum ad regendum) theologise operam navarunt, prsestitis prius pro utrovis gradu requisitis exercitiis, gradus cumulare sive simul capessere desiderent. 206 DE MAGNA CONGBEGATIONB, ETC. [X.H. 2. Vel si gradum academicum in quemvis decreto aut diplomate conferre placuerit. Vel si in prselatos quosvis, magnates vel nobiles, aliisve nominibus illustres viros, honoris causa gradus academicos, sive intra acade- miam, sive (missis qui Cancellarium, Procuratores et Magistros regentes repraesentent) extra academiam, conferre placuerit. AOd.p.633. Et universim si qui alii fuerint casus discipUnse academicae non [i860.] , ^ '- -' repugnantes. 7. Si quod vero delictum inciderit contra quod speciali nuUo statuto cautum fuerit, Vice-Cancellarius cum consensu concilii hebdomadalis pro arbitrio poenam irroget : donee speciali aliquo statuto contra hujusmodi delictum provisum fuerit. 8. Ut statuta et decreta omnia in posterum condenda fideliter custodiantur, registrarius registra duo ad bunc usum idonea comparet, in quorum utroque unum exemplar, seu mauu scriptum seu typis mandatum, statuti cujusvis et decreti inserendum curet. Haec autem exemplaria priusquam inserantur Vice-Cancellarius et Procuratores diligenter inspiciant, et si nullus in iis insit error, chirographo suo muniant ; quae deinde authentica exemplaria ptatuti cujusvis et decreti habeantur. Horum registrorum custodiam habeat registrarius donee ad umbilicum perducta erunt, ubi alterum in archivis Universitatis alterum in bibliotheca Bodleiana reponatur. Interea, ea inspiciendi copia fiat a registrario id volentibus aoademicis. Add.p.313. § 3. De eleotionibus in domo Convocationis habendis. Add.p.839. ^- EvEET election to any office or place or benefice in the gift of [•874.] j;hg University shall be holden in full Term, unless the Vice-Chan- cellor for some urgent reason shall order otherwise. In the case of any office terminable at a certain time, and in the case of any holder of an office giving notice in writing of his intention to resign such office at a certain date, a Convocation or Congregation (as the case may be) shall be holden, for an election to supply the vacancy, at any time within a period not exceeding four months before the day fixed for such termination or resignation as the case may be, and such election shall take effect immediately on the occurrence of the vacancy. The Vice-Chancellor shall give twelve days' notice, if it conveniently can be done, of every election. 2. No candidate shall have votes reckoned to him at any election, unless he shall have been nominated in writing six clear days be- forehand by two members of Convocation or Congregation (as the X. IT.3.] DE MAGNA CONGEEGATIONE, ETC. 207 case may be) at the least, or three clear days beforehand by six members of Convocation or Congregation (as the case may be) at the least. All nominations, dated and signed, shall be delivered at the Eegistrar's office within the times above prescribed, and shall be published by him forthwith, provided that no nomination shall Add.p.969. be published by him before the expiration of a week from the day Li'*92-J on which notice was given of the election. 3. If so many candidates only shall have been duly nominated as are sufficient to fill the vacancies, or if candidates withdraw after having been nominated so as to leave so many only as are suffi- cient to fill the vacancies, the Vice-Chancellor shall declare the candidates nominated, and not having withdrawn, duly elected. If at the time of election there shall be a greater number of vacancies than the number of candidates nominated and not having withdrawn, the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors jointly shall have power to nominate a candidate for each vacancy remaining to be filled up, and such candidates shall then be declared to be duly elected. 4. These provisions respecting notice of elections and respecting the nomination of candidates shall apply so far as possible mutatis mutandis to elections in the Congregation of the University. De Scrutinio in domo Oonvocationis faciendo. Acld.p.314. 5. Si opus sit ut suffragia ferantur, fiat scrutinium per scripta, '-' ^ '-' in quo (Vice-Cancellario prsesidente) Procuratores scrutatores erunt. Quo quidem in scrutinio, ubi Vice-Cancellarius et Procuratores sufiragati fuerint, quisque Doctorum, Magistrorum regentium et non-regentium secundum ordinem senioritatis (quantum fieri potest) accedat, et (Procuratoribus a latere Vice-Cancellarii utrinque sedentibus) Vice-Cancellario tradat tabulam in qua nomen suum Add.p.6o6. et candidati cui suffragatur inscripserit, in banc formam, ^ •' '■' Ego A. B. e coll. (vel aula) C. D. nomino E. F. e coll. (vel aula) . 6. Nee scrutatores prsedicti aut eorum alter ante peractam elec- tionem, nisi ex causa necessitatis, discedant. Quo in casu, Vice- Cancellarius (aut alius ab ipso deputatus) ejusdem, dum abest, vices Add.p.6o6. sustinebit. • ['^5*-^ >j. Cum autem longius in electione processum fuerit, defecerint- que qui suffragentur ; priusquam scrutatores suffragiorum nume- rum ineant, bedellus theologise per domum Convocationis ad suffiragandum alta voce praeconizabit ; ' Magistri ad suffragandum, jyrima vice;' deinde ex intervallo unius horse quadrantis, 'Ma- 208 DE MAGNA CONGEEGATIONE; ETC. [X. II. 3. gistri ad auffragandum, secunda vice;' et tertio, post alium horse quadrantem, ' Magistri ad suffragandum, tertia vice.' 8. Tandem (postquam aliquamdiu accessuros exspectaverint, nee quisquam accedat) prsedicti scrutatores eum in quern, computatis Add.p.6o6. suffragiis, majorem numero partem consensisse compererint, pro •- ° ■•' electo palam pronunciabunt. 9. Si duo vel plures sequalem suifragiorum numerum sortiti sint ; si graduati fuerint, eorum senior, si graduati non fuerint, tunc is in quern Cancellarius (vel Vice-Cancellarius pro tempore existens) Adrl.p.fioS. consenserit, pro electo habeatur. Electus vero ne ad munus suum L'°5°-j admittatur nisi post triduum. Interim tabulae in custodia Vice- Cancellarii conserventur. Et si qua de suffragiis latis controversia orta fuerit, cujus candidatus quivis Vice-Cancellario et Procura- toribus probaverit causam esse rationabilem, scrutatores iterum scrutinium tabularum ineant, et is demum electus habeatur, in quern post hoc scrutinium major pars sufifragantium consensisse com- Add.p.6o6. perta sit ; et ad oificium suum (peractis prsestitisque singulis quae L'°3o-] ad hujusmodi admissionem requirentur) e vestigio, si prsesens fuerit, admittatur. Add.p.840. 10. Burgensium Parliamenti electionem hoc statuto non compre- L1874.] hendi manifestum est. Corp. Stat. § 4, De degradatione. p. 127. [1636.] I. Cum nonnuUa sint delicta, quae, contra statuta hujus Univer- sitatis admissa, graduum privatione plectuntur ; alia vero quae, licet alibi commissa, tamen propter infame supplicii quo vindicantur genus, detrahi prius insignia academica, et delinquentes exauctorari postulant ; ne stigmata delinquentium personis merito inurenda simul graduum academicorum dignitati labeculam aspergant ; unde aliqua ad ipsam Universitatem redundet infamia : 2. Statutum igitur est quod quoties hujusmodi se tulerit occasio, si delinquens intra Universitatem prsesens fuerit, Vice-Cancellarius (indicta prius Convocatione) ipsum habitu gradui competente in- dutum in domo Convocationis sistendum curet, ubi ipsum Vice- Cancellarius gravi ac severa oratione increpabit, simulque atroci- tatem criminis sui ei ob oculos ponet ; deinde ipsius mandate e bedellis inferioribus unus singula gradus sui insignia, primopileum, mox caputium, deinde capam, postremo togam detrahet ; ac eum in modum, cunctis insignibus academicis exutum et nudatum, e domo Convocationis proturbabit. 3. Quod si intra Universitatem prsesens non fuerit, Vice-Cancel- larius (indicta itidem Convocatione) ibidem delinquentis crimen, et X. in. 1.] DE MAGNA CONGEEGATIONE, ETC. 209 poenam degradationis per statuta (aut alias ex decreto superioris curiae, vel ex congruo) irrogandam declarabit. Deinde, Doctorum, Magistrorum regentium et non-regentium assensu rogato, instru- mentum publicum a registrario palam reoitari faciet ; in quo nomen, gradus et crimen delinquents exponantur ; et ipse, de con- sensu Doctorum et Magistrorum regentium et non-regentium, gradu omni academico exutus et exauctoratus pronuncietur et declaretur. Mox idem instrumentum, sigillo oificii sui munitum, valvis magnse scholarum portaa appendendum curabit. Sectio III.— conceenihg the COKGREGATION OF THE UNIVERSITY. § 1. On the mode of submitting Statutes to the Con- AcM.p.ygi. gregation of the University. [1870. J Wheeeas by an act entituled An act to make further provision for the good government and extension of the University of Oxford, of the colleges therein, and of the college of St. Mary Winchester, passed in the seventeenth and eighteenth year of the reign of her present Majesty, the University is empowered with the approval of her Majesty in Council to repeal and alter the provisions in the said act contained respecting the powers and proceedings of the Hebdomadal Council, and respecting the powers and proceedings of the Congregation of the University of Oxford — And whbbbas it is expedient to repeal certain of the provisions of the said act in that behalf, and to substitute other provisions for the purpose of giving increased efficiency to the proceedings of the Congregation, and enabling the Congregation to consider separately the principle and the details of any statute brought for- ward by the Hebdomadal Council, and to give power of amending statutes in Congregation — Be it therefore enacted by the University subject to the approval of lier Majesty in Council as follows — 1. So much of the 17th, i8th, 19th, and 20th sections of the beforementioned act as relates to the powers and proceedings of the Hebdomadal Council and to the powers and proceedings of the Congregation shall be and the same is hereby repealed, and the provisions hereinafter contained shall be substituted in lieu thereof. 2. Every statute framed by the Hebdomadal Council shall, after such notice of the contents thereof as the University shall by statute direct, be promulgated in Congregation, and the question that the principle of the statute as stated in the preamble thereof be approved shall then be submitted to Congregation. 210 DE MAGNA CONGREGATIONE, ETC. [X. III. I . Aild.p.820. 3. Subject to the provisions hereinafter contained, any amend- [1873.] meut, of which due notice has been given in accordance with such AcM.p.94(5. regulations as the University shall by Statute direct may be pro- [1888. J posed and moved in Congregation either by the proposer himself or by any other Member of Congregation ; but every such proposal must be seconded by another Member of Congregation. The Heb- domadal Council shall also have power to propose amendments. The proposer of any amendment shall have the right of a reply at the close of the debate. 4. If any amendment is adopted by Congregation, the Hebdomadal Council, or any twelve Members of Congregation, shall be at liberty, subject as hereafter mentioned, to propose in such manner and after such interval as the University may by statute appoint, any amendment or amendments in the statute in question. Add. 11.914, 5. No amendment shall be submitted to Congregation which in L^ S85.] .j-jjg judgment of the Chancellor or in his absence of the Vice-Chan- cellor or his deputy shall be inconsistent with or irrelevant to the principle of the statute proposed to be amended as stated in the preamble. And no amendment in the preamble of a statute shall in any case be made by Congregation. 6. The word amendment shall be taken to include proposals for the omission of clauses or the addition of new clauses. 7. Every clause in which an amendment may be adopted, shall be submitted to Congregation as finally amended ; and every statute, after its principle has been accepted by Congregation, and after the amendments to it (if any) have been accepted or rejected by Con- gregation, shall be submitted to Congregation as a whole for acceptance or rejection. 8. The Members of Congregation shall upon eveiy occasion, on which any question whatever is submitted to Congregation, have the right to speak thereon in the English tongue, subject to such regulations as the University may make by statute for the due order of debate. 9. No statute which has once been promulgated in Congregation shall be withdrawn in any of its stages in Congregation*. § 2. Regulations under which Statutes are to be submitted to the Congregation of the University. Add.p.792. I. EvEBY statute as framed by the Hebdomadal Council shall [1870.] * This statute received the approval of her Majesty in Council on March 3i8t, T870. Clause 3, as amended, was approved by her Majesty in Council oil June 25, 1872. Clause 4, as amended, was approved July 9, 1885. Clause 3, as further amended, was approved June 29, 1 888. X. III. 2.] DE MAGNA CONGIIEGATIONE, ETC. 211 contain a preamble stating shortly the principle of the measure, and an enacting part consisting of one or more clauses or sections carrying out in detail the principle of the statute as stated in the preamble. 2. Notice of the promulgation of a statute shall be issued at least five clear days before the day of meeting of Congregation. 3. Any member of Congregation who introduces a Statute shall Add.p.917. have the right of a reply at the close of the debate. [1886.] 4. Notice of amendments shall be given viva voce by the proposer Aild.p.820. or by some one on his behalf in Congregation on the occasion of l'^T^J promulgation either before, or immediately after, the question is put ; and, in case the preamble of the statute is approved by Congregation, the proposed amendments shall be within two days Add.p.<)5o. transmitted to the Registrar in writing signed by the proposer and ['°°°-] seconder. 5. The Chancellor or in his absence the Vice-Chancellor or his Deputy shall report to the Council all amendments which in his judgment are in accordance with the regulations relating to the proposal of amendments to statutes in Congregation, and the Council shall thereupon order them to be printed with the names of the respective proposers and seconders. 6. The Council may at the same time and on the same paper print any amendments which they may think fit to propose, as amendments proposed by Council, and such amendments may be moved in Congregation by any Member of Council. 7. All amendments shall be printed in the order of the clause or part of the clause to which each refers, and a printed notice con- taining all the proposed amendments shall be issued not less than three clear days before the Congregation at which the same are to be taken into consideration. But during the debate in Congrega- Ad.i.p.Sjo. tion the mover and seconder of any amendment shall have power, ['^/'^J with the unanimous consent of the House, either to postpone the consideration of that amendment until a later period of the debate, or to divide the amendment into two or more parts, and take a separate vote upon such several portions. 8. All clauses with reference to which no notice of amendment has been given shall be deemed to be accepted by Congregation. 9. If any amendment shall be adopted, a notice shall be issued containing the terms of the statute as amended, and the amend- ments which have been made in Congregation shall be printed in Italic type, and within two clear days after the issuing of such notice any amendments either proposed by Council or drawn 212 DB MAGNA CONGEEGATIONE, ETC. [X. III. 2. up and signed by twelve Members of Congregation, subject to the regulations as to amendments to the preamble and clauses of a statute, shall be printed, and a notice thereof issued, and such amendments shall on a day not less than three clear days after the Add.p.820. issuing of such notice be submitted to Congregation. On the occa- '•'■-' sion when the clauses of a Statute as amended are to be put to Con- gregation, the Council shall have power, after having given three clear days' notice, either to propose amendments, or to submit to Congregation the choice between contradictory or inconsistent pro- visions which may have been introduced into the Statute. 10. If no amendment be proposed, or when all the proposed Add.p.914. amendments have been considered in Congregation, and the ^ °'-' clauses of the statute finally settled, the question that the statute do pass shall be submitted to Congregation on a subsequent day of which not less than three clear days' notice shall have been given. 1 1 . If when such last-mentioned question is before Congregation, there be at any time fewer than twenty Members present, or if the time be past the hour of 4 p.m., any two members may demand that the question be adjourned to a subsequent day, to be fixed by the Chancellor, or, in his absence, by the Vice- Chancellor or his Deputy, and the question shall be adjourned accordingly. 12. Whenever it shall seem expedient to the Hebdomadal Coun- cil, resolutions containing the chief points of a proposed statute may be submitted to Congregation before the statute itself is framed. 13. In the event of such resolutions being submitted to Congre- gation and approved, Congregation may, on a motion duly pro- posed and seconded therein, refer them to a select committee which shall report to Council on the provisions of a statute for carrying into effect the said resolutions. The Vice-Chancellor shall always be a member of such committee. The number of the other members of such Committee shall be fixed by Congregation ; half . shall be nominated by Council, and half elected by Congregation. 14. All notices hereinbefore required to be issued shall be given by afixing a paper to the door of the Convocation House. 15. Every vote in Congregation shall be taken immediately after the conclusion of the debate (if any) on the question to be voted upon, subject to the provisions of clause 10. TITULTJS XL DE CONGREGATIONIBUS ET CON VOCATIONIBUS Corp^ Stat. STATUTA GENERALIA. ^'[1636.] Vide Ap« § 1. Congregationibus alii necessario alii libere intersuat; ;nfj.a.' ' Convocationibus singuli, rite moniti, tenentur per fidem interesse. 1. Statutum est quod singuli Doctores et Magistri necessario regentes (quotquot infra ambitum academise commorantur) statim a cessatione pulsationis solennia campanse ad Congregationem accedent ; cui a principio ad finem intersint, nee nisi venia a Cancellario aut Vice-Canoellario impetrata discedant : regentes vero ad placitum, quoties specialiter requisiti fuerint, aut alias pro arbitrio suo, intersint. 2. Si quis ex necessario regentibus vel venire neglexerit, vel secus quam oportet discesserit, pro prima vice uno solido, pro secunda duobus, pro tertia tribus solidis per Cancellarium vel Vice-Cancellarium mulctetur. Et si, debita prsecedente monitione, ulterius in negligentia perseveraverit, a domo Congregationis penitus excludatur. 3. Ad magnam vero Convocationem singuli Doctores et Magistri regentes et non-regentes, debite prsemoniti, venire, ibique, dum negotia ad Universitatem spectantia tractantur, permanere (nisi justam absentise oausam, a Vice-Cancellario requisiti, ipsi appro- baverint) noverint se fide data Universitati obligari. § 2. De ordine sedendi in Convoeatione et Congre- Corp. Stat. gatione. P'.'^^V-, Statuit Universitas et decrevit quod in omnibus Congre- gationibus et Convocationibus Cancellarius vel Vice-Cancellarius, in cathedra, locum teneat principalem in medio. Deinceps ex utraque parte Cancellarii vel Vice-Cancellarii, sedeant primo Doctores in S. Theologia : deinde ex utraque parte Theologorum ad dextram Doctores in Medicina, ad sinistram Doctores Juris Civilis ; salva tamen consuetudine, quae hodie inter juristas et medicos obtinet, quod qui senior est (id est, prius prsesentatus ad eundem gradum) in sua facultate, prse juniore in altera loci 214 DB CONGEEGATIONIBUS, ETC. [XI. 3. seu dignitatis prserogativam vendicet, ac obtineat. Cui etiam consuetudini ne quicquam eo nomine derogatum volumus, si forte in hisce statutis vel rubricis, inter nominandas ex ordine ambas facultates, unam alteri ssepius prseponi vel prsenominari conti- gerit. Juxta vero Cancellarium vel Vice-Cancellarium, utrinque paulo inferius, locum consuetum habeant Procuratores ; et ad latera utriusque domus, Magistri facultatis Artium absque ante- rioris loci vendicatione : prseterquam quod collegiorum et aularum prsefectis, si qui sunt Magistri Artium duntaxat et non Doctores, prse aliis Magistris locus superior concedatur. § 3. In domo Congregatlonis et Convocationis Latino idio- mate utendum. Loquendi modus et vices servandae. A contumeliis abstinendum. Statutum est quod quilibet, verba facturus in domo Congre- gationis et Convocationis, Latino utatur eloqnio, nisi cuiquam Add.p.557. (negotio sic requirente) Cancellarius, vel Vice-Cancellarius, lingua Add o vernacula utendi libertatem permiserit. Quodque omnes, dum alii [1887.] loquuntur, silentium prsestent ; nee quisquam de loco ad locum migret ; aut loquendi vices senior! locuturo prseripiat ; aut ssepius de eadem materie interstrepat ; sed simul atque sententiam suam protulerit, aliorum judicio ponderandam reUnquat. Quodque a dicacitate, prsesertim opprobriis, omnique indecenti verbo aut facto penitus abstineant : sub poena quod, si quis in praemissis deliquerit, a domo Congregatlonis vel Convocationis, judicio Can- cellarii vel Vice-Cancellarii et Procuratorum, pro illo die, vel (si majori parti domus videbitur) pro longiore tempore excludatur : et insuper obnoxius esto poenia sancitis in statute de contumeliis Add. p. 5 29. compesceudis. [1856.] TiTULUs xn. CONCERNING CERTAIN DELEGACIES. Sectio L— DE DELEGATORUM NOMINATIONS. Add.p.570. 1 . Cum varia Universitatis negotia a paucis citius et commodius, quam a pluribus, expediantur ; eo nomine statutum est ut hasc selectis quibusdam viris per domum Convocationis delegentur, qui de iisdem deliberandi, vel deliberandi et statuendi, prout prsedictse domui videbitur, potestatem habeant, et delegati appellentur ; quos delegates nominandi jus penes cos sit quibus per statuta commissum fuerit ; penes autem Procuratores sit, si non aliter statutum fuerit. 2. E Dootoribus Magistris regentibus et non-regentibus seligau- tur delegati, qui impositum sibi onus subire teneantur. 3. Si quis delegatus e vivis exoesserit, vel in Universitate com- morari et domum suam habere desierit, alius continuo in ejus locum eadem auctoritate subrogetur. 4. Cum opus sit nonnunquam delegari quibusdam prosequenda negotia extra Universitatis prsecinctum ; hi, quoties id usu venerit, ad mandatum Vice-Cancellarii et Proouratorum singuli ad hujus- modi negotia pro virili prosequenda (modo fiat expensis Universita- tis) paratos se prtestent. 5. Nullum statutum quo numerus delegatorum quorumvis vel Aild.p.803. curatorum prseter Vice-Cancellarium et Procuratores vel prseter ^' '°'-' Vice-Cancellarium prseacribitur ita est interpretandum, ut delegati cujusvis vel curatoris ad ofiicium Vice-Cancellarii vel Procuratoris admissi locus pro vacanti putetur. Sectio II.— DE DELEGATIS. § 1. De delegatis preli. Delegati preli sint decem, prseter Vice-Cancellarium ; quorum quinqiie sint in posterum perpetui delegati, reliqui quinque post septimum annum officio suo cedant, possint tamen iterum eligi. Eligantur et nominentur a Vice-Cancellario et duobus Procurato- Add.p.747. ribus e Doctoribus et Magistris regentibus et non-regentibus, ['of'^-J quotiescunque aliquis eorum qui nunc sunt delegati preli, vel eorum qui posthac electi fuerint, officio cesserit, manentibus interea iis qui nunc sunt perpetuis delegatis. Quumprimum vero horum qui 216 CONCERNING CERTAIN DELEGACIES. [XII. II. I. nunc sunt numerus ad quatuor redactus sit, turn delegati eligant e seipsis unum, qui sit perpetuus delegatus quintus,: et sic deinceps subrogetur alius e ceteris, sive junioribus, delegatis, ad supplendum perpetuo numerum quinque perpetuorum delegatorum. Add.p.877. The Accounts of the Delegates of the Press shall be audited ^ '•' according to instructions received from the Delegates of the Press by an Auditor to be appointed annually by the Hebdomadal Council. The Auditor shall be paid by the Delegates of the Press, and shall transmit a certificate as to correctness to the Vice-Chanoellor, who on receiving the same shall present it to Convocation and cause it to be published within the University. Add. p. 94. § 2. De statis delegatis pro aeademise privilegiis tuendis ^''^'^^•i at conservandis. 1. Cum ex privilegiorum nostrorum ignoratione multa mala ac dispendia huic Universitati antehac contigerint, cumque in variis concertationibus cum municipibus Oxoniensibus aliisque nostrorum privilegiorum adversariis, novos delegatos designari haud e re aea- demise esse usu compertum sit : 2. Placuit Universitati statuere et decernere ut Vice-Cancel- larius, Procuratores et custos archivorum pro tempore existentes, cum quatuor aliis cujuscunque facultatis Doctoribus aut Artium Magistris, per Vice-Cancellarium et Procuratores aut per majorem partem eorundem nominandis, et deinceps a domo Convocationis approbandis, in posterum privilegiorum nostrorum curam et tutelam suscipiant : qui, ut stati delegati, de negotiis omnibus eo spectan- tibus, cum relatione ad domum Convocationis et approbatione ejusdem, statuant et deliberent. Quinque insuper delegati a Procuratoribus in prima Convocatione post admissionem suam, cum approbatione Vice-Cancellarii et domus Convocationis, quotannis nominentur ; qui ut stati delegati anno insequente, cum approba- tione illius domus Convocationis, una cum prsedictis aliis delegatis perpetuis res omnes ad privilegia spectantes audiant et determinent. Ad quod munus suscipiendum et sedulo fideliterque exequendum singuli se fide data Universitati firmiter teneri noverint. 3. Cum autem aliquos ex hisce delegatis mox nominandis aut eorum successoribus fatis concedere, vel alias Universitate prorsus excedere, vel cum consensu domus Convocationis officio abdicare contigerit, alii continue in ipsorum locum eadem auctoritate, ut prsefatum est, subrogentur. 4. Si vero horum major pars in Universitate praesens non fuerit, aut propter adversam valetudinem prsesto adease non poteritj XII. II. 4.] CONCEENING CERTAIN DELEGACIES. 217 quotiescunque ex improviso de privilegiis agatur, et resmoram non tulerit, Procuratores, vel eorum alter, cum consensu Vice-Cancel- larii, totidem in locum absentium ad prsesens subrogabunt quot ad majorem partem explendam suffeoerint. 5. Hi autem delegati bis ad minimum in anno, nempe in prima Hilarii et Trinitatis pleni termini hebdomada, aut ssepius si res tulerit, die et hora a Vice-Cancellario pridie constituenda, in dele- gatorum camera aut (si justa de causa ita expedire videbitur) in alio loco idoneo conveniant, de privilegiis et juribus Universitatis Add. p. 96. tuendis et defendendis consulturi. Quicquid vero ipsis placuerit, C^?^^-] a registrario Universitatis registro peculiari inseratur. ri868 1 § 3. De delegatis musei aeademici. Add.p.581. 1. Delegati ad museum academicum et laboratorium Claren- ^ ^^ donianum administrandum sint sex, prseter Vice-Cancellarium et [1876.] Procuratores ; qui sex delegati a Congregatione Universitatis Oxoniensis in quinquennium eligantur. 2. Eligatur nemo ex professoribus intra musei preecinctus dooentibus inter quos Professor Philosophige Experimentalis nu- meretur. Hi vero professores ad delegatorum cousessus vocentur, ut de rebus singulis una consilium ineant, neo tamen jus suffragii habeant. Pecuniarum sibi concreditarum, et in administratione Add.p.634. musei erogatarum, delegati rationem reddant delegatis ad compu- Li°°°-J tandas rationes quotannis. 3. Tbe Delegates stall have power from time to time to assign Add.p.7y4. rooms to the several Professors and Lecturers, to distribute the l'*93-J spaces in the Central Court, to make such arrangements as tliey may think expedient with reference to the Collections and portions of Collections the charge of which is not specially assigned to any other person by deed or statute, and generally to exercise supervision over the fabric, apparatus, and Collections of the Museum. Subject to the provisions of any Deed of Trust or the consent of the Donor, if living, the Delegates shall have power to sanction the purchase, sale, exchange, presentation, or loan of specimens. 4. It shall be the duty of the Delegates to prepare and lay Add.p.942. before Convocation annually a printed repoit of the Museum and [1088.] its departments. § 4. De delegatis ad negotia intra Universitatem. NbgotiA extraordinaria in Universitate expedienda delegentur Add.p.S7i. viris idoneis quot et quando visum sit concilio hebdomadal! r L^ 5 •! quorum delegatorum trientem eligat et nominet e seipso idem 218 CONCERNING CERTAIN DELEGACIES. [XII. II. 4. concilium ; reliquos autem eligat et nominet domus Convocationis e Doctoribus et Magistris regentibus et non-regentibus. § 5. Concerning the Delegates of University Police. Add p. 783. J There shall be eleven Delegates of University Police; [1869.] 6 Add.p.949. '^'^"I'^^y =— [1888.] The Vice-Chancellor ; The Proctors; The person who last held the office of Vice-Chancellor ; The Proctors of the last year ; Two Eesident Membei-s of Convocation nominated by the Vice-Chancellor in Convocation in each Michaelmas Term to hold office for a year. Three resident Members of Convocation, nominated by the Proctors in Convocation in Michaelmas Term, holding office for three years, and one retiring every year. 2. The delegates shall hold three meetings in a year; namely, one in each Term, Easter and Act Terms being counted as one, on such days as the Vice-Chancellor shall appoint ; and they shall also meet at other times when summoned by the Vice-Chancellor. 3. There shall be not more than fifteen Proctors' servants, of Add.p.784. whom one shall be a superior officer, and shall be called the [1809.] marshal, and the others shall be subordinate. All these shall be ri882 T nominated by the delegates, being such men as the Vice-Chancellor Add.p.977. ^^y think fit to appoint constables under the powers reserved to [1893.] the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor in clause 23 of the Oxford Police Act, 1 88 1. They shall be engaged under such conditions, and shall receive such salaries, as the delegates may from time to time determine. They shall be removable by the delegates, and shall be subject to such regulations as the delegates shall think fit. 4. Of the Proctors' servants a certain number, not exceeding eight, shall be specially appointed for the service of the river. 5. The delegates shall contribute annually towards the mainten- ance of the bathing-place the sum of £25 out of the funds placed at their disposal, as long as it shall be conducted in a manner satisfactory to them. 6. The whole basement of the Clarendon Building shall be set apart for a Proctors' office and a University police station. 7. The delegates shall appoint a man and his wife, who shall reside in the station; who shall take charge of all persons brought thither by the Proctors' servants ; who shall take care of and keep clean the whole Clarendon Building and its precincts, and shall XII. II. 6.] CONCEENING CERTAIN DELEGACIES. 219 attend on the several offices in the building, and discharge such other duties as the delegates may direct. 8. The delegates are hereby authorised to draw annually from A(ld.p.846. the University chest for these purposes a sum not exceeding twelve Li'70-J hundred pounds. Add.p.gsS. 9. The expenses of special constables appointed by the Chancellor [i89°-] or the Vice-Chancellor shall be defrayed out of the University chest. 10. The accounts of the delegates shall be audited annually in Michaelmas Term by the delegates of accounts. § 6. Concerning the Delegates for superintending the in- , struetion of Selected Candidates for the Civil Service of India. ' 1. There shall be thirteen Delegates for superintending the Add.p.970. instruction of Selected Candidates for the Civil Service of India ; '-' ^^'' namely : — The Vice-Chanoellor ; The Proctors ; The Laudian Professor of Arabic ; The Boden Professor of Sanskrit ; The Reader in Indian History; The Header in Indian Law ; Six members of Convocation holding office for six years, of whom two shall be elected by Congregation, two by tlie Hebdomadal Council, and two shall be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors, subject to the approval of Convocation. Of the six non-official Delegates one in each class shall vacate office every three years. In case of a vacancy happening out of order, the place shall be supplied for the residue of the time for which the vacating Delegate was appointed. 2. For the teaching of Oriental Languages and of such other tubjects as may be necessary for the proper instruction of Selected Candidates for the Civil Service of India, there shall be so manj-^ Lecturers and in such subjects as the Delegates shall from time to time determine. 3. The Delegates shall appoint the Lecturers and determine the salary to be paid to each Lecturer out of the funds at their disposal. Every Lecturer shall be appointed for not more than three years, 220 CONCEllNING CERTAIN DELEGACIES. [XII. II. 6. but shall be re-eligible. The Delegates shall also determine the periods, whether in or out of Term, during which each Lecturer is to lecture, and the number of lectures to be delivered ; and the Lecturers shall be bound to conform to such regulations as the Delegates may make respecting the hours and mode of teaching. The Lecturers shall also make from time to time such reports as to their teaching as the Delegates may require. 4. The Delegates may, if they shall think fit, require from all persons attending the lectures payment of fees, the amount of the fees being fixed by the Delegates. The fees so received shall be paid over to the Lecturers in respect of whose lectures they are received. 5. The Delegates may, if they shall think fit, appoint a Secretary and pay him such salary, not exceeding £ 50 a year, as they shall determine. 6. There shall be paid to the Delegates all sums received by the University under any order made by the Secretary of State for India in Council, and such other sums as may be determined from time to time by Decree of Convocation. 7. It shall be the duty of the Delegates to prepare and lay before Convocation annually a printed repoi-t. TITULUS XIII. DE HEBDOMADALI CONCILIO. Add.p.^so. [1856.] Lege lata 17° et 18° Vict. cap. 81, constitutum est hebdo- pend. B, madale concilium ; ad quod eadem lege translata sunt jura omnia infra, privilegia et ofGcia quatenus in statutis Universitatis de lieb- domadali conventu prsefectorum collegiorum et aularum exta- bant. De hebdomadali vero et ordinario conventu prsefectorum col- legiorum et aularum antehac statutum fuerat bis verbis quae sequuntur. [Tit. XIII. (Corp. Stat. p. 131.) DE HEBDOMADALI ET OEDINARIO CONVENTU PRiEFECTORUM COLLEGIORUM ET AULARUM. Quo melius ea quae ad regimen et tranquillitatem Universitatis pertinent expediantur et proourentur, secundum ordinationem serenissimi regis Caroli ejus nominis primi gratiose nuper ad Universitatem super ea re transmissam, sancitum est quod die LunsB cujuslibet septimanse per totum annum tarn in vacatione quam terminorum temporibus (prseterquam in principalibus et solennibus festis, aut ubi Vice-Cancellario videbitur ex publica aliqua occasione hujusmodi congressum intermittere) bora prima pomeridiana (et etiam alias quandocunque Vice-Cancellario ex urgente aliqua occasione convocare videbitur) dominus Vice- Cancellarius ejusve deputatus una cum Procuratoribus et singulis collegiorum et aularum prsefectis turn in Universitate prsesentibus in loco certo et stato conveniant, ibique de privilegiis et liber- tatibus Universitatis (prout occasio emerserit) tuendis deliberent, et de statutis et consuetudinibus Universitatis observandis inter se tractent inquirant et consilium ineant. Et, si quid super bono regimine, profectu scholastico, honestate, vel utilitate com- muni, et ex usu academiae, ipsi, vel major pars eorum, deliberate opus esse duxerint, de eodem deliberandi potestatem habeant; quo melius et consultius post hujusmodi ipsorum deliberationem 223 DE HEBDOMADALI CONCILIO. [XIII. in venerabili domo Congregationis proponatur, et deinde maturo cum consilio in venerabili domo Convocationis de eodem statuatur et decernatur. Siquis vero prsefectorum praedictorum in ITni- veraitate prsesentium (cessante impedimento legitimo per Vice- Cancellarium approbando) ab hujusmodi congressibus frequenter Be absentaverit, nomen ejus, tanquam personae bono Universitatis regimini minus faventis, ad Cancellarium per Vice-Cancellarium deferatur.] TITULUS XIV. DE VESTITU ET HABITU SCHOLASTICO. Add.p.530. [1856.] § 1. De modo servando in vestitu. AcADEMici omnes ut viros graves et studiosos decet vestiantur, nee quae fastum et luxum prse se ferunt imitentur. In capillitio etiam modus esto. Si quis novos et insolitos habitus in vestitu introduxerit, Vioe-Cancellarius et praefecti collegiorum et aularum habita inter se deliberatione de eodem sententias suas proferant. Prsefecti suis singuli scholaribus hujusmodi vestimentorum usu interdieant. Si quia deliquerit, poenis, quas secundum qualitatem delicti pro arbitrio infliget Vice-Cancellarius, vel Procuratoram utervis, coerceatur. § 2. De usu habitus academici. Cum propter remissiorem habitus academici usum multa ac gravia incommoda Universitati accrescant, jumores omnium ordi- num quoties in publicum prodeunt, juato habitu academico induti incedant. Si quis vero in statu pupillari in hac parte deliquerit, vel penso literario vel mulcta, a Vice-Cancellario vel Procura- torum altero vel a quovis ex eorum deputatis puniatur. Denique si quis post hujusmodi poenam ter impositam in consimili delicto deprehensus erit, suspendatur, si ita Vice-Cancellario et Procura- toribus visum fuerit, a gradu quern ambit per unum terminum toties quoties, et libro nigro, sive registro Procuratorum, nomen ejus inseratur ; vel aliqua alia pcena coerceatur ad eorum arbi- trium infligenda. § 3. De habitu academico singulis gradibus et facul- tatibus competente. 1. DoCTOEES omnes cujuscunque facultatis, Baccalaurei etiam in Sacra Theologia, Medicina et Jure Civili, Magistri et Baccalau- rei Artium, Baccalaurei itidem in Musica, togas gradui et facul- tati eompetentes hodie usitatas juxta exemplar in archivis re- positum gerant. 2. Ambo Procuratores eorumque deputati habitu hodie usitato, secundum exemplar, induti incedant. 224 DE VESTITU ET HABITU SCHOLASTICO. [XIV. 3. Add.p.653. 3. Barones vel baronum filii natu maximi, toga deaurata, sive Add p 802 ^°S^ nigra laxe manicata serica, et pileo quadrate holoserico cum [1870.] apice deaurato vel serico, induti incedant. Liceat tamen iisdem, donee gradum primum susceperint, eodem vestitu quo commen- sales utriuBvis ordinis uti, modo eo vestitu induti coram Vice- Cancellario matriculandi comparuerint. Add.p.531. 4. Superioris ordinis commensales togam talarem sericam sive L'°n"-J ex quovis panno nigro confectam, cum ornamentis secundum ex- emplar, et pileum quadratum holosericum (Anglice velvet) cum apice ; cseteri vero non-graduati, quotquot non sunt de fundatione coUegii alicujus, vel aulas alicujus scholarea vel clerici, togam talarem ex quovis panno nigro non serico confectam, cum orna- mentis secundum exemplar, et pileum quadratum panno obductum cum apice gerant. 5. Non-graduati, quotquot sint alicujus collegii socii, proba- tionarii, scbolares, capellani, clerici vel choristse, sicut et quotquot sint alicujus aulse scholares vel clerici, si modo in matriculam Universitatis sint relati, denique quotquot de fundatione collegii cujusvis sint, studentes insuper sedis Christi, quoties in publicum in Universitate prodeunt, togis laxe manicatis, ita ut manicse longitude dimidiam partem longitudinis togse non excedat, et pileis quadratis cum apice induti incedant. 6. Artium Baccalaurei in omni actu scholastico caputium fim- bria pellita prsetextum gerant. Graduati omnes togas gradui et facultati competentes et pileos quadrates cum apice gestent, prag- cipue in concionibus et in actibus academicis. 7. Professores public! in lectionibus suis ordinariis, togis gradui vel facultati suae competentibus et pileis induti ad scholas accedant et eodem Labitu induti legant. 8. Quoties vero ad Congregatienes aut Convecationes accedunt, omnes, prseter togas, caputia gradui congrua, Deotores etiam capas, vel clausas vel apertas, adhibeant. 9. Doctores singulis diebus Dominicis intra terminum ante meridiem, et in Quadragesima et in Dominica Paschatis post meridiem, capa et caputio coccineo induti concionibus intersint. 10. Si quis in statu pupillari in prasmissis deliquerit pro arbi- trio Yice-Cancellarii et Procuratorum puniatur. Si quis vero graduatus ad Cenvocationem vel Congregatienem habitu compe- tente destitutus acoesserit, nullam omnino suffragandi potestatem ea vice habeat. TITULUS XV. DE MORIBUS CONFOEMANDIS. Add.p. i, ante 320. § 1. De reverentia juniorum erga seniores. 1. QuuM ad mores rite conformandos plurimum conducat ut singulis ordinibus pro dignitate cujusque sua tribuatur obser- vantia ; statutum est quod juniores senioribus, id est nondum graduati Baccalaureis, Baccalaurei Artium Magistris, Magistri itidem Doctoribus, debitam et congruam reverentiam turn in private turn in publico exbibeant ; exempli gratia, ubi convenerint locum potiorem cedendo, ubi obvii venerint de via decedendo, et, si occasio postulet, ad justum intervallum caput aperiendo. Insuper quilibet Baccalaureus in Jure Civili vel in Medicina (qui non etiam inceperit in'Artibus) cuilibet Magistro in Artibus ejus- dem anni cedere debet intra Universitatem locumque dare. 2. Si vero aliqui secus se gesserint, si infra gradum Magistri in Artibus vel Baccalaurei in Jure Civili vel in Medicina fuerint, a Vice-Cancellario aut Procuratoribus castigentiir, vel admoni- tione gravi vel penso aliquo Uterario ; vel si Vice-Cancellario et Procuratoribus visum fuerit, repellantur a gradu per unum ter- minum toties quoties, et libro nigro Procuratorum inserantur nomina ipsorum. Cseteri autem a Vice-Cancellario admoneantur, et, si contumaces perstiterint, mulctentur insuper pro delicti gravitate, modo ne quinque librarum summam mulcta ista ex- cedat ; vel, si quando ulteriorem gradum ambiant, repellantur a gradu per unum terminum toties quoties, et in libro nigro Pro- curatorum nomina ipsorum inserantur. § 2. De coercendis otiosis et male feriatis scholaribus in civitate oberrautibus. 1. Statutum est quod scholares per civitatem ejusve suburbia otiosi non obambulent, neque in plateis aut publico foro stantes aut commorantes conspiciantur. 2. Si quis absque rationabili causa, a Procuratoribus vel Vice- Cancellario approbanda, hac in parte deliquerit, pro arbitrio Vice-Cancellarii vel Procuratorum puniatur. 226 DB MORIBUS CONFOllMANDIS. [XV. 3. § 3. De domibus oppidanorum non frequentandis. 1. Statutum est quod scholares oppidanorum sen artificum Add. p. 2, demos vel officinas sine causa rationabili non frequentent. Aca- ^°r^g^g°-.' demici vero omnes abstineant ab aedibus infames seu suspectas mulieres vel meretrices alentibus aut recipientibus, quarum con- sortio Christianis prorsus interdictum est. Et si quis in supra- dictis deliquerit, pro arbitrio Vice-Cancellarii vel Procuratorum puniatur. 2. Quem in finem (in subsidium Vice-Cancellarii et Procura- torum) potestas sit prsefectis sedium domos oppidanorum intrandi, ut explorent an aUqui e suis illic versentur de die vel de nocte. Si quis vero magistratui vel prsefecto domus, de nocte post clausas fores ostium pulsanti, fores sine mora vel tergiversatione non recluserit, pro prima vice mulctetur viginti solidis ; secunda vero, commercio cum privilegiatis, si oppidanus fuerit, alias, privilegio, ipsi interdicatur. § 4. Quod scholares oonventibus municipii Oxoni- ensis et sessionibus et assisis non intersint. Statutum est quod scholares ad coetus publicos quoscunque municipii Oxoniensis non accedant, nisi qui per statuta regni iisdem interesse debent. Vice-Cancellarius insuper, quandocun- que res ita postulet, scholaribus omnino interdicat ne oonventibus juridicis vel civitatis vel comitatus Oxoniensis (qui sessiones aut assisse vocantur) intersint. Si quis vero vel in hac vel in ilia parte deliquerit, pro arbitrio Vice-Cancellarii aut Procuratorum poenas dare teneatur. § 5. De oenopoliis seu tabernis viiiariis, popinis et diver- soriis non frequentandis ; necnon de oppidanis epulas scholaribus sine venia pretio prsebentibus. 1. Statutum est quod scholares cujuscunque conditionis a diversoriis, cauponis, oenopoliis ac domibus quibuscunque intra civitatem vel praecinctum Universitatis, in quibus vinum aut quivis alius potus, aut herba nicotiana (sive tobacco) ordinarie venditur, abstineant : nisi ex causa necessaria et urgenti, per Vice-Cancellarium aut Procuratores approbanda : quodque, si quis secus fecerit, pro arbitrio Vice-Cancellarii aut Procuratorum puniatur. 2. Insuper oppidani (sive privilegiati fuerint sive non) qui contra formam hujus statuti scholareB in ilium finem in domus vel XV. 7-] DE MORIBUS CONFOUMANDIS. 227" loca hujusmodi receperint, pro prima vice viginti Bolidos Univer- Add. p. 3, sitati numerent ; si secundo deliquerint, per duos menses, si "^"r ^8°! tertio, per totum annum, commercium iis cum scholaribus et per- sonis privilegiatis interdicatur ; vel privilegium, si fuerint privi- legiati. 3. Modis iisdem mulctator punitorque, si quis oppidanus scho- lari cuivis epulas pretio prsebuerit, vel cibos ad mensam apparatos in scholaris cujusvis usum in quodlibet collegium sive aulam quamlibet vel in domum aliam quamcunque intulerit vel immi- serit, nisi veniam collegii vel aulae prsefecti, cui sibi ex legibus academicis parendum est, idem scholaris prius impetraverit. § 6. De nocturna vagatione reprimenda. 1. Stattttum est quod omnes scholares cujuscunque conditionis, quos occasione quacunque exti'a collegia sua vel aulas vesperi agere contigerit, ante horam nonam, quae pulsatione magnse cam- panse collegii sedis Christi denunciari solet, ad collegia et aulas proprias se recipiant ; et quod, statim a pulsatione ejusdem magnae campanse, singulorum oollegiorum et aularum portae oocludantur et obserentur. Quibus occlusis explorent, si res ita postulet, sedium prsefecti, perlustratis singulorum cubiculis (ex prsescripto serenissimi regis Jacobi) utrum e suis aliqui extra collegium vel aulam suam pernoctent seu vagentur. Quodque, si quis postea extra collegium proprium vel aulam in domo quacunque vel platea vel alibi intra praecinctum Universitatis repertus fuerit, (nisi causam rationabilem ostenderit per Vice-Cancellarium vel Procu- ratores approbandam) pro arbitrio Vice-Cancellarii vel Procura- torum puniatur. 2. Omnes quorum aedes in usum scholarium Ucentiatae sint Add. pp. fores domus quisque suae hora decima post meridiem obserandas 75^, 768. curent, nee ante horam sextam ante meridiem reserandas. § 7. De ludis prohibitis. 1. Statutum est quod scholares cujuscunque conditionis ab- stineant ab omni lusus genere in quo de pecunia concertatur ; nee hujusmodi lusibus intersint, sub poena a Vice-Cancellario vel Pro- curatoribus infligenda : quodque nemo intra Universitatem hujus- modi ludis se exercentes excipiat; sub poena viginti soHdorum pro prima vice ; si vero secunda vice deUquerit, commercium cum academicis ei interdicatur. 2. Item quod abstineant ab omni genere lusus vel exercitii, ex Q 2 228 DE MOIIIBUS CONFOEMANDIS. [XV. 7. quo alils periculum, injuria vel incommodum creatur ; veluti a venatione ferarum cum canibus cujuscunque generis, viverris, Add. p. 4, retibus aut plagis ; necnon ab omni apparatu et gestatione bom- r 1 8^81 I'ardarum et arcubalistarum ; sive etiam accipitrum usu ad aucu- pium ; Bub poena pro arbitrio Vice-Cancellarii aut Procuratorum infligenda. 3. Item quod intra Universitatem Oxonienaem aut ejus prse- cinctum, absque speciali venia Vice-Cancellarii, nee funambuli nee histriones (qui qusestus causa in scenam prodeunt) nee gladia- torum certamina sive spectacula permittantur ; nee academici eisdem intersint. Histriones vero, funambuli et gladiatores con- travenientes incarcerentur. Et scholares, si qui ad hujusmodi spectacula confluentes deprehensi fuerint, arbitrio Vice-Cancellarii vel Procuratorum puniantur. § 8. De famosls libellis cohibendls, et de contumeliis compescendis. Statutum est quod si quis aliquid scripto composuerit, unde alicujus existimatio et fama laedi possit, vel aliquid ejusmodi ab alio compositum exscripserit, vel quoquo modo in valgus sparserit aut disseminaverit, vel si quis verbis contumeliosis quemquam impetiverit, vel in concione, oratione, fabula vel alio quocunque modo, quicquam publice protulerit vel ediderit in quo academici cujusquam existimatio et fama laedi possit, vel persona derisui seu ludibrio exponi ; tanquam pacis Universitatis perturbator coram Vice-Cancellario conveniatur ; et exemplar libelli, concionis, orationia sive fabulse exhibere, vel, si nullum habere se exemplar prse se ferat, ad objecta respondere teneatur. Et, si judicio Vice- Cancellarii convictus super horum aliquo fuerit, pro qualitate delicti (quse ex circumstantiis, et personis tum proferentibua turn in quas convicia prolata sunt, cenaenda est) incarceratione vel recautatione publica vel bannitione, pro arbitrio Vice-Cancellarii, prseter satisfactionem parti laesse exhibendam puniatur. § 9. De vi et injuria prohibenda. Statutum est quod si quis academicus aut alius cujuscunque conditionia alteri damnum corporale quoquo modo intulerit vel de eo inferendo minatua fuerit, vel ai quis alium ad pugnam lacessi- verit, vel lacessitua acceptaverit, vel cultellum, pugionem, gladium aut aliquod aliud genua teli aut distrinxerit aut intentaverit cum minis, aut ita ut conjicere liceat animo Isedendi factum, in his XV. la.J DE MORIBUS CONFORMANDIS. 229 omnibus et similibus pars peccans satisfacere parti Isesse teneatur, pro ratione damm illati, arbitrio Vice-Cancellarii : et prseterea vel penso literario vel mulcta, pro qualitate delicti, vel suspensione a Add. p. 5, gradu, si quein ambiat, vel etiam bannitione, ad arbitrium Vice- '^'^r^J'^f^ Cancellarii puniatur. § 10. De armis non gestandis. Statutum est quod nullus academicus, aut alius intra Univer- sitatis ambitum, sive offensiva, sive defensiva arma vel tela de die vel de nocte gestet, exceptis qui honestae recreationis causa arcus cum sagittis portaverint. Et si quis secus fecerit, tanquam pacis perturbatse suspectus fide-jussores de pace oonservanda prsestare teneatur, prseter amissionem armorum, quae a Vice-Cancellario vel Add. p. 6, Procuratoribus, ut forisfacta, capiantur. ^^r^^'xi § 11. De conventiculis iUicitis reprimendis. 1. Statutum est quod nullus cujuscunque gradus sive status conventicula illicita intra Universitatis prsecinctum instituat, aut iis quovismodo intersit, aut in dome vel bospitio sue haberi per- mittat. Qualia censenda sunt, in quibus, contra paoem publicam, Add.p.Sr4. vel regimen et tranquillitatem Universitatis quicquam deliberatum l'^^'!--i vel gestum fuerit ; vel in quibus homines (secus quam statutis regni, vel ordinationibus Universitatis permittitur) vel palam vel occulte conveniunt. 2. Insuper, ne quis confoederationes sive conspirationes ineat, unde Cancellarius, Procuratores seu alii ministri Universitatis in executione officiorum suorum secundum statuta et ordinationes ejusdem impediri vel perturbari possint, sub poena bannitionis ab Universitate vel in tempus aliquod vel in perpetuum. Eidem poense obnoxius esto, quicunque hujusmodi conventicula ineuntes (sibi notos aut probabiliter suspectos) celabit ; aut cum requisitus fuerit, eorum nomina prodere recusabit. § 12. De auetoribus et fautoribus dissensionis puniendis. Statutum est quod nullus academicus cujuscunque conditionis pacem vel concordiam impediat ; aut siqua inter aliquos dissensio exorta fuerit occasione nationis aut patriae aut facultatis aut qua- cunque alia de causa, earn foveat vel accendat ; aut alteri partium opem aut consilium prsebeat. Cujus criminis qui suspectus fuerit, ut perturbator pacis conveniatur ; et, si convictus fuerit, eisdem pcenis, quibus pacis perturbatores, subjiciatur. 330 DE MOEIBUS CONFOllMANDIS. [XV. 13. § 13. De oppugnatoribus et violatoribus publicse auctoritatis et manutenentlbus coercendls. 1. Statutum est quod nullus academicus, aut alius, cuivis Add. p. 7, causae ad alium pertinent! se immisceat coram Vice-Cancellario ^"tiS^s"! ^^^ Procuratoribus, nisi fuerit alterius partis in judicium vocatse tutor, procurator, advocatus, assignatus, testis necessarius, cre- ditor, fidejussor, sponsor, executor, judex, impar, aut arbitrator in quacunque causa electus, vel alias, ex honesta aliqua causa con- juncta persona. 2. Nee in causa propiia vel aliena contra Vice-Cancellarium, vel Procuratores eorumve deputatos, verba injuriosa vel oppro- briosa proferat, aut quicquam quod eosdem in executione offici- orum suorum quoquo mode (in judicio aut extra) impediat aut inquietet, agat aut conetur. 3. Quorum criminum qui rei fuerint, sive per convictionem sive evidentiam facti, ut pacis perturbatores tractentur. Et qui se alienis causis et negotiis immiscet, tredecim solidos et quatuor denarios, qui autem verba contumeliosa, in judicio vel extra, pro- tulisse, vel publicos officiarios prsefatos in executione munerum et officiorum suorum impedivisse convictus fuerit, quadraginta solidos Universitati solvere teneatur ; ac demum a gradu (si quem ambiat) per integrum annum repellatur. Quod si privilegiatus fuerit aut oppidanus, pro arbitrio Vice-Cancellarii et quantitate delicti ad tempus privilegio, aut commercio cum privilegiatis, ei inter- dicatur. 4. Si quis vero eo audacise proruperit ut in Cancellarium, seu Vice-Canoellarium, Procuratores, vel eorum deputatos sive locum- tenentes, manus violentas injecerit vel injicere tentaverit vel minatus fuerit ; eo ipso ab Universitate perpetuo expellatur, si academicus fuerit; alias, privilegio vel commercio cum privile- giatis respective ipsi interdicatur. Add.p.420. § 14. De vehieulis. [1851.] I. Statutum est quod scbolares omnes ab usu vehiculorum quibus invebi solent ipsi aurigantes, quocunque nomine dicta sint, prorsus abstineant, nisi cui propter infirmam valetudinem aut rationabilem aliquam causam licentia cum consensu praefecti domus susB aut ejus vicem gerentis a Procuratoribus concessa sit. Quod si quis secus fecerit, pro prima vice centum solidis, vel ad minimum viginti solidis, Universitati mulctetur ; pro secunda vice centum, vel ad minimum quadraginta, solidis Universitati mule- XV. 15.] DE MOEIBUS CONFORMAlfDlS. 231 tetur, vel si visum fuerit per unum terminum ab Universitate banniatur ; pro tertia per annum integrum, vel ad minimum per unum terminum ab Universitate banniatur. Si quis autem quarta vice hac in parte deliquerit, ab Universitate expellatur. Proviso semper quod nomina .singulorum quibus aliquam poenam hoc statuto sancitam vel Vice-Cancellarius vel Procuratores irroga- verint, in registro quodam peculiari penes Procuratores asservando inserantur. 2. Insuper oppidani qui contra formam hujus statuti istius- Add.p.335. modi vehicula scholaribus elocasse deprehensi fuerint, pro prima '-' 43'J vice quadraginta solidos, pro secunda centum solidos Universitati numerent. Si tertio autem deliquerint, per sex menses; si quarto, iis per totum annum, commercium cum academicis interdicatur. § 15. De reprimendis sumptibus non academicis. Add. p. 8, 1. (^uo melius studiis vacare possmt, uti par est, jumores aca- [1838.] demici, et luxus atque fastus ab his sedibus repellantur, et porro sumptus non academici imminuantur atque etiam, si fieri possit, reprimantur ; statutum est, 2. Primum, quod nulli academico priusquam gradum Bacca- laurei in Artibus adeptus sit, liceat equum aut servum alere aut retinere, seu proprium sive alienum aut conductitium, nisi ex petitione sub chirographo parentis vel guardiani (si quis sit, si non, ex sui ipsius petitione) tutori suo prsefectoque coUegii vel aulae in qua degit, significanda, et propter rationabilem causam ab iisdem approbanda. Quorum approbatio a preedicto collegii vel aulse prsefecto ad Vice-Cancellarium illico deferatur, et ab eo in registro quodam peculiari penes ipsum asservando inseratur. Si quis vero scholaris in praemissis deliquisse coram Vice-Cancel- lario vel Procuratoribus deprehensus fuerit ; pro prima vice moneatur, et nomen ejus tanquam delinquentis in registro pras- dicto inseratur ; pro secunda, ab academia amoveatur per unum terminum ; pro tertia, per integrum annum ; 3. Oppidanus insuper, si, contra vim et formam hujus statuti, cujusvis scholaris cui venia modo prsedicto non antea concessa fuerit equum aluisse, vel consilio, dolo, aliove quocunque modo quo minus praesens statutum ratum fiat operam dedisse deprehensus fuerit : pro prima vice quadraginta solidis mulctetur ; pro secunda Add. p. 9, commercium cum academicis per sex menses, pro tertia per integrum "'Vfg?!"-]' annum, ei interdicatur ; necnon privilegium, si fuerit privilegiatus ; 4. Et, quo melius hsec vim atque efi'ectum habeant, tenentur singuli collegiorum et aularum prsefecti, ut a suis observentur 23^ DE MORIBUS CONFOEMANDIS. [XV. I5. scholaribus diligenter curare ; et si qui contra hsec contumaciter deliquerint, eorum nomina ad Vice-Cancellarium deferre, ut rite puniantur ; 5. Secundo, quod nuUi academico, priusquam gradum Magistri in Artibus aut Baccalaurei in Jure Civili_vel in Medicina susce- perit, liceat canem vel canes cujuscunque generis alere vel habere sub quovis prsetextu. 6. Porro statutum est quod nuUus academise alumnus aut prin- cipalem aut consortem in cursu equorum se adhibeat, vel ipse equitando, vel pecuniam coUatitiam ad earn rem subscribendo, aut alio quocunque mode ; neque equorum cnrsui neque gallorum pugnacium commissionibus neque cujuscunque generis duellis ad- sit aut ullo modo se immisceat, sub poena amotionis ab academia pro prima vice per unum terminum ; pro secunda, per integrum annum ; pro tertia vero, in perpetuum. 7. Denique ab omni certaminis genere interdictum est in quo volucres feraeve e caveis emissae, vel scopus aliquis bombardis petuntur; et si quis hac in parte deliquerit, a Vice-Cancellario aut Procuratoribus vel penso aliquo literario vel mulcta vel ban- nitione puniatur. Arld.p.628. Proviso tamen, si e republica visum fuerit, ut per Vice-Can- L'859.] cellarium et Procuratores armis utendi licentia concedi possit, statutis quibusvis aliis non obstantibus. § 16. De delictis contra quae nullo special! statuto cautum est, et de pcBnis pro arbitrio infligendis. 1. Statutum est quod si quis pacem perturbaverit, vel con- tumaciter se gesserit, vel aliquid contra bonos mores admiserit de quo nullo speciali statuto cautum est, licebit Vice-Cancellario aut Procuratoribus poenam ei pro arbitrio irrogare. 2. Denique statutum est quod Procuratoribus neque mulctam ultra quinque Ubrarum summam, neque poenam bannitionis vel in perpetuum vel in tempus aliquod licebit irrogare, nisi cum consensu Vice-Cancellarii ; et quod nemo gradu Artium Magistri Add. p. 10, vel Baccalaurei in Jure Civili vel Medicina insignitus, inquisitione ''"r%^8°i ^'^*''* curiam facta, puniatur, nisi salvo unicuique jure appella- tionis ad academise Cancellarium. TITULUS XYL § 1- DE CONCIONIBUS. De concionibus ante meridiem dietous Dom.iiiicis habeudis. Add.p.343. [1849.] I. Statutum est quod quolibet die Dominico in frequenti Add.p.812. academia ante meridiem (nisi quatenus in his statutis aliter L'°7^-J provisum fuerit) concio Anglice habeatur per coUegiorum praefectos, per decanum et canonicos sedis Christi, per quinque Theologise profesBores, et per Hebraicse linguae prselectorem, ordine sequenti : cauto semper quod his omnibus fas sit hasce concionandi vices inter se pro arbitrio commutare. Ecclesise Christi. Ecclesise Christi. Coll. Magdal. Coll. Wadham. Coll. Novi. Coll. Lincoln. Ecclesise Christi. Coll. Omnium Anim. Coll. Merton. Ecclesiae Christi. Coll. Corp. Christi. Coll. Eeginse. Ecclesise Christi. Coll. S. Jo. Bapt. Coll. Trinit. Ecclesise Christi. Coll. JEnei-Nasi. Coll. Oriel. Reg. Profess. Theol. Margaretse Profess. Eeg. Prof. Ling. Heb. De frequenti autem academia Vice-Cancellarii. Ecclesise Christi. Coll. Univers. Coll. Exon. Ecclesise Christi. Coll. Balliol. Coll. Jesu. Ecclesise Christi. Coll. Pemb. Coll. Vigorn. Reg. Prof Theol. Pastoral. Reg. Prof Hist. Eccles. Prof. Exeg. S. Script. si quid oriatui- dubii, iudicio stabitur Add,p.8i2. [■872] 234 DE CONCIONIBUS, [XVI. I, Add.p.344. 2. Insuper placuit Universitati, quod hae conciones a coUegiorum Lio49-J prsefectis et professoribus supra dictis in ecclesia B. Marise Vir- ginis habeantur : decano autem et canonicis sedis Christi (nisi quando eorum aliquis professoris nomine concionetur), aut etiam aliis ipsorum vices supplentibus, in ecclesia cathedrali aedis Cbristi concionari sit permissum. Si quis secus fecerit, poenam conciones omittentium incurrat. Adcl.p.8i2. § 2. De coneionibus habendis in frequent! academia, in [1872.] Dominicis quadiagesimalibus ante meridiem, et in quolibet die Dominico post meridiem. Add.p.813. In frequenti academia, in Dominicis quadragesimalibus ante [1872.] meridiem et in quolibet die Dominico post meridiem, in ecclesia B. MarisB Virginis, nisi quatenus in bis statutis aliter provisum fuerit, concio vemaculo sermone babeatur. Has vero conciones seriatim peragere tenebuntur Sacrse Theologise Doctores et Sacrse Tbeologiae Baccalaurei, Juris Civilis Doctores et Baccalaurei ac Artium Magistri (sive in Tbeologia sive in Jure CiviU studentes), quotquot presbyteri vel diaconi fuerint ; ita ut, cum ad simpliciter juniorem Tbeologum deventum fuerit, ad Sacrse Tbeologiae Doctores concionandi vices denuo revertantur. Proviso quod tum Vice- Cancellarius et Procuratores pro tempore existentes, tum ii omnes qui conciones ante meridiem diebus Dominicis babere tenentur, ab his vicibus seriatim obeundis semper excusentur. § 3. De concionatoribus a Vice-Cancellario in states quosdam dies designandis. Add.p.821. In Dominica quinquagesimae ante meridiem, in Dominicis ['072-J quadragesimalibus in frequenti academia post meridiem, in Domi- nica Pentecostes tarn ante quam post meridiem, in Dominica Trini- tatis post meridiem, in Dominica proxima ante Encaenia tam ante quam post meridiem, in Dominica proxima ante Adventum ante meridiem, et in singulis comitatus conventibus qui aasisae vocantur, conciones in ecclesia B. Marias Virginis habendae sunt per viros ad id muneris a Vice-Cancellario specialiter designates*. * The morning sermons on Quinquagesima Sunday and the last Sunday after Trinity are to be preached upon one or other of certain specified texts relative to the grace of humility or the sin of pride, a benefaction for this purpose having been bequeathed in 1684 by the Jiev. William Master, Vicar of Preston near Cirencester. One of the afternoon sermons in Lent is to be preached upon ' the appli- cation of the prophecies in Holy Scripture respecting the Messiah to our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, with an especial view to confute the arguments of XVI. 6.] DE CONCIONIBTJg. 235 § 4. De concionibus Bamptonianis. CoNciONES sive prselectiones octo theologicse, quas supremo testa- Add.p.821. mento suo vir rev. Joannes Bampton A.M. in ecclesia B. Marise ['°7^J inter initium ultimi mensis termini Hilarii atque finem tertise septimanse termini Trinitatis quolibet anno haberi mandavit, diebus Dominicis in frequenti academia ante meridiem intra tempus prsestitutum, semper habeantur. § 5. De concionibus anniversariis habendis extra templum B. Marise. 1. Cum collegiorum quorundam statuta et cum benefactoribus conventiones requirant ut in quibusdam collegiis conciones publico coram Universitate habeantur ; statutum est quod, prout fieri consuevit, in collegiis bio nominatis,- statis quibusdam diebus, con- ciones publicse habeantur. 2. Nimirum in ecclesia cathedrali sedis Christi, in Natali Domini, in die Passionis Dominicse, et in festo Ascensionis Domi- nicee. 3. In collegio B. Mariae Magdalense, in festo S. Maroi Evangelistse, et in festo S. Joannis Baptistse. 4. In collegio Novo, in festo annunciationis B. Marise Virgiuis, et in Dominica Trinitatis. Add.p.968. [1892.] § 6. De concionatoribus approbandis. Add.p.H47. 1. Statutum est quod in ecclesia B. Virginis Mariffi, aut alibi coram Universitate, nemo unquam concionari prsesumat, nisi qui judicio Vice-Cancellarii approbatus fuerit ; quique sacris insuper ordinibus initiatus, saltern gradum Magistri in Artibus, aut Bacca- laurei in Jure Civili susceperit. 2. Si quis secus fecerit, mulctetur toties quoties quinque libris. 3. Proviso quod in concionatores a Vice-Cancellario designandos, Add.p.813. in concionatores in collegiis supra dictis, necnon in concionatores t^^Z^-] selectos, nominare liceat viros qui saltern gradum Magistri in Jewish commentators and to promote the conversion to Christianity of the ancient people of God,' a benefaction for this purpose having been given in 1848 by J. D. Macbride, D.C.L., Principal of Magdalen Hull. The afternoon sermon on Trinity Sunday is to be preached upon the subject of ' Church Extension over the colonies and dependencies of the British Empire,' a benefaction for this purpose having been given in 1847 by Mrs. Ranisden. ■236 DE CONCIONIBUS. [XVI. 6. Artibus vel Baccalaurei in Jure in Universitate Cantabrigiensi aut Dubliniensi susceperint, § 7. De prsemoneudis concionaturis, et poena eorum qui deflciunt. 1. Statutcm est quod concionaturi ante duos saltern menses, Add.p.859. prsemoneantur per aliquem ad id munus a Vice-Cancellario desig- ['**78.] natum, si in Universitate praesentes fuerint; sin minus, schedula tempus quo quis concionaturus sit indicans penes prsefectum sedis ejusve deputatum, aut thesaurarium sive bursarium qui pro tempore fuerit, vel penes delegates scholarium non ascriptorum relinquatur. Add.p. 758. Ad has autem condones seriatim habendas prsemoneantur non [1868.] solum ii qui actu in Universitate commorantur, verum etiam quot- quot nomina sua in promptuarii libro coUegii cujusvis vel aulas aut in registro delegatorum scholarium non ascriptorum inscripta habent. Unusquisque vero sic prsemonitus tenetur intra spatium unius mensis ab accepta monitione, palam in scriptis renunciare utrum tempore destinato propria persona officio suo sit functurus. Qui monitioni non responderit, is pro negante habebitur. Locum autem concionari recusantis suppleat aliquis e selectis conciona- toribus. 2. Si quis partes suas se impleturum esse renunciaverit, prse negligentia vero non impleverit, quinque libris Universitati mulc- tetur. Liceat tamen Vice-Cancellario, si quis vices suas jam fere impleturus morbo subito aut aliqua causa perurgenti impediatur, aliquem concionatorem habilem in ejus locum substituere. § 8. De selectis quibusdam eoncionatoribus designandis. I. Statutum est quod designentur decem concionatores selecti e numero Doctorum et Baccalaureorum in Sacra Theologia et in Jure Civili ac Magistrorum in Artibus, qui, sacris presbyteratus Add.p.813. ordinibus initiati fuerint. Horum vero concionatorum (non sine [1872.] ipgorum consensu) designatio fiat in termino Michaelis, mense scilicet Novembri, quolibet anno, per Vice-Cancellarium et Procu- ratores, Sacrae Theologise professorem regium, et prselectorem dominse Margaretse comitissse Kichmondise, tribus saltern eorundem consentientibus, quorum unus semper sit Vice-Cancellarius. Proviso quod, statim post hujusmodi designationem, concionatoris cujusque nomen singillatim, frequenti Convocatione, suffragiis venerabilis istius domus probandum sive improbandum permittatur. Add.p.813. 2- Horum erit concionatorum, seriatim, juxta senioritatis ordinem [^872-] quantum fieri potest (nisi aliter inter se convenerint), conciones XVI. lO.] ]>E COJICIONIBUS. 237 tarn ante quam post meridiem in ecclesia B. Marise habendas eorum omnium loco peragere, qui, rite praemoniti, se partes suas impleturos esse ante mensem non renunciaverint. Cauto semper quod coUe- giorum prsefectis, si qui inter concionatores hosce selectos nume- rentur, quotiescunque illis concionari contigerit, fas sit si velint concionandi ante meridiem sibi jus vindicare. 3. Ex his decern concionatoribus oificio suo cedant quinque quotannis ; ii scilicet, qui eodem munere per duos annos functi Add.p.76s. fuerint ; et subrogentur in eorum locum quinque alii, modo supra '-^ ^'^ definito designandi et a venerabili domo Convocationis approbandi. Si quis vero ex hisce concionatoribus fatis concesserit, vel se officio suo abdicaverit, alius in ejus locum, qui vices ejus suppleat in partem biennii nondum elapsam, forma supra definita continuo subrogetur. 4. Proviso semper quod nemo, qui seleoti concionatoris officio per biennium integrum functus fuerit, in idem officium nisi post annum alterum elapsum iterum designetur. § 9. De concionatoribus remunerandis. Cttilibet concionem ad ecclesiam B. Marise Virginis coram Uni- Add.p.821. versitate habenti, exceptis iis qui juxta seriem § 1 hujtisce Tituli L'^T^-] ordinatam concionandi vices sustinere debent, excepto etiam prse- lectore Bamptoniano, solventur quinque librae et quinque solidi. § 10. De commemoratione publicorum Universitatis bene- Add.p.350. factorum, prse concionibus solennibus intra TJniversi- ['^'19] tatem habendis. Statutum est quod in precatione ante conciones Latinas cujusque termini initiales ; item in concione ante meridiem in die Dominico Add.p.813. praecedente Encsenia, et coram judicibus sive justitiariis assisarum ; ['^7^-] per quemcunque concionaturum, expressa et grata fiat comme- moratio publicorum Universitatis Oxoniensis benefactoram ; scilicet, illustrissimi principis Humfredi Glocestrise ducis, Joannis Kemjpe Cantuariensis archiepiscopi, Thomm Kempe Londiniensis episoopi, MargaretcB comitissse Eichmondise, Henrid Septimi et Elizdbethoe uxoris ejus, Eichardi Lichfield archidiaconi Middlesexise, Thomw Wolsey cardinalis et archiepiscopi Eboracensis, Henrici Octavi, Marim reginse, Elizdhethae reginae, Jacobi regis, Thomm Bodley militis, Henrici Savile miHtis, Gulielmi Sedley militis, Nicolai Keinpe militis, Thomm White S. Theologiae Doctoris, Gulielmi Camden armigeri, Richardi Tomlins armigeri, Gulielmi Heather 238 DE CONCIONIBUS, [XVI. 10. Add.p.3si. Musicse Doctoris, Garoli I. regis et Martyris, Edvardi comitis de [1849.] Clarendon, Guliehni Lcmd et Gilherti Sheldon, archiepiscoporum Cantuariensium, Henrici comitis de Danby, Henrici Birkhead armigeri, Georgii I. regis, Joamnis Radcliffe Medicinae Doctoris, Nathanielis baronis Crewe episcopi Dunelmensis, Richardi Raw- linson Juris Civilis Doctoris, Garoli Viner armigeri, Georgii Henrici comitis de Lichfield, Ga/roli Godwyn Sacrse Theologise Baccalaurei, Joannis Bampton Artium Magistri, Francisci baronis Godolphin, Joannis Sihihorp Medicinse Doctoris, Joannis Wills S. Theologise Doctoris, Georgii Aldrich Medicinse Doctoris, Georgii III. regis, Josephi Boden armigeri, Annce Kennieott viduse, Roberti Taylor eqidtis aurati, Joannis Ireland S. Theologise Doctoris, Roberti Mason S. Theologise Doctoris, Francisci Douce armigeri, Add.p.659. et Frederici Gulidmi Hope Artium Magistri, Juris Civilis Doctoris [1862.] g^ Helenas uxoris ejus : vel cujuscunque alterius quern posthaec in ri88o 1 album benefactorum referre Universitati placebit : sub poena decern solidorum, toties quoties. Alias vero ipsos commemorare nemo teneatur, § 11. De offensioms et dissensionis materie in concionibus evitanda. 1. Stattjttjm est quod si quis pro concione aliqua, intra Univer- sitatem ejusve prsecinctum habita, quicquam doctrinae vel disciplinse ecclesise Anglicanse publice receptee dissonum aut contrarium, aut publica auctoritate ad tempus vel aliter prohibitum protulerit, sive protulisse ab ipso Vice-Cancellario suspectus, vel ab alio ali- quo rationabilem suspicionis causam afierente delatus fuerit ; quod postulanti Vice-Cancellario sive ejus deputato concionis suae verum Add.p.770. exemplar, eisdem terminis conscriptum, tradet ; vel, si prsetendat [1 80° -J gg exemplar non habere, de iis de quibus suspectus vel delatus fuit directe respondebit. Deinde vero Vice-Cancellarius sive ejus deputatus, verbis sensuve eomm quae in queestionem vocantur in Add.p.352. medium prolatis et rite perpensis, adhibito consilio sex aliomm S. [1849.] Theologise Doctorum (quorum unus sit S. Theologiae professor regius, si concioni interfuerit), si quem criminis objecti reum invenerit, eum pro arbitrio vel a munere prsedicandi intra prae- cinctum Universitatis suspendet, vel ad ea quae protulit recantandnm adiget. 2. Sin verba ad seditionem aliquam in Universitate vel societate sive communitate aliqua excitandam, Vice-Cancellario tenders vi- deantur, ipse solus Vice-Cancellarius, adscito sibi uno aliquo Sacraa Theologiae Doctors, qui interfuit, incarceratione, mulcta pecuniaria XVI. la.J DE CONCIONIBUS. 239 vel recognitione publica (prout ipsi videbitur) puniat : et prsedic- tomm criminum suspectus pertui'batse pacis reus habeatnr. § 12. De oflciis Divinis, seu precibus solennibus juxta liturgiam ecelesise Anglieanse, et coneionibus publieis frequentaudis. Statutum est quod ad officia Divina, sive preces solennes juxta liturgiam ecelesise AngUcanse, et conciones publice coram Universitate habendas, omnes Doctores, Magistri, graduati et Ad(I.p.763. Scholares diligenter accedant, nisi causa rationabiUs eos poterit Li°o*'-J • J 1, 1,-t! Add.p.814. inde probabiliter excusare. [1872.1 TITULUS XYJL Corp. Stat. DE OFFICIARIIS UNIVERSITATIS. P- I64- [1636.] Sectio I.— DE CANCELIiAmO. § 1. De Cancellarii eleetione et admissione. 1. Statutum est quod quotiescunque officium Cancellarii Uni- versitatia vacare certo innotuerit, Vice-Cancellarius (ad quem vacante Cancellarii munere omnia auctoritas Cancellarii recidit) ad electionem novi Cancellarii, quumprimum commode fieri potent, per scrutinium procedet, juxta formam superius de electionibus in domo Convocationis celebrandis descriptam. 2. Confestim autem post electionem Cancellarii peractam, in- strumentum electionis sub sigillo communi Universitatis Can- cellario sic electo (si in Universitate prsesens fuerit) in solenni Doctorum, Magiatrorum regentium et non-regentium Convoca- tione, quumprimum fieri poterit, una cum officii Cancellariatus insignibus, scilicet statutorum libro, clavibus, sigillo officii, bedel- lorum fascibus sive baculis, per Vice-Cancellarium et seniorem Procuratorem exhibeatur. Vel (si in remotis agat) per eosdem una cum aliis delegatis per Universitatem amandandis, in solenni Doctorum, Magistrorum regentium et non-regentium Convocatione, extra Universitatem (ut moris est) celebranda, inter cseteras solen- nitates de more peragendas, eidem instrumentum electionis prse- Add.p.770. sentetur et tradatur. Qui quidem Cancellarius in sua ad officium [1868.] admissione spondeat, verba prseeunte Vice-Cancellario, sub hac forma : Corp. Stat. 3. ' Indgnisdme et honoratisdme E MINISTRIS ET SERVIENTIBUS UNIVER- P-'T?- , SITATIS. [1636.] Add.p.SjS. [1878.] Sectio I.— op the BEDEIiS. 1 . There shall be ordinarily four bedels. 2. One bedel, who shall always be considered to be the junior of the four and shall be called the bedel of the faculty of Arts, shall be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor, subject to the approval of Convocation. He shall be in constant attendance on the Vice- Chancellor, and shall give his whole time to the service of the University as the Vice-Chancellor may appoint. His stipend shall be one hundred and twenty pounds a year for his first five years of service, and one hundred and thirty pounds a year afterwards. 3. The other three bedels shall be appointed by the Vice-Chan- cellor and Proctors, subject to the approval of Convocation, and shall be called the bedels of Divinity, Law, and Medicine respec- tively. They shall be in attendance at all University Sermons, at every meeting of the Houses of Congregation and Convocation, at the admission of Proctors, on all state occasions, and whenever summoned by the Vice-Chancellor. The stipend of each shall be forty pounds a year. One of the three shall be from time to time selected by the Vice-Chancellor to be the bedel of Divinity ; of the other two, the senior in order of appointment shall be the bedel of Law and the junior the bedel of Medicine. 4. The bedel of Divinity shall conduct each preacher from his College or Hall to church and to the pulpit and back. 5. The three senior bedels carrying gold staves, the junior carrying a silver staff, and all wearing the usual gowns and round caps, shall walk in the customary order before the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor. 6. All four bedels shall without reference to their respective special designations, and in addition to the special duties which may be imposed upon each of them, perform, by direction of the Vice-Chancellor, all the statutable and customary duties of bedels. XVIII. III.] DE MINISTKIS ET SERVIENTIBUS. 255 7. The bedels shall be constantly resident in the University, and shall not be absent from Oxford without special leave from the Vice-Chancellor. They may be dismissed at any time by the Vice- Chancellor and Proctors for incapacity, for inattention to their duty, or for any scandalous or immoral conduct. 8. At the Encaenia and on special occasions the Vioe-Chancellor may appoint two extraordinary bedels, and may order such pay- ment to be made for their services as he shall think proper. Sectio II.— of the clerk OF THE SCHOOLS. 1. The Clerk of the Schools shall be appointed by the Curators Add.p.887, of the Schools. f'^^S-] 2. He shall be under the control of the Curators of the Schools, and liable to dismissal by them at any time for incapacity, for inattention to his duties, or for any scandalous or immoral con- duct. 3. The Clerk of the Schools shall perform all such duties as may be at any time assigned to him by Statute or prescribed by the Curators. 4. He shall receive a stipend of £200 a year. Sectio III.— OF THE VERGER OF THE UNIVERSITY. Add.p.SS;. [1883.] 1. The Verger of the University shall be nominated by the Vice- Chancellor and Proctors, and subject to dismissal by them at any time for incapacity, for inattention to his duties, or for any scandalous or immoral conduct. 2. His duties shall be — (i) To attend at all Sermons preached before the University, and all Meetings of Congregation, Convocation, and Council. (ii) To provide for the ringing of the Bell on the occasion of all such Sermons or Meetings. (iii) To provide for the cleaning of and the arrangement of Books and Furniture in the University Church and the Convoca- tion House, or any other public buildings of the University, so far as they may be required for the purposes above named ; and to have the custody of such Books and Furniture. (iv) To perform such other reasonable duties connected with his office as may be required by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors. TITULUS IE. Acid.p.752. DE FISCO UNIVERSITATIS. [1868.] § 1. De feodis et debitis ad Universitatem pertinentibus, et de eorandem distributions. Add.p.517. QuoNiAM varia feoda et debita pluribus nominibus exigenda [1855.] veniunt, quse omnibus nota ac perspecta esse illorum interest turn quibus, turn a quibus debentur, (horum siquidem ignoratio et hos fraudi, et illos suspicionibus magis obnoxios reddit); et quoniam academise vectigali pro ' impressione ' exoneratse jam licet multa in re sua fiscaria justius ac simplicius constituere, statutum est ut unius tituli compendio feoda et debita qusecunque ad Universitatem, officiarios et servientes pertinentia, et item feodorum et debitorum distributio, quantum fieri possit, comprehendantur. Volumus igitur ut, Add.p.862. I. Solvat unusquisque matriculandus, si sit AH^ fis Servians, vel biblioclericus sive scholaris in collegium [i868.] aliquod vel aulam ita admissus ut cibum et tutelam & s. d. gratis accipiat .. .. .. .. .. o 10 o Add.p.8o2. Quivis alius .. .. .. .. .. .. 2 10 o [1870.] Quivis alius, privilegiatus, non scholaris .. .. 100 Add.p.768. . [1868.] 2. The following fees shall be paid in respect of Examinations. ■^r'^i^'^v''' O'' entering a name & s. d. L^°55-J J, T, Add.p.962. ror Kesponsions .. .. .. .. .. 220 [1891.] for an additional subject at Eesponsions .. 010 6 [iSjo.'] ' ^°^ ^^® preliminary examination for students of Add.p.768. music .. .. .. .. .. .. I I o [1868. J for each part of the First Public Examination .. i i o Add.p.960. - , ,. . . ' ^ [1891.] for the preliminary examination m the School of Add.p.928. Jurisprudence .. .. .. .. .. o 10 6 [1886.] fjjj. g^pjj ^f ^jjg subjects A (i), A (3), A (4), B [f887^f' (2), and B (5) in the Pass School .. .. i i o for each of the other subjects in the Pass School 010 6 for any Honour School other than the School of Mathematics or of Natural Science . . . . 220 for the School of Mathematics .. .. .. i 11 6 Add.p.843. for the School of Natural Science : t'*?-*-] a. for each of the subjects in the Preliminary ■^^'^•P-937' Examination, whether offered separately or L1887.] together or for Mechanics only .. .. o 10 6 XIX. I.] DE ITSCO UNIVEESITATIS. 257 b. for the Final Honour Examination, whether £ s. d. Add.p.949, taken separately or together with the sub- [1888.] jects in the Preliminary Examination : (i) in Physics or Chemistry .. .. 220 (2) in any other subject .. .. i i o Before the Examination in Civil Law .. .. 11 o Add. p. 848. Before examination for the Degree of Master of '-^ ^ '-' Sui-gery 500 Before examination in jNIedicine — Add.p.924, for each of the subjects of Organic Chemistry and |.'°°"-J Materia Medica .. .. .. .. o 16 o for the remaining subjects in either Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine . . in 6 Before each Examination in Music . . . . 200 After examination in Music, before supplicating for the degree of Bachelor of Music . . . . 700 After examination in Music, before supplicating for Add.p.939. the degree of Doctor of Music .. .. 220 [1888.] Before each Examination in Preventive Medicine 10 o o No claim for exemption on the ground of having Add.p.983. passed any Examination shall be allowed except upon [1893.] sight of a certified copy of the entry in the Register relating thereto. Add.p.976. 3. Solvat unusquisque admittendus [1893.] Ad gradum Baccalaurei in Artibus .. .. 7 10 o rigcfil „ Magistri Artium, nisi ad gradum Ma- gistri in Chirurgia admissus fuerit 12 o o Add.p.639. „ „ si sit Bacc. in Jure Civili .. 700 . S. gj „ „ si sit Bacc. in Med. .. 700 [1874.] „ Baccalaurei in Jure Civili .. .. 80 o ^^--V'S^S- [1892.] „ „ in S. Theologia .. .. 14 o o Add.p.552. „ „ in Medicina .. .. 1400 [^856.] „ Magistri Chirurgise, nisi inceperit in Artibus .. .. .. .. 12 o o Add.p.924. „ Doctoris in Jure Civili vel in S. Theo- Add.p.904. logia .. .. .. .. 40 o o [1888.] „ Doctoris in Medicina .. .. 25 o o „ Baccalaurei Musicse .. .. 500 „ Doctoris Musicse .. .. .. 25 o o Add.p.966 Ad quemvis gradum si nomen serius professus erit i i o '-^ ^^■■' Ad gradum ex decreto Convocationis, vel in ab- sentem, conferendum (prseter feoda aliter pro gradu solvenda) .. .. .. .. 500 258 DJi FISCO UNIVERSITATIS. [XIX. T. Ad gradus accumulates (prseter feoda pro utroque £ «. jq To each Examiner in the Honour Schoola of Juria- prudence and Theology .. .. .. .. go Add.p.908. To each Examiner in the Honour School of Mathe- [1885.] matics .. .. ^ .. .. .. .. ^q Add.p.949. To each Examiner in the Final Examination in the [1888.] Honour School of Natural Science (except when no Candidate has preaented himaelf for examination in the subject in which the Examiner is appointed to examine) .. .. .. .. .. 20 40 XIX. X.J DE PISCO UNIVEESITATIS. To each Examiner in the Preliminary Examination in the Honour School of Natural Science : if nominated for Mechanics and Physics or for Chemistry if nominated for any other subject To each Examiner in the Preliminary Examination in the Honour School of Jurisprudence .. To each of the Examiners appointed for the examina- tion of those Candidates who do not seek Honours : if nominated for Group A if nominated for Group B, subjects B (i), B (2),_andB (5) if nominated for Group B (3) .. if nominated for Group B (4) .. if nominated for Group C (i) and (2) .. if nominated for Group D To each Examiner who shall have examined for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine in Human Anatomy or in Human Physiology for each examination To every other Examiner who shall have examined for the Degree of Bachelor of Medicine, or of Master of Surgery Examinatori unicuique in Jure Civili To each Examiner in the Honour School of Oriental Studies, and to each Examiner in each of the Ex- aminations for the degree of Bachelor in Music, and to each Examiner in the Examination for the degree of Doctor in Music, and to each Examiner in the Examination in Preventive Medicine such remuneration as the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors shall determine. Examinatori unicuique in certaminibus pro scholari- bus e fundatione Hertfordiana Examinatori unicuique a Vice-Cancellario et utroque Procuratore examinandis orationibus carminibusque eorum qui prsemia Cancellarii sive viri spectatis- simi Eogeri Newdigate baronetti ambiant quotannis designando Examinatori a Vice-Cancellario examinandis oratio- nibus carminibusque eorum qui prsemia Gaisfordiana ambiant quotannis designando Unicuique examinatori examinandis orationibus eo- rum qui prsemium Stanhopianum ambiant To the Professor of Music for each candidate approved by him for the degree of Doctor of Music 261 £ s. d. 3° 20 50 20 30 25 15 30 o o 15 o o Add. p. 95 1, o ['889-] Add .p. 90 2. [188+.] o Add.p.878. [1883.] Add.p.942. O [t888.] O Add. p. 8^9. „ [1874-] Add.p 934. - [1887.] Add.p.871. [1880.] Add.p. 963. [1891.] O Add.p.969. [1892.] Add.p. 976. [1893.] 10 10 10 10 o Add.p.934. [1887.] Add.p.643. [I86I.] Add. p. 72^. [1866.] ■ O Add.p. 836. [1873.] Add.p.943. ° [1888.] Add.p.939. o [1888.] 262 DE riSCO UNIVERSITATIS. [XIX. I. Add.p.962. [1891.] Acld.p.859. [1878.] Add.p.810. [1871.] A(ld.p.S40 [1874-] Add.p.978. [1893.] Add.p.967. [1892.] Add.p.874. [1881.] Adcl.p.900. [1884.] Add.p.722, [1866.] Add.p.940. [1888.] Add.p.830. [1873-] Add.p.85i. [1876.] Add.p.65 ( . [1 86 1.] To the Secretary to the Boards of Faculties Alicui ad prsemonendum concionaturos a Vice-Cancel lario designate Clericis mercatus To the Verger Ecclesiae B. Marise vicario „ „ clerico Ecclesiae B. Marise organistse „ „ choristis „ „ organorum sufflatori „ „ guardianis To the Delegates of the University Museum, for the general expenses of the Museum, a sum not exceeding To the Waynflete Professor of Chemistry, for assist- ance in Lectures and Laboratory, and for current expenses (including Apparatus, Chemicals, Coal, Gas, and Service) To the Professor of Experimental Philosophy, for a Demonstrator, and assistance, and for current ex- penses (including Apparatus, Coal, Gas, Water, and Service) To the Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy, for assistance and the maintenance of his department To the Hope Professor of Zoology, for an attendant To the Visitors of the Ashmolean Museum, for the general expenses of the Museum .. To the Curators of the Botanic Garden To the Cui-ators of the Schools for the general ex- penses of the Schools, including the Statutable Stipend of the Clerk of the Schools Pendat item Vice-Cancellarius praesentatori pro prsesentatione Ad gradum Doctoris in qualibet facultate honoris causa Bacc. vel Doct. in S. Theologia Baccalaurei in Jure Civili Doctoris in eadem facultate . . Baccalaurei in Medicina Doctoris in eadem facultate . . Pendantur etiam a Vice-Cancellario, quotannis, Curatoribus Parci Academic! Bibliothecse Bodleianse Item pro sumptibus cameras Bodleianse £ s. d. 300 50 52 25 46 10 6 40 36 5 I 6 8 560 500 565 410 40 130 82 800 unaquaque £ s. d. 2 2 I 7 2 3 2 2 3 3 400 3350 200 XIX. 2.] DE FISCO UNIVEESITATIS. 263 § 2. Of the Curators of the University Chest. Add i< 804. [1870.] 1. The Curators of the University Chest shall he the Vice- Chancellor, the Proctors, and six Members of Convocation ap- pointed as follows : namely, two elected by the Congregation of the University of Oxford ; two elected by the Hebdomadal Council ; and two appointed by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors, subject to the approval of Convocation ; each holding office for six years, and re-eligible ; the appointment of one in each of the three classes taking place every third year, as soon as conveniently may be after the election of Members of the Hebdomadal Council. In case of any vacancy by death, resignation, or otherwise, oc- Add.p.gaj, curring in the interval between any two triennial elections, the new [1886.] ^ Curator appointed to fill such vacancy shall be appointed in the same manner as the person whom he succeeds, and shall hold office only during the period for which that person would have held it. 2. The Curators of the Chest shall collect all Eents, Tithes, Dividends, Dues, Fees, Benefactions, and other Revenues of the University, whether belonging to the General Fund or to special Funds, except in cases otherwise provided for ; and shall carry the sums so received to the credit of the accounts to which they re- spectively belong. 3. The Curators shall pay out of the moneys received by them — as. All charges imposed on the University by law, by ancient custom, or by virtue of any trust, and all pajonents authorized by Statute or Decree of Convocation, the expenses of their own office, and all expenses and outgoings incident to the management of property belonging to or held in trust by the University as here- inafter mentioned ; b. All expenses incurred under the authority of the Vice-Chan- Add.p.843. cellor in ascertaining and protecting the rights and privileges of L'°75-J the University; in the execution of the powers conferred by the third section of the Act 6 George IV, chap, xcvn ; in providing things necessary for the meetings of Convocation and Congregation, for public Lectures, Exercises, and Examinations ; and in printing public Notices, Lists, and other Papers. c. All such charges and expenses not included under any of the above heads as the Vice-Chancellor shall certify in writing to be required for the business of the University and proper in his judgment to be paid out of the University Chest. 4. The Curators shall keep accounts of their receipts and payments with proper Cash-Books and Ledgers ; shall once a year prepare 264 DE FISCO TJNIVEKSITATIS. [XIX. 2. balance sheets as well of the General Fund as of special Funds, showing the relation between Income and Expenditure, and shall draw up an Abstract of the Account of the General Fund of the Uni- versity, to be laid, when certified by the Auditors, before Convocation. Add.p.888. 5. The Curators shall at their discretion from time to time invest [1883.] jjj j^jjy q£ ^jjg modes hereinafter mentioned such portions of annual revenue, whether accruing on account of the University General Fund or of Special Funds, as shall not be required for immediate use. Such investments may be made wholly in one, or partly in one and partly in another or others, of the following modes : (namely), (i) In investment on Government Securities, or on other Securities on which Trustees are by Law authorised to invest trust money, or on the security of the bonds, mortgages, or debentures, or in the purchase of the Debenture Stock, of any Eailway Company in Great Britain incorporated by special Act of Parliament, and having for ten years next before the date of investment paid a dividend on its ordinary stock or shares, or on the security of any debentures or the purchase of any debenture stock issued under the Local Loans Act, 1875. (ii) In the discharge, purchase, or redemption of incumbrances affecting the inheritance of any land belonging to or held in trust by the University, or of Land-tax, rentoharge in lieu of tithe, Crown rent, chief rent, or quit-rent, charged on or payable out of any such land. Investments made in any of the modes specified in the foregoing sub-section (i) may be varied from time to time with the consent of Convocation. Provided that the Curators shall never employ any capital money, which may come into their hands by reason of the termi- nation of any investment, for the payment of expenses of any kind which ought to be defrayed out of annual revenue, unless they shall be specially empowered to do so by Convocation. 6. The Curators shall take charge of all public Buildings of the University the superintendence of which is not specially provided for ; and shall defray the cost of ordinary repairs. They shall also, except in cases for which special provision is made, have the charge and management of all estates, lands, houses, tithes, and other pro- perty either belonging to or held in trust by the University. They shall take care that all buildings, fences and other appurtenances of such Estates be maintained in proper repair. They shall have Adcl.p.820. power to order drainage works, and such other permanent improve- [•872-] ments as they may deem expedient. They may advance without XIX. 3-] BE FISCO TJNIVBRSITATIS. 265 interest to Trust Estates from time to time such money as in their judgment may be required for improvements and repairs. They shall take care that proper surveys and valuations of the Estates be made from time to time, and maps w^hen necessary; and shall see that the Estates be let at proper rents and under suitable con- ditions. They shall defray, and charge on the several Funds, all expenses of such administration, including those incurred in visiting and surveying, and in collecting rents; and may also make reason- Add.p.884. able contributions, either by w&j of donation or of annual subscrip- '-'' ^-J tion, in support of schools, charities, and other public objects in places where property belonging to or held in trust by the Uni- versity is situate, provided that no such donation shall exceed on any one occasion the sum oi £10. Premiums of Insui'ance on build- ings or other property may be paid at the discretion of the Curators either to any Public Insurance Office, or to a special Fund main- tained for that purpose. 7. The Eegister of Matriculations, which is now made up by the Add.p.Ssg. superior bedel of Law, shall, after the next vacancy in that office, L' 7 -J be made up under the direction of the Curators. 8. The Curators may appoint a Secretary to be approved by Convocation on such conditions as to duties and tenure as they shall think fit. He shall receive a yearly salary of four hundred Add.p.844. pounds, which after two years' service may be increased, if the '- '•'■-' Curators think fit, at the rate of fifty pounds yearly, until it arrives at a maximum of six hundred pounds. The present Secre- tary shall have the benefit of this clause as if he had been appointed under its provisions. The Curators may also employ a Clerk or Clerks for the business of their office, on such terms as shall appear to them proper. 9. Wherever in the statutes or elsewhere it is ordered that moneys be received or paid by the Vice-Chancellor on account of the University, it is to be understood that such moneys shall be received and paid by the Curators of the University Chest. § 3. De annuls debitis eolligendis. Add.p.675. Quo facilius et certius annua debita colligantur, quater quotannis, videlicet, intra quindenam a festo Annunciationis Beatse Mariae Virginis, ab ultimo die termini S. Trinitatis, a festo S. Michaelis et omnium Angelorum, a festo S. Thomas Apostoli, ex unoquoque collegio et aula ad cistae academicse curatores transmittatur, prse- fecti domus vel bursarii chirographo munitus, omnium academicorum catalogus qui singulis diebus supra dictis nomina sua in promptuarii 266 DE FISCO UNIVBESITATIS. [XIX. 3. libro istius domus habuerint inscripta. Pari ratione academico- rum nulli coUegio vel aulse ascriptorum catalogus per delegates scho- larium non ascriptorum transmittatur. Quibus in catalogis seorsim ponantur nomina, primo, eorum qui suffragii jure in domo Convoca- tionis fruantur, secundo, eorum qui, licet gradu A.M. aut superiore aliquQ insigniti sint, tamen isto jure quacunque de causa non fruantur. Siglis insuper propriis notentur nomina eorum qui una pensione debita omnia academica dissolverint, eorum qui feoda Universitati debita in alio quopiam collegio vel aula persolvere soleant, necnon eorum (si qui sint) qui monitioni de feodis non persolutis per prsefectum domus suae vel bursarium aut per dietos delegates transmissse nondum paruerint ; quibus solum exceptis feoda a cseteris omnibus debita una cum singulis catalogis trans- missis persolvantur. Monitio autem unicuique transmittatur qui intra quindenam a singulis diebus prsescriptis feoda Universitati debita non persolverit. § 4. Concerning College Contributions for University Purposes. Statute made by tTte Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Ajiproved by the Queen in Council, i8proved by the Queen in Council, yrd May, 1882. 1. Thbeb shall be a fund to be entitled the Common University Fund. 2. The Curators of the University Chest shall carry to the credit of this Fund : (a) All moneys received by them from Colleges in the Uni- versity as contributions for University purposes, and not appro- priated to any specific purpose, by or under the authority of any Statutes made by the University of Oxford Commissioners for the University or for a College. (6) Any other sums which by any University or College Statute, or by Decree of Convocation, are or shall be directed to be paid into the said Fund. (c) If in the year 1884 or any subsequent year the total amount paid into the Common University Fund from the above- mentioned sources shall be less than three thousand pounds, the deficiency shall be made up out of the University Chest. So soon as the revenues of the University shall in the judgment of Convocation be sufficient, the total amount to be annually carried to the credit of the Fund shall be raised to a sum not less than five thousand pounds. 3. For the administration of the Common University Fund there shall be a Delegacy consisting of: — The Vice-Chancellor : 274 DE FISCO UNIVEESITATIS. [XIX. 6. Five members of Convocation nominated by the Hebdomadal Council ; Five members of Convocation nominated by the Congregation of the University ; So many other members as there shall be Boards of Faculties, one such member being nominated by each Board. 4. All persons elected, except such as are elected on casual vacancies, shall hold their places for four years. Any person elected on a casual vacancy shall vacate his place at the time when it would have been vacated by the person whom he succeeds. Every member vacating his place shall be re-eligible. *5. The Common University Fund shall be applicable : — (a) To the payment of stipends to Eeaders and to Extra- ordinary Professors or Lecturers within the University, and to the other purposes specified in Section XVI., Sub-section (3) of the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. (6) To the purposes (other than that of providing new or improving existing buildings) specified in Sub-sections (9), (10), (12), of the same section of the Act. 6. The expression ' Extraordinary Professor ' shall in this Sta- tute denote the holder of a Professorship which is to continue so long only as it is held by the person appointed to it. No Extraordinary Professor shall be appointed unless authority to appoint to the Professorship shall have been previously given by Convocation ; and the University may, if it think fit, regulate, from time to time, by Statute or Decree, the manner of appointing to such Professorships. 7. The Delegates shall not apply any part of the income of the Fund to the purposes mentioned in Sub-sections (9) and (12) of Section XVI. of the said Act, unless the University shall, on the recommendation of the Delegates, by Decree of Convocation or by Statute have directed that it shall be so applied. Subject to the provisions of this and the last preceding clause of this Statute, and to the provisions of the Statute respecting Univer- sity Eeaders, the Delegates shall have power to apply any part of the income to the purposes mentioned in clause 5 or any of them, and to settle as they may deem expedient the mode and order of such application. Add.p.895. 7. (0) tThe Delegates shall be subject, in respect to the applica- [1884.] * Vide section 16 of the Oxford and Cambridge Universities' Act, 1877, in Appendix C. p. 357. f Approved by the Queen in Council, May 19, 1884. XIX. 7- J BE FISCO UNIVERSITATIS. 275 tion of any sum paid into the Fund in excess of £4,000 a year, to any Statutes which the University may from time to time make not inconsistent with the provisions of this Statute. 8. The Delegates shall, in the Michaelmas Term of every year, lay before the Vice-Chancellor for publication a statement of the income and expenditure of the Fund for the preceding year, to- gether with an estimate of the income of the Fund for the ensuing year, specifying the subsisting charges on the Fund, and adding such further information, if any, as they may think proper, or as the University may by Statute require. § 7. Concerning the Form of Accounts of the University and the Audit and Publication thereof. Statute made hy the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved hy the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. I. The Curators of the University Chest shall take care that the accounts of the University are duly kept in proper books of account, in which shall be entered all receipts and payments by them on behalf of the University, whether in respect of the General Fund, or of Funds appropriated to the support of particular Insti- tutions within the University or to other special purposes, or of Trust Funds. Proper records shall be kept of all property of every kind held, and of all debts and liabilities contracted, by or on account of the University or any Trust. The books shall include — (a) A Eegister of all the property of the University, showing the description, situation, amount, rental, or other annual value of every property ; the fixed charges on it (if any) ; and, in the case of stocks or other securities, the names in which and the accounts to which the same are standing : (J) A Roll of Eents, Eentcharges, Dividends, and other annual income, showing the amounts receivable and those actually received during the year, and the arrears (if any) at the beginning and at the close of the account : (c) A Cash-book or Cash-books, containing a record of all cash transactions : T 2 276 DE risco univeesitatis. [XIX. 7. {d) A Ledger or Ledgers : And also all such other books as may be necessary or convenient for regularly recording all such receipts and payments and other matters and things as aforesaid, and for enabling the several accounts to be duly checked and balanced, and the correctness of the Abstracts and Balance-sheet for the publication of which provision is made by this Statute to be ascertained and verified. 2. On or before the twenty-fourth day of March in every year the Curators of the University Chest shall cause to be prepared and delivered to the Vice-Chancellor — (a) Abstracts of Eeceipts and Payments on the general account of the University for the year ending on the thirty-first day of December last preceding : (6) Abstracts of Eeceipts and Payments on account of the several properties held in trust by the University and administered by the Curators of the University Chest : (c) Abstracts of Eeceipts and Payments on account of any special funds administered by the Curators of the University Chest : (d) A Balance-sheet showing at the close of the account the state of the current accounts of all the funds administered by the Curators of the University Chest : (e) A statement of all loans contracted by the University and outstanding ; showing in respect of each loan the amount originally borrowed, the amount remaining unpaid, the power under which the loan was contracted, the rate of interest, and the provision made for repayment. The Abstracts of Eeceipts and Payments on the general account of the University and on account of properties held in Trust, and the Balance-sheet shall be respectively in the forms set forth in the Schedule annexed to this Statute. But the Curators may, if for special reasons it appear advisable to do so, sub-divide any item of account in the scheduled forms into more items than one, or insert additional items. 3. The Hebdomadal Council shall annually appoint a University Auditor, who shall be either a professional accountant carrying on business in London or Westminster, or (if they think fit) a person conversant with accounts approved by the Permanent Secretary to Her Majesty's Treasury. He shall, in conjunction with the Audi- tors of University accounts appointed by the University (or alone if the University by Statute so determine), audit all accounts whether relating to the general revenues and expenditure of the Xi^- 7-j DJJ riSCO UNIVEESITATIS. 277 University, or to property held on special Trusts. The Auditor or Auditors shall report in writing to the Vice-Chaucellor whether the accounts are duly kept in proper books of account in con- formity with the provisions of this Statute, and whether the Ab- stracts, Balance-sheet, and Statement contain a true account of the financial condition of the University. It shall be lawful for the Auditors or any Auditor to report specially as to any payment which they or he may judge to have been made without sufficient authority. When such a special i-eport is made, the question shall be referred to three persons, one of whom shall be the Assessor for the time being to the Vice- Chancellor, and the other two shall be nominated at the beginning of each academical year by the Hebdomadal Council ; and the de- cision of such three persons or the major part of them shall be final. 4. The expense of such audit (including any payment of any clerk or clerks whose assistance may be required) shall be paid out of the University Chest. 5. On receiving the Abstracts, Balance-sheet, Statement, and Auditors' Eeport above mentioned, the Vice-Chancellor shall cause them to be printed, laid before Convocation, and published within the University. When any question is referred as aforesaid the Vice-Chancellor shall cause the decision of the referees to be in like manner printed and published. 6. Abstracts of. the accounts of the Bodleian Library, the Botanic Garden, the Sheldonian Theatre, the Ashmolean Museum, the Taylor Institution, the University Galleries, the University Mu- seum (including the several scientific departments thereof), the University Observatory, the Delegacy of University Police, the Curators of the Park, the Hope Curators, the Hope Keeper of Engraved Portraits, the Delegacy of Students not attached to any College or Hall, the Lodging Houses Delegacy, the Euskin Trustees, and of all other Funds appropriated to the support of particular Institutions, or to other special purposes within the University, and administered otherwise than by the Curators of the University Chest, shall be in like manner audited, laid before Convocation, and published. 7. The general accounts of the University and the accounts of each Trust shall, after the audit thereof, be open to inspection by Members of Convocation at convenient times, under such regula- tions as the University may by Statute make from time to time, and in default of and subject to any such statiitory regulations, under regulations to be made by the Curators of the University Chest. 378 DE FISCO UNIVEESITATIS. [XIX. 7. 8. The accounts of the Delegates of the Clarendon Press shall be audited in such manner as the University shall by Statute from time to time determine. SCHEDULE OF FOEMS. UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD. Abstbacts of Eeceipts and Payments for the Year ending the thirty-first day of December Geneeal Account I. — (Revenue.) RECEIPTS. A. External. £ s. d. I. — Estates. (i) Lands let at rackrent (2) Lands let on beneficial leases (3) Houses let at rackrent (4) Houses let on beneficial leases (5) Houses and sites of houses let on long leases (6) Fines and fine loans . . (7) Copyholds for lives .. (8) Copyholds of inheritance (9) Leaseholds held by the University . . (10) Tithe rentcharge (11) Quitrents, rentcharges, and other fixed pay- ments (12) Timber and underwood (13) Minerals ( 1 4) Other properties {describing them) . . II. — Dividends and Intbeest on Investments III.^Othee Receipts eeom External Sotjeces : (i) Benefactions .. (2) University Press (3) Oxford Market (4) *Wine licences . . . . . ; (5) Sundries B. Internal. (i) Matriculation fees . . (2) University dues (3) Examination fees {4) Proctorial fines (5) Degree fees . . * These are now issued by the City authorities. 279 XIX. 7- J DE FISCO UNIVEESITATIS. (6) Incorporation fees (7) Ee-admission fees (8) Registry fees (9) Other items, if any {describing them) *C. rrom Trust Funds tD. From Sale of Stocks Total Receipts . . ^ . Balance at beginning of account Total . . PAYMENTS. A. External. £ g. d. (i) Charges in respect of estate loans . . (2) Charges in respect of fine loans (3) Lessees' annuities (4) Quitrents (5) Miscellaneous rents and rentcharges (6) Rates, taxes, and insurance . . (7) Agency and management (8) Law charges . . (9) Repairs and improvements . . (10) Payments to vicars and augmentation of benefices . . (11) Donations to churches, schools, &c. . . (12) Other expenditure in respect of estates {de- scribing it) iB. Internal, I. — Stipends : (i) University officers .. (2) Presentations to superior degrees . . Notes. — * (i) This item should include such portions of the income of any Trust Fund as are received by the Curators of the Uniyersity Chest, and axe applicable to any specific purpose within the University, as well as income applicable to general University purposes. (2) The contributions from different Trusts may be either entered separately or grouped together, but the larger Trusts should be entered separately. + This item should include the proceeds of the sale of any stock which can be applied to meet ordinary expenditure, e. g. stock belonging to any Eeserve Fund. X (i) The items under this head should include payments by the Curators out of Trust Funds as well as payments out of Corporate Funds. (2) The amounts paid out of Trust Funds and out of Corpor.ite Funds respectively may be entered separately or only the total may in each case be given. 280 BE riSCO UNIVBRSITATIS. [XIX. 7. (3) Professors (4) Eeaders (5) Preachers (6) Examiners . . II. Institutions and Public Buildings {describing them) III. Othbe Inteenal Expbndituee : (i) Delegacy of Students not attached to any College or Hall . . (2) Delegacy of lodging-houses . . (3) Oxford joint police . . (4) University police (5) Law charges (6) Pensions and annuities (7) Rates and taxes (8) Printing (9) Stationery (10) University Gazette .. (11) Other items, if any {describing them) IV. Intbkest and Sinking- Fund on Loans toe Univeesitt Pueposes : C. Votes of Convocation for Special Purposes D. Investments Total Payments Balance at close of account Total Geneeal Account II. — (Capital.) RECEIPTS, (i) Sale of real estate (2) Sale of stocks (3) Loans (4) Other sources {describing them) Total Eeceipts . , Balance at beginning of account Total . . XIX. 7.] DB FISCO UNIVEUSITATIS. PAYMENTS. External : (i) Farm buildings (2) Other es.ipenditnre {describing it) .. Internal : (i) Extraordinary repair of University buildings (2) Outlay on new University buildings (3) Other expenditure {describing it) . . Investments : (i) Purchase of estates .. (2) Purchase of stocks . . (3) Other investments {describing them) Total Payments Balance at close of account 281 d. Total Accounts of Trust Funds. (An Abstract for each Fund to be set forth separately in the form following.) EECEIPTS. £ s. d. (i) Dividends and interest (2) Rents and profits of estates Total Eeceipts . . Balance at beginning of account Total PAYMENTS. i (i) Eepairs, management, &c. .. (2) Payments in respect of purposes external to the University (3) Payments to any purpose within the Univer- sity {specifying it) .. Total Payments Balance at close of account d. Total 282 DE FISCO UNIVEESITATIS. [XIX. 7. Balance-sheet showing the state of the different Accounts of the Year ending on the thirty-first day of December, 18 , at the closing of the Accounts for that Year. LIABILITIES. To Trust Funds : £ s. d. Balances due by the University [distinguishing each Trust) To Special Funds : Bajances due by the University {distinguishing each Fund) Balance of General Account Total ASSETS. £ By Cash at Bankers By Cash in hand By Trust Funds : Balances due to the University (distinguishing each Trust) By Special Funds : Balances due to the University {distinguishing each Fund) Total A.dd.p.882. § 8. Of the University Auditor. [1882.] * 1. The University Auditor appointed under the provisions of the Statute ' Concerning the Form of Accounts of the University and the Audit and Publication thereof shall have the sole charge of the audit of the Accounts of the University. 2. Wherever in the Statutes or otherwise it is ordered that Accounts be audited by the Delegates or Auditors of Accounts, it is to be understood that such Accounts are to be audited by the University Auditor. 3. The payments to be made to the University Auditor under clause 4 of the Statute aforesaid shall be regulated by the Vice- Chancellor and Proctors. XIX. 9.J DE FISCO UNIVERSITATIS. 283 § 9. Concerning the Publication of the Accounts of the Colleges in the University of Oxford. Statute made by the Commissioners wholly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, i8 'j'j. A2iproved by the Queen in Council, ^rd May, 1882. 1. On or before the twenty-fourth day of March in every year every College in the University shall send or cause to be delivered to the Eegistrar of the University — {a) Abstracts of Eeceipts and Payments on the general account of the College for the year ending on the thirty-first day of December last preceding : (6) Abstracts of Eeceipts and Payments on account of the several properties held in trust by the College : (c) Abstracts of Eeceipts and Payments on account of special funds maintained by the College, including the funds mentioned in the Schedule annexed to this Statute, and such other funds as the College may deem it expedient to include : (d) A balance-sheet showing the state of the current accounts at the close of the accounts for the said year : (e) A statement of all loans contracted by the College and outstanding ; showing in respect of each loan the amount originally borrowed, the amount remaining unpaid, the power under which the loan was contracted, the rate of interest, and the provision made for repayment : (/) A certificate, signed by the Auditor or Auditors appointed by the College, that the Accounts of the College are duly kept in proper books of account, and that the abstracts, statement, and balance-sheet are correct and contain a true account of the financial condition of the College : {g) In case of refusal by any Auditor to sign the certificate, a statement signed by him of his reasons for such refusal. The abstracts and balance-sheet shall be respectively in the forms set forth in the Schedule annexed to this Statute. But any College may, if for special reasons it appear advisable to do so, subdivide any item of account in the scheduled forms into more items than one, or insert additional items. 2. On receipt by the Eegistrar from each College of the ab- stracts, statement or statements, balance-sheet, and certificate above mentioned the Vice-Chancellor shall cause them to be printed and published within the University. 284 DE I'lSCO UNIVEESITATIS. [XIX. 9. SCHEDULE OF FORMS. College. Abstracts of Eecbipts and Payments for the Year ending thirty-first December General Account L— (Revenue.) EECEIPTS. A. External. ^ s- d. I.- — Estates. (i) Lands let at rackrent (2) Lands let on beneficial leases (3) Houses let at rackrent (4) Houses let on beneficial leases (5) Houses and sites of houses let on long leases (6) Fines and fine loans . . (7) Copyholds for lives . . (8) Copyholds of inheritance (9) Leaseholds held by the College (10) Tithe rentcharge (11) Quitrents, rentcharges, and other fixed pay^ ments (12) Timber and underwood (13) Minerals (14) Other properties (describing them) . . II.. — Dividends and Inteeest on Investments B. Internal. (i) Admission fees (2) Degree fees . . *(3) College dues and Establishment charges (4) Tuition fees . . (5) Room rents . . t(6) Profits in buttery, kitchen, &o. (7) Other sources {describing them) Notes. — * This item should include all receipts from resident members of the College in respect of service in rooms, messages, and gate fines. \ In estimating profits, deductions should be made for the cost of provisions, fuel, light, wages, and maintenance of plant; but no deduction should be made for rent or fabric repairs, or Bursar's stipend. XIX. 9.J DB FISCO UNIVEESITATIS. 285 £ s. d. *C. From Trust Funds tD. From Sale of Stocks Total Kbceipts . . Balance at beginning of account Total . . PAYMENTS. A. External. d. (i) Charges in respect of estate loans . . (2) Charges in respect of fine loans (3) Lessees' annuities (4) Quitrents (5) Miscellaneous rents and rentcharges (6) Eates, taxes, and insurance . . (7) Agency and management (8) Law charges . . (9) Repairs and improvements . . (10) Payments to vicars and augmentation of benefices . . (11) Donations to churches, schools, &c. . . (12) Other expenditure in respect of estates {describing it) JB. Internal. (i) Charges in respect of building loans (2) Eates, taxes, and insurance on College build- ings and premises Notes. — * (i) This item should include such portions of the income of any Trust Fund as are applicable to any specific purpose within the College as well as income applicable to general College purposes. (2) The contributions from different Trusts may be either entered separately or grouped together, but the larger Trusts should be entered separately. •^ This item, should include the proceeds of the sale of any stock which can be applied to meet ordinary expenditure, e.g, stock belonging to any Reserve Fund. { (i) The items under this head should include payments out of Trust Funds as well as payments out of Corporate Funds. (2) The amounts paid out of Trust Funds and out of Corporate Funds respectively may be entered separately or only the total may in each case be given. 286 DE riSCO TJNIVEKSITATIS. [XIX. 9. s. (3) Maintenance and repairs of College buildings and premises (4) Chapel services and choir fund (5) Library *(6) College servants (7) Table allowances (8) College entertainments (9) Maintenance of establishment in College (10) The Head of the College (11) Fellows (12) Scholars (13) College officers (14) The Tuition Fund (15) The Pension Fund (16) The Building Fund (17) The Exhibition Fund (18) Other internal expenditure (describing it) C. University Purposes. (i) Common University Fund . . (2) Professors, including Fellowships held by Professors. . (3) University Purposes Fund (4) Other expenditure on University objeeti {describing it) D. Investments Total Payments Balance at close of account Total . . Gjbnebal Account II. — (Capital.) EECEIPTS. £ 8. d. Dues' compositions By loans . . Nors. — * This item should include the aggregate amount of servants' wages, except in so far as they have been taken into account in estimating profits in buttery, kitchen, &o. XIX. 9.] DE riSCO XJNIVERSITATTS. By sale of stock . . Other sources {describing them) . . Total Receipts Balance at beginning of account . Total . . PAYMENTS, External : Farm buildings Other expenditure {describing it) Internal : College fabric . . Other expenditure {describing it) Investments : Total Payments . . Balance at close of account Total 287 £ s. d. £ s. d. Accounts of Trust Funds. I. — Funds applicable wholly or in part to Purposes within the College. (An abstract for each Fund to be set forth separately in the form following.) EECEIPTS. 1. Dividends and interest 2. Rents and profits of estates . . Total Receipts Balance at beginning of account . Total £ s. d. 288 DE FISCO UNIVEKSITATIS. [XIX. 9. PAYMENTS. ^ «• ^■ 1 . Repairs, management, &o. 2. Payments in respect of purposes external to the College . . 3. Contributions to any purpose or purposes within the College Total Payments . . Balance at close of account Total II. — Funds a2)plicable wholly to Purposes external to the College. (An abstract for each Fund to be set forth separately in the form following.) EECEIPTS. 1 . Dividends and interest 2 . Rents and profits of estates . . Total Receipts Balance at beginning of account . Total £ s. d. PAYMENTS. £ s. d. 1 . Repairs, management, &c. 2. Payments in respect of purposes external to the College . . Total Payments . . Balance at close of account Total xix. 9.] de pisco univeesitatis. 289 Accounts of Special Funds. I. — Tuition Fund. EeceiptS and Payments. EECEIPTS. £ s. d. From General Account : (a) Tuition fees (6) Corporate revenues (c) Trust Funds Total Eecbipts Balance at beginning of account Total PAYMENTS. £ s. d. (i) Tutors and Lecturers (being Fellows of the College) (2) Tutors and Lecturers (not being Fellows of the College) (3) Examiners, &c. (4) Fees paid to Professors and other University Teachers, and Laboratory fees (5) Fees paid under any inter-collegiate arrangement (6) Printing and stationery (7) Prizes (8) Pension Fund (9) Other expenditure Total Payments . . Balance at close of account Total . . II. — Pension Fund. EECEIPTS. £ s. d. Dividends and interest . . U 290 DE ITSCO UNIYERSITATTS. [XIX. 9. £, 8. d. From General Account . . From Tuition Fund Total Receipts Balance at beginning of account Total PAYMENTS. £ s. d. Pensions . . Investments Total Payments . . Balance at close of account Total .. Balance-Shbet, showing the state of the different Accounts of the Year ending thirty-first December, 18 , at the closing of the Accounts for that Year. LIABILITIES. To Caution Money Fund : £ s. d. Balance in hands of the College, less due to the College for Battels, &c. . . To Trust Funds : Balances due by the College {distinguishing eacli Trust) To Special Funds : Balances due by the College {distinguishing each Fund) Balance of General Account . . Total ASSETS By Cash at Bankers By Cash in hand . . By Trust Funds : Balances due to the College By Special Funds : Balances due to the College Total £ s. d. each Trust) each Fund) XIX. 10.] DE PISCO UNIVEESITATIS. 291 § 10. De Augendis Vicariorum quorundam Stipendiis. Add.p.ns. [1796.] 1. QuANDOQTjiDEM serenissima Maria quondam Angliae regina rectorias quasdam in certos usus destinatas simul cum jure patro- natus ecclesiarum istarum academise concessit : 2. Placuit academiae statuere et decemere, quotiescunque ipsi in posterum visum fuerit vicarios suos in praedictis ecclesiis ope aliqua et liberalitate sublevare, et stipendia eorum auctiora reddere, sive pecunia e cista academica deprompta, sive parte aliqua ipsius rectorise in usus vicarii concessa, ut sive in decreto Convocationis sive in indenturis ad hanc rem spectantibus inseratur semper clausula (jam olim in decreto Convocationis mens. Novemb. a.d. 1773 usurpata) per quam palam fiat augmentationem istam vi carlo concedi ea lege ut assidue in parochia dicta vixerit, et non aliter. V 2 TITULUS XX. Corp. Stat. DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS UNIVERSITATIS. p. 184. [16:56.1 Add.p.6so. Sectio T.— DB CHABTIS ET MTJNIMENTIS TJWIVEE- t'^^' i SITATIS CUSTODIENDIS. 1. Statutum est quod omnes chartae, tarn authenticse quam alise, et munimenta (prsedia, possessiones, commtmia Universitatis Corp. Stat, jura et privilegia, aut gublicarum lecturarum dotationes concer- ^ r'fi k 1 ii^ntia) in pyxides peculiares, titulia fundorum sive prsediorum insignitas, ordine digerantur, et in abaco tribus seris obserato, (vel, si unus abacus non sufficiat, in pluribus abacis totidem quoque seris obfirmatis) reponantur : claves autem sint in custodia Vice- Cancellarii et Procuratonxm ; nee quicquam inde promatur, nisi in prsesentia et cum consensu Vice-Cancellarii et Procnratorum, aut ab ipsis deputatorum. 2. Duo autem peculiaria registra fiant (quorum unum in abaco remaneat, alteram in manibus Procuratornm successive) in quibus, quid quisque quo tempore et e qua pyxide extraxerit, sub chiro- grapho ipsius extrahentis annotetur; ut Procuratores pro ratione ofSoii sui facile dispicere valeant, quid in quaque pyxide deside- retur, et a quo exigendum habeant. 3. Insuper omnium et singulorum scriptorum, chartarum, et munimentorum hujusmodi, duo inventaria conficiantur ab arcbi- vorum custode, et sigillo communi Universitatis muniantur : quorum unum in abaco illo communi repositum conservetur; alteram penes ipsos Procuratores sit ; qui, intra quindecim dies postquam officiis suis cesserint, in prsesentia auditorum computi sui praedictum inventarium successoribus suis in manus tradent ; atque e registro extractorum, quae scripta extracta, quae restituta, qujB adhuc desiderentur, palam recitabunt; et deinde registrum itidem successoribus suis in manus tradent. 4. Etiam, si quid de novo in abaco repositum fuerit, illud ipsum in inventarium redigi curabunt; sub poena quod, si quis contra hoc statutum deUquerit, viginti marcarum mulctam Universitati solvere teneatur. XX. III. 2.] DE BONIS BT LOCIS PUBLICIS. 293 Sectio II.— DE SIGILLIS UNIVERSITATIS. 1. SxATUTUM est quod, prout antiquitus fieri consuevit, pro diversis negotiis expediendis diversa Universitatis sigilla ad- hibeantur. 2. Unum quidem minuscvdum, ad literas epistolasque ex decreto Convocationis vel Congregationis conscriptas sigillandas destinatum. 3. Alterum majusculum, quod ad ipsius Cancellariatus officium duntaxat spectat ; et quod Cancellarius vel Vice-Cancellarius, non Corp. Stat, solum ad ea confirmanda quae ratione executionis officii sui fecerit P",-'^^'-- -, vel ediderit, sed etiam ad publicam fidem faciendam, cuivis in- strumento appendet, quoties opus fuerit et sibi expedire videbitur. Quae quidem sigilla in propria Cancellarii vel Vice-Cancellarii custodia remanent. 4. Tertinm publicum est et commune Cancellarii, Magistrorum et Scholarium Universitatis in Oxonia, adeoque totius academise communitatis et incorporationis sigillum ; quod indenturis, in- strumentis originalibus, syngraphis, evidentiis, publicis tabulis. Uteris sive libellis testimonialibus, nomine totius Universitatis consignandis, iisque quse ad utilitatem communem et dignitatem Universitatis spectant confirmandis inservit. 5. Quod quidem sigillum in quadam pyxide ad id compa- rata in eodem reponitur abaco, in quo adservantur chartse et munimenta Universitatis, sub custodia Vice-Cancellarii et Pro- curatorum; nee unquam sine consensu Convocationis cuivis instrnmento apponendum est, prseterquam Uteris testimonialibus sigillandis, quas, ut concedendi, sic et sigillandi potestatem habeat domus Congregationis. Add. p. 5 26. ® ^ [i865-] Sectio III.— DE BIBLIOTHECA BODLEIANA. 5 1. De Bibliothecario. Add.p.558. . . . [1856.] BiBLlOTHECiE custodia tall viro commendetur, qui Cum ob assiduam in studiis operam et constantiam Celebris emineat, tum ob fidem probitatem prudentiamque bene apud omnes audiat ; insuper qui sit linguarum tum eruditarum (quas vocant) tum vulgarium baud imperitus. Add.p.835. ^ ^ [1873-] § 2. De forma Bibliothecarii eligendi. I. Cum vero qualicunque de causa locum vacare contigerit, Add.p.835. a Curatoribus in pleno termino novus bibliotbecaiius eligatur, [1873-] 294 DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS. [XX. III. 2. quse quidem electio suifragiis venerabilis domus Convocationis permittatur, preemissa semper a Vice-Cancellario sex dierum publica monitione. 2. Post consummatam electionem, bibliothecarius spondeat coram Vioe-Cancellario, verba prseeunte Procuratore seniore : ' Tu dabis fidem, te ea omnia fideliter executurum qum ad offidum Adcl.p.814. hibliothecarii speetant.' Eesp. '■Do.' [1872.] § 3. De Bibliothecarii libera recessione vel amotione. 1 . BiBLiOTHECAEius si libera velit officio suo cedere, per men- sem integrum ante cessionem suam Vice-Cancellario id denuntiet ; qui more usitato idipsum palam omnibus notum faciat. Nulla tameu modo ad munus suum resignandum cogatur bibliothecarius, nisi ob indignum aliquod facinus perpetratum aut insignem de- Add. p.559. fectum diutius in officio permanere ineptus judicetur. Quod si [1856.] quicquid aut deliquerit aut male administraverit bibliothecarius in eo Vice-Cancellarius ex consensu sufifragioque curatorum ad- monendi potestatem habeat. Si autem amotionis pcenam mere- Add.p.835. atur, a munere suo moveatur per Vice-Cancellarium et delegates [1873-] appellationum in Congregatione aut majorem partem eorum. 2. Siquando bibliothecarius prse infirmiori valetudine aut senec- tute ingravescente assiduse in bibliotheca morse impar sit, Vice- Cancellarius, cum majoris partis omnium curatorum consensu, ei, post triginta annos in munere bibliothecarii vel in muneribus hypobibliothecarii et bibliothecarii positos (ita tamen ut per decern annos ad minimum fuerit bibliothecarius) beneficium an- Add.p.835. nuiim quingentarum librarum e pecuniis Bodleianis ad honorem ['873.] tribuat; si autem per viginti annos bibliothecse operam navaverit, ducentas quinquaginta libras. Vice-Cancellarius autem, sicut antea provisum est, alium bibliothecarium in ejus locum suffici curet. § 4. De ofS.cio et munere ejusdem. 1. BiBLiOTHECAEius totius interioris administrationis curam habeat, et omni ex parte bibliothecse dignitati et utilitati semper invigilet. 2. Grande illud album, vel nominum quam vocant matriculam, penes ipsum servandi perpetuandique potestas sit; in qua de- scribat illorum nomina quorum beneficentia aliquid aut librorum aut pecuniarum aut rerum denique pretiosarum in usum et emolu- mentum studentium bibliothecse accreverit. 3. Prsecipue vero libris undequaque conquirendis incumbat, iis. XX. III. 5.] DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS. 295 prsesertim, si qui in aliqua facultate majoris momenti desiderari videantur ; eumque in finem catalogos librorum passim venalium, tarn domi quam foras, diligenter inspiciat ; curatorum aliorumve doctrina insignium virorum, et speciatim professorum in sua cujusque facultate, consilium adhibeat; nihil denique prseter- mittat, quo bibliotheca libris ad omne eruditionis scientiseque genus pertinentibus locupletetur. 4. In libris coemendis judicent curatores ; qui tamen multum arbitrio bibliothecarii relinquere possunt. 5. Si autem ex relatione studentium liber aKquis vel plures ibidem desiderentur, curet bibliothecarius ut statim in libro aliquo in hnnc usum destinato inscribantur tituli eorundem librorum, quo, re mature perpensa, si ex usu fore visum faerit, emantur hi libri et in usum studiosorum in bibliothecam infe- rantur. 6. Libros qui singulis annis accedant, signo bibliothecse antea. apposite, juxta faoultates, quumprimum per spatium liceat, in classes suas digerat ; singulis facultatibus catalogos assignet ; in catalogum autem ampliorem nomina auctorum ordine alphabetico referat, titulum operis, qua forma voluminis excusum, quo loco annoque editum, subjiciat. Die autem rationum inspiciendarum catalogum omnium librorum qui anno proxime elapso bibliothecse accesserint, adscripto singulis libris pretio suo, in manus cura- torum tradat. 7. Quod si largitio pecuniaria ad libros coemendos illius fidei concredatur, donatori catalogum titulorum pretiumque singulorum librorum transmittendum curet. 8. Pecunias quibus ad libros coemendos caeterasve bibliothecEe impensas opus habeat bibliothecarius, ei, prout postulabit occasio, suppeditent Curatores, quorum sit bibliothecse census accipere et Add.p.S35. custodire. Bibliothecarius autem rationes curatoribus reddere [1873.] teneatur. 9. Quod si post visitationem, aut alias aliquo tempore, ipsi con- stiterit librum aliquem deesse, intra triduum rem notam faciat Vice-Cancellario et Procuratoribus, ut omni modo de libro illo inquiratur. § 5. De numero, ordiae, nomiaatione et nmneribus Add.p.560. eseteromm oflaeiariorum et ministroruin. L1805.] I. BiBLiOTHBCAEio in partem laboris sui adjungantur hypobiblio- thecarii duo, linguarum turn eruditarum (quas vocant) turn vul- Add.p.835, garium hand imperiti. Bibliothecarii arbitrium in omnibus biblio- L^ 73-] 296 DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS. [XX. III. 5- Add.p.814. thecse negotiis Bequi teneanttir. Ambo antem, quantum fieri '■' ^^'^ potest, in bibliotheca constanter -adsint, atque ex bibliothecarii mandate libris perquirendis ac digerendis et catalogis conficiendis dent operam, cseteraque omnia fideliter exsequantur quse biblio- thecse usus et commoda postulare videantur. 2. Hypobibliothecarii nominentur a bibliothecario cum majoris partis omnium curatorum consensu; quse quidem nominatio snf- fragiis venerabilis domus Convocationis permittatur, prsemissa semper a Vice-Cancellario sex dierum publica monitione. lidem ab officio removeantur, si quid tale meruerint, ex majoris partis omnium curatorum sententia. 3. Hypobibliothecarii, quumprimum nominati fuerint, eodem mode quo bibliothecarius, mutatis mutandis, fidelitatem spondeant. 4. Si autem hypobibliothecarius aliquis, setate vel morbo in- gravescente, officio suo cedere velit, ei, si per spatium triginta annornm bibliotbecee inservierit, et sit ad minimum quinquaginta Add.p.835. annos natns, e pecuniis Bodleianis, cum majoris partis omnium ['^73.1 curatorum consensu, pendantur annuatim ad honorem ducentse librae ; alius vero hypobibliothecarius in ejus locum modo supra- dicto sufficiatur. 5. Sint prseterea tres vel, si ita curatoribus videatnr, etiam plures ministri, qui bibliothecario et hypobibliothecariis praesto adsint, eorum mandata exsequantur, libris perquirendis et repo- nendis dent operam, et aUis bibliothecse usibus, prout res tulerit, ex superiorum prsescripto diligenter inserviant. 6. Ministri nominentur a bibliothecario, cum majoris partis curatorum in Universitate prsesentium approbatione ; et eadem auctoritate ab officio removeantur. 7. Quod ad quotidianam attinet bibliothecse curam, officiarii omnes quantum fieri potest, in ea constanter adsint. Nulla autem un- quam de causa officiarii omnes simul absint, sed vel bibliothecarius vel unus ex hypobibliothecariis semper adesse teneatur. 8. Sed ut aliqua saltem absentiae venia officiariis hisce con- cedatur, liceat unicuique eorum extra academiae fines interdum versari, modo (praeter dies festos atque solennes quibus bibliotheca claudenda sit) absentiae tempus in unoquoque anno septuaginta dies non exsuperet. Quod si merito in plures dies proroganda sit licentia quam prsesenti hoc statuto definitum est, communibus in venerabili domo Convocationis sufiragiis, dierum trium ad mini- mum publica monitione praemissa, arbitrium permissum esto. Hoc autem sic intelligendutn est, ne cuivis hypobibliothecariorum academia abesse liceat, dum bibliothecario foris esse contingat; XX. III. 6.] DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS. 297 nec bibliothecarius, cum prsesens sit, amborum hypobibliothe- cariorum auxilio simul careat, nisi ex gravi aliqna et perurgenti caasa, majori parti curatorum in Universitate prsesentium appro- Add.p.835. banda; nec liceat bibliothecario neque hypobibliotbecariis cur® [1873.] animamm inservire. 9. Ex ministris nemo absit, nisi special! venia bibliotbecarii prius impetrata ; idque sub poena amotionis. 10. Absentis bibliothecarii munere fungatur hypobibliothecarins Add.p.664. senior. ^'^^^-^ 11. Janitor longe a janua non discedat; quae sit ingredientium conditio non segniter observet ; bibliothecario et hypobibliothe- cariis obsequium praestet. § 6. De stipendiis oflaciariorum et ministrorum, et de Add.p.561. pectmiis in nsuin bibliothecse exigendis et erogandis. L'^so.] Pendant Curatores, e reditibus Bodleianis, Add.p.836. Bibliothecario, loco omnium emolumentorum quae hactenus ['°73-J percepit, libras mille, per singulos anni quadrantes sequalibus Add.p.842. portionibus dinumerandas. [i874-J Item quantum curatoribus videatur, 1. Pro stipendiis annuls hypobibliothecariorum ; mode ne quis eorum minus quam trecentas vel plus quam quadringentas libras accipiat. 2. Pro stipendio annuo Janitoris ; modo ne minus quam quadraginta vel plus quam octoginta libras accipiat. 3. Pro stipendiis annuls ministrorum ; modo ne quis eorum minus quam viginti vel plus quam ducentas libras accipiat. Add.p.737. 4. Pro stipendiis eorum, qui in catalogis librorum extra '-^ '^'^ ordinem conficiendis aut alio quovis in usus bibliothecae labore versentur. 5. Pro libris sive manuscriptis sive impressis prout occasio tulerit coemendis, compingendis, resarciendis. 6. Pro lapsis inclinatisque resarciendis, prout usus postulet, interioris structurse, non solum antiquae bibliothecae, sed et schola- rum hactenus annexarum vel in posterum per decretum venerabilis domus Convocationis annectendarum, atque etiam pergulse Anglice vocatsB the 2>icture gallery (quatenus ilia in bibliothecae usus cedat), et tecti tam exterioris quam interioris antiquae bibliothecae. 7. Pro pluteis et abacis reparandis vel de novo compingendis, et caeteris omnibus peragendis quae ad jiistam librorum coUo- cationem distributionemque requirantur. 298 DE BONIS BT LOCIS PTJBLICIS. .[XX. III. 6. 8. Pro novis catalogis instituendis annuatim librorum give manuscriptorum sive impressorum qui eo anno bibliothecse acces- serint. 9. Denique, quoniam fieri non potest ut omnibus speciatim pro- videatur,pro caeteris quotquot sint bibliothecse sumptibus necessariis. In hos autem usus assumantur, 1. Eeditus et proventus prsediorum, tenementorum sive pos- sessionum, quibus ex ipsius Bodleii munificentia fruitur bibliotheca. 2. Pecuniae quae ex munificentia Crewiana bibliothecario et bibliotbeose deatinabantur. 3. Annui proventus e pecuniis M" Godwyn, et viri munifi- centissimi Dootoris Mason ; et e summa apud serarium publicum perpetuo foenore collocata, bibliothecse autem Bodleianse per de- cretum Convocationis a.d. 1845 annexa. Add.p.835. 4. Pecuniae bibliothecse Bodleianae e cista academica juxta '-' '^■-' Statutum De Feodis pendendse. Prsedia vero Bodleiana per cistse academicae curatores ad- ministrentur ; qui, post reparationes factas omnesque alias justas expensas, quicqnid ex eorum proventibus supererit bibliothecae curatoribus in usus ejusdem erogandum tradant. A(W.p.562. § 7. De custodia numismatum. 1. Numismatum custodiam habeat bibliothecarius ; et quo melius tarn pretiosse supellectilis integritati consulatur, nemo un- quam, nisi ipso vel nno ex hypbbibliothecariis praesente, museolum ubi conservatur intrandi copiam habeat. Numismata uno eodem- que tempore pluribus quam duobus nunquam ostendantur, nisi duo bibliothecse officiarii, vel unus ex officiariis et curatorum aliquis, per integrum tempus simul adsint. 2. Nemini hoc museolum visenti numisma aliquod suum cum numismatibus museoli conferre liceat. § 8. De tempore aperiendi et claudendi bibliothecam. Add.p.842. I. Apbeiatue bibliotheca mense Januario, Novembri, Decembri, [io74'J ab hora nona matutina ad tertiam postmeridianam ; Februario, Martio, Augusto, Septembri, Octobri, ad quartam ; Aprili, Maio, Junio, Julio, ad quintam. Exceptis, Diebus omnibus Dominicis ; Vigiliis ante Nativitatem Domini, et deinceps usque ad festum , Circumoisionis inclusive ; [1890.] Die Passionis Domini, vigiliis Paschatis. XX. III. 9.] DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS. 299 Die Ascensionis. Die encseniormn ; Septem diebus a primo die Octobris numerandis ; Add. 0.699 Die visitationem bibliothecse immediate precedente. [1864.] Si vero ex Convocationis edicto alia induciarum tempora inci- derint, hoc per scbedulam ostio bibliothecse exteriori affigendaro palam denuntietur. 2. Liceat tamen Curatoribus cameram unam in Bibliotheca sepo- Add.p.956. nere ad quam in diebus supradictis (Diebus omnibus Dominicis et l.'°9°J- diebus Nativitatis, Passionis, et Ascensionis Domini exceptis) studia severiora prosequentibus pateat aditus, ut libros manu- scriptos et impressos, quos propter raritatem et pretium in Cameram Radclivianam transferre non expediat, nulla interposita mora consulere possint. Nemo .tamen ad banc cameram ita sepo- sitam admittatur nisi propter causam gravem a Bibliothecario approbandam licentiam adeptus sit. Bibliothecarius vel unus ex hypobibliothecariis in iis temporibus in quibus hsec camera sub his conditionibus patet intra bibliothecse terminos semper adsit, in ipsa autem camera prsesto sit aliquis a bibliotheca. 3. Bibliothecarius vel unus ex hypobibliothecariis prsesto semper aperiendis bibliothecse foribus adsit. Tintinnabuli sonitu exeundi tempus significari iidem curent ; quo facto, nemini in bibliotheca morari liceat. 4. Nemo illuc, quocunque prsetextu, immo nee ipse bibliothecarius, ignem, lucernam aut quodvis Imninare accensum inferat vel ibi accendat ; quod si fecerit, officio sive privilegio suo in perpetuum mulctetur. § 9. De modo studendi. I. VoLtTMlNA a bibliothecam studendi causa frequentantibus ne unquam a pluteis amoveantur, nisi permissu bibliothecarii ; quae vero in clathris et sub custodia bibliothecarii solius continentur, in manus cuique et numerato tradantur, ante discessum autem red- dantur. Qui hanc legem violaverit, in duplum cujusque libri valorem, quem sic retinuerit aut celaverit, condemnetur ; et, si destinata animi improbitate id factum comprobetur, e bibliotheca in perpetuum ejiciatur. Porro, manuscripta volumina (quae pro- Add.p.jes. miscue singulis in bibliothecam admissis sine discrimine utenda t' 5 -J exponi, non potest periculo carere) in archivis conclusa teneantur ; nee cuiquam qui non sit actu membrum XJniversitatis, utenda permittantur, nisi qui in Artibus Magistrum aut saltem in Jure Civili Baccalaureum adduxerit, qui de libro indemni et illseso redhibendo spondeat. 300 DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS. [XX. III. 9- 2. Libri in arcHvis contenti, quando ob antiquitatem, raritatem, pretium, speciem aut aliam denique prsestantiorem ob notam magni sestimandi fuerint, parce tantum ostendantur, adhibita semper cura ne contrectatione nimia aut pervolutatione corrumpantur. 3. Si quis a bibliothecario aut aliquo officiario bibliothecse interrogatus de nomine suo et collegio sive aula, non respondent statim juxta rei veritatem, ipso facto privUegio bibliotheese intrandsB careat, donee per Congregationem regentium, gratia proposita et concessa, restituatur. 4. Nee superior nee inferior bibliothecarius cuivis tradat librum aliquem ad usum studiorum, nisi nomen ejus, una cum literis locum cujusque libri indicantibus, in libro chartaceo ad hoc munus pecu- liariter destinato inscribat ; libro autem reddito deleatur nomen. 5. Nemo autem, sub poena decem solidorum, inter legendum in aliquem librum incumbat ; ch'arta, sive libello aliquo chartaceo aut membranaceo proposito, super librum aliquem scribat : ne vel atramenti suffusione vel foliorum replicatione vel sordibus con- tractis contaminetur. Quos nisi persolverit, e bibliotheca protinus excludatur. Adl.p.sep. 6. Nemini liceat librum aliquem manu scriptum vel ipsi vel per '-^ °'-' alium transcribere et eundem publici juris facere, nisi venia vel Bibliothecarii vel Curatorum prius impetrata. § 10. De lis, quos studendi causa ad bibliothecam admittere licet. Aild.p.841. I. Studendi privilegio omnes gradu aliquo insigniti gaudeant; ['°74] alii vero, si literas commendatitias a probate aliquo viro secum attulerint. Cseteri, qui tantum bibliothecse invisendse causa fre- quentissimi adveniunt, ad anteriorem partem ejusdem, quse 'Artium' nomine insignitur, solummodo admittantur ; in cseteram corporis bibliothecae partem nonnisi a graduato aliquo deductis aditus detur. 2. Priusquam autem aditus alicui in bibliothecam studendi causa patefiat, coram Vice-Cancellario, vel Procuratore, vel biblio- thecario, huic qusB sequitur formulae subscribat : ' Ego A. B. in bibliothecam Bodleianam admittendus ex animo poUiceor me libros cseteramque supellectilem sic esse tractaturum ut superesse quam diutissime possint ; animum ad studia et silen- tium accommodaturum ; et, quantum in me est, curaturum nequid bibliotheca detrimenti aut incommodi capiat.' 3. Quod si posthac contigerit ut graduatus aUquis aut quilibet alius lancinandi aut subducendi librum aliquem, tractatum, vel XX. III. II.] DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS. 301 paginam cnjusvis in bibliotheca voluminis, liquido reus compertna fuerit, is protinus cum a bibliotheca turn ab academia, cum infamia atque dedecore, sine uUa spe regressus amoveatur. § 1 1. De libris extra bibliothecam ad tempus detinendis, aut etiam eflFerendis. 1. QuuM plurimis ex nsu fore autumetur, libros qui singulis annis bibliothecae accedant uno conspectu percnrrere, nonnnlli vero variis officiorum suorum negotiis distringantur, quo tempore ad ipsam bibliothecam aditus patet; camera qusedam baud procul a bibliotheca, quum primum id commode fieri possit, in usus gradua- torum vel etiam exterorum qui licentiam studendi in bibliotheca adepti sint, seponatur. In qua camera libri omnes nuperrime editi reponantur, simul atque bibliothecse accesserint, ibidemque per integrum annum asserventnr, et turn demum in interiorem biblio- thecse partem asportentur. 2. In banc cameram libros sive impresses sive manu scriptos Add.p.s64. e bibliotheca vespere in eorundem usus efferri liceat. [1856.] 3. Quae camera ab hora decima matutina usque ad horam decimam postmeridianam aperta maneat, nisi siquando justa de causa visum sit curatoribus eam prius claudere. 4. Huic camerse adsint duo ministri, quorum officium erit libros recenter advectos in pluteis ordinate disponere ; eosdem in manus cuique et numerato traders ; redditos in suis quosque locis repo- nere ; quantum fieri potest, librormn titulos auctorumque nomina chartulis inscribere, quae catalogo annuo conficiendo inservire possint ; libris denique et inprimis codicibus manu scriptis invigilare (si qui e bibliotheca in eandem allati fuerint), ne quid detrimenti inter utendum accipiant. 5. Quicunque autem librum vel libros in banc cameram efierri cupit, is semihora ad minimum ante tempus bibliothecae claudendse libros quibus opus habeat chartula, quam propria manu subscrip- serit, bibUothecario designet. 6. Quod si videatur opus esse altera etiam camera, quae studiis severioribus prosequendis reservetur, liceat curatoribus banc desig- nare et apparare similibus conditionibus constituendam. 7. Et quoniam viri honoratissimi, Joannis Eadcliffe, D. M. Add.p.652. fiduciarii magnam cameram Radclivianam academise in usum L'°"''J bibliothecse Bodleianse commodare dignati sint, liceat curatoribus libros sive manu scriptos sive typis impressos, imagines sere vel ligno impressas, alia denique si quse visum fuerit de bibliothecse sapellectile eo translata reponere. 30.i DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS. ]|XX. III. II. Porro. libros de scientiis in museo academico tractatis curato- ribus liceat in musei academici bibliotheca asservandos oollocare. 8. Quoties libri alicujus impressi exemplaria duo vel plura, sive ex eadem editions, sive denuo absque ulla immutatione excusi, in bibliotheca exstare constiterit, liceEct curatoribus, rem proponente bibliothecario, si novem saltern e suo ipsorum numero consenserint, exemplari ex iis optimo asservato, csetera divendere vel libris aliis permutare. Proviso tamen, ne quis omnino liber alienetur, qui sive legato seu dono bibliothecae accesserit. Adcl.p.677. g, Liceat curatoribus tabulas quasdam turn sere aut ligno incisas, '- ^'-l turn etiam manu delineatas, vel in camera Radcliviana, vel in sedibus Eandolphianis, eo modo quo usui publico optime inservi- turse videantur, collocare, — sigillo bibliothecae Bodleianee et donar Add.p.779. torum nominibus munitas. Si quse ejusmodi tabulae in sedes '-' ^■-' fiandolphianas transferantur, Curatoribus sedium accedat Biblio- thecarius quamdiu saltem istae tabulae illic asserventur. Add.p.939. 10. Ne liceat curatoribus nisi cum auctoritate venerabilis domus •- ■-' Convocationis libros impresses sive manuscriptos commodare. Add.p.s64. § 12. De curatoribus bibliotheese et de bibliotheca ab t'^5^*^ iis ssepius perlustranda. 1. OcTO illis curatoribus jam inde a primordiis bibliotheese Bodleianse in perpetuum designatis (Vice-Cancellario scilicet et Procuratoribus eorumve deputatis, regiis S. Theologiae, Juris Civilis et Medicinse, Hebraici etiam Grsecique sermonis professoribus) accedant quinque viri, variis doctrinis et Uteris imbuti, jure intrandi domum Congregationis Universitatis Oxoniensis gaudentes, et intra academiam residentes. A domo Congregationis Univer- sitatis Oxoniensis in decennium, si tamdiu resederint, eligantur ; iidem, exacto decennio, denuo eligantur, si ita venerabili domui visum fuerit. 2. Curatoribus, iisque solis, jus concedatur sine aliquo ex bibliothecae officiariis comitante in istas partes bibliothecae intrandi quae claustris obserantur ; exoepto semper museolo ubi custodiuntur numismata, de quo supra speciatim statutum est. Quae potestas ideo conceditur, ut in statum et conditionem bibliothecae assidue inquirant, et explorent utrum omnia recta conserventur et justo ordine disponantur. Et si quid invenerint in quo contra statuta et regulas legitime sancitas peccatum fuerit, vel quod in melius mutari poterit, illico Vice-Cancellarium adeant ; qui eorum rogatu curatores caeteros submoneat et convocet. 3. Neque solum quomodo muneris sui rationem bibliothecarius XX.1II. I3.j DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS. 303 obiverit, excutiant ; sed incertis etiam in rebus ad se relatia, quid sit faciendum demonstrent ; si imperfecte conditum statutum ; si re- centi malo novum sit quserendum remedium ; similiterque in cseteiis, ubi opem efflagitat necessitas. Atque super hujusmodi incommodis, (postquam inter se conjunctia opinionibns convenerint) Convocationis domus certior facta expeditam afferat emendationem. Proviso tamen, quod, in omni curatorum ad venerabilem domum Convoca- tionis relatione, ratio semper habeatur Stat. Tit. X. Sect. ii. § 2 et Tit. XIII. et legis a parliamento latse 170 et 18° Victorise, cap. 81. 4. Bis in unoquoque termino, aut seepius, si res tulerit, die et hora a Vice-Cancellario conatituenda, curatores in bibliotheca aut (si justa de causa ita expedire videbitur) in alio loco idoneo conveniant de Ubria emendis et disponendis consulturi. Scripto autem consignent, si quos libros pretio comparari plaouerit. 5. Curatorum muneris erit, sicut antea dictum est, bibliotbecse Add.p.835. reditus et pecunias undecunque provenientes accipere et in usus l-'°73-J bibliothecae erogare. Qui tamen rationes acceptorum et expen- sorum auditoribus computomm quotannis submittant. 6. Singulis annis octavo die Novembris (nisi Dominica fuerit, Adcl.p.699. cujus vices dies Saturni proxime antecedena compensabit,) in L'°''4-J bibliotbecse statum ac conditionem singulatim inquirant : in quem finem pridie ejus diei curatores singulos Vice-Cancellarius per bedellum submoneat, eo ut se primo mane sequente recipiant. 7. Ibi vero clausis foribus (ne quisquam incommode illos interpellet) et seoluso bibHotbecario donee accitas fuerit, examinent ecquid diligentiam in omnibus officii sui partibua adhibuerit. Tum exactam librorum rationem deposcant qui vel amissi vel male Add.p.964. tractati sunt; omnesque bibliotbecse partes ipsi oculis perlustrent, Li°9i-J exploraturi utrum omnia secundum statuta fiant et administrentur. 8. Curatoribus etiam liceat alteram diem perlustrandse biblio- thecae, prsecipue archivis, adsignare. 9. Quod si tandem aliquando bibliothecam ita amplificari contigerit, ut libros universos, sicut a bibliothecae primordiis factum est, juxta facultates in classes suas digerere liceat, consilium ineant bibliothecae curatores ut intra singulas etiam facultates, si ita commode fieri possit, libri distincte et ordinate disponantur : exceptis si quae librorum collectiones ea lege bibliothecae accre- verint, ut seorsim in uno quodam loco servarentur ; in quibus tamen ipsis, quantum per donatorum voluntatem licet, libros ordine quodam et aerie disponant. Add.p.526. It shall be the duty of the Curators to prepare and lay before ^^j ^ j Convocation annually a printed report. [1888.] 304 DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS. [XX. IV. Aad.p.814. Sectio IV.— op the SHELDONIAW THEATRE. [1872.] I. There shall be six Curators of the Sheldonian Theatre, namely, the Vice-Chancellor and the Proctors for the time being, and three Members of Convocation nominated by the Vice- Chancellor and Proctors, subject to the approval of Convocation, holding office for six years, and re-eligible. In case of an equality of votes on the Board of Curators the Vice-Chancellor shall have a second or casting vote. A.dd.p.860. 2. The Curators shall have charge of the Theatre and its L'''7o-J precincts ; shall make arrangements for the conduct of the business at the Encsenia ; and shall have power to appoint and remove all persons whose services may in their judgment be required, whether for a time or continuously, for any purpose connected with the Theatre. Add.p.941. It shall be the duty of the Curators to prepare and lay before •-' ■-' Convocation annually a printed report. 3. The Vice-Chancellor shall have power to hold Congregations and Convocations in the Theatre, when he shall think fit, and to grant the use of the building for any academical purposes. Applications for its use for other purposes, shall be referred to the Board of Curators. 4. The nominated Curators shall have proctorial authority within the precincts of the Theatre on all public occasions. The Curators shall have power on all such occasions to appoint as many Members of Convocation as they may think necessary to exercise proctorial authority within the same precincts. g. All Members of the University attending Academical Meet- ings in the Theatre shall wear their proper Academical dress. 6. The day for holding the Encsenia in any year shall be appointed by the Hebdomadal Council before the end of Easter Term in the preceding year. 7. The Vice-Chancellor shall have power before the end of Hilary Term in any year, with the consent of the Hebdomadal Council, to appoint a place other than the Theatre for holding the Encsenia for that year. Add.p.86o. 8. The estates of the Theatre shall be managed by the Curators. ['878J of the University Chest, The Curators of the Chest after pay- ment of repairs and charges incidental to the management of the estates shall pay the residue of the income to the Curators of the Theatre. 9. Except as is otherwise provided in this Statute, the ex- XX. V. 3.] DE BONIS ET LOCIS PTJBLICIS. 305 penditure of all moneys appropriated to the uses of the Theatre shall be committed to the care of the Curators of the Theatre, who shall submit their accounts annually to the Auditors of Accounts. SectioV.— DE MUSEIS. § 1. De museo academico et laboratorio Clarendoniano. 1. MusEi academici cura custodi committatnr a musei delegatis Add.p.isS, nominando, et a domo Convocationis approbando. Cui domum L'^S?-] ipsi destinatam pensionis immunem concedat Universitas. Acci- piat custos prseterea salarium octoginta librarum ; ea tamen conditione, ut huic summse nihil ultra stipendii accedat, si id ita contingat ut idem musei Ashmoleani et academici sit custos. 2. Laboratorii Clarendoniani cura committatur Professori Add.p.847. Philosophise Experimentalis. [}^7°-li § 2. De museo Ashmoleano. Add.p.788. ... ^ [1869.] Statutum regia auctoritate sancitum, A. d. iS^o. 1. QuiNQUE sint Musei Ashmoleani visitatores, scilicet, Vioe- Cancellarius, Historiarum Professor Camdenianus, Historise Modernae Professor Regius, et alii duo ex iis qui jus intrandi domum Convocationis habent a Congregatione Universitatis Oxoniensis in quinquennium eligendi. Quandocumque ipsis com- modum videbitur. Museum visitent, cimelia et libros manuscriptos ordinent, et ubi expedire visum faerit deponant. In cseteris abrogentur ordinationes Ashmoleanee. Posthao custodem visitatores nominent a venerabili domo Convo- cationis approbandum. Quilibet rite approbatus custos stipendio a Doctore Eawlinson legato fruatur. Quicquid de officio ejus statuerit Academia, observare teneatur. It shall be the duty of the Visitors to prepare and lay annually Add.p.942. before Convocation a printed report. [1888.] 2. The Keeper shall have the care of the Collections in the Ash- Add.p.904. molean Museum, under the direction of the Visitors ; and of any ['884.] other Collections of Antiquities or Coins which the University may hereafter place under his charge. 3. He shall give not less than six Lectures in the course of the year, on subjects to be approved by the Visitors. 4. He shall undertake the personal and regular supervision of Add.p.973. the Museum, and shall be present therein during some part of [1892.] each day on at least one hundred and fifty days in each year. 5. He shall be subject to the Visitatorial Board. 306 DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBUCIS. [XX. VI, Add.p.774. Seotio VI.— DB IWSTITUTIONE TAYLORIAlfA. [1869.] Begulations of the Taylor Institution. Add.p.974. I- Theee shall be eleven Curators of the Taylor Institution, [1893.] namely: — The Vice-Chancellor and Proctors ; The Eegius Professor of Modem History ; The Professor of Comparative Philology ; Four Members of Convocation, nominated by the Vice- Chancellor and Proctors, subject to the approval of Convocation, holding office for five years, and re-eligible ; Two Members of Convocation elected for ten years by the Curators from among the non-official Members of their own body. Any such Curator, however, whose term of ten years shall have expired, shall be capable of being re-elected to the place which he has so vacated. If any non-official Curator shall cease to reside within the University, his Curatorship shall be declared vacant by the Vice- Chancellor. 2. The Curators shall hold three stated meetings in every year, and shall meet at other times when summoned by the Vice-Chan- cellor. The stated meetings shall be held in the second week of February, the second week of May, and the second week of No- vember, on such days as the Vice-Chancellor shall appoint. Four Curators shall be a quorum. When the votes are equal, the Vice- ' Chancellor shall have a casting vote. 3. The Teachers, the Librarian, and every officer and servant of the Institution shall be appointed, and removable, by the Curators. Every appointment of a Teacher shall be subject to the approval of Convocation. 4. For the teaching of Modern Languages within the Institution there shall be so many Teachers, and of such languages, as the Curators shall from time to time determine. Each Teacher shall be appointed for not more than five years, but shall be re-eligible. Every Teacher shall reside within the University during every academical Term, unless he shall have obtained from the Curators leave of absence for a specified period. It shall be the duty of every Teacher to give instruction within the Institution to Mem- bers of the University during seven weeks at least in every Term (Easter and Act Terms being counted as one), and six hours at XX. VI.] DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS. 307 least in each week ; to conform to such regulations as the Curators may make respecting the hours and mode of teaching, the arrange- ment of classes, the books to be used, and other matters of a like nature ; to make a terminal Report to the Curators in such form as they may direct, and to furnish them from time to time with such information respecting his work within the Institution as they may require ; and to assist in Examinations for Scholarships, if and in such manner as he may be required so to do by the Curators. 5. No Teacher may receive Members of the University as Add.p.775. private pupils without having previously obtained permission to do ['^"9-J so from the Curators, and no Teacher shall receive any private pupUs within the Institution. 6. The stipend of each Teacher shall be at the rate of £200 per annum. The Curators may, if they shall think fit, require from Add.pMp,. all persons attending the Teachers' Lectures payment of fees, not ['879-] to exceed £1 for each Term. AU fees so received shall be paid over to the Teachers in respect of whose Lectures they are received. The Curators may also in their discretion make additional pay- ments to Teachers in augmentation of their stipends, if and on such a scale as the Curators may think just and reasonable, having regard to the number of Lectures delivered and the state of the funds of the Institution, 7. The Curators may make arrangements for the delivery from time to time within the Institution of Lectures on the literature or language of any of the Nations of Modern Europe, and may pay, out of the annual income of the Institution, to each person who shall deliver such Lectures, such a sum of money by way of honorarium as they shall think fit. 8. There shall be awarded annually, provided there be two Add.p.gsS.' Candidates of sufficient merit, two Scholarships each of the value [1890.] of £25, tenable for one year, and open to all Members of the Uni- versity who shall not have exceeded the twenty-third Term from their Matriculation. 9. The subjects of examination for the Scholarships shall be the languages taught in the Institution, and the Curators shall provide that a Scholarship shall be offered in each of the four languages, French, German, Italian and Spanish, once in every two years. The examination shall always include Comparative Philology as applied to the languages in which the examination is held, aud the literature of such languages, and the Curators may from time to time require special books and subjects to be offered in conrexion with each examination. 308 DE BONIS BT LOCIS PUBLICIS, [XX. Vt. The Curators shall issue notice of the languages in which the Examination will be held and of any special books or subjects re- quired to be offered one year at least previous to the Examination. 10. The Professor of Comparative Philology shall be an Exam- iner ex officio, and the Curators may appoint additional Examiners, to each of whom they may pay a sum not exceeding £io. 1 1. Every candidate for a Scholarship shall send to the Curators his name, a certificate of his academical standing, and the consent in writing of the head or vicegerent of his college or hall, three clear days at least before the day appointed by the Curators for the commencement of the Examination. Add. pp. 12. No candidate who has been elected to a Scholarship given 955: 958. for proficiency in any of the aforesaid languages shall be afterwards admitted to compete for a Scholarship given for proficiency in the same language. 13. The Curators may, if they shall deem it expedient and the funds at their disposal shall in their judgment be sufficient, estab- lish, or offer for competition from time to time, an additional Scholarship, of such value, and to be awarded on an Examination in such subjects connected with Modern Languages and Literature, as they may determine. 14. The Librarian shall reside within the University during the whole of every year, except when the Library is closed ; but the Curators may grant to him leave of absence for a specified time. Add.p.776. He shall discharge such duties in respect of the Library, and [1869.J generally in reference to the Institution, as may be assigned to him by the Curators.- 15. The Curators may fix from time to time the stipend of the Add.p.goR. Librarian, provided it do not exceed £200 per annum. They [1885.] may, if they shall think fit, appoint an Assistant in the Library at a reasonable- stipend, either in addition to or in lieu of the Libra- rian, and may in the latter case provide for the performance of the Librarian's duties in such manner as they may deem expedient. 16. The Library shall be open, on such days and at such hours as the Curators shall appoint, to Members of the University, to the Teachers, and to such other persons as shall have obtained from the Curators permission in writing to read therein ; such permission to be granted only on a recommendation in writing signed by two members of Congregation, not being Curators, per- sonally acquainted with the applicant. Members of the Univer- sity and Teachers may, if the Curators shall think fit, be allowed to borrow books from the Library; and the Curators may in their XX. VII.] DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS. 309 discretion extend this privilege, by permission in writing (to be granted only on a like recommendation), to persons who, though not belonging to either of the above classes, shall be residing in the University for the purpose of study or the prosecution of any work or employment connected with literature or science. The Curators may make and enforce such regulations as they may deem expedient to secure the proper use of the Library by persons admitted thereto, and to prevent abuse of the privilege of borrow- ing books by persons enjoying the same. 17. The Curators may keep, for the service of the Institution, a Porter or any other servant or servants who may be required, at reasonable wages ; and may at their discretion permit, or require, such Porter or servant, or the Librarian or Assistant in the Library, to occupy rooms and reside within the walls of the Insti- tution. 18. The Curators shall in every year set apart, out of the income of the Institution, such a sum at least as added to the annual pre- mium paid for Insurance against Fire would amount to £100. The sums so set apart shall form a separate fund and the income shall be accumulated, and the fund and its accumulations shall be at the disposal of the Curators for extraordinary repairs and un- foreseen expenses. The residue of the income, after payment of stipends, Scholarships, ordinary repairs, and all other necessary expenses and outgoings, shall be expended in maintaining and extending the Library by the purchase of books and periodicals. It shall be the duty of the Curators to prepare and lay befure Add.p.941. Convocation annually a printed report. [1888.] Sectio VII.— op the ILCHESTER ENDOWMENT EOB THE ENCOURAGEMENT OP THE STUDY OP THE SLAVONIC LANGUAGES, LITERATURE, AND HISTORY. 1. The Curators of the Taylor Institution shall be charged Add. p.847. with the application of the proceeds of the Fund arising from the ['^^^O Bequest of the Eight Honourable William Thomas Horner, Earl of Ilchester (for the encouragement of the study of the Slavonic Languages, Literature, and History). 2. The Curators shall apply the interest of the Fund to one or more of the following purposes at their discretion, and in such manner, and at such times, as they may judge most expedient : 310 DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS. [XX. VII. The delivery of Lectures on subjects connected with the Slavonic Languages or Literature, or the History of the Slavonic Nations ; The bestowal of Prizes or Exhibitions for encouraging the study of those subjects ; The publishing, or assisting in the publication of, works in one or other of those subjects. 3. If at any time there be no Candidate of sufficient merit for a Prize or Exhibition, or if no person be found competent and willing to deliver suitable Lectures, the sum which had been destined for such Prize or Exhibition or for such Lectures re- spectively may at the discretion of the Curators be subsequently applied by them as part of the proceeds of the Fund, or may be added to the principal. 4. The Curators may at any time report in writing to the Hebdomadal Council that the purposes of this statute cannot in their judgment be satisfactorily carried into effect under the fore- going provisions; and such Eeport shall be published as the Hebdomadal Council may direct ; and the powers hereby vested in the Curators shall thereupon cease and determine. Otherwise this statute shall continue in force. Add.p.830. Sectio VIIL— DE PABCO ACADEMICO. Add.p.^g6Q ^- Thbeb shall be seven Curators of the University Park, of [1892.] whom the Vice-Chancellor, or some Member of Convocation ap- pointed by the Vice-Chancellor to act in his stead, and the Proctors shall always be three. The other four shall be Members of Con- vocation, two elected by the Congregation of the University, and two by the Hebdomadal Council, each holding office for six years, and re-eligible. The first elections shall take place as soon as conveniently may be after the passing of this Statute ; and of the Curators then elected the junior in each pair shall vacate the office after the expiration of three years. Any vacancy occurring before the end of the proper period shall be supplied only to the end of such period. 2. The Curators shall have charge of the Park, of the Fishery in the Cherwell, of the Bathing-place and land adjoining, and of all Walks repaired by the University. For these purposes they shall be entrusted yearly with the sum of four hundred pounds from the University Chest and with the rents and profits of the premises. They shall submit their accounts annually to the Auditors of Accounts. XX. X.J DE BONIS ET LOCIS PCBLICIS. 31 1 It shall be the duty of the Curators to prepare and lay before Add.p.q4i: Convocation annually a printed report. [1888.] Sectio IX.— of the university observatory. Adcl.p.845. 1. The Savilian Professor of Astronomy shall have charge of the ['^75-] University Observatory, subject to the superintendence of the Board of Visitors hereinafter constituted. 2. There shall be ten Visitors of the Observatory, of whom the Vice-Chancellor, the Proctors, the Astronomer Royal, the Director of the University Observatory at Cambridge, and the Radcliffe Observer shall always be six. The other four shall be elected by the Congregation of the University, and shall be members of Con- vocation or persons who have received an honorary degree in one of the higher Faculties, each holding office for ten years, and re- eligible. Any vacancy occurring before the end of the proper Add.p.925. period shall be supplied only to the end of such period. [1886.] 3. The Visitors shall meet once at least in every Term ; they shall inspect the Observatory and the Instruments from time to time as they judge expedient ; and at their meeting in the Trinity Term the Professor shall lay before them a report of the proceed- ings in the Observatory during the preceding year. 4. The accounts of the Observatory shall be annually submitted to the Auditors of Accounts. It shall be the duty of the Visitors to prepare and lay before Add.p.942. Convocation annually a printed report. [1888.] Sectio X.— OE THE BOTANIC GARDEN*. Add.p.850. Inasmuch as it was ordered by a Decree of the Court of Chan- L' ' -J eery, made on the 21st day of July 1 871, that the Perpetual Com- mittee established by the same Court on the 9th day of July 1733 to supervise and regulate all things relating to the Botanic Garden should be replaced by three resident Members of Convocation to be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors subject to the approbation of Convocation, to hold office for ten years, and to be styled Curators of the Botanic Garden; that the expenditure of the sum of ^150, which the University is bound to pay annually for the maintaining and keeping up of the Botanic Garden, Greenhouse, and Library, should be entrusted to such Curators ; and that the Garden should be managed by them : And since no special provision has hitherto been made by Statute concerning the outlay of the annual income arising from * Vid. Appendix D. 4. p. 365 for scheme approved by the Court of Chancery, Nov. 13, i885. 312 DB BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS, [XX. X. Ada.p.9oi.the benefaction bequeathed by the Eight Honourable Henry Earl [i 884.] of Danby for the maintenance of the Garden, or concerning the outlay of the sum of £82 paid annually out of the University Chest for the same purpose : — Now it is hereby provided that the expenditure of all moneys appropriated to the uses of the Botanic Garden shall be committed to the care of the Curators of the Garden. Add.p.941. It shall be the duty of the Curators to prepare and lay before [1888.] Convocation annually a printed report. Add.p.863. Sectio XI.— op the finch LIBRARY AND [1879] COLLECTION. The care of the books and works of art bequeathed to the Uni- versity by the Eeverend Eobert Finch, M.A., of Balliol College, and the administration of the fund left by him in connexion therewith, shall be entrusted to the Curators of the Taylor Insti- Add.p.883. tution. One half the interest of the fund shall be expended by [1882.] the Curators in the purchase of works of Art to be added to the Collection ; the other half in the repair or arrangement of such works of Art, and in payment of the stipend of a Keeper to be nominated by the Curators and to be removable by them. Add.p.874. Sectio XIL— OP THE SCHOOLS. 1. Thbeb shall be six Curators of the Schools, namely, the Vice-Chancellor, the Proctors, and three Members of Convocation elected by the Congregation of the University. The elected Add.p.925. Curators shall hold office for six years. Any vacancy occurring [1880.] before the end of the proper period shall be supplied only to the end of such period, and no one who shall have held the office of Curator for the full period shall be re-eligible until after the expiration of two years from the time when he shall have vacated his office. In case of an equality of votes at any meeting of the Curators the Vice-Chancellor shall have a casting vote. 2. The Curators shall have charge of the Schools and their pre- cincts, with respect to the lighting, warming, water supply, and cleansing of the building, the appointment, control, wages and removal of the servants and others employed therein, and the arrangement, furnishing, and use of the rooms for Examinations, Lectures, and all other purposes. 3. The Accounts of the Curators shall be annually submitted to the Auditors of Accounts. XX. XIII.J DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS. 313 It shall be the duty of the Curators to prepare and lay before Add.p.941. Convocation annually a printed report. [1S88.J Sectio XIII.— of the university galleries. Add.p.904. [1884.] 1. Theee shall be ten* Curators of the University Galleries, Add.p. 969. namely, the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors, Bodley's Librarian so '-^ ^''^ long as any works of Art belonging to Bodley's Library remain in the Galleries, and six Members of Convocation elected as follows, namely, two by the Hebdomadal Council, two by the Congregation of the University, and two by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors, each holding office for six years and re-eligible. But of the six so first elected the junior in each section shall vacate office in Michaelmas Term 1887 on the first Monday after the triennial election to the Hebdomadal Council, the senior similarly in Michaelmas Term 1890. And at any time vacancies occurring before the expiration of the full period shall be filled up only to the end of such period. 2. If any Curator shall cease to be bona fide resident within the University his Curatorship shall be declared vacant by the Vice-Chancellor. 3. The Curators shall have charge of the University Galleries and their precincts, with respect to the lighting, warming, water supply, insurance against fire, and cleaning of the building, and the care of the works of Art, Casts, and other objects therein. 4. There shall be a Keeper of the Galleries, who shall receive an annual stipend of £100, and such assistant-keepers and other officers or servants receiving such payment as the Curators shall think fit. The Keeper and all other officers or servants shall be appointed and removable by the Curators. 5. The Keeper shall have the charge and custody of the Galleries and their contents, under the direction and control of the Curators, subject to such rules as to residence within the building and attendance in the Galleries as may be made from time to time by the Curators. 6. The Curators shall make regulations for the use of the Galleries by the Slade Professor of Fine Art, the Lincoln Professor of Classical Archseology, and such other Professors and Eeaders as shall be authorised by the University to teach therein. They may also make such other arrangements for the giving of instruction and for the use of the Galleries by students as they shall think fit. * Vid. infra, p. 359. 314 DE BONIS ET LOCIS PUBLICIS. [XX. XIV. Subject to such regulations or arrangements the Galleries shall be open to Members of the University and the public at such times and under such conditions as the Curators shall determine : pro- vided that Members of the University in their academical dress and friends accompanying them shall be admitted without fee. 7. The Curators shall be entrusted with the expenditure of the income of the Galleries and of all sums granted by the University or by the Delegates of the Common University Fund towards the enlargement, maintenance, or care of the collections contained in them. They shall submit their accounts annually to the Auditors of Accounts. Add.p.941. It shall be the duty of the Curators to prepare and lay before ^ Convocation annually a printed report. 8. The Curators shall annually elect a Chairman. They shall meet once at least in every Term, and at such other times as they shall be summoned by the Chairman. Sbctio XIV.— op the INDIAN INSTITUTE. Add.p.905. I. Theee shall be seven Curators of the Indian Institute, [1884.] namely, the Vice-Chancellor, the Proctors, and four Members of Convocation elected as follows — two by the Hebdomadal Council, and two by the Congregation of the University. Each of the elected members shall hold office for six years and shall be re- eligible. Of the four Curators first elected, the junior elected by Council and the junior elected by Congregation shall each vacate his office at the expiration of three years from the date of his election. Any vacancy occurring before the expiration of the full period shall be filled up only to the end of such period. 2. The charge and supervision of the Institute shall be assigned to the Boden Professor of Sanskrit for the time being, and shall be exercised by him subject to the direction and control of the Curators. 3. The Curators shall have the disposal of any money paid by the University Chest for the general expenses of the Institute. Out of this money the Curators shall defray all the necessary expenses of the Institute, including repairs, property tax, rates and insurance, and the surplus they shall apply to the use of the Institute according to their discretion. Add. p 941. It shall be the duty of the Curators to prepare and lay before [i888.] Convocation annually a printed report. TITULUS XXI. Corp. Stat. p. 191. [1636.] DE JUDICIIS. Sectio I. § 1. De Jurisdietione TJniversitatis tuenda. Cum non solum juxta privilegia a serenissimis regibus iuclyti hujus regni et praelatis, studiosorum tranquillitati gratiose consu- lentibus, concessa et indulta, "verum etiam secundum diuturnam consuetudinem quse memoriam hominum exoedit, potestas cogno- scendi ac terminandi omnes causas, scholares aliasqne personas privilegiatas quoquo modo concernentes (exceptis causis liberi tenementi, mahemii, felonise, et proditionis), ad Cancellarii TJniver- sitatis jurisdictionem spectet et pertineat : statutum est quod nullus scholaris vel persona privilegiata de quacunque causa in Universitate terminabili quempiam in curia aliqua extra Universi- tatem (nisi ordine appellationis servato) conveniat ; neo cujusquam alterius curiae jurisdictioni ultro se submittat ; sed alibi impeditus, Cancellarium vel Vice-Cancellarium, quumprimum poterit, de lite sibi intentata certiorem faoiat ; et modis quibus poterit privilegio- rum TJniversitatis liac in parte conservationem solicite curet ; sub poena quod, si quis scholaris vel persona privilegiata secns fecerit, ut perturbator pacis inoarceretur et mnlctetur ; et, si in contuma- cia perstiterit, privilegiis Universitatis exuatur. Persona vero non privilegiata vel oppidanus qui scholari vel personae privilegiatse extra Universitatem in hujusmodi causis litem intentaverit, commercii cum scholaribus et personis privilegiatis interdicto, donee satis- fecerit, coerceatur : extraneus vero, tanquam jurisdiotionis TJniver- sitatis contemptor, si apprehend! poterit, incarceretur. Cancel- Corp. Stat, larius etiam et Vice-Cancellarius, omnesque alii, pro sua cujusque ^'r'?^^', -, auctoritate ac potestate, quo minus in hac parte Universitatis / 316 DE JUDICIIS, [XXI. I. I. Add.p.7y2. privilegia violentur, se fide sua Universitati data teneri et obligari [1868.] jioyerint. § 2. De curia commissarii sive Vioe-Cancellarii TJniversitatis. 1. Peo expediendis majoris momenti causis in Universitate controversis, statutum est, quod semel in qualibet septimana terminorum temporibus, et vaoationum etiam (quamdiu Vice- Cancellario expedire videbitur) die scilicet Veneris post meridiem, in boreali sacello ecclesise B. Virginis Marise, aut alio loco per Universitatem assignando, curia habeatur. Cui prsesit commis- sarius sive Vice-Cancellarius TJniversitatis, ejusve deputatus ; assidentibus sibi duobus (cum ipsis videbitur) qui pro tempore fuerint Universitatis Procuratoribus. 2. Coram quibus procuratores ad lites quiete et modeste ea omnia edant, proferant, et exhibeant quse ad causas directe facere videbuntur: edita vero, prolata, et exhibita curiae registrarius ex mandate judicis, vel ad requisitionem partis, fideliter describat, in acta redigat et custodiat. Add.p.794. 3- Singulis item curiis intersit a Vice-Cancellario designatus [1870.] minister, qui mandatarii et prseconis officio fungatur, et alia quae Vice-Cancellarius vel ejus deputatus imperabit, exequatur. 4. In qua curia Vice-Cancellarius ejusve deputatus secundum jura, privilegia et consuetudines ipsius Universitatis procedat, deoernatque quae ad causas ordinandas et determinandas con- ducent. Quin et (si quid tumultuose, proterve, vel indebite a procuratoribus causarum vel aliis curiae officiariis actum vel gestum fuerit) mulota pecuniaria corrigendi, incarcerandi, sus- pendendi ab officio, aut etiam officio procurationis privandi et amovendi potestatem habeat. § 3. De assessore, sive deputato Vice-Cancellarii. 1. Quo melius in curia Universitatis ordo procedendi observetur et cum minori molestia Vice-Cancellarii (qui pluribus occupatio- Corp. Stat, nibus distinetur) negotia forensia expediantur ; statutum est quod P- '93- Vice-Cancellarius aliquem e Doctoribus vel Baccalaureis Juris (quern magis idoneum judicio suo existimaverit) assumere possit qui in audiendis causis ipsi assideat, et, cum Vice-Cancellarium abesse contigerit, ejus in judicio vices sustineat. 2. Qui, tempore admissionis suae ad hujusmodi officium, spondeat, XXI. 1. 5-] DE JUDiciis. 317 ' quod ea quce ad officium Assessoris in curia Cancellarii spectant Add.p.772. fideliter exsequetur ; et quod sine accejitione ])ersonM-um, secundum E'^nS.] jura regni et statuta ac consuetudines ijtsius Universilatis, causas sine mora aut dUatione audiet et terminabit.' § 4. De registrario curise Viee-Cancellarii. 1. Statutum est, quod is, qui officium registrarii in curia Universitatis sustinebit, sit Artium Magister vel Baocalaureus Add.p.Soi. Juris ; judicio et auctoritate Cancellarii sub Uteris ipsius patentibus L'°7°-J ad id muneris deputandus ; qui etiam in sua admissione spondeat, Add.p.772. 1. 'Be bene et fideliter lis omnibus exequendis quae ad officium ^Jj^ „ 'A^ registrarii pertinebunt. [1836-] 2. Et de secretis Universitatis celandis.' 2. Ipsius vero munus est, Vice-Cancellario sive ejus deputato in causis tam publice quam privatim audiendis adesse ; coram eo acta registro inscribere, et aotorum libros seu registra, publica Universitatis negotia concernentia, quotquot in ipsius manibus fuerint, sub fideli custodia oonservare ; data scilicet cautione centum librarum pro quolibet registro, per obligationem repo- nendam in abaco ; ubi registra Vetera in tuto reponenda esse, nee inde promenda sine obligatione centum librarum pro unoquoque volumine, praesenti statute cautum esto. 3. Denique registro peouliari, penes Vice-Cancellarium perpetuo adservando, nomina ipsorum qui coram domino Vice-Caucellario majorum criminum rei peracti sunt, secundum seriem alphabeti Corp. Stat. inserere, una cum crimine, condemnatione, cautione, et quota vice P' ^^^'r -1 sic deliquerint. Quod quidem registrum, ubi ad umbilicum per- ductum fuerit, in abaco reponendum erit, et aliud ipsi succentu- riandum. § 5. De procuratoribus ad lites. 1. Ad officium procuratorum in curiis Universitatis admittendi Add.p.yco. sunt in posterum viri tres ad minimum, Artium Magistri aut L ^'J Juris Civilis Baccalaurei, in praxi juris exercitati et arbitrio Vice-Cancellarii comprobati : vel etiam alii, modo vel advocati sint (quos barristerios appellant), vel ex eorum numero qui, at- tornatorum nomine, apud curias AngliEe principales procuratorum vice fnngtrntur, iidemque arbitrio ac auctoritate Vice-Cancellarii comprobati. 2. Procuratorum si quia in officio suo minus recte se gesserit, Add.p.772. pravis moribus academiam dedeooraverit, vel statutis ad pro- L' -J 318 DE JUDiciis. [XXI. 1. 5, curatores spectantibus obtemperare recnsaverit, Vice-Cancellario liceat ei qui ita deliquerit procuratoris officio interdicere*. § 6. De modo procedendi in causis criminalibus. In causis criminalibus, et iis quae ad reformationem momm spectant, non solum publice in curia, sed etiam in private bospitio aut alibi extra curiam Cancellarius sive Vice-Cancellarius, vel ad sectam partis vel ex officio, procedere poterit : ita quod, si quis de delicto aliquo graviori conveniatur, (cui per statuta mulcta Universitati applicanda irrogatur ; vel incarcerationis, suspensionis, vel alterius majoria coercitionis poena infligitur) registrarius ejusve deputatus adhibeatur, qui crimen objectum, probationes et sen- tentiam in acta redigat. § 7. De incarceratione custodise causa. 1. Si quis de perturbata pace vel gravi aliquo crimine Vice- Cancellario delatus vel suspectus, vel ab ipso deprehensus fuerit ; statutum est quod carceri custodise causa committatur. Et, si Corp. Stat, studiosus cujuscunque gradus, vel persona privilegiata, aut etiam P" '9?- oppidanus (dummodo in causa cognitionem Cancellarii spectante altera pars extiterit) jussus a Vice-Cancellario vel, ejusdem man^ dato, a bedello requisitus fuerit in carcerem se conferre, statim obtemperare teneatur ; vel si recusaverit, ab Universitate penitus expellatur. Quod si privilegiatus fuerit vel oppidanus, privilegio, aut commercio cum privilegiatis, respective, ipsi interdicatur. 2. Proviso tamen quod si fide-jussores idoneos de comparendo in judicio et usque ad sententiam permanendo interposuerit, a carcere liberetur. Quod si fide-jussores dare non poterit, Vice- Cancellarius, vel is qui detulit, intra duos dies crimen in judicium Add.p.579. deducat; et, quamprimum fieri potest, examinato negotio, de [1856.] eodem secundum juris exigentiam statuatur. § 8. De reis majorum eriminum convictis. Si quis perturbatae pacis vel gravis alicujus criminis reus Corp. Stat, (etiamsi intra privatum collegium quodcunque vel aulam per- ^'^^ (:-, petrati; si privata statuta hujusmodi crimini poenam nullam ponant, aut parti laesse intra privates parietes satisfieri non possit) * The procedure in civil suits in the Chancellor's Conrt has been governed, since March i, 1865, by Kules made by the Vice-ChanceUor, with the approval of three of the judges of Her Majesty's superior courts, in pursuance of 35 & 26 Vict. K. 25, s. 12. See Appendix B, p. 366. XXI. I. 10.] DE JtJDICIIS. 319 per probationes legitimas et sufficientes convictus fuerit, ant deprehensus in ipso facto (actu desuper a registrario confecto), in pcBnis juxta juris et statutorum exigentiam condemnetur ; et quoad satisfecerit, vel de satisfaciendo et pace conservanda et honeste se gerendo cautionem sufficientem (scilicet fide-jnssoriani) interposuerit, incareeretur : ejusque nomen, crimen, condemnatio et eautio, et quota vice sic deliquerit, in registro Vice-Cancellarii ad hoc specialiter designato registretur. Et, si quis quarto in perturbatione pacis vel in eodem gravioris alioujus criminis genere deliquisse convictus fuerit, in perpetuum ab Universitate expellatur. § 9. De iis qui de se justitiam fieri non permittunt. 1. Si quis de crimine aliquo accusatus vel suspectus fugam i'ecerit; vel si quis in plateis vel domibus, vise Vioe-Canoellario vel Procuratoribus, ut culpse conscius in fugam se conjecerit; vel post citationis schedulam ostio camerse vel domus in qua morari consnevit affixam, die ac tempore prsestituto coram Vice-Can- cellario ejusve deputato non comparuerit ; vel eomparens, cum numero supra tres vel quatuor se stiterit ; vel de se justitiam fieri non permiserit (utpote, jussus a Vice-Cancellario, carcerem adire reeusaverit, vel incarceratus, priusquam legitime solutus vel liberatus sit, exierit) bannitus statim denuntietur, ejusque nomen in registro Vioe-Cancellarii registretur. s Et si clericus fuerit, qui ad locum aliquem extra Universitatem se receperit (nisi intra mensem a tempore quo requisitus fuerit, se submiserit), illius nomen, simul cum delicto de quo notatus vel convictus fuerit, dicEcesano loci in quo moratur, sub sigillo communi Universitatis transmittatur, ut contra ipsum per dioecesanum procedatur. 2. Quod si quis, mandate Vice-Cancellarii per bedellorum aliquem arrestandus, bedello warrantum Vice-Cancellarii mon- stranti vel manus injicienti protinus sese baud dediderit, in carcerem vel custodiam alicubi compingendum ; quin potius fuga Corp. Stat. se subducere, aut vi e manibus bedelli eluctari paraverit; ipso P-,'^^', -, facto, si persona privilegiata fuerit, privilegiis Universitatis exua- tur; sin scbolaris fuerit, banniatur, et si graduatus fuerit, gradu privetur. § 10. De iis, qui Universitatis juribus ac privilegiis ad- versantur, discommunicandis vel disprivilegiandis. QuoNlAM oppidani, academicis plerumque infesti et adversi. 320 DE JUDICIIS, [XXI. I. I o. privilegia Universitatis oppugnandi nullam non occasionem captant; quin et privilegiati nonnunquam, publicam utilitatem private commodo posthabentes, privilegiis Universitatis adver- santur ; statutum est quod ad compescendam hujuBmodi insolentiam sive vecordiam (siqui super hoc convicti fuerint) privilegiatis, privilegiis Universitatis, oppidanis vero, commercio cum privi- legiatis interdicatur. § 11. De perturbatoribus pacis, sive iis quorum ap- pellationes recipiendse non sunt. 1. Cum de jure communi appellationis beneficium quibusdam denegandum sit, nonnunquam prse odio delictorum quae commissa sunt, nonnunquam ad compescendam eorum insolentiam, qui in mediis tumultibus (quando silent leges, ac imperio utendum est ubi lege agi non potest) juris obtentu se contra legum ac magis- tratuum auctoritatem muniunt; statutum est quod perturbatse pacis, sive quorundam criminum inferius enumeratorum reis (hoc est, vel probabiliter suspectis, vel convictis) omni prorsus ap- pellandi potestate interdictum sit. Cujusmodi sunt, 2. Primo, qui ad aliorum existimationem minuendam libellos famosos condiderunt, seu in vulgus sparserunt, aut etiam recitando vel transcribendo publicarunt ; quive ab aUis recitatos aut lectos audiverint, nee protinus ad Vice-Cancellarium recitantis aut legentis nomen detulerint; vel qui, sive in exercitiis publicis, Corp. Stat, sive in scena publioe, ad alicujus contumeliam et infamiam quic- ^'r^fi°"fii I'l^'™ protulerunt; vel qui de damno aUcui inferendo minati sunt. 3. Secundo, qui aliis vim intulerunt, aut inferentibus opem prsebuerunt ; scilicet impellendo percutiendo vulnerando aut simile aliquid committendo. 4. Tertio, qui arma, secus quam statutis Universitatis per- missum est, portaverunt; et qui de nocte vagati sunt; et qui ebrietatis perjurii fornicationis vel adulterii et his similia crimina perpetrarunt, vel horum participes faerunt. 5. Quarto, qui coram domino Cancellario ejusve commissario aut ipsius deputato legitime moniti sive citati, comparere recu- sarunt; vel comparentes, cum multitudine accesserunt; vel in eundem verba opprobriosa conjecerunt ; vel carcerem adire jussi, non obtemperarunt, aut inde injussi se proripuerunt ; vel qui de se aut aliis justitiam fieri non permiserunt ; vel post tres con- formes sententias non acquieverunt. XXI. I. la.] DE JUDiciis. 331 6. Quinto, qui privatim conventicula sive conspirationes et confoederationes, vel publice turbas hominum congregaverunt, vel eisdem ultro interfuerunt ; quive pro concionibus quicquam ad seditionem aut factionem in Universitate vel collegio aliquo aulave alendam aut excitandam, vel, quod doctrinse aut disciplinse ecclesiae Anglicanse deroget aut dissentiat, disseminaverunt ; aut qui exemplar concionis aut orationis alicujus publice babitse, a Can- cellario vel ejus commissario requisiti, exbibere recusaverunt ; aut, concionis exemplar non habere se prsetendentes, de iis de quibus suspecti seu delati fuerint directe respondere abnuerint. Add.p.773, 7. Decretum est denique quod qui rei peraguntur horum crimi- L' ■! num, vel alicujus illorum, cui statuto aliquo jam edito, vel in posterum edendo, appellationis remedium interdicitur, quodve in aliquo statuto inter crimina perturbatse pacis numeratur; quive ab hominibus fide dignis delati, vel judicio domini Cancellarii, ejusdemve commissarii sive Vice-Cancellarii aut deputati sui, de iis probabiliter suspecti fuerint ; nee a decreto aliquo interlocu- torio, preetextu gravaminis, nee a sententia definitiva, prsetextu Corp. Stat. injustitisB, appellare possint : sed, quacunque appellatione non ^'rV^^r: -\ obstante, ejusdem decreto sive sententise obtemperare teneantur ; modo graviorem pcenam, quam quae per statuta irrogatur (ubi aliqua irrogatur) alicui non imponat. § 12. De causis in quibus dubitatur utrum appellatio admittenda sit, necne. Si contingat aliquem de delicto conveniri vel condemnari, de quo dubium sit utrum perturbatio pacis sit ; vel, utrum sub aliqua delictorum specie in prsecedenti statuto contentorum com- prehendatur ; sive, utrum hujusmodi criminis reus ad appella- tionem admittendus sit, necne ; ordinatum est, quod (hujusmodi occasione, appellatione interposita) intra triduum Vice-Cancellarius duos Doctores, qui Procuratoris munus aliquando sustinuerunt, si qui tales in Universitate existant, alioqui duos quoscunque alios Doctores; et Procuratores anni instantis duos alios ejusdem con- ditionis nominent, vel saltem duos magistros qui Procuratorum munere functi sunt ; qui, una cum Juris professore regio, vel (in ejus absentia) seniore graduato in eadem facultate qui tunc in Universitate praesens fuerit, intra quatriduum a tempore nomi- nationis (causae natura summarie inspecta) utnim appellatio ilia admittenda sit, determinare teneantur : quodque, prout major pars eorum determinaverit, Procuratores, vel in admittenda vel in rejicienda appellatione prsedicta, procedant. 322 DE juDiciis. [XXI, I. 13. § 13. De appellationitaus admittendis in causis oivilibus, perturbationi pacis annexis. Obdinatum est, si contingat aliquem appellationem debite interponere in causa civili (veluti in causa damni sive injuriarum) quae connexa sit causae perturbationis pacis, vel alteri cuicunque causae criminali, in qua (ut prsefertur) appellare non licet ; quod appellatio hujusmodi, quoad causam sic connexam at conjunctam, locum habeat. Corp. Stat. § 14. Quo ordine appellandum sit. p. 203. [1636.] Oedinatum est quod in iis causis, in quibus appellare per- mittitur, appellatio gradatim et absque saltu (ut loquuntur) fiat : id est, primum a Cancellario ejusve commissario sive locum-tenente, ad Congregationem Magistrorum regentium : turn a Congregatione regentium, ad convocationem Doctorum, Magistrorum regeutium, et non-regentium : et deinde, si tres conformes sententise non prae- cesserint, a Convocatione Doctorum, Magistrorum regentium et non-regentium, ad regiam majestatem in cancellaria ; sub pcEua excommunicationis bannitionis et degradationis ei qui secus fecerit infligenda. § 15. De judieibus delegatis in causis appeUationum. 1. Statutum est quod Procuratores, in prima congregatione post susceptum officium, pro Congregatione Magistrorum regen- tium, septem judices delegates nominent : quorum duo S. Theo- logise, unus Juris, unus Medicinse Doctor, et tres in Artibus Magistri (necessario vel ad placitum regentes) sint ; qui, ut stati delegati, cum approbatione illius domus causas omnes appeUa- tionum a .Cancellario ejusve Vice-Cancellarip sive locum-tenente ad domum Congregationis devolutas, audiendi ac teitninandi per totum annum insequentem potestatem habeant. Ita tamen ut prorogetur et continuetur jurisdictio delegatorum, quoad causas coram ipsis inceptas, donee sententiam tulerint vel aliter finem imposuerint, et sententiam executioni debitse mandaverint. 2. Quodque deinde, in proxima convocatione, pro domo re- gentium et non-regentium, novem alios judices delegatos itidem nominent; quorum duo Theologiae, duo Juris, duo Medicinse Doctores, tres Magistri ad placitum regentes sint ; qui similiter, ut stati delegati, anno insequente causas appeUationum a domo Congregationis ad domum Convocationis delatas audiant et deter- XXI. 1. 16.] DE juDiciis. 323 minent: prout supra concessum est delegatis Congregationis, quoad causaa intra annum inceptas anno insequente determinandas. 3. Et, si quempiam eorum qui sic nominati fnerint, deficere, vel Corp. Stat. diutinse absentise causam habere, vel ex justa etiam causa recu- P'p^^3- sare, contigerit, Procuratores, vel eorum alter, cum domino Vice-Cancellario, alium ejusdem facultatis et gradus, si talis in Universitate prsesens faerit, alias quemlibet alium (prout ipsis videbitur) in ejusdem locum substituant. Ita tamen quod liceat tribus quibuscunque ex iisdem utriusvis domus delegatis, aliis rogatis et absentibus, quoad citationes et actus alios usque ad sententiam procedere. 4. Et quicquid in quacunque causa major pars omnium dele- gatorum utriusvis domus respective statuerit vel decreverit, ratum sit, et effectum debitnm sortiatur. Proviso quod, priusquam quis- piam vel pro Congregatione, vel pro Convocatione, judicis delegati officium in se suscipiat, palam in curia (altero Procuratorum ejusve substitute exigente) sponsionem faciat, ' Quod sine accejytione 2>er- Add.p.772. sonarum, secundum jura statuta privilegia libertates et consue- Li°"''J tudines istius Universitatis, causas coram iiisis ventilandas audiet ac decidet.' § 16. Be cautionibus ab appellantibus deponendis penes Procuratores Universitatis, priiisquam inhibitionem ob- tineant. 1. Statutum est, quod duo Procuratores, cum iis constiterit appellationem, vel a sententia aut curia CanceUarii ad venera- bilem domum Magistrorum regentium, vel ab ilia domo ad venera- bilem domum Convocationis Doctorum, Magistrortmi regentium, et non-regentium, legitime interpositam esse; id est, secundum statuta et intra quindecim dies a tempore gravaminis vel sen- tentise (si intra triduum a tempore appellationis interpositse pars appellans petierit : et non aliter) : judicem a quo, vel judices a quibus, inhibeant, sive ab illis appellatum esse significent ; et ne nlterius in hujusmodi causa procedant, moneant sive interdioant. 2. Modo tamen, priusquam inhibuerint, appellans coram eis aut eorum altero juraverit, quod, non causa frivolee dilationis procu- randae, sed ex justa causa (quam se probaturum credit) appella- verit ; et cautionem sufficientem (id est, vicesimam partem con- Corp. btat. demnationis principalis in priori instantia, in appellatione a [1636.] sententia definitiva; in appellatione vero a sententia interlocu- toria, summam quinque solidorum) deposuerit. y 2 324 t>E JUDiciis. [XXI. I. 16. 3. Quod si res aliqua in judicium deducta fuerit, cujus aestimatio non fit, aut certo fieri non poterit ; istiusmodi rei sestimatio, ejus- que cautio, ad arbitrimn Procuratomin vel alterutrius eorum (puta recipientis) referatur. Quae quidem cautio, ab altero Procuratorum prius petita, penes eundem intra triduum, proxime a tempore quo exstitit appellatum, deponatur; alias appellatio pro deserta habeatnr. Add.p.772. 4. Juramentum autem et cautionem praedictam Procuratores [[868.] petere ac recipere, receptamque cautionem, casu quo appellans obtineat, eidem restituere, et, casu quo succumbat, in computo generali officii sui Procuratorii, coram dicti computi auditoribns, una cum cseteria ad usum et utilitatem Universitatis receptis, hnjusmodi cautionis rationem reddere teneantur. § 17. De modo procedendi in causis appellatiomim. Statutum est, quod judices delegati, tarn vacationum quam terminorum temporibus (exceptis diebns festis) in causis appella- tionum procedere possint ; quodque postquam a Procnratoribus vel eorum altero appellationem ad eosdem interpositam significatum fuerit, delegatorum munus in se suscipiant; et quolibet die Mer- curii, inter boras primam et secnndam (aut saepius, si visum fuerit) in loco designando conveniant ; et sine intermissione usque ad sententiam ferendam et executioni demandandam constanter pro- cedant. Quodque appellationis instrumento, loco libelli, ab appel- lante ejusve procuratore iis porrecto et oblato, diem competentem statuant, intra quern appellans, ipsam actorum et processus in curia, a qua appellatur, copiam transmittendam, vel saltern origi- nalia per registrarium adducenda, et partem adversam citandam, procurare possit. Quo die, si, cessante impedimento legitime, Corp. Stat, pars appellans deficiat, causam judici, a quo, remittant ; sin pars '' 1^16^6 1 appellata, contumaciae censnris, donee comparuerit, coerceatur. Utraque vero comparente, si ex eiedem actis procedere voluerint, uno vel altero die ea quae consistunt in facto cognoscent : et, si res ita postulet, unum vel alteram diem pro informationibus in jure concedent. Et quumprimum, habita inter se matura deliberatione, inter omnes vel majorem eorum partem convenerit, sententiam ferant. Si vero pars alterutra, vel utraque, de novo aliquid alle- gare vel probare petierit, ita demum admittent, si pars petens prius fidem fecerit, se verum credere quod allegat et probare intendit. Deinde terminos expediendo negotio, quam fieri potest, brevissimos statuent. Quibus elapsis, quumprimum fieri poterit eodem modo de facto et de jure cognoscent et sententiam ferent. XXI. 11.] DE juDiciis. 325 Sbctio II.— CONCEHNIIfG- A VISITATORIAL BOARD. Statute made hy the Commissioners wlmlly for the University under the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Apjrroved hy the Qiieen in Council, 3rd May, 1882. 1. Fob exercising certain powers now vested in the Vice- Chancellor and Delegates of Appeals in Congregation, and for other purposes, there shall be a Visitatorial Board consisting of— The Vice-Chancellor ; Three persons elected by the Hebdomadal Council for a term of six years ; Three persons elected by the Congregation of the University for a term of six years. The elected members shall be members of the University, of the degree of Master of Arts at the least, of not less than ten years' standing. 2. Of the first three persons to be elected by the Hebdomadal CouncU and Congregation respectively, the junior of each class in academical standing shall vacate his office at the expiration of the second year from his election, and the next junior of each class shall vacate his office at the expiration of the fourth year from his election. All other persons elected, except such as shall be elected upon casual vacancies, shall vacate their offices at the expiration of six years. 3. Every member of the Board shall be capable of re-election. 4. If an elected member dies or otherwise vacates Hs office before the expiration of the period for which he was elected, the vacancy shall be filled for the remainder of the period by an appointment made in the same way as if the vacancy had been caused by effiuxion of time. 5. If the Vice-Chancellor be from any cause unable to act, the Senior Pro-Vice-Chancellor may act for him. 6. Five members of the Board, one of whom shall be the Vice- Chancellor or the Senior Pro- Vice-Chancellor, shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. 7. Except on the question whether an admonition or sentence shall be pronounced by the Board, the Vice-Chancellor, or the Pro- Vice-Chancellor acting for him, shall have a casting vote. 8. If, after inquiry held, it be proved to the satisfaction of the Visitatorial Board that a Professor or University Keader has been guilty of grave misconduct, neglect of the duties of his office, or wilful disobedience to the Statutes of the University relating to 336 DE JUDiciis. [XXI. II. it, the Board may admonish him, or, if in their judgment the gravity of the case shall require it, may deprive him of his office. It shall also be in the power of the Visitatorial Board, where a Professor or University Eeader has been proved to be guilty of wilful neglect of duty not such as to warrant deprivation of office, to deprive him (if they think fit) of any part of the emoluments of his office not exceeding the amount thereof for one year. In the last case the emoluments which would have been payable to the Professor or Reader shall be paid to the Common University Fund. 9. The emoluments of an office shall in this Statute be deemed to include any annual payment or other emolument annexed to it by the Statutes of any College, but shall not include the income of a canonry or other ecclesiastical benefice. 10. This Statute shall be without prejudice to any power given by the Statutes of any College to the Visitor of the College or to the Governing Body thereof to deprive a Professor or University Header who is a Fellow of the College of his Fellowship or of any part of the emoluments which he is entitled to receive as Fellow for any cause for which any other Fellow of the College would be liable to be so deprived. 1 1 . The Visitatorial Board may, on a representation made to them, or without any representation, hold an inquiry in any case the circumstances of which shall, in their judgment, require it. The Vice-Chancellor shall, on the request of any member of the Board, convene a meeting of the Board. No admonition or sentence shall be pronounced by the Board unless the person charged has had notice in writing of the charge given to him or sent to his last known place of abode in the United Kingdom, and opportunity for defence. A Professor or University Eeader sen- tenced to deprivation of office or of emolument may appeal against such sentence to the Chancellor of the University, who may con- firm, alter, or annul the sentence, and whose decision shall be final. 12. The powers hereinbefore given to the Visitatorial Board in respect of Professors and University Eeaders may be exercised also, under like conditions and in like manner, in respect of the following officers of the University (namely) : — The Public Orator; The Keeper of the Archives ; The Registrar ; and any other officer of the University who may hereafter be made XXI. n.] DE juDiciis. 327 subject to those powers by Statute of the University. In respect of Bodley's Librarian, the power of deprivation shall be vested exclusively in the same Board and shall be exercised in like manner and under like conditions, but the power of admonition for suificient cause shall continue to be vested in the Vice- Chancellor, acting with the consent of the Curators of the Bodleian Library, and shall not be exercised by the Visitatorial Board. 13. If it be provedto the satisfaction of the Visitatorial Board that a Professor or University Eeader has become temporarily or permanently disabled for the performance of the duties of his office, the Board may determine that provision shall be made for the performance of them during such incapacity by the appoint- ment of a competent deputy, to be remunerated out of the emoluments of the Professor or University Eeader, and shall fix the amount of such remuneration. The appointment of a deputy shall be made by the persons who would have appointed to the Professorship or University Eeadership if it had been vacant. Provided that no such appointment shall be made for a period exceeding one year without the approval of Convocation : Provided also, that the operation of this clause shall be subject to the operation of any Statute which the University may hereafter make for the voluntary or compulsory retirement of a Professor or University Eeader permanently disabled for the performance of his duties. 14. Subject to the provisions of this Statute, the University may by Statute from time to time make further regulations respecting the proceedings of the Visitatorial Board, and give to it additional powers and duties. 15. This Statute shall take effect in substitution for any Statutes or clauses of Statutes which empower the Vice-Chancellor and the Delegates of Appeals in Congregation, or the Vice- Chancellor alone, to deprive or admonish a Professor or University Eeader, or any officer above-named, or to mulct him of any part of his emoluments, or to grant him leave of absence, or to provide for the performance of his duties in case of his being disabled. TiTULUs xxn. STATUTA AULARIA, ET DE AULIS PRIVATIS. Sbctio I.— STATUTA AULAMA. Add.p.296. QuuM statnta aularia antiquitus sancita hisce demmn tem- t'835.] poribus baud omni ex parte conveniant, plactdt academise ea abrogare et in eorum locum statnta qnse sequuntur subrogare. § 1. Be scholtiribiis in aulas admittendis. 1. Statutttm est quod nuUus commensalis, batellarius aut alteiius cujuscunque conditionis, in aulam aliquam sive anise ali- cnjns communitatem admittatur, prinsqnam actnaliter ad TJniversi- tatem et aulam in quam admittendns est, accesserit. 2. Quod principalis vel vice-principalis, in admissione cujusqne commensalis et aularis, ejusdem tutorem assignet. 3. Quod quilibet in aulam admittendns sufficientem cautionem interponat (pecuniariam scilicet, vel fidejussoriam) de satisfaciendo principali, atque obsonatori, in fine cujuslibet termini, pro victuali- bus aliisque impensis et oneribus anlaribus usitatis et consuetis, et quod nemo invitus Bcholarem vel scholares, cujuscunque con- ditionis, fide-juBsores admittere compellatnr. 4. Quod singuli scholares in aulis, donee ac gradum Bacca- lanreatus prsesentati faerint, tutoribus subjiciantnr. 5. Quod in qualibet anla tutorum nomina per principales Vice- Cancellario annuatim exhibeantur; nee quisquam pro tutore se gerat, nisi quem etiam Vice-Cancellarius idoneum censnerit, et approbaverit. 6. Quod nemo gradum capessere praesumat sine principalis sui consensu ; nee ab ullo alio, nisi cum ipsius venia, prsesentetur ; sub poena expulsionis ab aula. § 2. De Divinis officiis ab aularibus observandis. Add.p.2q7. I- Statutum est quod singulis diebus in qualibet aula preces e [1835.] libro precum communium sive liturgia Anglicana habeantur, et ab anlaribus in sacris ordinibus constitutis, vel, in illorum defectu, XXII. I. 3.] STATUTA AULAMA, ET DE AULIS PEIVATIS. 329 per aliquem sacris ordinibus initiatum commnni aularium stunptu conducendum peragantur. 2. Quod tarn ante, quam post refectiones singulas, prandii Add.p.814. scilicet et coense, in qualibet aula sumendas, gratiarum actiones a ['^7^-J seniore qui intererit, vel a clerico biblise (secundum aulas con- suetudinem) peragantur : ibidemque omnes modeste et reverenter se gerant. § 3. De conversatione honesta et moribus aularium. 1. Stattjtum est quod omnes aulares, cujuscunque conditionis aut gradus, habitu academico per statuta Universitatis requisite semper utantur respective. 2. Quod quilibet aularium intra prsecinctum aulse unicuique, secundum conditionem et gradum, debitum honorem deferat. 3. Quod nullus aularis confabulationes immodestas aut garru- Add.p.29S. lationes inhonestas, verbave turpia aut scurrilia bonos mores ['^35-] corrumpentia, proferat. 4. Quod nullus utatur juramento, nisi cum requisitus fuerit ad jurandum in judicio, justitia et veritate. 5. Quod nullus aularis stando sedendo aut ambulando in lai- corum aidibus aut vicis, studio relicto, otiose agat. 6. Quod si quis extra Universitatem proficisci constituit, is antequam egrediatur, a principali aut, eo absente, vice-principali veniam petat. 7. Quod quilibet aularis intra Universitatem vel suburbia existens, intra aulam propriam, vel in hospitio aliquo aulas anti- quitus annexo vel annectendo cum conditionibus supra requisitis, Tit. III. § 1, necnon in propria camera, continue pernoctet ; nisi ex causa rationabili (infirmitatis scilicet, vel consimili), licentia a Cancellario sive Vice-Cancellario a principali prius impetrata, alibi pernoctare permissum fuerit. 8. Quod intra aulam nemo extraneum secum pernoctantem habeat, sine licentia a principali petita et obtenta. 9. Quod quilibet aularis, teniporibus singulis prandii et coenae, ad aulam ubi ponuntur communise tempestive (id est, statim post signum datum) ante gratiarum actionem accedat ; nee in promp- tuario, coquina vel camera aliqua privata reficere se praesumat ; nisi propter causam aliquam rationabilem, per principalem appro- batam, aliter facere permissum fuerit. 10. Quod nullus extraneum introducat ad refectionem sive aliquem actum communem, sine licentia principalis. 11. Quod nullus aularis socium quemvis ejusdem aulas aut 330 STATUTA AULAKIA, [XXII. I. 3., extraneum ad majores vel crebriores hanstus provocet ; aut se vel alios inebriandi occasionem prsebeat. 12. Quod, si quis in commmiiis vel expensis ordinariis modum excedat (id est, plus quam alii ejusdem conditionis, vel quod a principal! praestitutum erit, expendet), remediis quibus principal! videbitur, cohibeatur. 13. Quod nullus intra prsecinctum aulse ludum aliquem in- Add.p.299. honestum exerceat, vel alio quocunque modo se gerat, unde vel '' •''■-' pax perturbetur, vel studiosa tranquillitas impediatur. 14. Quod nullus canes venaticos, aliosve quoscunque, teneat aut foveat intra praecinctum aulse. 15. Quod nullus aliquam causam, domesticam correctionem non excedentem (saltern intra aulam terminabilem) ad forinsecum tri- bunal trahat. Hoc est, quod aularis nullus socium suum aut semicommunarium, batellariumve vel servientem communem, occa- sione aut prsetextu causae cujusvis, extra aulam quomodolibet molestare prsesumat, aut in jus vocet ; neque ad hoc det consilium aut favorem (principali ad hoc consensum non praebente) nisi talis sit causa, quae tantummodo a domino Cancellario sit terminanda. 16. Quod nullus palam publico vel occulte, verbo signo facto consilio auxilio vel favore, volens sciens occasionem litis discordise rixae vel dissensionis generet suscitet moveat vel procuret ; seu comparationes odiosas patriae ad patriam, generis ad genus, nobili- tatis ad nobilitatem, facultatisve ad facultatem, quomodolibet faciat ; nee verba opprobriosa alicui proferat. 17. Quod nullus intra prsecinctum aulas socio suo famulove communi damnum vel inferat vel minetur ; nee arma invasiva seu defensiva publice vel occulte gerat. 18. Quod quilibet noctivagus, dissolutus, loca de inhonestate aut luxuria suspecta frequentans, facinorosis hominibus aut malae con- versationis personis se associans, juri parere recusans, sententiave excommunicationis innodatus (nisi ad monitionem principalis quamprimum desistat, et ad meliorem frugem redeat et juri debits satisfaciat) ab aula expellatur. 19. Quod si quis tarn grave crimen extra vel intra aulam com- miserit, unde ad aulam infamia, vel ad Universitatem scaudalum oboriatur (veluti si quis temulentiae furti fornicationis famosi libelli vel gravioris alicujus delicti convictus fuerit), ab aula expellatur. Add.p.360. 20. Quod quilibet aularis, cujuscunque conditionis et gradus, suo [1835.] principali, tanquam gubernatori suo, debitum impendat honorem et reverentiam ; neque verbo aut facto ipsum aliquatenus vilipen- XXII. I. 4.] ET DE AULIS PEIVATIS. 331 dat ; nee contra ipsum conspiret aut foedus ineat : sed ei in officii sui executione humiliter pareat : sub poena expulsionis ab aula. Add.p.814. [187a.] § 4. De principalibus aularum eoriimque substitutis. 1. Statutum est quod ad regimen aularum assumantur viri setate matura et morum gravitate venerandi ; saltem Magistri in Artibus, vel in Jure aut Medicina Baccalaurei ; qui ad nominatio- nem domini Cancellarii ab aularibus eligantur, et per Vice-Cancel- larium ad prsefecturam et regimen admittantur. 2. Quod principales, tempore admissionis suae, coram Vice-Can- Adcl.p.772. cellario spondeant, quod omnia statuta et consuetudines aularum, ['868.] quantum ad se pertinent, observabunt ; et, quantum in ipsis fuerit, etiam ab aliis observari facient. 3. Quod nuUus principalitatem emat vel vendat, sub poena amis- sionis pretii et principalitatis ; nee idem eodem tempore duarum domorum principalitates obtiueat; sub poena amissionis principali- Add.p.8r4. tatis utriusque. ['°72.] 4. Quod quilibet principalis cogat aulares suos exercitiis, tarn Add. p. 301. in aulis quam in Universitate praestandis, diligenter et more L'SSo-] debito interesse ; necnon procurare ut omnia statuta et ordina- tiones pro regimine aularum edita vel edenda debite observentur. 5. Quod quilibet principalis intra prsecinctum aulas continue pernoctet ; nisi cum, ex causa, ab oppido abesse permissum sit ; vel in domo aliqua vicina familiam alere a domino Cancellario ejusve Vice-Cancellario concessum fuerit. 6. Quod nullus principalis ab aula se absentet ultra unum men- sem in aliquo termino, nisi ex causa rationabili per dominum Cancellarium ejusve Vice-Cancellarium primitus approbanda ; sub poena censurae, si diuturnitas temporis et absentiae incommodum id requirat, arbitrio Cancellarii infligendae. 7. Quod quoties principalis, temporibus prandii vel coense, in aula ubi sumuntur communise praesens non fuerit, senior commen- salis qui tunc intererit pro eo tempore ejus vices suppleat ; si vero ab oppido eum abesse continget, senior commensalis, qui in aula continue residet, ejus vices sustineat ; nisi ex justa causa alium Magistrum in Artibus, vel Baccalaureum Juris Civilis vel Medicinse, tanquam huic muneri magis idoneum substituere, principali vide- bitur. Proviso semper quod, si per duos menses aut diuturnius Bpatium abesse necesse habeat, tunc ejus substitutus etiam a Can- cellario vel Vioe-Cancellario comprobetur. 8. Quod substitutus principalis in dubiis nitil attentabit, vel contra Statuta, aut inconsulto vel dissentiente principali. 333 STATUTA AULAEIA, [XXII. I. 5. § 5. De obsonatore, promo, coquo, et aliis servientibus. 1 . Statutum est quod solus principalis habeat potestatem obso- natorem, promum, coquum, ostiarium et alios servientes eligendi et A.(Id.p.302. admittendi vel expellendi ; nee quisquam aularis, cujuscunque L' 35-J gradus aut conditionis, quenquam in servitium commune inducat vel in famulitio privato retineat absque consensu principalis. 2. Quod obsonator promus et coquus sub chirograpHs propriis, una cum fide-jussoribus idoneis, cautionem suificientem principali qui pro tempore fiierit interponant, de summis pecuniarum, nomine cautionis ab aularibus depositis, restituendis ; necnon de bonis et rebus omnibus eorum curse commissis fideliter conservandis, exhi- bendis et reddendis, cum ad id requisiti fuerint. 3. Quod promus neminem modum expensarum a principali prae- stitutum in officio suo excedere permittat, sub poena arbitrio prin- cipalis infligenda. 4. Quod ostiarius tempora aperiendi et claudendi aulae fores diligenter observet ; et praecipue eas post horam nonam qualibet nocte obseret. 5. Quod nullus servientium secreta aularia (quae licet decet et expedit secreta remanere) cuiquam extra aulam referat aut revelet. 6. Quod si quis sei-vientium aliquam discordiam inter aulares ortam aut orituram noverit, ex qua de verisimiU sequi possit pacis vel tranquillitatis perturbatio, principalem ejusve substitutum illius, quumprimum poterit, certiorem faciat : necnon, si sciverit aliquem communitati damnum intulisse. 7. Quod nullus aularis, cujuscunque conditionis aut gradus, occupet aut occupari faciat aliquem ex communibus servientibus in suo negotio privato, iis temporibus quibus communitati inservire debet ; sub poena arbitrio principalis infligenda. § 6. Be rebus et locis commimibiis. 1. Statutum est quod de bonis et rebus omnibus ad aulares Add.p.303. communiter pertinentibus, in admissione cujusque principalis fiat L' 3 .5 -J disquisitio, et de iis quae comperta fuerint, generale fiat inventa- rium ; cujus exemplar penes registrarium Universitatis deponatur ; teneanturque singuli principales eorumve haeredes, cum officiis cedent, vel cum alias a Vice-Cancellario requisiti fuerint, eorum omnium rationem exhibere ; et, si quid eorum culpa deficiens aut amissum fuerit, resarcire vel juxta verum valorem satisfacere. 2. Quod nihil, ad usum communitatis donatum aut relictum, XXII. I. 8.] IT DE AULIS' PEIVATIS. 333 alienetur aut mutetur, nisi ad commodum aularium ; et, si res fuerit minoris valoris quam quadraginta solidorum, cum consensu majoris partis graduatorum ; si majoris valoris fuerit, cum anctori- tate Vice-Cancellarii. 3. Quod nullus aularis poculum scyphum patinam paropsidem aut quicquam aliud communitatis usui destinatum, absque consensu illius cujus curae commissum est, extra ofScium deferat; vel in camera privata per totam noctem detineat. § 7. De cameris et earum dispositione. 1. Statutum est quod in qualibet aula, cujusque camerse annuus reditus certus sit et arbitrio Vice-Cancellarii confirmatus ; isque in indicem, ad finem exemplaris statutorum cujusque aulse, descri- batur ; ejusque copia a registrario Universitatis inter archiva officii custodiatur. 2. Quod dispositio camerarum sit penes principalem ; nee cui- quam liceat cameram aut partem camerae sine consensu principalis occupare ; sub poena expulsionis ab aula. 3. Quod non liceat principali quicquam pro ingressu aut ad- missione ad cameram aliquam exigere ; aut accipere pro camera ultra reditum annuum auctoritate Vice-Cancellarii prsestitutum. 4. Quod, si quis per tres septimanas in aliquo quarterio came- ram aut partem camerse occupaverit, pensionem integram pro Add.p.30-). quarta anni parte solvere teneatur. '•' ^^■-' 5. Quod, si quis per duos terminos continuos sine licentia aut approbatione principalis abfuerit, titulum ac jus suum ad cameram camerseve partem, quam prius obtinuit, penitus amittat. § 8. De commTiniis, et solutione debitorum. 1 . Stattjtum est quod nullus aularis cujuscunque conditionis aut gradus pro communiis aliquid requirat aut habeat, quod ab obsona- tore emptum non sit. 2. Quod cibaria quae pro numero aularium in Universitate prse- sentium comparata sunt, in men sis apponantur, et pro iisdem sin- guli, etiamsi absentes fuerint, pro rata solvere teneantur ; nisi aliter a principali provisum fuerit. 3. Quod singulis septimanis de emptis et expensis per obsona- torem et coquum fiat computatio, cum snpervisione principalis ejusve substituti ; sub poena iis qui defecerint arbitrio principalis irroganda. 4. Quod principali pro lectura cumulatione et pensione camerse; 334 STATUTA AULARIA, [XXII. I. 8. necnon obsonatori pro communiis mulctis et aliis debitis a singulis anlaribus praestandis, et a principali vel obsonatore singulorum nomine exigi consuetis, aulares singuli in fine cujnslibet quarterii realiter solvant. 5. Quod pro lecturis aliis, communibus servientibus, focalibus, reparationibus locorum communium, utensilibus, et aliis communi- tati aularium necesBariis (secundum consuetudines cujusque aulas aut conventiones communi consensu vel majoris partis initas) sin- guli aulares tam absentes quam praesentes in fine cujuslibet quar- terii realiter solvere et satisfacere teneantnr. 6. Quod si contingat occasione aliqua extraordinaria, pro necessi- tate vel utilitate communitatis majores expensas fieri quam quibus Add.p.sos. contributiones ordinarise sufficiant, principalis cum consensu com- L'o35-J mensalium, vel majoris partis eorundem, singulis pro rata imponat unde commune onus sustineri possit ; et, si qua de occasione, vel rata imposita, controversia oriatur, judicio Vice-Cancellarii ter- minetur. 7. Quod si contingat aliqnem in solutione prsedictorum deficere nee intra mensem a fine cujuslibet quarterii satisfacere, arbitrio principalis, vel eorum quorum interest, attestatione bonorum, sus- pensione a communiis, amotione ab aula, aut aliis quibuscunque remedii legitimis coerceatur et compellatur. § 9. De statutorum custodia, et poenis dellnquentitun. 1. Statutum est quod in qualibet aula unum exemplar inte- grum statutorum aularium penes principalem, et aliud etiam in bibliotheca vel refectorio remaneat. 2. Quod singula statuta secundum planum et grammaticalem sen- sum et communem significationem terminorum intelligantur ; et, si quid dubium vel ambiguum videbitur, unde de vero intellectu qusBstio oriatur, ad judicium Cancellarii vel Vioe-Cancellarii re- curratur. 3. Quod, ubi in statutis delicti aut poense mentio non habetur, principalis pro arbitrio statuat ; nisi aliquid ejusmodi admissum fuerit, quod ad correctionem Vice-Cancellarii sit referendum. 4. Quod omnes mulctse pecuniariae ad supportationem onerum quae communitati incumbunt convertantur. 5. Quod nullus, qui publice deliquit in gravioribus, propter castigationem tutoris privatam a poenis vel mulctis per principalem infligendis excusetur. 6. Denique, si quis mulctse vel poenae pro delicto secundum statuta impositae, intra terminum a principale assignatum se non XXII. II. I.J ET DE AULIS PKIVATIS. 335 submiserit ; vel palam eandem solvere aut subire recusaverit; aut Add.p.306. alteri, quo minus se submittat, auctor vel persuasor fuerit ; vel ut ['^35-] statuta aliqua debito effectu careant, foedus inierit aut conspira- verit ; ab aula penitus expellatur. Sbotio II.— op private HALLS. § 1. Of the granting of licences to open Private Halls. Add.p.879. I. Ant Member of Convocation may obtain a licence from the Vice-Chancellor to open his house, if situated within a mile and a half of Carfax, for the reception of Students, who shall be matricu- lated and admitted to all the privileges of the University without being of necessity entered as members of any College or existing Hall, or as Non-CoUegiate Students, and every person to whom such licence is granted shall be called a Licensed Master, and his house so opened shall be called a Private Hall : provided that no such licence shall be granted by the Vice-Chancellor except under the regulations and subject to the conditions following, that is to say : (i) Every Member of Convocation applying for a licence shall be at least twenty-eight years of age, and shall within the two years immediately preceding his application have kept residence so long and in such manner as to have qualified him to become a member of the Congregation of the University. (2) Every application for a licence shall be made at least six months before the time at which it is proposed to open the house for the reception of Students, and the person applying shall forward to the Vice-Chancellor together with his application a testimonial signed by two persons, one of whom shall be a member of the Hebdomadal Council, and the other shall be either a Member of the Hebdomadal Council or the Head of his College or Hall, or in case he is not a Member of any College or Hall, the Censor of Non-Collegiate Students. The testimonial shall set forth that he is, in the judgment of the persons signing it, a fit and proper person to have charge of a Private Hall, and to undertake the tuition and supervision of Students in the University. {3) The Vice-Chancellor shall request the Delegates of Lodging Houses to visit and inspect the house into which any person so applying proposes to receive Students and to report to him thereon, and when he has received their report and has been satisfied that the house is fit for the residence of Students and that all other conditions have been fulfilled, he shall bring the application before 336 STATUTA AtJLAKIA, [XXII. II. I. the Hebdomadal Council and obtain its consent to grant a licence accordingly. (4) The person applying for a licence shall appear before the Vice-Chancellor and subscribe the following declaration : — ' I, A. B., hereby promise that I will observe the Statutes concerning Private Halls : I will open my Hall for the inspection of the Vice-Chancellor or other University authorities in any matter relating to the Students thereof: I will keep my Hall shut after nine o'clock p.m., and will not allow any person ingress or egress after that hour without my knowledge : I will cause my servants to obey and execute these regulations under my orders. A. B.' 2. Provided that the foregoing conditions be satisfied, persons already admitted or who shall hereafter be admitted as Students into any such Private Hall shall have in relation to the Univer- sity the same privileges and obligations as if they had been so admitted into one of the Colleges or Public Halls ; and all Statutes of the University in which mention is made generally and without distinction of Colleges and Halls shall be deemed to include and apply to the members of Private Halls. 3. If a Licensed Master shall at any time cease to occupy his Private Hall his licence shall ipso fckcto determine. § 2. Of the Office of Master of a Private Hall. 1. The Master of a Private Hall shall stand in tutorial relation to all members of his Hall who are in statu pupUla/ri, and shall exercise supervision over their conduct and studies. In case the disciplinary officer of the University shall have occasion to deal with any of the S « dents of his Hall he shall support the authority of the University, ; nd see that its judgments are duly carried into effect. He shall tee that those Students who are Members of the Church of England are instructed in the doctrine and discipline thereof. 2. The Master of a Private Hall shall reside in his Hall during at least eight weeks in each Term, Easter and Act Terms being for this purpose reckoned as one Term. He shall provide courses of instruction for the Undergraduate members of the Hall during at least twenty-four weeks in the academical year, exclusive of the time devoted to any examinations in the Hall. XXII. II. 3.J ET DE AULIS PEIVATIS. 337 3. In case of the illness or absence for a sufficient reason of any Master of a Private Hall the Vice-Chancellor may give him leave to nominate a deputy from time to time for any period not exceeding a year, such nomination to be subject to the approval of the Vice-Chancellor. The deputy so nominated shall be the vice- gerent of the Master in all University business or acts which may concern the Hall, as well as in the tuition of the Students and management of the Hall. § 3. Of the Students of Private Halls. 1. Each Master of a Private Hall shall keep a register wherein shall be inserted the names of all Students whom he may admit to his Hall. At the end of each Term he shall transmit to the Registrar of the University a list of all his Students, together with the number of days during which each has resided within the Hall in the course of the Term. The list shall be in the following form, and signed with his name : — Private Hall of A.B. Term, A.D. . C. D. has resided within this Hall X days. E. F. „ „ Ydays. &c. &c. The Registrar shall preserve this list in his office, and shall also take a copy of it in his books. 2. No Undergraduate Student of a Private Hall shall reside in Oxford during Term time outside the walls of the Hall to which he belongs, unless he shall have received permission from the Delegates for licensing Lodging Houses on the ground that he is of mature age, or residing with his parents, or under other special circumstances which the Delegates may approve. This clause shall not apply to any Private Hall existing in Hilary Term, 1882 : provided always that the number of Students re- siding outside the walls of the Hall shall not exceed the greatest number so residing in any Term within the two years preceding March 25, 1882. 3. No Student shall be absent from the Hall during the night, or shall leave it between nine o'clock p.m. and six o'clock a.m., except by express permission of the Master ; and if any Student shall be so absent or shall come into it after nine o'clock p.m., his name and the time of his coming in shall be entered in a gate-book for which the Master shall be responsible. The Master shall appoint some trustworthy person who shall act as doorkeeper, and shall have charge of the gate -book. z 338 STATUTA AULAEIA, [XXII. II. 3. 4. The Master Bball undertake to pay all fees, dues, and other moneys which may be payable to the University by any Member of his Hall. § 4. Of the Supervision of Private Halls. 1. EvEKT Private Hall shall be under the supervision and control of the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors. 2. The Master of a Private Hall shall, in the course of the first week after the day of meeting in each Term, transmit to the Senior Proctor a list of all the Undergraduate Members of his Hall, stating at the same time whether they are resident or not : and shall at once notify to the Senior Proctor the names of any Members of his Hall who may come into residence either within the Hall or in lodgings after he has sent in such list. 3. The gate-book of a Private Hall may be called for and inspected at any time by the Vice-Chancellor or either of the Proctors. 4. If the Vice-Chancellor shall deem that the Master of a Private Hall or his deputy has offended against the Statutes, he may, after due enquiry, admonish him or suspend his licence for a time. If it shall appear to the Vice-Chancellor that it may be needful to revoke the licence of any Master of a Private Hall, he shall summon the two Proctors, the Assessor of the Chancellor's Court, and the Eegistrar of the University, to form with himself a Special Court of Enquiry. The Court shall be assisted by the Eegistrar of the Chancellor's Court, who shall draw up the complaint, arrange the evidence, and register the judgment in his books. There shall be no appeal from the judgment of this Court, but the Vice-Chancellor shall not pass a judgment in- volving the revocation of a licence unless three at least of the persons forming the Court are of opinion that the licence ought to be revoked. § 5. Of the Status of Students of a Private Hall after the suspension or revocation of a licence, or after the death of the Master of a Private Hall. I. Ip a licence be revoked or suspended, or the Master of a Private Hall withdraw from his office or die, and no provision have been made for the academical status of the Members of the Hall, the Vice-Chancellor may nominate as temporary Master of XXII. II. 6.] ET DE AULIS PEIVATIS. 339 such Hall any duly qualified Graduate, who on receiving a licence from the Vice-Chancellor shall undertake the care and tutorship of the Students, until such time as they shall be received into some other Private Hall, or into a College or Hall, or into the care of the Delegates of Non-Collegiate Students, or until they shall have kept twenty-seven Terms from their Matriculation. This licence also the Yice-Chancellor may at any time for just cause revoke. 2. If the Master die, or be deprived, or be etherwise incapable of statutably testifying to the character of a Student of his Hall, or of declaring his consent to the migration of such Student who may desire to enter any other Private Hall or any College or Hall, or to be a Non-Collegiate Student, the Vice-Chancellor may give leave for such migration, the provisions of Statt. Tit. III. Sect. III. to the contrary notwithstanding; and may also grant Graces for Degrees or any other necessary certificate. § 6. Of the Conditions upon which a Private Hall may become a Public Hall of the TJniversity. Ant Private Hall may become a Public Hall of the University on the conditions following, namely :— (a) That it be certified to Convocation by the Vice-ChanceUor and Proctors that the buildings are suitable for a Public Hall of the University. (6) That the site and buildings be conveyed to the Chancellor, Masters, and Scholars of the University in trust for the Members of the Hall. (c) That due provision be made for the appointment of a Principal. {d) That the assent of Convocatioii be given by Decree. CONCERNING THE OPERATION OF STATUTES MADE UNDER THE POWERS OF THE UNI- VERSITIES OF OXFORD AND CAMBRIDGE ACT, 1877. Statute made by the Commissioners wliolly for the University vmder ike Universities 0/ Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877. Approved by the Queen in Cowncil, 3rd May, 1882. 1. In this Statute the expression 'new Statutes' shall mean any Statutes made or to be made by the University of Oxford Commissioners for the University or for a College. The expression ' existing Professor' shall mean a person holding a Professorship to which he was elected or appointed before the sixth day of October, 1880; and the words 'Professor' and 'Pro- fessorship' shall respectively include University Jleaders and Readerships. In this Statute and in all new Statutes made for the Uni- versity, including the Statute concerning a Visitatorial Board, the words 'Professor' and 'Professorship' shall (except where Kegius Professorships are expressly excluded or a dififerent con- struction is required by the context) include Eegius Professors and Professorships. 2. Subject to the provisions hereinafter contained, and except where it is otherwise provided in such new Statutes or any of them, every new Statute made for the University shall take effect on the approval of it by Her Majesty in Council; and the re- gulations of existing Statutes, so far as they relate to matters regulated by any such new Statute, shall be thenceforth void. Tempoeaey Saving Clauses. 3. No existing Professor shall receive augmented emoluments under new Statutes unless and until he shall, by writing under his hand delivered to the Vice-Chancellor, have consented to be subject, in respect of the duties to be performed by him as Professor, and of his residence, as well as in other respects, to any new Statutes relating to his office. SUPPLEMENTARY STATUTE. 341 4. Unless and until he shall have so consented, no existing Professor shall in respect of the duties to be performed by him, his residence, or the right to receive fees from Students attending his lectures, be subject to the provisions of such new Statutes, except any provisions expressly made applicable to existing Pro- fessors. But every such Professor shall, in respect of the matters aforesaid, continue to be subject to the Statutory regulations relating to his office which were in force at the time of the approval of the new Statutes, and to such power as the University then had to vary or add to those regulations. Provided as follows : — i. Clause 3 shall not apply to any Professor who would by giving consent as aforesaid become subject to the Particular Regu- lations made applicable to the Professors mentioned in Schedules A. and C, or either of them, annexed to the Statute concerning the duties of Professors, unless the emoluments of his office, exclusive of fees, exceed six hundred pounds per annum, or would, by the augmentation, be raised above that sum. ii. Where any Professor is by existing regulations required to reside in the University during part of a period in each Academical year commencing on the tenth day of October, the period shall henceforth be reckoned £is commencing on the. first day of Sep- tember. 5. The Particular Eegulations applicable to the Professors mentioned in the above-mentioned Schedules A. and C. shall not apply to any Professor appointed since the sixth day of October, 1880, or hereafter to be appointed, unless and until the emolu- ments of his office, exclusive of fees, shall exceed six hundred pounds per annum. But he shall in respect of the aforesaid matters be subject to the Statutory regulations previously in force in relation to his office, or to any new regulations which the University may by Statute make respecting it. Emoluments of PEorESSoES. 6. The right of every Professor to whose office emoluments are assigned from the revenues of any College to receive such emolu- ments shall accrue when and as the appropriation takes effect; and the provisions of new Statutes shall' be without prejudice to the right of every existing Professor to receive emoluments the same in amount as he would have been entitled to if such new Statutes had not been made. 342 SUPPLEMENTARY STATUTE. •j. Until any provision made by new Statutes for the main- tenance of a Professorship wholly or in part out of the revenues of any College shall have taken effect, the holder of the Pro- fessorship for the time being shall continue to be entitled to receive from the University Chest the same emoluments as here- tofore, subject to such power (if any) as the University has heretofore had to increase or diminish such emoluments. 8. When and as the provision takes effect, payments to the Professor out of the revenues of the College shall, unless the College Statutes otherwise direct, or the University otherwise determine, be in substitution ^jro tanto for the payments he would have been entitled to receive from the University Chest. 9. New Statutes providing for the maintenance wholly or in part of a Professorship out of the revenues of a College, or assigning emoluments to a Professorship payable out of the Uni- versity Chest or from other sources, shall not be deemed to deprive the University of the power to assign, should it think fit, any additional payment to the Professor from the University Chest, provided that the whole yearly emoluments of the Professor, exclusive of fees, be not in any case raised to more than nine hundred pounds, and that due regard be had to the duties im- posed on the Professor and the amount of residence required of him. College Payments to Univeesitt Purposes. 10. Money appropriated by a College under its Statutes to the maintenance of Professorships or to other University purposes may (subject to any provisions relative thereto in such Statutes) be applied by the College to such purposes in the way of im- mediate payment, or may be paid (subject to such appropriation) to the Curators of the University Chest, or may be set apart and paid to a ' University Purposes Fund ' to be held and retained by the College, and invested by the College from time to time. Moneys paid, subject to appropriation, to the Curators of the University Chest shall be applied by them to the University purposes directed by such appropriation, and shall be reckoned as payments by the College for University purposes. Moneys paid as above mentioned to a 'University Purposes Fund' shall (if so paid with the consent of the Hebdomadal Council of the Uni- versity, but not otherwise) be reckoned as paid to a University purpose within the meaning of Clause 7 of the Statute Concerning College Contributions for University Purposes. The fund so formed SUPPLEMENTARY STATUTE. 343 and the interest and accumulations of it (if any) shall be ap- plicable exclusively to the University purposes mentioned in the College Statutes or some of them ; it shall not be deemed to be a fund for a College purpose within the meaning of Clause 2, sub-section i, of the above-mentioned University Statute ; and payments made from it shall not, in the application of that Statute, be reckoned as pajrments out of the revenue of the College. First Election to New Pkofbssobships. 1 1 . Where by new Statutes provision is made for the estab- lishment of a new Professorship, the first election to it shall be held so soon as the provision for it shall have completely come into operation, or sooner if the University by Decree shall so determine ; but not so as to increase or accelerate any charge on the revenues of a College created by such new Statutes for the maintenance of the Professorship. APPENDIX. CONTENTS. A. — CONCEBNING PEOrESSORS. PAG. 1. Professor of Rural Economy 346 2. Hope professor of Zoology 347 3. Slade professor of Fine Art 348 B. — Concerning the Congregation op the XJnivebsitt, and the Hebdomadal Council 352 C. — Extract from the Univbrsities or Oxford and Cambridge Act, 1877, § 16 357 D. — Concerning the Unitersitt Galleries, the Hope Collections, AND THE Fielding Herbarium. I. The University Galleries and Mr. Euekin's Master of Drawing 359 ■L. The Hope Collections, and the keeper of the Hope collec- tion of engravings ... ... ... ... ... ... 360 3. The Fielding Herbarium 364 4. The Botanic Garden 365 E. — Concerning THE Chancellor's Court 366 F. — Concerning THE Geinfield Lepture 367 G. — Concerning Scholarships. I. Dean Ireland's scholarships ... ... ... ,.. ... 368 i. Bodeu scholarships ... ... ... ... ... ... 370 3. Mathematical scholarships, founded in 1831 ... ... 372 4. Pusey and Ellerton Hebrew soholaiships 374 5. Eurdett-Coutts scholarships 377 6. Abbott scholarships 379 7. Derby scholarship 381 CONTENTS OP APPENDIX. 345 H. — CoNCEBNiNO Prizes. 1. Ellerton Theological essay 2. English poem on a sacred subject ... 3. Arnold historical essay , 4. Stanhope historical essay 5. The Gaisford prizes 6. Johnson memorial medal 7. The canon Hall and Hall-Houghton prizes 8. Marquis of Lothian's prize 9. The Conington prize 10. The Cobden prize 1 1 . The Eolleston Memorial prize 13. Mrs. T. H. Green's prize PAG. 382 384 38s 386 387 3S8 392 394 39."; 396 397 A.— CONCERNING PROFESSORS. 1. SIBTHOBPIAlir PBOFESSOB OP RURAL ECONOMY. The following scheme for the Regtilation of the Sibthorpian Professorship was sanctioned by the Chancery Division of the High Court of Justice on the 14th day of July, 1883. 1 . The Sibthorpian Professor of Eural Economy shall lecture and give instruction on the scientific principles of Agriculture and Forestry. 2. He shall be entitled to the emolument of £200 derived from the Benefaction of Dr. John Sibthorp, Doctor of Medicine, and assigned to the Professorship. 3. The Professor shall be elected by a Board of Electors con- sisting of — The Vice- Chancellor, The Sherardian Professor of Botany, The Professor of Geology, The Waynflete Professor of Physiology, The Waynflete Professor of Chemistry, The President of the Eoyal Society, The President of the Linnsean Society. 4. If an Elector is himself a Candidate for the vacant office, the Hebdomadal Council shall nominate a person to act on that occa- sion in his room. 5. The Professor shall hold his office for a period of three years from election, and no longer. He may be re-elected for a second period of three years, and no longer ; but no Professor shall hold the Professorship for more than six years consecutively. 6. The Professor shall have the use of the garden appropriated for making experiments on the subjects of his Professorship. 7. The balance of the emoluments derived from the benefaction of Dr. John Sibthorp shall be applied as directed in his Will to the purchase of books on the subjects of agriculture and forestry ; the Professor making a list of such books as he judges most useful. The said books and also those which have heretofore been pur- HOPE PROFESSOR OF ZOOLOGY. 347 chased out of Dr. John Sibthorp's Benefaction, and also those which were bequeathed by Dr. John Sibthorp, shall be carefully preserved under the care of the Professor in a place to be assigned for the purpose by the University. 8. The Professor shall give not less than twelve Lectures in the course of the academical year : they shall be given in full Term, and not more than two shall be given in any one week. 2. HOPE PROFESSOR OP ZOOLOGY. Regulations contained in an indenture made December 20, 1860, between the reverend Frederick William Hope of tlie one part and the Chancellor Masters and Scholars of the University of Oxford of the other part, for de- claring the trusts of £10,000 new £3 per cent, annuities transferred by Mr. Hope to the University. 1. Theee shall be for ever hereafter a professor, to be called the 'Hope professor of zoology' ; and the dividends arising from the said sum of £io,ooo new £3 per cent, annuities shall from time to time, as and when the same become due, be paid to such professor, subject as hereinafter provided. 2. The nomination of the first and every subsequent Hope pro- fessor, during- the lifetime of the said Frederick William Hope, shall be made by the said Frederick William Hope. 3. Every subsequent Hope professor, after the death of the said Frederick William Hope, shall be elected by the curators for the time being of the Hope collections, or by a majority of those present at such election ; each curator having one vote, and the Linacre professor of physiology for the time being shall have the same right of voting as if he were a curator ; and in cases of an equality of votes for two candidates, the Vice-Chancellor for the time being shall have a second or casting vote. 4. The Hope professor shall be admitted in Convocation in the same manner as other professors. 5. The Hope professor shall at the time of his admission be at least a Master of Arts or a Bachelor of Civil Law or Medicine. 6. The duty of the Hope professor shall be to give public lectures and private instruction on zoology, with special reference to the articulata, at such times as shall be prescribed or approved by the University, and also to superintend and arrange the Hope collection of annulose animals, and to take charge of the natural history portion of the Hope library. 348 APPENDIX A. 2. 7. The Hope profeBsor shall reside in the University for the term of eight months in every academical year between the first of October and the fifteenth of July. 8. The Hope professor shall retain his office during good be- haviour. 9. In case of illness, or unavoidable absence of the Hope pro- fessor, the Hope curators shall have the ordinary power to appoint a temporary deputy. 10. In case of permanent inability of the Hope professor to perform the duties of the professorship, the Hope curators shall have the ordinary powers to appoint a permanent deputy, with such stipend out of the Hope professor's emoluments as to the Hope curators shall seem fit. 11. The Vice-chancellor and delegates of appeals in Congrega- tion, or the greater part of them, shall have power to proceed against the professor in case of misconduct, in the same manner as is provided by the statutes respecting the moral philosophy professor and other professors, sanctioned by her Majesty ; and in the event of their finding it necessary to remove the professor, the said Frederick William Hope, if living, and if he shall not be then living, the Hope curators for the time being, shall immediately proceed to a fresh election. 12. The Hope professor shall be entitled to receive from his auditors such fees only as shall be fixed by the University, in addition to the dividends arising from the said ,£10,000 new £3 per cent, annuities. 13. The Hope professor shall not hold any other professorship or readership in the University. 3. SLADE PROFESSOR OF PINE ART. Regulations contained in an indenture made June 2, 1869, between Edward Weyman Wadeson, Charles Collambell, Richard Fisher, and Augustus WoUaston Pranks, esquires, the trustees and executors of the late Pelix Slade, esquire, of the one part, and the Chancellor Masters and Scholars of the University of Oxford, of the other part, for de- claring the trusts of £12,000 reduced £3 per cent, an- nuities transferred by the executors to the University. N. B. In the recital of the indenture the executors are styled ' the donors ' ; and the very reverend Dr. Liddell, dean of Christ Church, Dr. Acland, and the rev. G. Kawlinson, being three of the curators of the University galleries, the rev. H. 0. Coxe, Bodley'a librarian, Sir Francis Grant, president of the royal SLADE PROFESSOR OF FINE ART. 349 academy of London, George Grote, esq., president of University college, Lon- don, and E. Fisher, esq., one of the executors, are named as the first board of electors. 1. The purposes for which the trust fund and the income thereof are to be held are the establishment of a professorship to be called 'the Slade professorship of fine art' in the said University with a stipend consisting of the said income or so much thereof as shall from time to time remain after payment of the expenses (if any) of the trust. 2. The professorship shall be tenable for three years; and a professor whose term of office shall have expired shall be re- eligible. 3. The professor shall give annually in the University galleries, or in some other place to be appointed by the Vice -Chancellor, a course of not less than twelve lectures on the histoiy, theory, and practice of the fine arts, or of some section or sections of them. The lectures shall be given in full term and be distri- buted through at least two terms in the academical year (Easter and Act terms being together counted as one term), and shall be open to all members of the University : but the board of electors shall have power to allow all the lectures to be given in one term only on sufficient cause being shewn by the professor. 4. The professor shall be elected by the board of electors ; such board to consist of seven members, four of them to be resident at Oxford and three to be non-resident ; subject nevertheless to the proviso hereinafter contained in clause 7. 5. The several persons from time to time holding the following offices, viz. those of the three curators of the University galleries, or, if there be more than three curators, then such three of them as shall from time to time be selected in that behalf by the hebdo- madal council for the time being, Bodley's librarian in the Univer- sity of Oxford, the president of the royal academy of London, and the president of University college, London, shall from time to time be six of the said board of electors ; and the six persons now hold- ing such offices respectively and hereinbefore named as electors shall accordingly be six of the members of the first or present board ; and the said Eichard Fisher (who has been appointed for the purpose by the donors) shall during his life, or until he shall become unwilling or incapable or unfit to act, be the seventh member of the first or present board ; and upon his death, or in case he shall become unwilling or incapable or unfit to act, the donors or the survivors or survivor of them may by deed 850 APPENDIX A. 3. nominate some public oiSce (not being an office in the said Uni- versity) the tenure of which shall constitute the holder thereof from time to time the seventh member of the said board ; and in default of such nomination the right so to nominate shall devolve upon the hebdomadal council for the time being of the said University. 6. Each present elector (other than the said Eichard Fisher), and every successor to each such elector, shall, on ceasing to hold the office now held by him, cease to be an elector ; and the person to be appointed to each such office shall immediately upon his appointment to and acceptance of the same become, if willing so to be, an elector under these presents in the place of the elector so ceasing as aforesaid ; and this provision shall apply mutatis mutandis to any official successor of the said Eichard Fisher in the electorship. 7. If from the alteration or abrogation of any of the offices above named or any other cause there shall be a permanent vacancy in the board, the hebdomadal council shall select some other office the holder of which shall take the vacant place at the board ; provided that the number of four resident and three non- resident members be always preserved. Provided always, that, if and so often as any elector or electors shall decline or neglect to act, the other electors shall constitute a full and perfect board. 8. The resident member of the board of the highest academical standing shall be chairman of the board. All matters brought before the board shall be decided by a majority of votes ; and in case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote. He shall see that not less than one calendar month's notice be given to the other electors of any vacancy in the pro- fessorship, and of the day, hour, and place proposed for the election of a successor, and of the name or names of the candidate or can- didates ; and shall also see that not less than a week's notice be given to the other electors of the day, hour, place, and purpose of any other meeting of the board. 9. The members of the board shall be entitled to transmit their votes in writing for the election or compulsory retirement of a professor, but shall vote on any other business only when per- sonally present at a meeting of the board. 10. Should the professor, either from illness, or from any urgent cause to be approved by the Vice- Chancellor, be temporarily pre- vented from discharging his duties, he shall name a fit and suffi- cient deputy to be approved by the board of electors ; and in case SLADE PROFESSOR OF FINE ART, 351 of his declining or neglecting so to do the board of electors shall appoint such deputy. It shall rest with the board to determine what portion of the professor's stipend shall be assigned to the deputy. 11. If at any future time the University shall think fit to augment the stipend of the professor by a sum amounting at least to £200 a year, it shall be competent to the University in Con- vocation, with the consent of the donors or the survivors or sur- vivor of them so long as any of them live and of the board of electors, to impose such conditions respecting the tenure of office, residence, and number of lectures as may be deemed expedient. 12. A professor may at any time retire from office, and may by an unanimous vote of all the electors be compelled so to retire. 13. Upon the death, resignation, or retirement from office of a professor the current income of the trust fund shall be fairly apportioned between himself or his executors or administrators and his successor ; and such successor shall be considered to succeed to office immediately upon such death, resignation, or re- tirement, unless the same shall have occurred three calendar months or upwards prior' to his own appointment ; and in such case so much of the current income as may be attributable to the period during which the professorship shall have been vacant shall not be paid to such successor, but shall go in augmentation of the trust fund and be invested accordingly. And such income as may upon a fair apportionment be attributable to the interval which shall elapse between the date of these presents and the first ap- pointment of a professor shall, if such interval amounts to or exceeds three calendar months, go and be invested in like manner; but, if such interval be less than three calendar months, such income shall belong and be paid to the professor first appointed and accepting office.' Seestatt. B.— CONCERNING THE CONGREGATION OF THE tit. XIII. UNIVERSITY, AND THE HEBDOMADAL COUNCIL. Extracts from the Oxford University Act, 1854, (17 and 18 Vict. c. 81,) comprising so much of the Act as relates to the ' constitution of the University.' Constitu- V. Upon the fourteenth day of Michaelmas term 1854, all Xhiimrsitv po^s^s, privileges, and functions now possessed or exercised by the hebdomadal board of the said University shall cease, and upon Establish- ^j^g ^g^j^ ^^^ ^f ^j^g gg^j^ Michaelmas term 1854 there shall be hebdoma- elected in manner hereinafter mentioned a council, which . shall dal council, t^q called the hebdomadal council, to which shall be transferred immediately after the election thereof all powers, privileges, and functions now possessed or exercised by the hebdomadal board of the said University. Composi- VI. The hebdomadal council shall consist of the Chancellor, the hebdoma- Vice-Chancellor, the Proctors, six heads of colleges or halls, six dal council, professors of the University, and six members of Convocation of not less than five years' standing, such heads of colleges or halls, professors, and members of Convocation to be elected by the ofcoUeo-es Congregation hereinafter mentioned of the said University, and and pro- the Chancellor, or in his absence the Vice-Chancellor or his heinsne- "^^P^^y' being a member of the hebdomadal council, shall be the turned or president of such hebdomadal council : provided always, that sitting as nothing herein contained shall be held to prevent the head of professors, ° 1 n 1 • ,. ■, ■ ormembers any college or hall who is a professor being returned or con- of Convooa- tinning to sit as one of the six professors, or the head of any p ■ college or hall, or a professor, being returned or continuing to sit elected in as one of the six members of Convocation ; and if any person shall two or more j^g elected a member of the hebdomadal council in two or more declare un- classes he shall, when he first takes his seat in the council, declare der which under which class he desires to sit, and his seat for the other shall wmsU.''' be forthwith vacated. Date of VII. The hebdomadal council shall meet for the despatch of meeting, business on the 15th day of Michaelmas term 1854. HEBDOMADAL COUNCIL. 853 Vni. Of the six persons to be then elected together out of Periodical each of the classes of heads of colleges or halls, professors, and ™»*'"g °^ members of Convocation, the three juniors of each class in acade^- mical standing, reckoned from matriculation, shall vacate their seats at the expiration of the third year from such day within the then current academical year as shall be Yiamed by the hebdomadal council in that behalf; and all the other persons to be then elected shall vacate their seats at the expiration of the sixth year from the said day; and all other persons elected from time to time, except such as shall be so elected upon casual vacancies, shall vacate their seats at the expiration of six years ; and the election to supply the places of the persons so vacating their seats shall be made upon the day on which seats are vacated. IX. All such persons whatsoever shall be capable of re- Members ^'^''"°°- . . . , re-elected. X. Any casual vacancy occurring by death, resignation, or other- piiung up wise among such persons shall be 611ed by the election of a quali- of casual fied person, according to the directions of this act ; but the persfcn " so elected shall be subject to the same rules and conditions in all respects as the person to whose place he succeeds would have been subject to if no such vacancy had taken place. XI. If the Vice-Chancellor for the time being shall not be also Vioe-Chan- an elected member of the said council, then, on the expiration of "^j^y^'" ^ his term of office, he shall in virtue of his late office continue to be member. a member thereof until the next triennial election, or for the space of one year if such election shall take place at an earlier period. XII. No professor shall be ineligible for the said council by Professors reason of anything contained in the statutes of his foundation. * '^^ ®' XIII. If any of the members of the hebdomadal council other Non-resi- than the Chancellor of the University shall reside for less than^^®^^®*^ twenty-four weeks during term time in any year, his seat shall at vacancy, or before the close of such year be declared by the Vice-Chancellor and shall thereupon become vacant. XrV. The Vice-Chancellor shall, before the 25th day of Sep^. Vice-Chan- tember 1854, and before the same day in each succeeding year, ^]^|^J *^ make and- promulgate a register of the persons qualified to the gister of best of his knowledge to be members of the Congregation of the ^""f'*^ University of Oxford according to this act, and shall also make regulations and promulgate all such regulations as to the said register, and as respecting T..,.ii. -i.- J nebdoma- to all matters relating to the voting for, election, resignation, and d^l council. return of members of the hebdomadal council, as may be necessary for the assembling together of the Congregation and for the elec-j 354 APPENDIX B. tion and assembling together of the said hebdomadal council according to this act, and for keeping the number of such council complete, and shall appoint the time of the day and place at which they shall so assemble together ; and if the Vice-Chancellor fails to comply with the provisions of this section, the commissioners shall thereupon carry the same into effect, and thereupon make such regulations in respect of the matters aforesaid as they may think fit ; and no persons shall be admitted to vote in the election of members of the hebdomadal council but those included in such register, and mentioned or described in the sixteenth section and the schedule therein referred to. Power of XV. Subject to the provisions of this act, and without prejudice hebdoma- ^^ ^j^g j.igij|;g gf Congregation and Convocation in the making of to make statutes for the University of Oxford, the hebdomadal council shall rules for have power to make, from time to time, rules for the regulation of its own of its own proceedings, and to revise the regulations and register proceed- hereinbefore directed to be made by the Vice-Chancellor. mgs. ^ 'XVI. On and after the 15th day of Michaelmas term 1854, the tion of Con- Congregation of the University of Oxford shall be composed of the gregatiou. following persons only, the said persons being Members of Con- vocation : 1. The Chancellor. 2. The high steward. 3. The heads of colleges and halls. 4. The canons of Christ Church. 5. The Proctors. 6. The members of the hebdomadal council. 7. The officers named in schedule (A.) to this act annexed. 8. The professors. 9. Assistant or deputy professors. 10. The public examiners, 11. All residents. 12. All such persons as shall be provided to be added by elec- tion or otherwise to the said Congregation by any statute of the University approved by the commissioners, or (after the expiry of the commission) passed by licence of the crown. Power of The Chancellor, or in his absence the Vice-Chancellor or his tion to deputy, shall preside in the said Congregation : and the Congre- frame re- gation SO constituted as aforesaid shall have power to frame foritrown regulations for the order of its own proceedings, but subject proceed- to any statute which the University may make in respect i"S«- thereof. HEBIHJMADAL COUNCIL. 855 XVII.* [Every statute framed by the hebdomadal council shall, after due As to pro- notice of the contents thereof, be promulgated in Congregation, and shall also miJgation be proposed there for acceptance or rejection after an interval of seven days, or °^ statutes, such other interval as the University by statute may appoint, and if accepted by Congregation shall be, after an interval of fourteen days, or such other interval as the University by statute may appoint, submitted to Convocation for final adoption or rejection as a statute of the University. XVIII.* Any member of Congregation may, upon the promulgation of any Proposals such statute, propose, in writing, amendments thereof to the hebdomadal of amend- council, which the said council shall consider, and thereupon may adopt, alter, *"*""• or reject. XIX.* If after the promulgation of a statute the said council shall make If change any change in it, it shall thereupon be promulgated afresh in manner y^^^' ^J'*- *^'"*'"''- , re-promul- XX.* The members of Congregation shall upon the occasion of the pro- gated. mulgation of any statute have the right to speak thereon in the English Congrega- tongue, but without the power of moving any amendment, and subject to tion may such regulations as the University may make by statute for the due order of speak in debate.] English. XXI. Upon any occasion of electing members of the hebdomadal 4^ *° ^^^o- council, every person entitled to vote in such election shall have hebdoma- the power of giving votes in each class as follows : for one vacancy, dal council, one vote ; for two or three vacancies, two votes ; for four vacancies, three votes ; for five or six vacancies, four votes : provided always, that no elector shall give more than one vote for any one can- didate. :lf m * * * * * XL. Every statute made by the commissioners in pursuance of Statutes by the provisions of this act, and likewise all provisions hereinbefore •=?™""8- contained, respecting the election, constitution, powers, and pro- subject to ceedings of the hebdomadal council, and respecting the constitu- repeal, &c. tion, powers, and proceedings of the Congregation, shall be subject to repeal and alteration by the University or College, as the case may be, with the approval of her Majesty in councU. ******* XL VIII. In the construction of this act, the words Interpre- ' professor' and 'professorship' shall be taken to include respect- jg^^g^ ively public readers, prselectors, and their several ofSces ; and the words ' public examiner ' shall be taken to include moderators and masters of the schools ; and the word ' hall ' shall be taken to mean all halls other than affiliated halls or such private halls as are authorized by this act; ... . and the word 'residents' shall mean and include all members of Convocation who shall * Clauses XVII— XX have been amended, vide supra. Tit. X. Sect. III. § 1. p. 209. A a 2 356 APPENDIX B. have resided twenty weeks within one mile and a half of Carfax during the year that shall expire on the first day of Septemher next preceding the making and promulgation of the register as directed by the fourteenth section of this act. Schedule (A.) Deputy steward. Public orator. Keeper of the archives. Assessor of the Vice-Chancellor's court. Eegistrar of the University. Counsel to the University. Bodley's librarian. Eadcliffe librarian. Eadcliffe observer. Librarians and sub-librarians of Uni- \ If authorised for the pur- versity libraries. f poses of this schedule by Keepers of University museums and I statute of the Univer- repositories of art or science. / sity. C— EXTRACT FROM THE UNIVERSITIES OF OXFORD AND CAMBRIDGE ACT, 1877. 16. With a view to the advancement of art, science, and other Objects of branches of learning, the Commissioners, in statutes made by them statutes for for the University, may from time to time make provision for the following purposes, or any of them : (i) For enabling or requiring the several Colleges, or any of them, to make contribution out of their revenues for University purposes, regard being first had to the wants of the several Colleges in themselves for educational and other collegiate pur- (2) For the creation, by means of contributions from the Colleges or otherwise, of a common University Fund *, to be administered under the supervision of the University : (3) For making payments, under the supervision of the Uni- versity, out of the said common fund for the giving of instruction, the doing of work, or the conducting of investigations within the University in any branch of learning or inquiry connected with the studies of the University : (4) For consolidating any two or more professorships or lecture- ships: (5) For erecting and endowing profeBsorships or lectureships : (6) For abolishing professorships or lectureships : (7) For altering the endowment of any professorship or lecture- ship : (8) For altering the conditions of eligibility or appointment and mode of election or appointment to any professorship or lectureship, and for limiting the tenure thereof : (9) For providing retiring pensions for professors and lecturers : (10) For providing new or improving existing buildings, libra- ries, collections, or apparatus for any purpose connected with the instruction of any members of the University, or with research in any art or science or other branch of learning, and for main- taining the same : (11) For diminishing the expense of University education by founding scholarships tenable by students either at any College or Hall within the University, or as unattached students, not * Vide Statute Conceming the Common University Fund, p. 273. 358 APPENDIX C, members of any College or Hall, or by paying salaries to the teachers of such unattached students, or by otherwise encouraging such unattached students : (12) For founding and endowing scholarships, exhibitions, and prizes for encouragement of proficiency in any art or science or other branch of learning : (13) For modifying the trusts, conditions, or directions of or affecting any University endowment, foundation, or gift, or of or affecting any professorship, lectureship, scholarship, ofiHce, or institution, in or connected with the University, or of or affecting any property belonging to or held in trust for the University or held by the University in trust for a Hall, as far as the Commissioners think the modification thereof necessary or ex- pedient for giving effect to statutes made by them for any purpose in this Act mentioned : (14) For regulating presentations to benefices in the gift of the University : (15) For regulating the application of the purchase money for any advowson sold by the University : (16) For founding any office not paid out of University or College funds in connexion with any special educational work done out of the University under the control of the University, and for remunerating any secretary or officer resident in the University and employed there in the management of any such special educational work : (17) For altering or repealing any statute, ordinance, or regulation of the University, and substituting or adding any statute for or to the same. D.— CONCERNING THE UNIVERSITY GALLERIES, THE HOPE COLLECTIONS, THE FIELDING HERBARIUM, AND THE BOTANIC GARDEN. 1. THE UNIVERSITY GALLEBIES. The original Kegulationa for the University Galleries enacted by Decree of Convocation June 6, 1844, vpere rescinded by Decree November 5, 1885, and the three existing Curators were constituted perpetual Curators, under the Statute Tit. XX. Sect. xin. Master of Deawing. Established in 187 1, by John Ruskin, M.A., Slade Professor of Fine Art, who conveyed to the University the sum of £5000 sterling for the endowment of a Master of Drawing, to teach in the University Galleries. This was accepted by Convocation November 22 in that year. The present regulations are embodied in a Deed of Declara- tion of Trust, to which the University Seal was affixed June 3, 1875. The Deed is printed at length in the University Gazette of June I, 1875. The Master of Drawing is to be appointed by Mr. Euskin during his life, and after his death the appointment is vested in the Ruskin Trustees. 360 APPENDIX D. a. 2. THE HOPE COLLECTIONS, AND THE KBEPEB OF THE HOPE COLLECTION OE ENGRAVINGS. (a.) Conditions set forth in the deed of gift of the ento- mological collection, library of natural history, plates, engravings, and other articles and effects of the reve- rend Frederick William Hope, dated August 4, 1849, approved by Convocation, April 23, 1860. 1. That a suitable building or rooms shall be provided within the University for the reception of the said collection, library, articles, and effects, as soon as conveniently may be arranged, either at the expense of the said University, or by means of con- tributions from other sources. 2. That the said collection, library, articles, and effects shall be made practically useful, as a means of extending and improving a knowledge of the entomological department of natural history ; and that for that purpose the same shall at all seasonable times be free of access to members of the University and other persons, especially to learned naturalists and other scientific persons of foreign countries ; subject however to such regulations as the curators for the time being shall think fit ; and it being hereby declared to be the wish and desire of the said Frederick William Hope, that, so far as may be found practicable and convenient, the said collection shall be opened daily, between the hours of ten in the morning and three in the afternoon in winter, and ten in the morning and four in the afternoon in summer, Sundays and Holy- days excepted. Deer. Com-. 3. That the Vice-Chancellor, the two Proctors, the regius pro- ^sTfi'^' fessor of Medicine, the keeper of the Ashmolean museum of the said University, and the Hope professor, and their successors in the same several offices for the time being, and also the reverend Kichard Greswell of Worcester college, B.D., and Henry Went- worth Acland of All Souls college in the said University, D.M., and their successors to be appointed from time to time as herein- after mentioned, shall be curators. And upon the deathj refusal, or incapacity to act of the said E/ichard Greswell and Henry Went- THE HOPE COLLECTIONS. 361 ■worth Acland or either of them, then a new curator or two new curators, as the case may be, shall be nominated by the surviving or other curators ; such nomination to be approved by the Univer- sity in Convocation : and so from time to time, as often as any vacancy shall occur in any or either of the non-official curators ; it being the intention that there shall always be two other curators in addition to the five official curators. 4. That the curators for the time being shall have full power and authority, from time to time, as they shall see fit, to frame rules and regulations for the safe custody and preservation of all the property, and for the management of and access to the said collection, and for the use of the library; but, in the event of a managing curator or inspector being appointed for the better custody and preservation of the said collection, the consent of the said Frederick William Hope during his life-time shall be necessary to such appointment. 5. That the curators shall also have power, on obtaining the consent thereto of the said Frederick William Hope during his life-time, and after his decease of their own authority, to dispose of any duplicates in the entomological collection to any museum, institution, or person, upon such terms and in such manner as they shall think proper ; but that this power shall not extend to the disposing of any other specimens comprised in the said col- lection. And, with a view to prevent any infested insect being added to and injuring the said collection, no addition shall be made thereto, unless previously approved of by the said Frederick William Hope or some competent person under the authority of the curators. 6. That, if a new University museum shall be established in Oxford, and a library formed in connection with it, the curators shall have power to place the whole of this collection in suitable rooms to be provided in such museum : but the library and the plates and engravings shall in any case be under the entire control of the curators, who may dispose of the same in any way which they shall consider most conducive to the study of natural history within the University as well as to the use of the same in con- nection with the entomological collection. 7. That in all the more important proceedings relative to this collection, such as the framing new rules or regulations, the ap- pointment of curators, and the disposition of duplicates or of the library, the concurrence of four at least of the curators present at a meeting to be called for any such purpose shall be requisite. 363 APPENDIX D. 2. (b.) Regulations contained in an indenture made July 5, 1862, between Ellen Hope, widow and sole executrix of the reverend Frederick William Hope, of the one part, and the Chancellor Masters and Scholars of the University of Oxford, of the other part, for declaring the trusts of £10,000 new £3 per cent, annuities trans- ferred by Mrs. Hope to the TJniversity. N.B. The recital of the indenture speaks of the indenture of December lo, i860, relating to the Hope professor of zoology, and mentions Dr. Wellesley as one of the Hope curators. 1. A COMPETENT person shall forthwith he appointed to make and perfect one or more catalogue or catalogues of the portraits, topographical and other engravings, presented hy the said Fred- erick William Hope to the said University, and also to make and perfect one or more complete catalogue or catalogues (properly classified and arranged) of the whole hiographical, topographical, and fine arts library of books presented by him to the said Univer- sity, and to take charge of the said collection of portraits, topo- graphical and fine art engravings, and of all future additions thereto, and of the said biographical, topographical, and fine arts library. 2. The person so to be appointed shall be called ' the keeper of the Hope collection of engravings ; ' and, as often as a vacancy shall occur, a successor shall be appointed, who shall bear the same title. 3. The nomination of the first and every subsequent keeper during the life-time of the said Ellen Hope shall be made by her. See Ap- 4. Every subsequent keeper after the death of the said Ellen pend. A. a, -g^pg gjjg^u jjg elected by the Hope curators in the manner pro- vided by the said indenture of December 20, i860, for the election of a Hope professor ; and the Bodleian librarian for the time being and the Hope professor of zoology for the time being shall have the same right of voting as if they were curators. 5. The duty of the keeper shall in the first instance be to make and perfect the said catalogue or catalogues, and he shall perform such further duties as the Hope curators shall reasonably impose on him. 6. The keeper shall reside in the University for such period in every academical year as shall be determined upon by the Hope curators; and he shall retain his office during good behaviour. And, the said collections having been, with the approval of the THE HOPE COLLECTIONS. 363 late Frederick William Hope, deposited in the building heretofore used as the Eadcliffe library, which is now placed under the super- vision of the Bodleian librarian, he shall exercise such superin- tending control over the Hope keeper as may be reasonable in enforcing compliance with all general rules and regulations for the management of the said building and the contents thereof. 7. In case of the unavoidable absence of the keeper from illness or other cause, the said Ellen Hope during her life, and the Hope curators after her death, may appoint a deputy to act either temporarily or permanently, as circumstances may require ; and an allowance shall be made to any permanent deputy out of the stipend hereinafter made payable to the keeper. 8. Of the dividends of the £10,000 new £3 per cent, annuities BO transferred by the said Ellen Hope as aforesaid one third shall be paid as a stipend to the keeper of the Hope collection of engravings for the time being, one third to the Hope professor of Zoology for the time being in augmentation of his present income, and the remaining one third shall be paid to the Hope curators or any two of them, and shall be applied, as to one moiety, in keeping up and increasing the said collection of portraits, and, as to the other moiety, in keeping up and increasing the said entomological collection. 9. The Hope curators shall have absolute discretion as to the portraits and specimens to be purchased in augmentation of the said collections respectively, but, in adding to the said entomo- logical collection, they shall have regard to the opinion of the Hope professor of Zoology, and shall not be bound to confine themselves to insects only, but may purchase specimens of fishes, reptiles, and such other animals as he shall recommend and the curators shall consider to come within the scope of the founder's views. 10. The Hope curators shall also have power to expend part of the dividends applicable for the purposes of the said collections respectively in purchasing or repairing cabinets, cases, or other things connected therewith. 11. The catalogue or catalogues so to be made and perfected as aforesaid shall be completed to the satisfaction of the said Dr. Wellesley, or of such other person as in case of his death or unwillingness to act shall be in that behalf nominated by the said EUen Hope, her executors or administrators; and if not completed within such time as the said Dr. Wellesley, or such other person as aforesaid, shall deem reasonable, the said Ellen 364 APPENDIX D. 2. Hope, her executors or administrators, shall have absolute power to remove the keeper and by any writing under her or their hand or hands to appoint another person as keeper in his stead. 12. Additions made to the said collections respectively shall be duly noted and catalogued ; but the catalogues now and here- after to be made shall be so framed that such additions may always be distinguished and may not be confounded with the original gifts. 13. In the event of the Hope curators not meeting in every year with portraits or specimens suitable in their judgment for increasing the said collections respectively, they may invest and accumulate any surplus income, but keeping separate accounts of such investments, and with the obligation to apply all such accumulations as income for the purposes aforesaid in some year or years within five years from the commencement of the accu- mulation. Provided always that under no pretence whatsoever shall the income hereby intended for keeping up and increasing the said collections respectively, or any part thereof, or any ac- cumulation thereof, be applied for the personal benefi^t of the keeper, the Hope professor, or any other person or persons. 1 4. Proper books of account shall be kept by the Hope curators, in which full particulars shall be entered of the application of the dividends hereinbefore made payable to them, and such accounts shall be audited in the month of October in every year. 15. In the interpretation of these presents 'the Hope curators' shall mean the curators for the time being of the Hope collections, and three of them shall constitute a quorum. 3. THE FIELDING HERBAEIUM. Conditions, on which the Herbarium collected by Henry Borrow Fielding, esq., was offered by his widow to the University and accepted by Convocation, June 15, 1852. 1. That the University provide a proper building for the preservation of the 'Fielding herbarium,' so as to render it accessible to botanists, under such regulations as the University may establish. 2. That the University set apart a sum of not less than £2000 for the purpose of creating a fund, the interest of which shall be applied to the maintaining of, and adding to, the collection. THE BOTANIC GAEDEN. 365 3. That the collection be placed under the control of curators ; to consist of the professor of Botany and the regius professor of Medicine for the time being, and a third curator, to be appointed by them, who shall be a member of the University. 4. That the curators submit a statement of their accounts to the garden committee at their annual audit. 4. THE BOTANIC GABDEN. Extract from an order of tlie Chancery Division of the High Court of Justice, dated November 13, 1886. That the Board of Curators of the Botanic Garden do consist of six members of Convocation, two to be appointed by the Vice- Chancellor and Proctors of the University, two to be elected by the Hebdomadal Council of the University, and two to be elected by the Congregation of the University, and that all members of the said Board do hold office for six years except as in hereinafter mentioned, three vacating at the end of every period of three years, and that such three do consist of one of those appointed by the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors, of one of those elected by the said Hebdomadal Council, and of one of those elected by the said Congregation ; and that at the end of the first period of three years which of every two shall then retire is in every case to be determined by lot, and that in case of any vacancy occurring by death, resignation or otherwise, at any time other than the expira- tion of one of such periods of three years as aforesaid, such vacancy is to be filled up by the same persons or body which originally elected the person who by death, resignation or otherwise has caused the vacancy, but the member so elected as last aforesaid is to be deemed to have been appointed or elected in the same manner in all respects and at the same time as the member into whose place he shall have been so elected ; And it is ordered that in other respects the said Scheme do remain as it at present stands : And that accordingly the said Curators be styled Curators of the Botanic Garden, and that the rent charge of One hundred and fifty Pounds be paid to the said Curators and the said Garden managed by them, with the reserva- tion to the Eoyal College of Physicians of the Visitatorial power given to them by the said Scheme. Seestatt. E.— CONCERNING THE CHANCELLOR'S COURT. Extract from the Oxford University Act, 1862 (25 and 26 Vict. e. 26). Power to XII. Section forty-five of the said act of the session of the ir t "" seventeenth and eighteenth years of her present Majesty shall he make rules repealed, and in lieu thereof he it enacted, that the Vice-Chan- for i^eguU- oellor of the said University may from time to time, with the court. approval of any three of the judges of her Majesty's superior courts, make rules for regulating the practice and forms of pro- cedure in all proceedings within the jurisdiction of the court of the Chancellor of the said University, commonly called the Vice-Chancellor's court, and may from time to time, with the like approval, annul, alter, or add to any such rules *. * Rules for regulating the practice and forms of procedure in the Chan- cellor's court in civil cases, duly made and approved in pursuance of this act, came into force March I, 1865. F.— CONCERNING THE GEINFIELD LECTURE. Regulations approved by Convocation, March 25, 1858. 1. The lecture to be on the LXX version of the Hebrew Scriptures, its history, its philological character, its bearing on the criticism of the New Testament, and its value as an evidence of the authenticity of the Old and New Testaments. 2. The lecture to be given once in each term, (Easter and Act terms being counted as one term,) after due notice, in such place as the Vice-Chancellor shall appoint, and to be open, without fee, to all members of the University. 3. The lecture to be delivered by a person in holy orders, and of the degree of Master of Arts at least, to be elected for two years. The person elected not to be considered as a public Uni- versity professor or reader. 4. The person who shall deliver this lecture to be chosen by the hebdomadal council. The first appointment to be made in the ensuing Act term, and the first lecture to be delivered in the Michaelmas term following. 5. The University, but with the consent of the founder during his life, to have power to amend these regulations from time to time ; so, nevertheless, that the main object of the founder, namely the promotion of the study of the LXX version, and, through this, the just interpretation of the New Testament, shall be in no wise set aside. G.— CONCERNING SCHOLARSHIPS. 1. DEAN IRELAND'S SCHOLARSHIPS. Regulations contained in an indenture made April 20, 1825, between the very reverend Jolin Ireland, D.D., dean of Westminster, of the one part, and the Chancellor Masters and Scholars of the University of Oxford, of the other part, for declaring the trusts of £4000 con- solidated £3 per cent, annuities transferred by dean Ireland to the University. Amendments made by the Trustees in Regulations VI and VII were approved by Convocation, June 22, 1886. I. Theee shall be four Scholarships of thirty pounds a year each, to be called 'dean Ireland's scholarships,' for the promotion of classical learning and taste, no regard being had to place of birth, school, parentage, or pecuniary circumstances of the candidates. II. The candidates shall be undergraduate members of the University of Oxford, who shall not have exceeded their sixteenth term from their matriculation inclusively. III. No person shall be received as a candidate without the consent of the head of his college or hall, or the consent of the vicegerent in the absence of the said head. And such consent, as well as the standing of the candidate, shall be expressed in writing, and signed by the said head or vicegerent. IV. The scholarship may be holden for four calendar years from the day of election, provided the scholar shall keep by residence two academical terms in each year. The residence of every scholar shall be certified in writing by the head of his college or hall, or by the vicegerent in the absence of the said head. The trustees however may dispense with the residence of the scholar, in case of illness or other very urgent cause, duly certified to and approved by them, and recorded in a book open to in- spection in the Convocation house. This dispensation shall never be given more than once to the same scholar. V. The dividends of the said four thousand pounds three per cent, consolidated bank annuities, and of all other stock hereafter to be purchased pursuant to these regulations, shall be payable to the trustees hereby appointed. VI. These trustees shall be five; viz. the Vice-Chancellor, the DEAN Ireland's scholakshtps. 369 two Proctors, the provost of Oriel college for the time heing, and the dean of Christ Church for the time being ; hut whenever either the provost of Oriel college or the dean of Christ Church shall be Vice-Chancellor, then and in that case only the master of Balliol college for the time heing shall be a trustee to all intents and purposes whatsoever. In cases of equality, the Vice-Chancellor shall have the casting vote. The presence of the Vice-Chancellor and of two other trustees (one of the two being a head of a house) shall be necessary to constitute a board. The duties of the trustees. 1. To receive the dividends from the University. 2. To discharge all expenses incident to the trust, and to pay the scholars their salary on their producing the requisite certi- ficate of residence, unless dispensed with under the limitation above mentioned in regulation IV. 3. To keep an account of moneys received and paid. 4. To lay out the remainder of the dividends, either in presents of money or books for meritorious though unsuccessful candidates, or in the purchase of stock in the names of the said Chancellor, Masters and Scholars, to be employed in promoting the general object of the institution at such times and in such manner as the said trustees shall think expedient. 5. To submit their accounts annually to be audited by the delegates of the University accounts. VII. Examination of candidates and election of scholars. 1. Only one scholar shall be elected in one calendar year; the money accumulated in consequence of vacancies shall be employed as directed by regulation VI. article 4. 2. The election shall take place annually in Michaelmas Term. 3. The examiners shall be the three persons appointed under the provisions of Statt. Tit. VII. Sec. i. as Electors to the Craven Scholarships, and the examination shall be the same as that held for the election of the Craven Scholars. 4. A notice of not less than twenty days shall be given by the examiners of the time and place fixed by them for holding the examination ; which notice is to be affixed to the door of the Convo- cation house, and to the buttery door in each college and hall. 5. Every candidate shall signify his intention of offering him- seK, by delivering to the examiners the certificates of his standing, and of the consent of the head or vicegerent of his college or hall, Bb 370 APPENDIX G. I. two days at least before the commencement of the examination ; and without such certificates the examiners shall not proceed to examine any candidate. 6. All the three examiners shall act in the examination, and vote at the election. In other respects the examination shall be left entirely to the discretion of the examiners. 7. When the examiners have elected a scholar, they shall certify the election to the Vice-Chancellor, who shall cause it to be an- nounced to the University by a paper affixed to the door of the Convocation house. VIII. The intention of the founder having been expressed in the first and second of these regulations, the subsequent ones have been devised for the purpose of giving due effect to it. But as, after experience of their operation, some alteration of them may be found expedient, the trustees shall be at liberty (with the concurrence of the founder while he lives, and of Convocation at all times) to make such alterations as circumstances may require. The alterations however thus permitted shall not extend to the first and second regulations, which contain the original and per- manent intention of the founder ; but shall be applied only to the subsequent regulations, being the means devised for giving effect to that intention. 2. BODEN SCHOLARSHIPS. Extract ftom a scheme for the future management and regulation of the Boden foundation, approved and sanctioned by order of the court of chancery February 13, 1860, comprising so much of the scheme as relates to the scholarships. I. Theee shall be four scholarships, called ' Boden scholarships,' in the University of Oxford, for proficiency in the Sanskrit lan- guage and literature, each tenable for four years, and with an annual stipend of £50 each, payable half yearly. One scholarship shall be filled up in each year, at such time as the University shall fix from time to time ; but if in any year the examiners shall find that there is no candidate worthy of election, then at the next, or any one of the three next ensuing annual elections, the electors may elect a second scholar if they shall deem it expedient so to do, provided that the scholarship so filled up, after a vacancy of one or more years, shall be vacant again at the same time as if it had been filled up in the year in which it was originally vacant. BODEN SCHOLAESHIPS. 371 II. The scholars are to be elected by the Boden professor of Sanskrit, the regius professors of Divinity, Hebrew, and Greek, the Laudian and lord Almoner's professors of Arabic, and the professor of Latin, or any three of them. If there shall not be three official electors willing to act, a deputy or deputies are to be appointed by the electors conjointly. The Boden professor is to convene the electors, and to have a casting vote in case of equality. III. In each year the electors are to give a month's notice of the day fixed by them for holding an election in such manner as they may think expedient. rV. The scholarships are to be open for all matriculated members of the colleges and halls in Oxford, who shall not on the day of election have exceeded their 25th year, and who shall produce a satisfactory proof of their age, and a written permission to offer themselves as candidates, signed by the heads or vicegerents of their respective colleges or halls. V. Every scholar is to have, during the continuance of his scholar- ship, his name on the books of some college or hall in Oxford. VI. Every scholar is to keep a statutable residence of three terms in each year, six weeks being required for the residence of Hilary (or Lent) term, six weeks for the residence of Michaelmas term, and three weeks for the residence of Easter and Trinity (or Act) terms respectively. VII. For default of residence, the following mulcts are to be payable : For non-residence in one only of the above three terms, haK of the annual stipend. For non-residence in two of the terms, three fourths of the annual stipend. The mulcts paid for non-residence, and all the proceeds accru- ing during any accidental vacancy of the scholarships, are to be added to the surplus fund hereinbefore mentioned. Vni. The scholarship is to be indispensably and ipso facto void, 1st, if the scholar's name be not constantly on the books of some college or hall in Oxford ; 2ndly, if'the scholar be non-resident all the terms in any one year. IX. During the necessary residence above specified, the scholars to be required to attend such of the professor's lectures as he shall deem best adapted to their proficiency in the Sanskrit language. X. At the end of the necessary residence in each term, every scholar is to be examined by the professor, who shall report in ■writing to the Vice-Chancellor whether he have duly attended the B U 2 373 APPENDIX G. 2. lectnres, what Is his proficiency in Sanskrit literature, and whether he be worthy to receive his stipend. XI. No scholar is to receive his stipend unless due attendance on the lectures or sufficient proficiency be certified (as above) by the professor, and also unless his residence be certified in writing by the head or vicegerent of his college or hall. 3. MATHEMATICAL SCHOLARSHIPS, FOUNDED IN 1831. Bevised regulations, approved by Convocation, May 18, 1864. Further alterations were approved by Convo- cation, November 10, 1885, and November 23, 1886, and June 10, 1888. I. Theee shall be four scholarships and one exhibition for the promotion of mathematical studies. Two of the scholarships, to be called senior scholarships, shall be open to members of the University who are Bachelors of Arts, or have at least passed the examinations necessary for that degree, and who have not exceeded the twenty- sixth* term from their matriculation inclusively. The other two scholarships, to be called junior scholarships, and the exhibition shall be open to members of the University who have not exceeded the seventh term from their matriculation inclusively. The standing of candidates who have been matriculated in the University of Cambridge or in the University of Dublin before their matricula- tion at Oxford shall for the purpose of these regulations be com- puted from the date of matriculation at Cambridge or at Dublin as the case may be. In such computation Easter Term at Cam- bridge or at Dublin shall be reckoned as equivalent to Easter and Trinity Terms at Oxford. II. In elections to the scholarships and exhibition, no regard shall be had to the place of birth, school, parentage, or pecmiiary circumstances of the candidates. III. Each scholarship shall be tenable for two calendar years from the day of election, provided that the scholar's name be on the books of some college or hall, or on the register of Non- collegiate Students, and in the case of a junior scholarship that the scholar produce a certificate from the head or vicegerent of his * By a decree of Convocation of June 14, 1887, persons matriculated in or before Michaelmas Term, 1885, who have passed the necessary examinations, may offer themselves as candidates up to their twenty-seventh Term inclusive. MATHEMATICAL SCHOLAKSHIPS. 373 college or hall, or from the censor of non-collegiate students, of continued attention to mathematical studies. A senior scholarship shall be of the value of thirty pounds for the first year and fifty pounds for the second year of its tenure. A junior scholarship shall be of the annual value of thirty pounds. The exhibition shall be tenable for one year under the same condition as a junior scholarship, and shall be of the value of twenty pounds. IV. The dividends arising from the stock already purchased, or hereafter to be purchased in pursuance of these regulations, shall be payable to the tinistees hereby appointed. V. These trustees shall be seven : viz. the Vice-Chancellor, the two Proctors, the Savilian professors of astronomy and geometry, the Sedleian professor of natural philosophy, and the professor of experimental philosophy. In case of votes being equally divided, the Vice-Chancellor shall have the casting vote : and the presence of the Vice-Chancellor, and of two other trustees, (one of them being a professor,) shall be necessary to constitute a board. VI. The duties of the trustees shall be, 1. To receive the dividends from the University. 2. To discharge all expenses incident to the trust, and to pay the scholars their salary on their producing the requisite certificates. 3. To keep an account of moneys received and paid. 4. To lay out the remainder of the dividends either in presents of money, instruments, or books for meritorious though unsuccessful candidates, or in the purchase of stock in the name of the Chan- cellor, Masters, and Scholars, to be employed in promoting the general object of the institution, at such times and in such manner as the said trustees shall think expedient. 5. To submit their accounts annually to be audited by the auditors of the University accounts. 6. To appoint three examiners, who shall examine the candi- dates, and elect the scholars and exhibitioner. Each of these examiners shall be at least a Master of Arts, a Bachelor of Medicine, or a Bachelor of Civil Law. 7. The same individual shall never be appointed examiner more than twice consecutively. 8. Two examiners shall not be of the same college or hall. VTI. Only two scholars shall be elected in one calendar year, one to the senior scholarship, and one to the junior scholarship ; the one elected to the senior scholarship shall be the Johnson See Statt. University scholar for that year. The exhibition shall be awarded ^*-^^^^'' to the candidate for the junior scholarship second in order of merit. 374 APPENDIX G. 3. if thought deserving by the examiners. The examiners may recom- mend meritorious though unsuccessful candidates to the notice of the trustees, in accordance with the provision of regulation VI. 4, VIII. The election shall take place annually in the first week of full Hilary Term. IX. A notice of not less than twenty days shall be given by the examiners of the time and place appointed by them for holding each examination ; which notice is to be affixed to the door of the Con- vocation house, and to the buttery door in each college and hall. X. No person shall be received as a candidate without the con- sent of the head of his college or hall, or the consent of the vice- gerent in the absence of the said head, or the consent of the censor of non-collegiate students in the case of non-collegiate students ; and such consent, as well as the standing of the candidate, being expressed in writing and signed by the said head or vicegerent or censor, shall be exhibited to the examiners two days at least before the commencement of the examination, together with the testimonial or testimonials of the public examiners, which shall be produced by the candidate for the senior scholarship, in case he shall not have taken the degree of Bachelor of Arts. XI. AH the three examiners shall act in the examination, and vote at the election. In other respects the examination shall be left entirely at the discretion of the examiners. XII. When the examiners have elected a scholar or exhibitioner, they shall certify such election to the Vice-Chancellor, who shall cause it to be announced to the University by a paper affixed to the door of the Convocation house. XIII. If after experience of these regulations any part of them shall be deemed inexpedient, the trustees shall be at liberty, with the concurrence of Convocation, to make such alterations as circum- stances may require. 4. PUSEY AND ELLERTON HEBREW SCHOLAR- SHIPS. Amended Regulations approved by Convocation, June 9, 1885, in place of the Regulations of March 22, 1832. I. There shall be four scholarships for the promotion of Hebrew studies, to be called the Pusey and Ellerton Scholarships, tenable for two calendar years, with an annual stipend of 40?. each. Two scholars shall be elected annually in the manner hereinafter mentioned. PUSEY AND ELLEKTON HEBREW SCHOLAESHIPS. 375 II. All members of the UniTersity who have not exceeded four- teen Terms from their Matriculation or the twenty-fifth year of their age shall be eligible to these scholarships. in. The scholarships shall be tenable on the following con- ditions. Every scholar shall reside after his election to a scholar- ship, as follows ; viz. not less than seven weeks in the Michaelmas and Lent Terms respectively of each year, and seven weeks in the Easter and Act Terms of some one of the two years. During this residence the scholars shall be required to attend the lectures of the professor of Hebrew, unless he dispense with their attendance, and shall pursue their studies in that and the cognate languages as the professor shall advise. The residence of every scholar shall be cer- tified in writing to the board hereinafter appointed, by the head of his college or hall, or by the vicegerent in the absence of the said head, or, in the case of students not attached to any college or hall, by the Censor of Non-collegiate students. And his attendance upon the lectures of the professor of Hebrew, or his dispensation from attendance on them, shall be certified in writing by the said professor. The board may dispense with the residence of a scholar during any two of the said periods of seven weeks for any very urgent cause, and during any two more, if he can make it appear to the board that he can pursue any branch of these studies to greater advantage elsewhere ; but in either case such dispensa- tion must be approved by an absolute majority of the whole number of members of the board, of which majority the regius professor of Hebrew or the Laudian professor of Arabic or the Lord Almoner's reader in Arabic shall always be one. IV. There shall be a board of management, who shall perform all the duties entrusted to them by these regulations, which board shall consist of the Vice-C!hancellor, the president of Magdalen college, the dean of Christ Church, the warden of Wadham college, the Regius professor of Divinity, the Eegius professor of Hebrew, the Laudian professor of Arabic, and the lord Almoner's reader in Arabic, respectively, for the time being. The presence of three of these persons shall be necessary to form a quorum. V. The Curators of the Chest shall pay the scholars the sum specified in regulation I. on their producing the requisite cer- tificates ; and discharge all other expenses incident to the trust. VI. Any surplus which may remain after the above payments have been made, and also any sums of money which may arise from forfeitures or occasional vacancies or any part of such sums, may be expended by the board in prizes, either to meritorious though 376 APPENDIX G. 4. unsuccessful candidates, or for compositions on any subject con- nected with the object of the foundation. VII. The electors shall be the regius professor of Divinity, the regius professor of Hebrew, the Laudian professor of Arabic, and the lord Almoner's reader in Arabic for the time being ; and the same electors shall be judges of any prize compositions, whenever any prizes (as contemplated in regulation VI.) may be given. And if in either case more than one of these official electors be from any cause unable or unwilling to act, the board shall provide that the number of electors shall not be less than three, by appointing one or more electors for that time in their stead. Any elector so ap- pointed shall receive a remuneration for his services out of the Pusey and Ellerton fund. VIII. I . A scholarship shall be vacated if the scholar holding it obtain the Kennicott scholarship. No person who shall have been elected to one of these scholarships shall be eligible for election a second time. If the electors at any time shall not think any of the candidates worthy of a scholarship, they may decline to elect till the next year. 2. The examination shall always take place in the first week of Michaelmas Term, unless for some sufficient reason another time be appointed by the Board. 3. The electors shall give public notice of not less than ten days for the holding of the examination. 4. Every Candidate shall signify his intention of offering himself by delivering to the electors a certificate of the consent of the head or vicegerent of his college or hall, together with a certificate of his age, if necessary, two days at least before the commencement of the examination ; and without such certificate or certi^cates the electors shall not proceed to examine any candidate. 5. The mode of conducting the examination shall be left en- tirely to the electors. The Board shall have power to appoint, from time to time, special books or subjects for the examination. Besides an accurate and critical acquaintance with the original Scriptures of the Old Testament, the application of the knowledge of Hebrew to the illustration of the New, or to that of any portion of theology, lies within the contemplation of the founders. Since, moreover, a sound acquaintance with other Semitic tongues is very essential to the thorough understanding of Hebrew, and in other ways serviceable to the exposition of Holy Scripture, candidates shall be examined in such of these languages as may be prescribed by the Board. Nevertheless a scholarship shall not be BURDETT-COUTTS SCHOLARSHIPS. 377 awarded to a candidate, how well soever acquainted with any or all of the cognate dialects, unless he be also a proficient in Hebrew. 6. The electors, on electing a scholar, shall certify the election to the Vice-Chancellor, who shall cause it to be announced to the University by a paper affixed to the door of the Convocation House. 7. Other candidates who do well in the examination shall be named by the electors, if any shall seem to them to be of sufficient merit, and a permanent record of their names shall be kept. The three electors conjointly shall also be empowered to recommend to the Board for presents of money or books (not exceeding the sum of iql.) any unsuccessful candidate whom they shall judge worthy of that distinction. IX. Since, through the changes to which all human insti- tutions are liable, an adherence to the letter of these regulations may defeat the very object which the founders have in view, the trustees shall be at liberty (with the concurrence of Convocation) to alter or dispense with any of these regulations, (not even excepting the number of the scholarships,) as may seem to them advantageous, provided that they never lose sight of the main object of the foundation, the promotion of sound Theology through a solid and critical knowledge of Hebrew. X. In case the funds arising from this endowment should not be sufficient in any one year to pay the full stipends assigned by this statute, there shall be a proportionable deduction made by the curators of the Chest from the stipend payable to each scholar. 5. BURDETT-COUTTS SCHOLABSHIPS. Begulations approved by Convocation, February 16, 1860, and amended by Convocation, February 27, 1866, and February 26, 1889. 1. Theee shall be two scholarships for the promotion of geological studies, to be called the Burdett-Coutts Scholarships. They shall, under the conditions hereinafter specified, be tenable for two years, and one of them shall be offered for competition in each year in Michaelmas Term, or in such other Term as the Board of Management of the foundation shall deem fitting. In event of there being no election in any one year the Board may in the following year, on the special recommendation of the Examiners, appoint from among the Candidates an extra scholar, who shall however retain his scholarship for one year only. 2. The subjects of the examination shall be geology generally, with go much of experimental physics, chemistry, and biology, aa 378 APPENDIX G. 5. is requisite for an understanding of the principles and applications of geological science. 3. The scholarship shall be open to all members of the Uni- versity who at the time of the election shall have passed all necessary- examinations for the B.A. degree, and shall not have exceeded the twenty-seventh term from their matriculation. 4. There shall be a BoStrd of Management which shall consist of the Vice-Chancellor, the President of Magdalen College, and the Regius Professor of Medicine for the time being. 5. The Examiners shall be the Professor of Geology together with two other persons nominated by the Board and approved by Convocation. Should the Professor of Geology be prevented from discharging this duty, some other Member of the University, nominated by the Board and approved by Convocation, shall be appointed to take his place. 6. The examination shall be conducted at such hour, and in such place, and after such notice, as the Examiners for the current year, with the sanction of the Vioe-Chancellor, may appoint. 7. The annual emoluments of a scholar shall consist of one moiety of the income of the benefaction of Angela, Lady Burdett- Coutts, to the University after payment of all necessary expenses, including, if the Board shall think fit, an honorarium to the Examiners. 8. Every scholar shall, during the first year of his tenure of the scholarship, reside in the University under such conditions as the Board may from time to time determine : and shall, during the second year of his tenure of the scholarship, pursue such course or courses of study, whether in the University or elsewhere, as the Professor of Geology may approve. The emoluments of a scholar shall be paid to him on his producing a certificate signed by the Professor of Geology that he has complied with the required conditions ; provided that it shall be lawful for the Board, in case of illness or for other urgent cause, to dispense with such conditions. 9. Any sums which mayaccrue from accidental vacancies, or other- wise, shall be invested for the same purpose as the original fund. 10. The Board of Management shall, with the consent of the foundress during her life, and with the consent of Convocation at all times, have power to alter these regulations from time to time provided always that the main end of the foundation shall be kept in view, namely, the" promotion of the study of geology, and of other branches of natural science bearing on geology, among the junior members of the University of Oxford. ABBOTT SCHOLARSHIPS. 379 6. ABBOTT SCHOLAKSHIPS. In a Convocation holden June 10, 1871, it was resolved to accept the sum of £6000 sterling bequeathed by the late John Abbott, esq., of Halifax to be invested in Three per Cent. Consolidated Bank Annuities in the name of the University for the purpose of founding three Scholarships, subject to the directions contained in Mr. Abbott's Will, and to the following Regulations, to which his Sxecutors have given their assent. Directions contained in Mr. Abbott's Will. 'It is my wish that the said Scholarships shall be given to undergraduates who have not kept more than three Terms at the University . . . , and that no one shall hold one for more than three years from his appointment. And it is my wish in founding the said Scholarships to give encouragement to learning, and to assist Clergymen of the Church of England in sending their sons to the Universities whose circumstances are such as not to enable them to bear the whole of that expense, as well as to assist orphans of Clergymen under similar circumstances in obtaining the benefit of an University education. And in the appointment of Scholars I should, other things being equal, wish that Candidates bom in the West Riding of the County of York should have the preference. I should also wish the said Scholarships to be called "Abbott's Scholarships." ' Regulations approved by Mr. Abbott's Executors. 1. The Trustees of Abbott's Scholarships shall be the Vice-Chan- cellor, the Eegius Professors of Divinity and of Greek, the Corpus Professor of Latin, the Savilian Professor of Geometry, and the Sedleian Professor of Natural Philosophy. In case of votes being equally divided the Vice-Chancellor shall have a second or casting vote. 2. For every election the Trustees shall appoint three or more Examiners, who shall examine the Candidates and elect the Scholar. 3. The Candidates for these Scholarships shall be sons of Clergy- men of the Church of England who stand in need of assistance to enable them to obtain the benefits of an University education, and, if members of the University, shall be undergraduates who have not exceeded their third Term of residence. 4. For every election the Trustees shall appoint two or more 380 APPBNDI^ G. 6. Members of Convocation, not necessarily of their own body, to examine the claims of all persons wishing to become Candidates. Every claim on which the judges so appointed cannot agree shall be referred to the Vice-Chancellor, and his decisions shall be final. No person shall be received as a Candidate without the consent of the Head or Vicegerent of his College or Hall or of the Censors of Unattached Students, or, if not already a member of the University, without sufficient testimonials. The names of those who shall have been found to be duly qualified shall be sent to the Examiners ; and the election shall then be made upon the ground of merit only, except that Candidates bom in the West Riding of the County of York shall cceteris paribus be preferred. 5. The Examination shall be held annually in Easter Term. 6. The Trustees, in the absence of any specific regulations made by Convocation, shall arrange all matters relative to the subjects of the Examination. 7. After the payment of all necessary expenses, including (if the Trustees shall think fit) an honorarium to the Examiners, the annual profits of the original endowment shall be divided equally between the three Scholars. 8. Each Scholarship shall be tenable for three years from the date of election. If however a person not a member of the Uni- versity shall be elected and his residence shall be deferred for more than one Term beyond the Term in which he was elected, he shall only have the profits of his Scholarship from the date of the com- mencement of his residence. 9. If in any year the Examiners shall find that there is no Can- didate worthy of election, then at either of the two succeeding Examinations a second Scholar may be elected for two years only, or for one year only, as the case may be ; care being taken to secure one vacancy for every year. 10. The Scholarships shall not be tenable with any Scholarship or Exhibition in any College or Hall, the annual value of which shall exceed the sum of fifty pounds. 11. The Trustees shall have power to deprive any Scholar of his Scholarship, or of any part of the emoluments thereof, on account of misconduct or of absence from the University. 12. Moneys arising from vacancies or mulcts shall be invested in Three per Cent. Consolidated Bank Annuities ; and the Trustees shall have power to apply the dividends accruing therefrom in augmentation of the emoluments of the Scholarships, or in grants to unsuccessful Candidates recommended to them by the Examiners, DERBY SCHOLARSHIP. 381 or in accumulation with a view to increase the number of the Scholarships. 13. Regard being always had to the Will of the Founder, these Regulations may be altered from time to time by Convocation. 7. DERBY SCHOLARSHIP. In a Convocation holden June 8, 1872, it was agreed that the consent of Convocation should be given to the in- vestment in Government Securities in the name of the University of the money contributed in Lancashire in honour of the late Edward Earl of Derby, E.G., Chan- cellor of the University, upon the following conditions. ' I . The dividends arising from the money so invested shall be paid to certain Trustees ; who, after defraying therefrom every year all the necessary expenses of their trust, shall cause the residue of the yearly income of the fund to be paid to a person chosen by themselves, in any way that they from time to time shall appoint, out of such Members of the University as shall have completed their Twentieth and not exceeded their Twenty-fourth Term on the day fixed by the Trustees for receiving the names of Candidates ; and the person so chosen shall be called the Derby Scholar for that year. ' 2. The said Trustees shall be the Lord Lieutenant of Lanca- shire, the Earl of Derby, the Chancellor, the Vice-Chancellor, and the two Burgesses of the University, and the Dean of Christ Church, for the time being, together with the Right Honourable John Wilson Patten, M.P., so long as he shall be pleased to continue in the trust.' H.— CONCERNING PRIZES. 1. ELLERTON THEOLOGICAL ESSAY. Regulations approved by Convocation, June 2, 1825. Amended June 2, 1885. T . It is proposed, for the encouragement of theological learning in the University, to establish, under the following regulations, an annual prize of twenty guineas for the best English essay on some doctrine or duty of the Christian religion, or on some of the points on which we differ from the Bomish church, or ou any other sub- ject of theology which shall be deemed meet and useful. 2. That all members of the University, who shall have passed their examination for their first degree of B.A. or B.C.L., and who shall have commenced their sixteenth term from^their matricu- lation inclusively for the space of eight weeks previous to the day appointed for sending in the essays, and shall not have exceeded their twenty-eighth term from their matriculation inclusively on the day on which the subject of the essay shall be proposed in each year, shall be entitled to write for this prize. 3. That the president of Magdalen college for the time being and the regius professor of Divinity for the time being and the lady Margaret's professor of Divinity for the time being shall be the three judges, who shall every year select the subject of the essay, and award the prize. 4. That, if any of the three judges shall be prevented by sick- ness, or unavoidable absence from the University, from assisting in adjudging the prize or selecting the subject of the essay, such judge shall appoint, with the consent of the Vice-Chancellor and Proctors and of the other two judges, a member of the University, of the degree of B.D. or D.D., to act for him in this behalf; provided that the three judges who award the prize be in all cases, if prac- ticable, members of three different colleges or halls. 5. That, if at any time hereafter the president of Magdalen college shall be a layman, or happen to be either regius or the lady Mar- garet's professor of Divinity, then, and in that case only, the master of University college shall act as judge, instead of such president, to all intents and purposes whatsoever. ENGLISH POEM ON A SACEED SUBJECT. 383 6. That a difference of opinion among the judges shall be decided by a majority. 7. That the subject of the essay shall be proposed in Easter term in each year, and that the essays shall be sent in on or before March ist next ensuing. 8. That, if in any year none of the essays sent in be deemed worthy of a prize, in that case the proceeds shall be reserved for rewarding, at the discretion of the judges, the writers of the second best essay in any two future years by a donation of ten guineas to each. 9. That the essay to which the prize shall have been adjudged shall not be published, except in cases where the judges shall unani- mously approve of the publication of such essay. 10. That the writer of a second best essay, rewarded with a donation, shall be subject to a similar restriction as to the publica- tion of his essay. 11. That the essay to which the prize shall have been adjudged shall be read before the University, in the Divinity school, on some day and hour to be fixed by the Vice-Chancellor iu the week next before the commemoration of the benefactors of the University in each year. 12. That no one to whom the prize shall have been adjudged shall again offer himself as a candidate. 2. ENGLISH POEM ON A SACRED SUBJECT. Regulations approved by Convocation, February 15, 1848. 1. The composition not to be less than sixty, nor to exceed three hundred lines. 2. The prize to be awarded once in every three years. 3. The candidates to be members of the University, who, at the time the subject is announced, shall have passed the public examination for the degree of B.A. 4. The judges to be the professor of poetry, the public orator, and a third, appointed by them, who shall be a Master of Arts, or Bachelor in Civil Law, or Bachelor in Medicine, or a graduate of superior rank. 5. The first subject having been declared by the founder, the subjects to be afterwards selected by the judges who shall have awarded the last prize, and to be by them announced, and the kind 384 APPENDIX H. 2. of poem to be prescribed, at the time of the announcement of the prize. 6. The compositions to be delivered to the registrar on or before the first of December, and the prize to be adjudged on the succeed- ing first of June. 7. The successful composition not to be recited ; but printed copies to be sent by the author to the Chancellor, heads of colleges and halls, the two Proctors, the judges of the compositions, the professors, the founder of the prize, and to the Bodleian library. 8. In the event of there being no composition entitled to the prize, the amount of the prize to be invested and added to the fund. 3. ARNOLD HISTORICAL ESSAY. Regulations approved by Convocation, May 17, 1850. 1. That a prize be founded in the University of Oxford, to be called 'the Arnold prize,' for the encouragement of the study of history ancient and modem. 2. That the prize be awarded every year, in the Lent term, to the writer of the best essay or dissertation on some subject of ancient or modem history, if such essay shall be deemed worthy of the prize. The candidates to be graduates of the University of Oxford who shall not, on the day appointed for sending in the compositions to the registrar of the University, have exceeded eight years from the time of their matriculation. 3. That the judges be the regius professor of modern history, the regius professor of ecclesiastical history, and the Camden pro- fessor of ancient history, for the time being ; or substitutes ap- pointed by the trustees hereinafter mentioned for any of these pro- fessors who may decline to act ; such substitutes being graduates of Oxford of the rank at least of M.A., B.C.L., or B.M. 4. That, after the present year, the subject for the essay in the succeeding year be announced by the judges before the close of the Lent term ; the subject to be connected with ancient and with modern history in alternate years. 5. That the trustees or managers of the institution be the Vice- Chancellor of the University of Oxford, the provost of Oriel college, the warden of New college, and the president of Corpus Christi college, Oxford, for the time being ; in case of an equality of votes, the Vice-Chancellor having a casting vote. 6. That the duties of the trustees above mentioned be to receive STANHOPE HISTOEICAL ESSAY. 385 the dividends ; audit the accounts ; pay forty guineas each year to the successful candidate of the year; make presents of books, at the recommendation of the judges, to meritorious though unsuc- cessful candidates, or apply any accumulation to the increase of the trust fund ; appoint substitutes for any of the professors declining to act as judges ; or do any other acts incident to the trust. 7. That the trustees shall have power to make any subordinate rules or bye-laws for the purpose of carrying these regulations into effect ; and that the Convocation shall have power at any time to alter the regulations themselves, but only in such ways as shall appear calculated to promote the object of the institution, namely, the encouragement of the study of history ancient and modern. 4. STANHOPE HISTORICAL ESSAY. Begulations decreed by Convocation, December 14, 1855, and amended by Convocation, December 6, 1864, and February 25, 1875, and June 2, 1885. 1. The prize to consist of a book, or of books, stamped with the arms of earl Stanhope, the founder of the prize, on the one cover, and with the arms of the University on the other cover, and ■ to be of the value of £20 ; the cost to be defrayed by an annual gift of that amount from the said earl Stanhope during his life, and after his decease from a rent charged by his will on a certain estate therein described. 2. The subject for the prize to be an essay on any point of modem history, foreign or English, of a date not earlier than 1 300, nor later than the conclusion of the general peace in 18 15; and to be announced for each succeeding year by the judges appointed below, at the time when they shall award the prize for the current year. 3. The prize to be open to all undergraduates who in the term in which it is to be awarded shall not have exceeded the sixteenth term from their matriculation. The judges, in forming their opinion, to consider no less the merit of the style than the clearness of the reasoning and the accuracy of the facts, so that the pro- duction of these essays may be conducive to the early and careful practice of English composition in prose. 4. The judges to be the regius professor of modem history, and the two senior examiners in the school of modern history holding office at the time that the subject for the prize is given out. c c 386 APPENDIX H. 4. 5. The essays to be sent, under a sealed cover, to the registrar on or befqre March ist in each year. The author to conceal his name, and to distinguish his composition by what motto he pleases, sending at the same time his name sealed up under another cover with the motto inscribed on it. The prize to be adjudged in Act term. 6. The prize essay to be read publicly at such time and in such place as the Vice-Chancellor shall appoint. 7. The prize in no case to be awarded to the same person a second time. 8. These regulations to be subject to alteration from time to time, by decree of Convocation, but not without the sanction of earl Stanhope during his life. 5. THE GAISFORD PBIZES. (a.) Conditions, on which the sum of £1200 was offered to the University for the purpose of establishing the prizes, and which were approved by Convocation, April 17, 1856. Amended June 2, 1885. 1. That the prizes be in number two, of equal value, for Greek composition, one in prose, the other in verse ; the latter to be recited at the Encsenia. 2. That the verse prize be for a translation into any of the metres commonly used in dialogue by the tragic or comic poets, or for a copy of verses, either original or translated, in heroic or elegiac metre. 3. That the prose prize be either for an original composition or a translation. 4. That the examiners be the dean of Christ Church, the regius professor of Greek, or two members of Convocation deputed by them severally, and one other member of Convocation appointed annually by the Vice-Chancellor. 5. That the subjects for the prizes be proposed not later than Easter term, and the compositions sent in to the registrar on or before March ist in each year ; and that all undergraduates who shall on that day have already commenced residence, and not completed their seventeenth term, be allowed to compete for the prizes. 6. That the examiners, after adjudging the prizes of each year, give notice of the subjects and metres for the prizes of the ensuing year. JOHNSON MEMORIAL MEDAL. 387 7. That no person shall be competent to receive the prize either for poetry or proee more than once. (b.) Eegtilations decreed by Convocation, April 17, 1856. 1. That the aforesaid sum of £1200 be invested in the new £3 per cent, stock in the name of the Chancellor Masters and Scholars. 2. That the dividends arising therefrom be paid in equal portions to the two successful candidates. 3. That, if in any case one only or neither of the prizes shall be adjudged, the portion or portions so left unappropriated shall be invested in the same stock for the future augmentation of the prizes. 4. That each candidate, on sending in his composition to the registrar, shall also send in a sealed note, bearing on the outside the same motto which he has given to his composition, and con- taining within it his name and the name of his college or hall, together with the day of his matriculation, and that of the com- mencement of his residence. 6. JOHNSON MEMORIAL MEDAL. Conditions, on which the sum of £310 was offered to the University for the purpose of establishing the prize, and accepted by Convocation, June 5, 1862. The Regulations were amended by decree of Convocation, November, 24, 1891. 1. The said moneys shall be invested in the name of the Chancellor Masters and Scholars of the University of Oxford. 2. The prize shall be called 'the Johnson memorial prize,' for the encouragement of the study of astronomy and meteorology, and shall be offered once in every four years for an essay on some astronomical or meteorological subject ; the subject to be fixed by the trustees, or chosen by a candidate, as the trustees shall determine, not less than two years' notice being given of the determination of the trustees, and of the subject proposed by them, should the former alternative be adopted. 3. The prize shall be open to all members of the University; and shall consist of a gold medal of the value of ten guineas, having on the obverse an effigy of Mr. Johnson, and on the reverse a representation of the Eadcliffe observatory, together with so c c 2 388 APPENDIX H. 6. much of the dividends on the stock as shall remain after the cost of the medal and other expenses have been defrayed. 4. The Vice-Chancellor, the Savilian professors of geometry and astronomy, the Sedleian professor of natural philosophy, the professor of experimental philosophy, and the Kadcliffe observer, for the time being, shall be trustees of the prize, and shall appoint judges of the compositions. The judges shall not be fewer than three in number, and may be either trustees or members of the University not below the degree of B.M., B.C.L., or M.A. 5. The essays shall be sent to the registrar under a sealed cover, marked ' Johnson memorial prize essay,' on or before the 31st day of March in the year appointed, each author concealing his name, distinguishing his essay by a motto, and sending at the same time his name sealed up under another cover with the same motto written upon it. The prize shall be adjudged as soon after as the judges find convenient. 6. In case the prize be not awarded, the proceeds of the fund then left unappropriated shall be invested for the future aug- mentation of the prize. 7. The trustees shall have power to make subordinate rules or bye-laws for the purpose of carrying these regulations into effect ; and Convocation shall always be at liberty to alter the regulations, provided that the main end of the prize be kept in view, namely, the advancement of astronomical and meteorological science. 7. THE CANOIT HALL AND HALL-HOUGHTON PHIZES. Begulations contained in an indenture made February 16, 1869, between the rev. John Hall, B.D., of St. Edmund hall, honorary canon of Bristol, and the rev. Henry Houghton, M.A., of Pembroke college, of the one part, and the Chancellor Masters and Scholars of the University of Oxford, of the other part, for declaring the trusts of £3000 consolidated £3 per cent, annuities transferred by canon HaU and Mr. Houghton to the University. [These regulations were altered December 14, 1870, when, the additional sum of £1500 was transferred to the University THE CANON HALL AND HALL-HOUGHTON PRIZES. 389 hy the Founders, and were further altered JuTie 8, iS'/i, when the Syriac 2>rize was endowed by them.] 1. The purposes for which the trust fund and the income thereof are to be held are the establishment and maintenance of two prizes, one of £20 and one of £30, to be called the ' canon Hall Greek Testament prizes;' two prizes, one of £15 and one of £23, to be called the 'Hall-Houghton Septuagint prizes;' and one of £15, to be called the 'Houghton Syriac Version prize;' which prizes shall be offered annually to candidates for examination in the Greek Testament, the Septuagint, and the Syriac versions of the Holy Scriptures respectively. 2. Candidates for the £15 Septuagint prize, and for the £20 Greek Testament prize, shall be members of the University of Oxford of not more than eighteen terms' standing : and candidates for the £15 Syriac Version prize shall be members of the Uni- versity of Oxford of not more than twenty-eight terms' standing. 3. Candidates for the £30 Greek Testament prize and for the £25 Septuagint prize shall be such members of the University of Oxford as, having completed their eighteenth term, have not exceeded their twenty-eighth ; provided that they have either taken the degree of B.A. or have passed all the examinations necessary to qualify them for taking the said degree. 4. Three examiners, who must be Masters of Arts or graduates in Divinity of the said University, shall be appointed annually iu Michaelmas term by the trustees ; and each examiner shall receive the sum of £io for his services. 5. The trustees shall be the persons for the time being and from time to time holding the following offices in the University, viz. the Vice-Chancellorship, the regius. professorship of Divinity, the Margaret professorship of Divinity, the regius professorship of Hebrew, the regius professorship of Pastoral Theology, the regius professorship of Ecclesiastical History, dean Ireland's pro- fessorship of the exegesis of Holy Scripture, and the Grinfield Lectureship on the LXX Version of the Hebrew Scriptures, or such of the said several persons for the time being holding the several offices and professorships aforesaid as shall consent to act as trustees. 6. One examination for each of the four prizes shall be held in Hilary term of each year, or in such other term as the trustees may from time to time appoint. 7. The subject for examination for the canon Hall junior prize 390 APPENDIX H. 7. shall be the Gospels and the Acts of the Apostles in the original Greek in respect of translation, criticism, and interpretation. 8. The subject for examination for the canon Hall senior prize shall be the New Testament in the original Greek in respect of translation, criticism, interpretation, inspiration, and authority. 9. The subject for examination for the Hall-Houghton senior prize shall be the Septuagint version of the Old Testament in its twofold aspect, retrospectively as regards the Hebrew Bible, and prospectively as regards the Greek Testament ; and for the junior prize such book or books of the Septuagint version of the Old Testament as shall have been previously named by the trustees. 10. The subject for examination for the Houghton Syriac Version prize shall be the ancient versions of the Holy Scriptures into Syriac in respect of translation, criticism, and interpretation. 1 1. The prizes shall be awarded to that one of the candidates in the examination who in the judgment of the examiners, or of a majority of them, shall have acquitted himself best in the ex- amination and shall be deserving of such prize ; or, if there shall be only one candidate, then to such only candidate if deemed so deserving. 12. It shall not be lawful for any prize-man to compete again for a prize of the same kind as that already gained by him : but one who has gained the junior prize or prizes shall be entitled to compete for either or both of the senior prizes, when duly qualified in respect of standing ; and the gaining of one of the junior or senior prizes shall not disqualify the successful candidate for competing for the other of such prizes, whether in the same or in a future term. 13. In case of any prize not being awarded the amount thereof shall be invested in augmentation of the trust fund. 14. The trustees shall have power to make any subordinate rules or bye-laws for the purpose of carrying the regulations of these presents into effect; and, in case of any accumulation of funds, to apply the proceeds in presents either of books or of money to meritorious candidates, or in such way or ways as shall seem most likely to promote the general object of the donors ; which general object is the encouragement of the study of the Greek Testament, and also of the Septuagint version of the Hebrew Scriptures in its relation to the Hebrew Bible and the Greek Testament. 15. It shall be lawful for the University in Convocation, upon THE CANON HALL AND HALL-HOUGHTON PRIZES. 391 the recommendation of the trustees or a majority of them, and with the consent of the donors or the survivor of them so long as they or the survivor of them shall live, from time to time to convert into money all or any part of the said trust fund and to invest the same in the purchase of any freehold copy-hold or customary manors messuages lands tenements or hereditaments in England or Wales for any estate of inheritance to he conveyed or surrendered or assigned to the University upon trust that the University shall, upon such recommendation and with such consent as aforesaid, sell the said manors messuages lands tenements and heredita- ments, either together or in parcels, and either by public auction or private contract, and either with or without any special stipulations as to title or evidence or commencement of title or otherwise ; and may buy or rescind or vary any contract for sale or resell without being answerable for loss occasioned thereby ; and may for the purposes aforesaid or any of them execute and do all such assurances and things as they shall think fit ; and shall stand possessed of the moneys to arise from any such sale (after payment thereout of the costs attending any exercise of the powers herein contained) upon the same trusts and with under and subject to the same powers provisoes agreements and declarations, including the said powers of purchasing hereditaments, as the money laid out in the purchase of such manors messuages lands tenements or hereditaments as aforesaid would then have been subject to, if the same had not been so laid out ; and shall in the meantime, and until all such manors messuages lands tenements or hereditaments shall be sold, pay or apply the rents and profits thereof, or of the part thereof for the time being remaining unsold, to the persons for the purposes and in the manner to whom and for and in which the dividends interest and income of the trust premises applied in the purchase thereof as aforesaid would have been payable or applicable under the trusts hereinbefore declared, in case such purchase had not been made ; it being hereby agreed and declared that the manors messuages lands tenements and hereditaments which shall be purchased under this present power shall when purchased be con- sidered as money, and be subject to the same trusts in all respects as the money laid out in the purchase thereof would for the time being have been subject to, if the same had not been so laid out : provided nevertheless, and it is hereby agreed and declared, that the University, until all the said purchased manors messuages lands tenements and hereditaments shall be sold as aforesaid, shall or may, upon such recommendation and with such consent as aforesaid, de- 392 APPENDIX H. 7. mise the same or any part or parts thereof at rack-rent for any term of years to take effect in possession or within six calendar months from the making of the demise. 16. Each present trustee and every successor to him in the trus- teeship shall, on ceasing to hold the office now held by such present trustee, cease to be a trustee ; and the person to be appointed to such office shall, immediately upon his appointment to and accept- ance of the same, become, if willing so to be, a trustee under these presents in the place of the trustee so ceasing as aforesaid. 17. In all cases (if any) of dispute or difference the decision or act of a majority of the trustees for the time being, or of such of them as shall be within the United Kingdom and not incapacitated by illness from attending to business, shall be equivalent to the decision or act of the entire body of trustees : and in case of an equality of opinions the point in dispute or difference shall be decided by the Vice-Chancellor for the time being, whether he be or be not an acting trustee ; he, if an acting trustee, to have a second or casting vote. 1 8. It shall be lawful for the University in Convocation from time to time or at any time to alter any of the above provisions of these presents, but only with the joint consent of the donors during their joint lives, and after the death of either of them then with the consent of the survivor of them during his life, and after the decease of such survivor then with the consent of a majority of the trustees : provided always, that, except with the joint consent of the donors, the funds of the trust shall be applied only to promote the general object of the donors as above defined in regulation no. 14. 8. MABQUIS OF LOTHIAN'S PEIZE. Accepted by Convocation, March 31, 1870. Extract from Declaration of Trust. And this indenture further witnesseth that they the said Chan- cellor Masters and Scholars, by the request and at the direction of the said William Schomberg Eobert Marquis of Lothian, testified by his execution hereof, do hereby declare that they the said Chancellor Masters and Scholars, their successors and assigns, shall and will stand possessed of the said annuity or perpetual yearly rent charge so granted to them as aforesaid ; upon trust to apply the same in the foundation of an annual prize of £40 for the best essay on any point of foreign history, whether secular or ecele- MAEquis OF Lothian's peize. 393 siastical, in the period between the dethronement of Eomulus Angustulus and the death of Frederick the Great, to be called ' The Marquis of Lothian's historical prize essay,' and in accordance with the following rules and regulations :— 1. The prize shall be open to all members of the University, who at the time of sending in their composition shall not have exceeded the twenty-seventh term from their matriculation. 2. The judges shall be the Vice-Chancellor, the Dean of Christ Church, and the regius professor of Modern History, who shall have power to give the prize either in money or in books according to their discretion, and shall decide the subject of the proposed essay for each year. 3. In the event of the dean of Christ Church being Vice- Chancellor of the University, a third judge shall be nominated by him and the regius professor of Modern History, such third judge being a graduate of the University and of the rank at least of M.A., B.C.L., or B.M., but who shall not have power to nominate a sub- stitute according to the clause next following. 4. In the event of any one or more of the judges, except as above mentioned, being unable or unwilling to act, he or they shall respectively be empowered to appoint a substitute or substitutes, being in like manner a graduate or graduates of the University of the same rank at least as mentioned in the last clause, and being approved by the other judges or judge. 5. The Marquis of Lothian and his successors in the estate so charged with the said annuity as aforesaid shall on each occasion be made acquainted with the subject of the proposed essay, and shall subsequently receive a copy of the essay to which the prize is awarded, with the name of the author. 6. The prize shall in no case be awarded to the same person a second time. 7. If in any year none of the essays sent in shall in the opinion of the judges be worthy of a prize, the proceeds of the endowment for that year shall be applicable, at the discretion of the judges, either for discharging any incidental expenses which may be incurred in the adjudication of the prizes or the management of the trust, or for rewarding the writers of the second best essay in any succeeding year. 8. The University shall be at liberty from time to time and at any time by decree of Convocation, with the consent of the founder in his lifetime, to alter, vary, add to, or repeal any of the foregoing rules and regulations, or any rules and regulations which may from 394 APPENDIX H. 8. time to time be substituted for them for the general management of the trust. Provided always that the intention of the founder, namely, 'the foundation of an annual prize of ^640 for the best essay on any point of foreign history, whether secular or eccle- siastical, in the period between the dethronement of Eomulus Augustulus and the death of Frederick the Great, to be called the ' Marquis of Lothian's historical prize essay,' be always observed. If after the decease of the founder it shall be proposed to alter or repeal any of such rules and regulations, previous notice of such alteration or repeal shall be given to the person or persons for the time being entitled to the said estate (being of full age and of sound mind and within the United Kingdom), but the consent of such person or persons to such alteration or repeal shall not be necessary. 9. THE COWINGTOW PEIZE. The sum of £1275, raised by voluntary contributions for the purpose of establishing a Prize in memory of the late Professor Conington, was accepted by Convocation, June 8, 1871. Amendments in the original Begulations were approved by Convocation, February 2, 1886. 1 . The money contributed for the Conington Memorial Fund shall be invested in government securities in the name of the University for the establishment of a Prize, which shall have for its object the encouragement of mature classical learning among graduates of the University, and shall be called ' The Conington Prize.' 2. The Prize shall be offered once in every three years for a dissertation, to be written either in English or in Latin at the option of the writer, on some subject appertaining to classical learning. 3. The Prize shall be open to all members of the University who, on the day appointed for sending in the dissertations, shall have passed all examinations required for the degree of Bachelor of Arts, and shall have completed six years, and not exceeded fifteen years, from their matriculation. 4. The Prize shall be so much of three years' income of the fund as shall remain after the appropriation of thirty pounds as an hono- rarium to the judges and the payment of all other expenses. 5. The trustees of the Prize shall be the Vice-Chancellor, the Eegius Professor of Greek, the Corpus Professor of Latin, the Professor of Comparative Philology, the Professor of Latin in the University of THE COBDEN PRIZE. 395 Cambridge, and two other persons to be appointed by co-optation. The persons so appointed shall hold office for six years, but shall be re-eligible. 6. At the beginning of each triennial period the trustees shall propose by public notice a subject, or a choice of subjects, for the dissertation, indicating in each case the general outline of the enquiry. The trustees may, if they shall think fit, at any time before the issue of their notice, invite intending competitors to suggest subjects. Or instead of proposing a subject, the Trustees may permit competitors to offer dissertations on subjects chosen by themselves under such conditions as the Trustees may think it expedient to prescribe. 7. The trustees shall appoint three judges, to whom the disser- tations shall be submitted, and by whom the Prize shall be awarded. 8. In case the Prize be not awarded, the money shall be applied to the augmentation of the fund. 9. Kegard being had always to the object of the Prize above declared, the trustees, with the approval of Convocation, may vary these regulations from time to time. 10. THE COBDEN PRIZE. This Prize, offered to the TJniversity by the Cobden Club, was accepted by Convocation, May 9, 1876. The original conditions were abrogated and the following were substituted by decree of Convocation, March 1, 1881. 1. The Prize shall be awarded once every three years for an essay on some subject connected with Political Economy, and shall be of the value of sixty pounds, payable in money to the successful competitor. 2. The competitors shall be members of the University of Oxford who, on the day appointed for sending in the essays, shall not have exceeded twenty-eight Terms' standing from their matriculation. 3. The judges shall be (i) the Professor of Political Economy in the University of Oxford for the time being, (2) one person to be appointed for each occasion by the Vice-Chancellor, (3) one person to be appointed for each occasion by the donors : and the Prize shall be awarded to that essay which in the judgment of at least two of the judges, certified under their hand to the Vice-Chancellor, shall show the greatest amount of literary merit together with the greatest knowledge of the subject proposed. 396 APPENBIX H. 10. 4. On each occasion of awarding the Prize the Judges, or a majority of them, shall fix the subject for the next Prize. 5. The competing essays shall be sent in to the Eegistrar of the University on a day to be fixed on each occasion by the Vice- Chancellor. 6. The donors of the Prize reserve to themselves the right to determine the said Prize on giving one year's notice to the Vice- Chancellor. 7. The Prize shall be called the ' Cobden Prize.' 11. THE ROLLESTON MEMORIAL PRIZE. The sum of .£1200 having been offered to the University by the subscribers to the KoUeston Memorial Fund under the following conditions, viz. : — 1. That the Fund be expended in the institution of a prize to be awarded every two years, and that the Prize be given for original research in any subject comprised under the following heads, Animal and Vegetable Morphology, Physiology and Pathology, and Anthropology, to be selected by. the Candidates themselves ; 2. That the period during which this Prize may be obtained by a Candidate be limited to ten years after the date of Matriculation ; and that with a view to render the Prize as widely associated with Professor EoUeston's name as possible, it be open to the members of the Universities of Oxford and Cambridge ; 3. That the amount collected after payment of all expenses be made over as a Trust Fund to the University of Oxford, which should appoint the necessary Trustees, carry out all other arrange- ments, and make regulations ; 4. That if no Memoir be considered of suflScient merit, the value of the Prize for that year be added to the capital of the Fund ; The Univ&rdty decreed June 12, 1883, That the said sum be accepted under the aforesaid conditions, and that the following Regulations be made relating thereto : — 1. The sum of £1200, being the amount offered to the Uni- versity as aforesaid, shall be invested in the name of the Chancellor, Masters, and Scholars of the University of Oxford. 2 . The Prize shall be called ' The Rolleston Memorial Prize,' and shall consist of so much of two years' income of the Fund as shall remain after payment of all expenses" incidental to the Trust. MES. T. H, GUEEN's PRIZE. 397 3. The Vice-ChanceUor, the Eegius Professor of Medicine, the Linacre Professor of Human and Comparative Anatomy, the Waynflete Professor of Physiology, and the Sherardian Professor of Botany, shall be Trustees of the Prize. They shall fix and give due notice of the time for sending in the competing Memoirs to the Kegistrar, and shall appoint Judges, who may be either Trustees or members of one of the two Universities of Oxford and Cam- bridge not below the degree of M.A. or B.M. 4. The Trustees shall have power to make subordinate rules or bye-laws for the purpose of carrying these Regulations into effect ; and Convocation shall always be at liberty to alter the conditions and regulations, provided that the main object of the Prize, namely, the encouragement of original research in the above-mentioned subjects, be kept in view. 12. MBS. T. H. GREEN'S PBIZE. The following Decree was passed by Convocation, March 11, 1884. That the University accept the offer of Mrs. T. H. Green to give an annual sum of £30 for a Prize to be awarded once in three years for a dissertation on some subject relating to Moral Philosophy, the subject for such dissertation to be selected and the Prize awarded by Whyte's Professor of Moral Philosophy, the Waynflete Professor of Moral and Metaphysical Philosophy, and one other person of the degree of Master of Arts or any superior degree to be selected for that purpose by the Master and Scholars of Balliol College. And that these three persons be authorised to give such public notice of the subject selected and make such regulations concerning the dissertations and the candi- dates as they shall think fit, provided always that every candidate for such Prize shall have previously to the day appointed for sending in the dissertation been admitted to or qualified for the degree of Master of Arts. INDEX. *iii* Literae numerales paginas denotant. Abbott Scholarships, 379. Absentes, quibus sub oonditionibus ad snperiores gradus admittendi, 193. Accounts of the University, 275; Auditor of, 282. of the Colleges, 283. of the Press, Auditor of, 216. statements of, presented to Convocation, 204. Accumulation, B.D. and D.D., 205. Admissio cujusvis ad officium ad quod electus sit, 208. Admission of Examiners, Moderators, and Masters of the Schools, and declaration to be made by them before the Vice-Chancellor, 131. Admissionis ad gradus scholasticos formulae, 192. Admittendi ad gradum A.M. honoris causa per Oratorem publicum prie- sentantur, 250. .^des coUegio vel aulse alicui annexae, 11. ^des privatse: quibus sub conditionibus in sedibus privatis scholaribus commorari liceat, 19. MAes privatse, in quibus scholaris quisquam sit hospitaturus licentiandse, 1 8. .iEdis Christi decani et cauonicorum vices ad conoionandum, 233 ; iis in ecclesia sua cathedrali conoionari permissum, 234. ^grotat, 126. Affiliated Centres, 178. Affiliated Colleges, 6. Album Bibliothecae Bodleianse benefactorum, 294. Aldrich, Georgius, M.D., professionum anatomise, praxeos medioinffi, et chemise fundator, 46, 54, 56, 238. Amerciamenta in Cancellarii curia in usum XJniversitatis applioanda, 241. Anatomise demonstrator, 56. Annus academicus, i. Appellandi ad Cancellarium de poenis extra curiam irrogatis jus Magistris servatum, 232, Appellationis a curia Cancellarii ordo, 322. Archivorum Gustos, 251, 260. Arma nou gestanda, 229 ; vide tamen 232. Arnold Historical Essay, 384. Articuli doctrinse in synodo Londini anno 1562 editi, 109, 185. Artificum incorporationes, 242. Ashraolean Museum, 305. Assessor sive deputatus Yice-Cancellarii in curia Cancellarii, 316. Assessors to the public Examiners, 160. Assisae : vide Vice-Cancellarii potestas. conciones in assisis habendse, 234 ; in precatione ante conciones eas com- memoratio publlcorum Univ. benefactorum facienda, 237. Auditor of Accounts of the University, 282 ; of the Press, 216. Aulares, quibus sub statutis intra aulas suas degant, 328. Aularum Principales a Cancellario nominandi, 242 ; visitator Cancellarius est, ib, Baccalaureis in Jure Civili vel in Medioina ad inoipiendum in Artibue admitti licet, 140. 400 INDEX. Bacoalaureus in Jure Civili vel in Medicina cuilibet A.M. ejusdem anni oedere debet intra Univeraitatem, 225. Baculum, officii bedelli insigne, 354. Bampton, Joannes, A.M., concioues quasdam in ecclesia B.M.V. liaberi testamento suo mandavit, 2.^5, 238. Bannitionis poena nulli a Froouratoribus irroganda nisi cum consensu Yice- Oancellarii, 232, Baronum, et baronum filiorum natu maximorum, habitus academicus, 224. Bathing-place, 218. Bedels, election and duties of, 254 ; special duties of, 2, 184, 203, et alihi. Benefactorum Bibliothecse Budleianse album, 294. Benefactorum Universitatis publicorum commemoratio pT£e concionibus quibusdam facienda, 237. Bibliotheca Bodleiana : Bibliothecarius, 293; quomodo eligendus, 293 ; ejus officium et munus, 294 teqq., 349, 362, 363 ; qua de causa cuiatoribus aedium Eandolphiarum annumerandus, 302. camera per horas xii quotidie patefacienda, 301. Curatores, 302. declaratio ab admittendis subscribenda, 193, 300. Hypobibliothecarii, 295, 296, 297. ex iis senior absentis Bibliothecarii munere fungatur, 297. Janitor, 297. libri Musici in scholam Musicae transferendi, 79, 80. ministri, 295, 296, 297. numismatum custodia, 298. pecuniae in ejus usum e Cista Academica quotaunis erogandse, 262. Btipendia officiariorum et niinistrorum, 297. studendi modus ; ad studendum admissio, 299, 300. tempus aperiendi et claudendi, 298. yisitatio, 303, 303. Birkhead, Henricus, armiger, coll. Omn. Animm. olim socius, lecturse poeticae fundator, 77, 238. Boards of Faculties, 81-90 : The Secretary, 88. of Arts (Hon. Sch. of Lit. Hum.), Ill, (Hon. Sch. of Mod. Hist.), 116. of Natural Science (Hon. Sch. of Math.), 112. (Hon. Sch. of Nat. Sc), 113. of Law (Hon. Sch. of Jurisp.), 115. (Degree of B.O.L.), 144. of Theology (Hon. Sch. of Theol.), 117. Boards of Study, 137 ; for Eesponsions, 94 ; for First Public Examination, 100 ; for Second Public Examination, 109 (Pass) ; for School of Oriental Studies, 119; Vacancies, 137. Boden, Josephus, prsefectus militura, professiouis linguae Sanskriticae fun- dator, 63, 238 ; soholares ejus, 166, 370. Bodley, Thomas, miles, bibliothecae fundator, 237, 298. Bombardse et arcubalistae prohibitae, 228, 232. Boni mores : si quis contra bonos mores aliquid admiserit de quo nnUo special! statuto cautum est, quomodo puniendus, 232. Botanic Garden, 311, 365. INDEX. 401 Burdett-Coutts, Angela : her benefaction, 378. Burdett-Coutts Scholars, 377. Burgeusium Parliament} electio, zo8. Buraariorum ooUegiorum offioium circa monitiones de feodis sive debitia arniuis non peisolutis transmittendas, 266. Camden, Gulielmus, armiger, professionis historiarum fundator, 73, 237. Camera Badcliviana in uaum bibliothecse Bodleianse commodata, 301 . Campanse magnae pro Congregatione celebranda pulsatio, 180, 213. parvae pro Convocatione, 203. eas rite pulsare Virgiferi Univ. muneris est, 255. Campanae magnae ooUegii .^dis Christi pulsatione hora nona vespertina denunoiari solet, 227. Cancellarius : ejus electio et admissio, 240. munus, 241. sigillum ofiScii, 293. jurisdictio, 315. curia, 316. potestas linguae vemaoulse in Congr. et Convoc. usum permittendi, 214. nihil quod Cancellarius vel in Congreg. vel in Convoc. negaverit pra concesso statute aut decreto habendum, 181, 203. nominandi a Cancellario in perpetuum : Aularum Principales, 331. Eegistrarius Curiae Cancell., 317. Senesohallus, 242. Subseneschallus, 242. nominandi quotannis : Clericus Mercatns unus, 250. Vice-Cancellarius, 241. Candidates at elections, mode of nominating, 206. Canem alere nuUi juniorum licet, 232. Canon xxxvi"" denuo in synodo Londini anno 1 865 editus, 1 84. Cantabrigienses, quomodo incorporandi, 194 ; those who have passed the Previous Examination exempted from Besponsions, 91 ; those who have passed the General Examination exempted from Moderations, 92 ; Admission to the Second Public Examination, 121. Capae, 224. Capntia, 224. Carolus I rex, publicus Univ. benefactor, 238. ejus ordinatio de hebdom. praefectorum sedium conventu, 221. Catalogi academicorum e singulis collegiis et aulis ad Curatores Cistae Academicae transmittendi, 265. Catalogus omnium qui jus sufiiragandi in Convocatione vendicant publici juris faciendus, Z03. Censor of Unattached Students, 14, IJ. Certificate granted by the Delegacy for the Examination of Schools, 177; an exemption from Besponsions, 92 . Certificate granted by the Delegates of Local Examinations an exemption from Besponsions, 91, 172. Chancellor's Court, 366. Chartae tuto custodiendffi, 21^2, 292. Dd 402 INDEX. Chest, University : pecuniae inde erogandae, in officiariorum aliorurave stipendia, 260 eeqq. in varies usus : (Delegates of Lodging-houses), 1 8 ; (Delegates of Police),! 1 8 mulctae et feodaa in cistam reponendae, 249. Chest, Curators of, 263. Secretary, 265. Chinese Scholarship, 170. Chirurgiae Baccalaureus, 152 ; Magister, ib. Chirurgiam lioentia practicandi per universam AngUam, 199. Choragus, sive praefectus Musicae, 78, 141. Civil Law, examination in, 144. Civitatis Oxon. coetus publici a scholaribus non freqnentandi, 226. Clarendon : Edvardus comes de Clarendon, publicus Univ. benefactor, 238. Clarendon Building, care of, 218. Clarendon Laboratory, 305. Clerici Mercatus, 250. Clerk of the Schools, 255. ejus officium circa candidates coram magistris Scholarum examinandos, 97 ; circa examinandos in secunda Examinatione publica, 125. Cobden Prize, 395. College Accounts, publication of, 283. College Contributions for University Purposes, 266-273. supplemental Statute, 272. Collegium B. Mariae Magdalense, Mertonense, et Novum ; condones ibi coram Univ. habendae, 235. Colonial and Indian Universities, 8. Commemoratio benefaotorum in precatione prae concionibus quibusdam habenda, 237, Commensalium superioris ordinis habitus aoademicus, 224. CommissariuB Cancellarii generalis ; vide Vice-Canoellarius. Committees for the nomination of Examiners, 158. Common University Fund, 273. Commoratio ad terminos complendos qusenam requisita, 157. Computus a Professore Musicae exhibendus, 78. Concilium Hebdomadale, 221, 253, 352. ejus officium circa diem Encaeniorum designandum, 304; on fixing time for Full Term, 140. potestas circa delegates ad negotia intra Universitatem expedienda nominaudos, 217; circa graduatorum incorporationera, 194-197 ; circa diem pro Procuratoribus admittendis designandi, 247 ; in statutis et decretis oondendis, 205 seqq. on granting permission to defer examination in Honours School, 108. eligendi a Conoilio : six Delegates of Local Examinations, 173. four Delegates for the Examination and Inspection of Schools, 1 76 ; two Curators of the Park, 310 ; two Curators of the University Galleries, 313 ; two Curators of the University Chest, 263 ; two Curators of the Indian Institute, 314 ; Griufield Lecturer, 367 ; INDEX. 403 Concilium Hebdomadale ; eligendi a Conoilio : five Delegates of the Common University Fund, 274; three Members of the Visitatorial Board, 325 ; two Delegates of Non-Collegiate Students, 14. Concio Latine ad clerum habenda in eoclesia B. M. V. initio cuj usque termini, excepto termino S. Trinitatis, 2 ; in preoatione ante earn 00m- memoratio publicorum Univ. benefactorum facienda, 237. Conoionandi per uni versamAngliam lioentia inCongregatione concedenda, 197. Concionum Anglice coram Universitate in frequenti academia habendarum vices, 233, 234; condones annivereariae in quibusdam collegiis habendse, 235 : Bamptonianse, 235 ; extraordinarise qusedam alise, 234 ; quadragesimales, 334 ; concionatores judicio Vice-Cancellarii approbandi, 235 ; concionaturi per aliquem a Vice-Cancellario designatum prsemonendi, 236 ; condones omittentium poena, 234, 236 ; concionaturi cujusvis justa causa impediti vices, quomodo supplendse, 236 ; concionatores remunerandi, 2, 237 ; concionatores select!, 236; quando et quomodo designandi, 236 sq. Confoederationes, unde ofGciarii in exeoutione officiorum suorum impediri possunt, sub poena bannitionis prohibitse, 229. ConformitascandidatiquigraduminS.Theologiaambit,quomodotegtanda,i85. Congregatio Magistrorum Kegentium, quibus ex personis constet, 181 ; quae negotia ad earn spectent, 180; quinam ad Congregationes venire teueantur, 213 ; sedendi ordo, 213 ; Latino eloquio utendum, loquendi modus et vices servandse, etc., 214 ; togse et caputia gradui congrua, capse etiam a Doctoribus, gestandse, 224 ; nihil sine Cancellarii aut Vice-Cancellarii consensu proponendum aut sufiragiis permittendum, 241. Congregatio Universitatis Oxoniensis, 209, 352. jus habet eligendi eligendos omnes in Concilium Hebdomadale, 352; quinque Curatores Bibliothecae Bodleianee, 302 ; two Curators of the University Chest, 263 ; two Curators of the University Galleries, 313 ; two Curators of the Indian Institute, 314; duo Curatores Parci Acaderaici, 310 ; three Curators of the Schools, 312 ; two Visitors of the Ashraolean Museum, 305 ; four Visitors of the University Observatory, 311 ; five Delegates of the Common University Fund, 274 ; three Members of the Visitatoiial Board, 325 ; two Delegates of Non-Collegiate Students, 14 ; six Delegates of Local Examinations, 173 ; four Delegates for the Examination and Inspection of Schools, 1 76 ; six Delegates of the University Museum, 217. Congregation of the University, Proceedings in, 209-212. Conington Memorial Prize, 394. Controller of Lodging-houses, 1 8. Contumacia adversus curiam Cancellarii, quomodo coercenda, 315. D (1 2 404 INDEX. Contumaclter ai quis ae gesserit, quomodo puniendus, 232. Coutumelise omnimodo compeacendse, 214, 228. Conventicula illioita, 229. Convooatio Doctoruiu Magistrorum regentium et non-regentium, quibus ex peiBonis constet, 201, 213 ; quae negotia ad earn apectent, 204 ; quomodo indicenda ait, 203 ; quinam ad Convooationes venire obligentur, 213; aedendi ordo, 213 ; Latino eloquio utendum, loquendi modus et vices servandae, etc., 214 ; togae et caputia gradui congrua, capse etiam a Doctoribus, gestands, 224 ; nihil sine Cancellarii aut Vice-Cancellarii consensu proponendum aut auffragiis permittendum, 241. Convocatio extra TJniversitatem pro admiaaione Cancellarii celebianda, 240. eligendi a Convocatione : Cancellariua, 240; Gustos Arohivorum, 251 ; Orator publious, 250; Professor Poeticse, 78 ; Eegistrarius Univeraitatis, 252. Coroners, 260. Coryphaeus, aive Pracentor, 79- Craven Scholars, 161. Crewe, Nathanielis baro, episc. Dunebn. publious Univ. benefactor, 50, 78, 238, 298. Cumulare gradus Bacc. et Doot. in aliqua facultate, 190 ; in facultate S. Theologiae tantum, 205 ; feodum pro cumulatioue solvendum, 258. Curatores Bibliotheoae Bodleianae, 302 ; of the University Chest, 263 ; Secretary, 265 ; of the Hope collections, 347, 360, 362; Parci Academic!, 310 ; of the Schools, 31a; of the Taylor Institution, 306 ; Theatri Sheldoniani, 304 ; of the University Galleries, 313, 359. Curia Cancellarii, aive Vice-Canoellarii, 316, 366. Cursus equorum prohibitus, 232. Custos Archivorum, 251 ; status delegatus est pro privilegiis tuendis, 216. CuatoB Musei Academici, 305. CyoluB electionis Procuratorum, 245. Danby : Henricus comes de Danby, publious Univ. benefactor, 238. Davis Scholar in Chinese, 170. Debita annua, 258 ; quater quotannis per bursarioa coUegiorum persolvenda, 265. Decani vel censores coUegiorum sunt regentes ad placitum, 182. Deeanorum coUegiorum etc. officium circa praesentationem ad gradus, 182, 183, 185. 193. DeclaratioabadmittendiainbibliothecamBodleianamsubscribenda, 193, 300. Deelaratio assensus ab admittendis ad gradus in S. Theologia tantum sub- Bcribenda, 185, 194, 195. INDEX. 405 Declaration to be made by Examiners, Moderators, and Masters of the Schools, 131. Decreta, quomodo in Convocatione condenda, 205 ; , qualibus in negotiia habenda, 204 ; decretorum authentica exemplaria, ubi oustodienda, 206. Degradationis pcena nonnullis delinquentibus in Congregatione irroganda, 204, 2bS. Degrees in absence, 193. Delegates for the Examination and Inspection of Schools, 176. Delegates of Common University Fund, 273. Delegates of Local Examinations, 173. Delegates of Lodging-houses, 18. Delegates of Students not attached to any College or Hall, 14. Delegates of University Police, 218. Delegates for India Civil Service Candidates, 2ig. Delegates for Training of Teachers, 21. Delegates for extension of teaching beyond the limits of the University, 177. Delegati in Convocatione a Procuratoribus nominandi, si non aliter statntum sit, 215. ad negotia extraordinaria intra Universitatem expedienda, quomodo nominandi, 217. Delegati judices in causis appellationum, 323, 324; Delegati Musei Aoademici, 217; eorum officium circa emolumenta professionis chemise Aldrichianse sup- presss, 54. Delegati Preli, 215; Audit of their Accounts, 216. Delegati pro Privilegiia tuendis, 216. Delictis contra quEe special! nullo statute cautum fuerit, quomodo poena sit irroganda, 206, 232, 241. Demonstrator anatomise, 56. Denyer and Johnson Scholarships, 169. Derby Scholarship, 381. Determinatio, 140. Diploma pro gradu academico in quemvis conferendo in Convocatione san- ciendum, 206. Diploma in Public Health, 155. Discomjnunicatio, 241, 319. Dissensionis auctores et fautores puniendi, 229, Diversoria etc. a scholaribus non frequentanda, 226. Doctores qui aliquando rexerunt in Univ. residentes sunt regentes ad placitum, 181. Douce, Franciscus, armiger, publicus Univ. benefactor, 238. Drawing, Master of, endowed by Mr. Eusliin, 359. Drummond, Henricus, armiger, professionis ceconomiffi politicae fundator, 77. Dublinienses, quomodo incorporandi, 195. Duella cujuscunque generis evitanda, 232. Duties of Professors, 36 ; general Eegulations, 27; particular Kegulations, 29. Ecclesiae Anglicanse doctrina et disciplina in ooncionibus coram Universitate habendis observanda, 239, 321. scholares qui extra Eccles. Angl. sunt ab institutione et ab examinatione in omni materie theologica excusantur, 14, 100, 103. 406 INDEX. Ecclesia B. Mariee Virginis: condones ibi coram Univ. habendse, 2, 234, 235. vicario et quibusdam aliia pecuniae quotannis pendendse, 262. Ecclesia cathedralis Mils Christi : conciones ibi coram Univ. habendee, 234. 235- Electio Bmrgensium, 208. Electiones in Convocatione quomodo habendse, 206. Elections in Congregation to be conducted under the same provisions, 207. Elections (in case of failure or insufficient number of Candidates) to be made by Vice-Chancellor and Proctors, 207. Elections to Professorships, 24. Elizabetha Henrici VII regis uxor, inter publicos Univ. benefaotores corn- memoranda, 237. Elizabetha regina, inter publicos Univ. benefactores commemoranda, 237. EUerton Theological Essay, 382. Encsenia, 304. EncEenia alibi quam in Theatro Sheldoniano celebrare licet, 304 ; Encseni- orum dies a Conoilio Hebdomadali quotannis designandus, ib. Epute scholaribus sine justa venia ab oppidanis pretio non prsebendse, 227. Equorum curaus prohibitus, 232. Bquum alere aut retinere nulli scholari sine justa venia licet, 231. ExaminandoTum schedulse a Secretario Facultatum publicaudse, 132. " Examinatio prima, seu coram Moderatoribus, 97 seqq. examinatio in sacra scriptura vel in materie substituenda, 98. Examinatio secunda, 107 seqq. admission of Candidates and order of Examinations, 120. assessors to Examiners, 1 60. Examinatio 'praevia' in Univ. Cantabr., 91. Examinatio 'generalis' in Univ. Cantabr., 92, 122. Examinatio pro gradu Mus. Bacc, 141, 175. pro gradu Mus. Doct., 143. pro gradu J.C.B., 144 segq. Examination in Honour Schools, permission to defer under certain con- ditions, 107. Examination in Preventive Medicine, 154. Examination of Schools by the Schools' Delegacy, 176. by that of Local Examinations, 1 73. of women, 174. Examinationes pro gradu M.B,, 147 seqq. Master of Surgery, 152. Examinations, Local, 173. Examinatores publici, 126; in schola S. Theologise, 117. eorum nominatio, 158; Declaration to be made by them, 131. eorum senioritas, quomodo sestimanda, 139. they may be removed for misconduct, 132 : subject to the powers of the Visitatorial Board, 132 ; payment of, 260, 261. Examinatores publici sunt regentes ad placitum, 182. Examinatores in Musica, 141 ; in Jure Civili, 144 ; in Medicina, 147 ; pro Praemiis quibusdam, 171. Exercitia pro gradu A.B. requisita, gi seqq. pro gradu A.M., 140 ; INDEX. 407 Bxercitia pro gradu Mus. Baoo., 141 ; pro gradu Mus. Doot., 143 ; pro gradu J.C.B., 144 ; pro gradu J.C.D., 146 ; pro gradu M.B., 147 ; pro gradu M.D., 151 ; pro gradibus in chirurgia, 152 ; pro gradu S.T.B., 156; pro gradu S.T.P., 156. Extension of teaching beyond the limits of the TJniveraity, 177. Faculties, Boards of, 81 seqq. ; Secretary, 88. Famosi libelli cohibendi, 228, 320. Feoda ab admlttendis ad gradus solvenda, 257, 258; ab examinandis, 256. ab incorporandis graduatis, 258. a matrlculandls, 256. Feoda deblta Universitati persolvenda aut jus suffragandi in Couvocatione amittendum, 201, 202. Feoda pi"o responslonibus vel examinationibus per Secretarium Facultatum accepta quando Cistse Academicse Curatoribus tradenda, 90. pro testimonio matriculationis, examinationis, aut gradus alicujus, 258. Feoda professorum, 27, Fielding, Henry Borrow, esquire; his Herbarium given to the University by his widow, 364. Finch Library and Collection, 312. Fine Art, Slade Professor of, 348. First Public Examination, 97 seqq. Forisfacturse in CanceUarii curia in usum Universitatis applioanda, 241. Formulae gratiarum pro gradibus a coUegio etc. concessarum, 185. supplicationum, 188, 19s (mcorp.). prsesentationis ad gradus, 190, 195 {incorp.). Formulae admissionis ad gradus, 188, 193 (obs.), 196 (incm-p.). Forum publicum, 225, 251. Foundations, New, 5. Gaisford Prizes, 386. Galleries : the Picture Gallery, 297. the University Galleries, 313, 359. Georgius I rex, publicus Univ. benefactor, 238. Georgius III rex, publicus Univ. benefactor, 238. Girls, Examination of, 177. Godolphin, Franciscus baro, publicus Univ. benefactor, 238. Godwyn, Carolus, S.T.B., Bibl. Bodl. benefactor, 238, 298. Gradus scholastic! in Congregation e regentium conferendi, 182 seqq. conditiones prseviae, 182. feoda ab admittendis solvenda, 257. ceremoniarum ordo, 183. gratiarum a collegio etc. concessarum formulae, 185. supplicationum formulae, 188, 195. negatae gratiae, 193. praesentator ejusdem collegii vel aulas sit cujus is est qui supplicat, 182. ejus officium circa collegii gratiam etc., 183. 408 INDEX. Gradus: prassentandi ordo, 183. praesentationis formulae, 190. admissionis formulae, 192, 193, 196. cumulatio graduum Bacc; et Doct. in aliqua facultate, 190 ; in S. Theo- logia tantum, 205. Gradus per diploma vel per deoretum CouvocationiB coUati jus suffi:agandi Becum ferunt, 202. Gradus honoris causa in quosvis oouferendi in Convocatione conferendi sunt, 206; collati jus sufFragandi secura non ferunt, 202. Gradus superiores in absentes sub certis conditionibus conferendi, 193. Gratise pro gradibus a collegio etc. ooncessae, 183, 185. Gratise in Congregatione propouendae, 180, 185 seqq., 193, 196 ; negatae, 193- Greek Testament (Canon Hall) Prizes, 388. Green, Mrs. T. H.; Prize for a Dissertation given by her, 397. Grinfield Lecture, 367. Habitus academicus singulis gradibus et faoultatibus competens, 223. Habitus in Congi'egatione et Convocatione adhibendus sub poena suflfragii juris ea vice amittendi, 224. ejus usus a junioribus sub poena gravi observandus, 223. Hall and Hall-Houghton Prizes, 388. Halls, Private, 335. Heather, Gulielmus, Mus. Doct., professionis Musicae fundator, 78, 237. Hebdomadal Council, vide supra Concilium Hebdomadale. Henricus VII rex, publicus Univ. benefactor, 237. Henricus VIII rex, publicus Univ. benefactor, 237. Hertford Scholar, 168. Histriones, funambuli, gladiatores, absque special! venia Vice-Cancellaiii non permittuntnr, 228. Holy Scripture, Examination in, 102. Honorum series in prima Examinatione, 105 ; inseounda, 125. Hope Collections, 360. Hope, Ellen, widow of the Kev. F. W. Hope, 238 ; her benefaction, 362. Fredericus Gulielmus, A.M. et J. CD., 238 ; professionis zoologis fundator, 347. Houghton, Kev. Henry, M.A.; his benefaction, 388. Humfredus Glocestriffi dux, prinoeps illustrissimus, publicus Univ. bene- factor, 237. Tgnem, lucernam, aut quod vis luminare accensum nemo in Bibl. Bodl. inferat, 299. llchester. Earl of : his endowment for promoting the study of the Slavonic languages, 309. Incorporatio in Congreg. regentium adipisoenda, 180, 194. nemo nisi Cautabrigiensis sit aut Dubliniensis incorporandus, 194. lucorporandi condltiones, ib. nemo nisi in Univ. Oxon. matriculatus fuerit, 195. nemo graduatus sine consensu Concilii Hebdomadalis, 195. gi-aduatus vel in Jure Civili vel in Medicina, qua conditione, 146, 151. incorporandorum matriculatio, 4. feoda ab incorporandis solvenda, 258. declarationes et subscriptioues faciendse, 202. incorporatus, quaudo jua sufifragii in Convoc. adipiscatur, 202. INDEX. 409 Incorporationea artificum, 242. India, natives of, permitted to offer an Oriental language for examination, 94, 100, 103. Indian Civil Service, Selected Candidates, 93 ; Delegacy for, 219. Indian Institute, 314. Indian Universities, 8. Insignia graduati, 208, 223. officii Cancellarii, 240. Vice-Cancellarii, 243. Proouratorum, 247. Interpretation of certain terms respecting Examinations, 139. Inventarium de bonis cuj usque aulas communibus penes Eegistrarium Universitatis deponendum, 332. Ireland, Joannes, S.T.P., decanus Westmonast., professionis S. Soripturse exegeseoB fundator, 36, 238 ; ejus sobolares, 368. Jacobus I rex, publicus Univ. benefactor, 237. ejus praescriptum de cubiculis scholarium vesperi perlustrandis, 227. Johnson, Joannes, S.T.P., coll. Magd. nuper socius, pecunias ad S. Theologise et Soientiarum Mathematicarum studium promovendum Univ. legavit, 164, 169. Johnson Memorial Medal, 387. Judices delegati in causis appellationum, 322, Jurisdiotio Cancellarii, 315. Jurisprudence, Honour School of, 115. Keeper of the Archives, 251, 260. Keeper of the Hope collection of Engravings, 360. Kempe, Joannes, archiep. Cantuar., publicus Univ. benefactor, 237. Nicolas, miles, publicus Univ. benefactor, 237. Thomas, episc. Londin,, publicus Univ. benefactor, 237. Kennicott, Anna, vidua, inter publicos Univ. benefactores commemoranda, 238 ; ejus scholaris, 164. Laboratory ; vide Clarendon. Laici, quomodo ad privilegia Univ. admittendi, 4. Latino eloquio in Congreg. et Convoc. utendum, 214. Laud, GuIielmuB, archiep. Cantuar., professionis linguae Arabicae fundator, 64, 238. Leetae, sive visus &anci plegii, 241, 242. Legge, James, LL.D., constituted Professor of Chinese, 66, Libelli famosi cohibendi, 228, 320. Liber in quo tituli librorum in Bibl. Bodl. desideratorum inscribantur, 295- Liber niger, vide registrum Proouratorum. Librarian of the Taylor Institution, 306, 308. Libri e Bibl. Bodl. transferendi, musioi in soliolam Musicse, 79 ; alii quidam in Musei Academici bibliothecam, 302. Licentia instruendi oenopolia Cancellarii vel Vice-Cancellarii auctoritate concedenda, 242, Licentiae in Congregatione regentium concedendae, 180. ad coucionandum per universam Angliam, 197 «2J. ad praoticandum in medicina, 199. ad praoticandum in chirurgia, 199. Lioentiatio sedium privatarura, 1 9. 410 INDEX. Lichfield : Georgius HenrlcuB comes de Lichfield, lecturae clinioae fundator, 44, 238. Lichfield, Eicardus, archidiaconus Middleeexise, publicus Univ. benefactor, 237- Lists, vide Sohedulse. Literse Graeose et Latinse coram Moderatoribus, School of, 98. Literse Humaniores, Honour School of, iii. Literse testimoniales auctoritate Corgregationis regentium faciendse, 180; ad ooncionandum per universam Angliam, 198 ; ad practicandam in medicina, 199; in chirurgia, 199. Literas testimoniales de conformitate candidati qui gradum in S. Theologia ambit, 183. Literse testimoniales si quia gradum aliquem absens ambiat transmittendse, 193- Local Examinations, 173. Lodging-houses Delegacy, 18. Lothian, Marquis of: Historical Prize Essay founded by him, 39a. Ludi prohibit], 227. M.A., standing required for the Degree of, 140. Magistri Soholarum sunt regentes ad placitum, 181 ; subject to the powers of the Visitatorial Board, 132. officium circa Besponsiones, 93 ; circa examinandoa in musica, 142 ; declaration to be made by them on admission, 131. Magistris Artium aliisque jus appellandi ad CanceUarium de pcenis extra curiam irrogatis servatum, 232. Magna Congregatio sive Convooatio regentium et non-regentium, 201. Mandatarius ouriBe Cancellarii, 316. Manutenentes coercendi, 230. Margareta comitissa KichmondiEe, professionis S. Theologise fundatrix, 34, 237- Maria regina, inter publicos Univ. benefactores commemoranda, 237, 291. Market, Clerks of, 250. Mason, Eobertus, S.T.P., Bibl. Bodl. benefactor munificentissimus, 238, 298. Mathematics, Honour School of, 112. at Moderations, 99. Matriculationis registrum, 3 ; feodum pro testimonio e registris extraoto, 258. Medicine, Examinations in, 147 seqq, licentia practicandi per universam Angliam, 198. Medicine, Preventive, Examination in, 154. Migratio scholarium, 12, 201. Migrations, Eeoord of, to be kept by the Senior Proctor, 1 3. Moderations, 97 seqq. Moderators, 127; declaration to be made by them, 131; Eegentes ad placitum, 181 ; subject to the powers of the Visitatorial Board, 132. Payment of, 260. Modern History, Honour School of, 116. Modem Languages, study of, at the Taylor Institution, 306. Scholarship and Exhibition for encouraging it, 307. Monitio de feodia sive debitis Universitati non persolutis, 20I, 203; per prsefectos sedium vel bursarios transmittenda, 265, INDEX. 41 1 Mulota ultra quinque librarum summam nulli a Proouratoribua irroganda nisi cum consensu Vice-Cancellarii, 232. Mulctse per Procuratores exactse in nsum Univ. cedunt, 249. Munimenta tuto custodienda, 252, 292. Musei Academic! Gustos, 305 ; Delegati, 217. pecuniae in usum Musei quotannis e Cista Academioa erogandse, 262. Musei Ashmoleani Gustos, 305 ; Visitatores, ib. pecunise in usum Musei quotannis e Cista Aoademica erogandse, 262. Music, Examinations in, 141 seqq. Musicse practicse exercitatio, 79. Natural Science, Honour School of, 112. Preliminary Examination in, ib. New Foundations for Academical Study and Education, 5. Newdigate, Eogeri, baronetti, legatum pro praemio juventuti academicae quotannis proponendo, 171, 250. Noctivagatio scholarium reprimenda, 227. Noctivagos investigandi venia a Yice-Cancellario Proouratoribus in introitu muneris sui impetranda, 249. Nomina gradua petentium in libro apud Vice-CanceUarium inscribenda, 182. Nominatio Magistrorum Scholarum Moderatorum et Bxaminatorum publi- corum, quando significanda, 127 seqq. Nomination of Examiners, 158; Committees, 158. Nomination of Candidates in Elections, 206. Nominum candidatorum coram seoretario Facultatum professio pro Eespon- sionibus, 95 ; pro Examinatione coram Moderatoribus, 103 ; pro aecunda Examinatione publica, 121. Feoda a candidatis aolvenda, 256. Non-Collegiate Students, 14. Numismata in Bibl. Bodl., quomodo custodienda, 298. Observatory, University, 311 ; Visitors of, ib. (Enopolia etc. a soholaribus non frequentanda, 226. CEuopoIia instruendi licentia Cancellarii vel Yice-Cancellarii auctoritate concedenda, 242. Officiarii Universitatis, 240 seqq. Operation of Statutes under Universities Act of 1877, 340. Oppidani scholarium delinquentium fautores, quomodo mulctandi et pu- niendi, 226, 227, 231, 242. Orator publicus, 172, 250, 260. Pacis perturbatio gi'avissimis sub pcenis prohibita, 228, 229, 230, 232, 320. Parous Academicus, 310 ; Curatores, ib. Pass School, 108. Pecuniae Bodleianae per bibliothecarium expendendse, 295 ; per curatores, ib. Perturbatse pacis crimina, 320 ; perturbatoribus ab omni appellandi potea- tate interdictum, ib. Picture Gallery, 297, Pileus quadratus cum apice inter habitum academicum, 224; holosericus cum apice deaurato vel serioo baronibus et baronum filiis natu maxi- mis competit, ib.; holosericus cum apice comniensalibus superioris ordinis, ib. Pileus rotundus Bedellorum, 254. Planus terminus, quo die inohoetur, 1, 412 INDEX. Poem, English, on a sacred subject, 383. Police (University), Delegates of, 217. Police, River, 218. Praecentor, sive Coryphaeus, 79. Prsefecti sediura sunt regentesad placitum, 182. Prsefectis qui non sunt Dootores locus superior prse aliis Magistris in Con- greg. et Convoo. conceditur, 214. Prsefectorum ad concionaudum vices, 233. eorum officium circa sedes annexas, 11. circa conciones initio oujusque termini liabendas, 2, circa catalogos academicorum conficiendos, 265. circa monitiones de feodis sive debitis aunuis non persolutis trans- mittendas, 266. circa scholares matriculandos, 4. circa tutores soholaribus praeficiendos, 12. circa scholarium residentiam, 1 1 . circa sciiolarium vestitum, 223, circa veniam equos aut servos alendi scholaribus petitam, 231. Praelectiones theologicEe Bamptonianae, 235. Prasmia academicis quotannis proposita, vide Prizes. Praesentatio ad gradus, 182, 183, 190. Praesentationes ad beneficia per electionem in Convocatione habendae, 204, 206. Praesentatoribus ad gradus in facultatibus superioribus pecuniffi pro feodis e Cista Academica erogandae, 262. Praxis musicie, 79- Preces publice celebrandae initio cnjusque termini, i. Preli delegati, 215, 259. exemplaria librorum e prelo editorum Procuratoribus exhibenda, 249. Preliminary Examination in School of Jurisprudence, 115 ; in School of Natural Science, 113; for Students in Music, 143. Press Accounts, Auditor of, 216. Prima Examinatio, 97 seqq. Principales Aularum, 331. Private Halls, 335. Privilegia Universitatis per states Delegates tuenda, 216. privilegia de jurisdictione ab omnibus tuenda, 315. Prizes, 171, 382 seqq. Proctorial authority of Professors, 34 j of Secretary to the Boards of Faculties, 89 ; of Examiners, 1 39 ; of Curators of the Sheldonian Theatre, 304. Proctors' Servants, 218. Proouratores : eorum eleotio, 245, 246. admissio, 247. oflScium et auotoritas, 248. deputati, 248. nihil quod ambo Procuratores vel in Congregatlone vel in Convocatione negaverint pro concesso statute aut decreto habendum, 181, 203. si qnis contra Vice-Cancellarium vel Procuratores verba injuriosa protu- lerit, aut eosdem in executione oificiorum suorum impedierit, aut in eosdem manus violentas injecerit, quomodo puniendus sit, 230. INDEX. 413 Proouratores : eorum jus Vioe-Cancellario in curia assidendi, 316. officium circa sedes annexas, ii. circa appellationes, 321 seqq. circa eiectiones in domo convocationis, 207. circa juniores de usu habitus academici delinquentes, 223. officium circa litaniam initio cujusque termini cantandam aut legendam, 2. circa scholares in usu vehiculorum proliibitorum delinquentes, 230. on lodging-houses, 1 8. on non-Collegiate Students, 13. on Students migrating, 12. poenas quasdam graviores irrogandi potestatem sine consensu "Vice- Cancellarii non babent, 232. nominandi a Proouratoribus : Judices Delegati pro Congregatione et pro Convocatione quotannis, 322. Delegati pro privilegiis tuendis quotannis quinque, 216. three Delegates of Police, 218. Proouratores ad lites in curia Cancellarii, 316, 317. Procuratoris Senioris officium, in the matter of Keadmissions and Migra- tions, 13 ; in the matter of Admission of Examiners, 131. Professio Chemise Aldrichiana suppressa et abolita, 54. emolumenta ejus quemadmodum in alios nsus eroganda, 54. Professores justo habitu academico induti legant, 224. sua quisque in schola procuratoriam auctoritatem habent, 34. Professors : Ancient History (Camden), 73. Ancient History (Wykeham), 74. Anglo-Saxon (Rawlinsonian), 65. Applied Mechanics, 52. Arabic (Laudian), 64. Arabic (Lord Almoner), 65. Archseology and Art (Lincoln and Merton), 70. Astronomy (Savilian), 47. Botany (Sherardian), 58. Celtic (Jesus), 66. Chemistry (Waynflete), 53. Chemistry (Aldrich), 54. Chinese, 66. Civil Law (Regius), 39. Clinical Instruction (Lichfield), 44. Comparative Anatomy (Linacre), 56. Comparative Philology (Corpus), 69. Divinity (Eegius), 34, 35. Divinity (Margaret), 34, 35. Ecclesiastical History (Begins), 35. English Law (Vinerian), 39. English Language and Literature (Merton), 68. Exegesis of Holy Scripture (Ireland), 36. Experimental Philosophy, 50. Fine Art (Slade), 348. Geology, 55. Geometiy (Savilian), 46. 414 INDEX. ProfesBorB : Greek (Kegius), 62. Hebrew (Regius), 34. International Law (Chicliele), 40. Interpretation of Holy Scripture (Oriel), 37. Jurisprudence (Corpus), 41. Latin Language and Literature (Corpus) 62. Logic (Wykeham), 73. Medicine (Regius), 44. Medicine (Aldrich), 46. Mineralogy (Waynflete), 54. Modem History (Regius), 75. Modem History (Chichele), 75. Moral and Metaphysical Philosophy (Waynflete), 73. Moral Philosophy (Whyte's), 71. Music, 78. Natural Philosophy (Sedleian), 48. Pastoral Theology (Regius), 35. Physics (Wykeham), 51. Physiology (Waynflete), 57. Poetry, 77. Political Economy, 77. Pure Mathematics (Waynflete), 49. Romance or Neo-Latiu Languages (Corpus), 67. Rural Economy, 56, 346. Sanskrit (Boden), 63. Zoology (Hope), 347. Professors, Duties of, 26. Professorships, Elections to, 24. Pro-Proctors, 248. Pro-Vice-Caneellarii, secundum senioritatis ordinem Vice-Cancellarii ab- sentis vicibus functuri, 244. Public Examiners, Moderators and Masters of the Schools ; appointment of, 127 eeqq. ; declaration to be made by them, 131 ; supply of vacancies, 131 ; may be removed for misconduct, 132 ; payment of, 260, 261. Public Orator, 171, 250, 260. Pusey and Ellerton Hebrew Scholarships, 374. RadolifFe, Joannes, M.D., publicus TJniv. benefactor, 238. Eadcliflfe Observer, 311, 388. Rationes pecuniarum auditoribus computorum quotannis reddant Delegati Musei Academici, 217. the Delegates of Police, 218. Curatores Cistse Academicse, 263. Bibliotheoae Bodleianse, 303. Theatri Sheldoniani, 304. Parol Academici, 310. Visitatores Ashmoleani, 305. Rawlinson, Ricardus, J. CD., professionis Hnguse Anglo-Saxonicse fundator at custodis Musei Ashmoleani benefactor, 65, 238, 305. Reader in Indian History, 76, in Indian Law, 42 . in Roman Law, 42. INDEX. 415 Readers (Lee's), 59. Keaderships, 32. Be-admiesion of Students, 12. Regentia, l8i. Regentia qui sint necessario regentes, 181. iidem ad Congregationes venire tenentur, 213. qui sint regentes ad placitum, 181. Register of all persons in statu pupillari to be kept by the Secretary to the Boards of Paculties, 90. Registra curiae Gancellarii tuto custodienda, 317. Registrarius curiae Cancellarii, 317. Registrarius Universitatis, 252 et alibi. ejus of&cium circa Delegatorum pro Privilegiis tuendis placita, 2I7. circa statuia et decreta fideliter custodienda, 206. circa supplicantes pro gradibus, 183. Registration of Class Lists, and names of Candidates who have satisfied Examiners, 138. Registrum actorum in Congregatione, 252. in Convocatione, 252. in curia Cancellarii, 317. decretorum, 206. statutorum, 206. matriculationis, 3 ; hereafter to be made up under the direction of the Curators of the Chest, 265. Vice-Cancellarii, eorum nomina continens qui rei majorum criminum coram ipso convicti sint, 317, 319. licentise equos aut servos alendi scholaribus concessae, 231. Procuratorum, sive liber niger, 223, 249. scholarium quibus in usu vehiculorum prohibitorum delinquentibus pcena irrogata fuerit, 231. Delegatorum scholarium nuUi coUe^o vel aulse ascriptorum, 14, 182, 201, 236. Delegatorum pro Privilegiis tuendis, 217- Magistrorum Scholarum, Moderatorum, et Examinatorum publicorum, 138. Examinatorum in Jure Civili, 146. in Medicina, 152. in Preventive Medicine, 154. Kei majorum criminum coram domino Vice-Cancellario convicti, 318. Reports to Convocation, 204. Residentia, 11, 157, 336, 355. Residentia ad jus sufeagii recuperandum requisita, 202 ; ad idem jus a Doctore vel A.M. incorporate adipisceudum, 202. Residentia scholarium, 11, 157. Responsions, 93 ; Additional subjects at, 94. Reverentia juniorum erga seniores exhibenda, 225. River Police, 218. Rolleston Memorial Prize, 396. Roman Law Readership, 42. Ruskin's Master of Drawing, 359. Sacred Poem, 383. 416 INDEX. Savile, Henricus, miles, professionum geomettiae et aatronomise fundator, 46. 237- Schedula nominum pro gradibus Bupplicantinm foribus domus Convooa- tioniB affigenda, 182. Schedulse noiyiinum candidatorum qui Magistris Scholarum satisfeoeruat, 97 ; qui Moderatoribus satisfecerunt, 107; qui Examinatoribus publicis, 124. Scbedulte examinandcrum public! juris faclendse pro Responsionibus, 132; pro prima Examinatione, 133; pro seeunda Examinatione, 133; sup- plemental, 133. Schedulse rerum et librorum secretario Eaonltatum per responsuros tra- deudae, 95 ; per examinandos coram Moderatoribus, 102 ; per exami- nandos in seeunda Examinatione publica, 120. Scbola literarum GrEecarum et Latinarum sub Moderatoribus, 97. disciplinarum matbematicarum sub Moderatoribus, 99. jurisprudentiee, 115; historise modernse, 116. literarum bumaniorum, in ; Pass School, 108. scientiarum matbematicarum et physicarum, 112. soientiae naturalis, 112. S. Theologise, 117. Honour Scbool of Oriental Studies, 118. Soholae Bibl. Bodl. per deoretum Convocationis annectendse, 297. Soliolares singuli suos tutores babeant, 12, 328. Scbolares per civitatem otiosi ne obambulent, neve in plateis aut publico foro stantes aut commorantes conspiciantur, 225. oppidanorum seu artificum domos vel officinas ne frequentent, 226. ad coetus publicos civitatis Oxon. ne accedant, 226. a diversoriis, caupouis, cenopoliis, etc., abstineant, 226. ante horam nonam vespertinam ad collegia propria se recipiant, 227. Scbolares a ludis quibusdam abstineant, 227. ad spectacula prohibita confluentes puniantur, 226. ab usu vehiculorum quibus invebi solent ipsi aurigantes abstineant, 230. Scbolares nulli coUegio vel aulse ascripti, 14. Vide Delegati, Begistrum. Scbolares musicse studentes, 79. Scbolares de fundatione aliqna : magistri Abbott, 379. Bodeniani, 168, 370. Burdett-Coutts, 377. baronis Craven, 161. Davis Scholar in Chinese, 170. dominse Denyer et doctoria Johnson, 1 69. comitis de Derby, 381. Hertfordensis, 168. Joannis Ireland, S.T.P., decani Westmonast., 368. doctoris Johnson in scientiis matbematicis, 164. Annae Kennicott in lingua Hebraica, 164. in scientiis matbematicis, 372. Pusey and EUerton (Hebrew), 374. Taylorian, 307. > Vineriani, 163. INDEX. 417 Scholaribus ab equia ant servis sine justa venia alendis interdictum, 231. epulae sine justa venia ab oppidanis pretio non prsebendse, 227. Scholaris sen studens, quis habendus, 3. Scholarium residentia, 11. migratio, 12. Scholaruni pergula vooata the Pictwre Gallery in usum Bibl. Bodl. aliqua- tenua cedit, 297, Schools, clerk of the, 255. Schools, Curators of the, 312. Schools, Examination and Inspection of, 176. Schools, vide Schola. Scotch Education Department certificates, 92, 177. Scrutinium in domo Convooationis, 207. Second Public Examination, 107 seqq. Secretary to the Curators of the University Chest, 265. Secretary to Boards of Faculties, 8f. Sedley,Gulielmus, miles, professionis philoBophise naturalis fundator, 48, 237. SeneschalluB, 242. Senioritas graduatorum, quomodo sestimetur, 213, 225. Moderatorum et Examinatorum Publioorum, quomodo sestimanda, 139. Septuagint Prizes (Hall and Houghton), 388. Septuagint Reader (Grinfield), 367. Sermons, vide Conciones. Servum alere aut retinere nulli scholari sine justa venia licet, 231. Sessiones, 226. Sheldon, GHlbertus, archiep. Cantuar., theatri fundator et extruotor, 238. Sheldonian Theatre, 304. Sibthorp, Johannes, M.D., professionis oaoonomise ruralis fundator, 238, 346. Sigilla Universitatis, 293. Slade, Felix, esquire, founder of the professorship of Fine Art, 348. Slavonic languages, Ilcliester endowment for, 309. Special Constables, 218. Stanhope Historical Essay, 385. Statuta, quomodo in Convocatione condenda, 205, 355. Statuta Aularia, 328. Statutes, mode of submitting to the Congregation of the University, 209. Statutorum authentica exemplaria, ubi custodienda, 206. Stipendia Academiae officiariis et quibusdam aliis e Cista eroganda, 260. Bibl. Bodl. officiariorum et rainistrorum, 297. Studens seu scholaris, quis habendus, 3. Students, Non-Collegiate, 14. Study, Boards of; vide Boards. Sub-seneschallus, 242. Suffragandi potestatem in Congreg. vel Convoo. nuUam habitu academico competente destituti habeant, 224. Sufiragia in Convocatione variis modis, pro natura uegotii, ferenda, 203. Sufiragia in electionibus, qua conditione reputanda, 207. Suflragii in Convocatione jus, quibus competat, 201, 202, 259. nemini, nisi feodis Universitati persolutis, 203; quomodo, si quis ab Universitate disceeserit, recuperandum, 202 ; quando ab incorporato adipiscendum, 202. Tide CataloguB. £ e 418 INDEX. Samptus non academici reprimendi, 231. SuppUoationes pro gradibus Bcholasticis in Congregatione regentium proponeudse, 180, 183, 188, 193, 194 se}?. Surgery, degrees in the Sub-Faculty of, 152 ; examination in Surgery, 153. Synaxis sacra initio cujusque termini in ecelesia B.M.V. celebranda, 2. Syriac Prize (Hall and Houghton), 388 aeqq. Taylor, Eobertus, equea auratus, publious Univ. benefactor, 338. Taylor Institution, Regulations of the, 306. Teachers, Delegacy for training of, 21. Teachers of Oriental languages, to be appointed by the delegates of the India Civil Service, 219. Teachers of Modem Languages at the Taylor Institution, 306. Teaching, Extension of University, 177- Tempus ad gradum A.B. requisitura, 91. ad gradum A.M., 140. ad gradum Mus. Bacc, 140. ad gradum Mus. Doot., 143. ad gradum J.C.B., 144. ad gradum J.C.D., 146. ad gradum M.B., 14 7. ad gradum M.D., 151. ad gradum M.C., 152. ad gradum S.T.B., 1 56. ad gradum S.T.P., 156. Tempus pro singulis gradibus requisituni quomodo computandum, 157. Term, Easter at Cambridge or Dublin to be reckoned as equivalent to Easter and Trinity at Oxford, 197. Term, Full, to be fixed by the Hebdomadal Council, 140. Termini, in quibus omnes actus scholastici exercendi sunt, 158. Termini ad gradus requisiti, quomodo complendi, i, 158. quot post terminos completes candidati ad examinationem coram Mode- ratoribuB admittantur qui honorem aliquem ambiunt quive nullum, 98; ad secundam Examinationem publicam, 108. Termini Paschatis et Trinitatis pro uno termino reputandi, 2, 60, 71, 76 et multis aliis locis. Testimonium residentise pro jure suffragii recnperando, 198. a Doctore vel A.M. incorporate requisituni, 198. Examinationis in Musica, 141. in Preventive Medicine (diploma), 155. Theatre, Sheldonian, 304 ; Curators, ih. Theology, Honour School of, 1 1 7. Tobacco, 226. Togee inter habitum academicum singulis gradibus et facultatibus necnon non-graduatorum ordinibus competentes, 223, 224. Tomlins, Kicardus, armiger, professionis anatomise fundator, 46, 56, 237. Training of Teachers' Delegacy, 11. Tutorum munera, 12. officium circa scholares matriculandos, 4. circa Ucentiam equos aut servos alendi scholaribus petitam, 231. University Chest, 262 eejj. University Galleries, 313, 359. INDBX. 419 University Extension Delegacy, 177. University Police, 217. University Sermon, vide Concio. Vehicula prohibita, 230. Venatio ferarum cum oanibus, etc., prohibita, 228. Verger of the University, 255, 262. Vestitus qualis academicos deceat, 223. Vicario eoclesise B.M.V. pecuniae quotannis pendendae, 362. Vicariorum quorundam stipendia, 291. Vice-Cancellarius : ejus nominatio et admissio, 243. officium et auctoritas, 244. sigillum officii, 293. nihil quod Vioe-Cancellarius vel in Congregatione vel in Convocation* negaverit pro conoesso statuto aut decreto habendum, 181, 203. si quis contra Vioe-Cancellarium vel Proouratores verba injuriosa pro- tulerit, aut eosdem in executioue officiorum suorum impedierit, aut in eosdem manus violentas injecerit, quomodo puniendus sit, 230. ejus potestas cum assensu Cone, Hebdom. Encaenia alibi qnam in Theatre Sheldoniano celebranda indicendi, 304. scholaribus interdicendi, ne seasionibus aut assisis intersint, 226. linguas vernaculse in Congr. vel Convoc. usum permittendi, 214. de frequent! Academia judicandi, 233, ejus judicio approbandi sunt onmes concionatores, 235. quomodo delictis contra quee special! nuUo statuto cautum fuerit ptBuam irrogare debeat, 206. ejus officium circa preces initio cuj usque termini perlegendas, 3. circa monitioues de Convocatione indicenda, 203, circa catalogum nominum omnium qui jus suifragandi in Convocatione vendicant faciendum, 203. circa electiones in domo Convocationis, 206. circa Procuratonmi electionem seu nominationem, 246. circa condones quadragesimales atque alias extra ordinem habendas, 234. circa condones ob doctrinam pravam aut seditionem suspectas, 238, circa Bibliothecae Bodleianae visitationem, 303. circa aedes collegio alicui annexas, 11, circa matriculandos, 3. circa scholarium resideutiam, 11. circa tutores scholaribus prEeficiendos, 12. circa juniores de usu babitus academic! delinqueutes, 223, circa licentiam equos aut servos alendi scholaribus concessam, 231. circa nonnullorum delinquentium degradationem, 208. nominandi a Vice-Cancellario quotannis : Assessor in curia Cancellarii, 316. ClericuB Mercatus unus, 250. Concionatores complures, 236. nominandus a Vice-Cancellario quotannis : one Examiner for the Gaisford Prizes, 386. nominandus ab eodem in perpetuum : one Bedel, 254. nominandi a Vice-Cancellario et aliis vv. ell. quotannis : 420 INDEX. Vioe-Cancellarius : Concionatores Select! quinque, 236, Examinatores pro electione Scholarium de fundatione AngeUe Burdett-Coutts, 378. in Scientiia Mathematiois, 372. Vineriana, 163. for the Hall and Hall-Houghton Prizes, 389. for the Johnson Memorial Prize, once in four years, 387. nominandi a Vioe-Canoellario et Procuratoribus ; Censor of Non-CoUegiate Students, 14; Two Delegates, 14. Three Bedels, 354. Curatores Cistae Academicae duo, 263. four Curators of the Taylor Institution, 306. five Delegates of Lodging-houses, 18; Controller, 18. four Delegates for the Examination and Inspection of Schools, 176. six Delegates of Local Examinations, 173. two delegates for civil service of India, 219. two delegates for training of Teachers, 2 1 . two delegates of University Extension, 177. Preli Delegati, 215. pro Privilegiis tuendis stati quatuor, 216. item quotannis : Examinator in Musica unus, 141. Examinatores pro electione Scholaris Hertfordensis, 168. pro Praemiis a Canoellario et a Kogero Newdigate baronetto propositis tres, 171. Victoria regina, lecturarum in Theologia Pastorali et in Historia Eccle- siastica fundatrix, 35. Viner, Carolue, armiger, professionis Juris Anglicani fundator, 39, 238. Vinerian Scholars, 163. Vis et injuria omnimodo prohibita, 228. Visitatorial Board, 325. Visus franci plegii, 24X, 242. Vote, Recovery of, 202. Voting at Elections, conditions of, 206. Walks repaired by the University, 310. White, Thomas, S.T.P., professionis philosophise moralis fundator, 71, 237. Wills, Joannes, S.T.P., publicus Univ. benefactor, 238. Wolsey, Thomas, cardinalis et archiep. Ebor., publicus Univ. benefactor, 237. Women, Examination of, 174; Class Lists, 175. FINIS. Clarenbon press, ©yforb. SELECT LIST OF STANDARD WORKS. STANDARD LATIN WORKS . Page i STANDARD GREEK WORKS ... ,,3 MISCELLANEOUS STANDARD WORKS „ 7 STANDARD THEOLOGICAL WORKS ,, 8 NEW ENGLISH DICTIONARY „ 8 1. STANDARD LATIN WORKS. Avianus. The Fables. Edited, with Prolegomena, Critical Appa- ratu9,Commentary,&c., by Robinson Ellis, M.A., LL.D. 8vo. 8s. 6d. CatuUi Veronensis Liber. Iterum recognovit, Apparatum Cri- ticum Prolegomena Appendices ad- didit, R. Ellis, A.M. 8vo. i6s. Catullus, a Commentary on. By Robinson Ellis, M.A. Second Edition. 8vo. i8s. Cicero. Be Oratore Libri Tres. With Introduction and Notes. By A. S. Wilkins, Litt.D. 8vo. i8s. Book I. 7s. 6d. Book II. 5s. Book III. 6s. Philippic Orations. With Notes. By J. K. King, M.A. Second Edition. 8vo. los. 6d. Cicero. Select Letters. With English Introductions, Notes, and Appendices. By Albert Watson, M.A. Fourth Edition. 8vo. i8s. Horace. With a Commentary. By E. C. Wickham, M.A. Two Vols. 8vo. Vol. I. The Odes, Carmen Secu- lare, and Epodes. Second Edition. 12s. Vol. II. The Satires, Epistles, and De Ai-te Poetica. 1 2s. Juvenal. Thirteen Satires. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by 0. H. Pearson, M.A., and Herbert A. Strong, M.A., LL.D. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. gs. Livy, Book I. With Intro- duction, Historical Examination, and Notes. By J. R. Seeley, M.A. Second Edition. 8to. 6s. Oxford : Clai'ondon Press. London : Henby Feo-\vde, Amen Corner, E.C. STANDARD LATIN WORKS. Manilius. Nodes Manilianae ; give Dissertationes in Astronomica Ma- nilii. Accedvnt Coniecturae in Oer- manici Aratea. Scripsit E. Ellis. Crown 8vo. 6s. Merry. Selected Fragments of RomanPoeiry. Edited, with Intro- duction and Notes, by W. W. Merry, D.D. Crown 8vo. 6s. 6d. Ovid. P. Ovidii Nasonis Ibis. Ex Novis Codioibus edidit, Scholia Vetera Commentarium, cum Pro- legomenis Appendice Indice adkiidit, K. Ellis, A.M. 8yo. los. 6d. P. Ovidi Nasonis Tris- iium Libri V. Eecensuit S. G. Owen, A.M. 8vo. i6s. Persius. The Satires. With a Translation and Commentary. By John Conington, M.A. Edited by Henry Nettleship, M.A. Third Edition. 8vo. 8s. 6d. Plautus. Rvdens. Edited, with Critical and Explanatory Notes, by E. A. Sonnenschein, M.A. 8vo. 8s. 6d. Quintilian. M. Fahi Quin- tUicmi InstiiuMonis Oratoriae Liber Decimus. A Bevised Text, with In- troductory Essays, Critical Notes, &c. By W. PeteiBon, M.A., LL.D. 8vo. I2S. 6d. Bushforth. Latin Historical Inscriptions, illustrating the History of the Early Empire. By G. McN. Eushforth, M.A. 8vo. los. net. 'Ha.oitvLB. The Annals. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by H. Fumeaux, M.A. ■> Vols. 8vo. Vol. I, Books I-VI. 1 8s. Vol. II, Books XI-XVI. 20S. Virgil. With an Introduc- tion and Notes. By T. L. Papillon, M.A., and A. E. Haigh, M.A. 2 vols. Crown 8vo. I2s. King and Cooksou. The Prin- ciples of Sound and Inflexion, as ilhis- trated in the Greek and Latin Languages. By J. E. King,M.A., and Christopher Cookson, M.A. 8vo. i8s. An Introduction to the Comparative Orammar of 0^'eek and Latin. Crown 8vo. 5s. 6d. Iiewis. A Latin dictionary for Schools. By Charlton T. lewis, Ph.D. Small 4to. 183. Nettleship. Lectures and Essays on Stibjeds connected with Latin Schola/rship and Literature. By Henry Nettleship, M.A. Crown 8vo. 7s. 6d. ■ The Roman Satura. Svo, sewed, is. Nettleship. Ancient Lives of Vergil. 8vo, sewed, 2s. Contributions to Latin Lexicography. 8vo. 21s. Sellar. Roman Poets of the Augustan Age. By W. Y. Sellar, M.A. ; viz. I. VntarL. New Edition. Crown 8vo. 9s. II. Horace and the Elesiac Poets. With a Memoir of the Author by Andrew Lang, M.A., and a Portrait. 8vo. 14s. Roman Poets of the Re- public. Third Edition. Crown Svo. los. Wordsworth. Fragments and Speeimens of Early Latin. With Intro- ductions and Notes. By J. Words- worth, D.D. 8vo. 18s. Oxford: Clarendon Press, STANDARD GREEK WORKS. 2. STANDARD Allen. Notes on Abbrevia- tions ill Greek Manuscripts. By T. W. Alien. Royal 8to. 5s. Chandler. A Practical Intro- duction to Greek Accentuation, by H.W. Chandler, M.A. Second Edition. los. 6(?. Haigh. The Attic Theatre. A Description of the Stage and Theatre of the Athenians, and of the Dramatic Performances at Athens. By A. E. Haigh, M.A. 8vo. I2S. 6d. Head. Historia JVumorum: A Manual of Greek Numismatics. By Barclay V. Head. Royal 8vo, half-bound, 2I. 2s. Hieks. A Manual of Greek Histmical Inscrriptions. By E. L. Hicks, M.A. 8vo. los. 6d. King and Cookson. The Prin- ciples of Sound and Inflexion, as illus- trated in the Gi-eek and Latin Languages. By J. E. King, M.A., and Christopher Cookson, M.A. 8vo. i8s. GREEK WORKS. Liddell and Soott. A Greek- English Lexicon, by H. G. Liddell, D.D., and Robert Scott, D.D. Seventh Edition, Eevised and Augmented through- out. 4to. il. 1 6s. • An Intermediate Greek- Aeschinem et Isocratem, ^ScAo- lia Qraeca in. Edidit G. Dindorflus. 8vo. 4s. Aeschylus. In Single Plays. With Introduction and Notes, by Arthur Sidgwick, M.A. Third Edition. Extra fcap. 8vo. 3s. each. I. Agamemnon. II. Choephoroi. III. Eumenides. IV. Prometheus Bound. With Introduction and Notes, by A. O. Prickard, M.A. Second Edition. 2s. Aesehyli quae super sunt in Codice Laurentiano quoad ejffici poiuit et English Lexicon, foimded upon the Seventh Edition of Liddell and Scott's Greek Lexicon. Small 4to. I2S. 6d. Moulton. The Ancient Class- ical Drama. A Study in Literary Evolution. Intended for Readers in English and in the Original. By E. G. Moulton, M.A. Crown 8vo. 8s. 6d. Paton and Hicks. The In- scriptions of Cos. By W. R. Paton and E. 1. Hicks. Royal Svo, linen, with Map, 28s. Veiteh. Greek Verbs, Irregular and Defective. By W. Veiteh, LL.D. Fourth Edition. Crown Svo. los. 6d. Wright. Golden Treasury of Ancient Greek Poetry. By R. S. Wright, M.A. Second Edition. Revised by Evelyn Abbott, M. A., LL.D. Extra fcap. 8vo. 10s, 6d. ad cognitionem necesse est visum typis descripta edidit R. Merkel. Small folio, il. IS. Aeschylus : Tragoediae et Fragmenta, ex recensione Guil. Din- dorfii. Second Edition. Svo. 5s. 6d. Annotationes Guil. Din- dorfii. Partes II. Svo. 10s. Apsinis et Iiongini Rhetorica. E Codicibus mss. recensuit Joh. Bakius. Svo. 3s. Arch i media quae super sunt omnia cum Eutocii commentariis ex re- censione J. Torelli, cum nova ver- sione Latina. Fol. il. 5s. London ; Henry Frowde, Amen Comer, E.C- STANDARD GREEK WORKS. Aristophanes. A Complete Concordance to the Comedies and Frag- mente. By H. Dunbar, M.D. 4to. ll. IS. CoTnoediaeet Fragrtienta, ex reoensione Guil. Dindorfii. Tomi II. 8vo. iis. Annotationes Guil. Din- dorfii. Partes II. 8vo. i is. Scholia Oraeca ex Co- dicibus aucta et emendata a Guil. Dindorfio. Partes III. 8vo. il. In Single Plays. Edited, with English Notes, Introductions, &c., by W. W. Merry, D.D. Extra fcap. 8vo. I. The Achamians. II. The Clouds. III. The Progs. rV. The Knights. 39. each. V. The Birds. 3s. 6d. Aristotle. Ex recensione Im. Bekkeri. Aocedunt Indices Sylburgiani. Tomi XI. 8to. 2I. los. The volumes (except Vols. I and IX) may behad separately, price 5s. 6d. each. Ethica N'icomachea. Re- cognovit brevique Adnotatione critica instruxit I. Bywater. 8vo. 6s. Contributions to the Textual Criticism of the Nicoma- chean Ethics. By I. Bywater. 2s.6d. Notes on the Nicoma- chcan Ethics. By J. A. Stewart. 2 vols. 8V0. II. I3S. The Politics, with Intro- ductions, Notes, &c., by W. L. Newman, M.A. Vols. I and II. Medium 8vo. 28s. The Politics, translated into English, with Introduction, Marginal Analysis, Notes, and In- dices, by B, Jowett, M. A. Medium 8to. 2 vols. 2 IS. Aristotle. Aristotelian Studies. I. On the Structure of the Seventh Book of the Nicomachean Ethics. By J. C. Wilson, M.A. 8vo, stiff covers, 5s. The English Manuscripts of the Nicomachean Ethics, described in reUttion to Bekkei's Manvscripts amd other Sources. By J. A. Stewart, M.A. (AnecdotaOxou.) Small 4to. 3s. 6d. On the History of the process by which the Aristotelian Writ- ings arrived at their present form. By E. Shute, M.A. 8vo. 7s. 6d. Physics. Book VII. Collation of various Mss. ; with In- troduction by E. Shute, M. A. (Anec- dota Oxon. ) Small 4to. 2s. Choerobosci Dictata in Theo- dosii Ga/nones, necnon Epimerismi in Psalmos. E Codicibus mss. edidit Thomas Gaiaford, S.T.P. Tomi III. 8vo. 15s. Demosthenes. Ex recensione G. Dindorfii. Tomi IX. 8vo. 2I. 6s. S^araMy : — Text, ll. IS. Annotations, 15s. Scholia, los. Demosthenes and Aesohines. The Orations of Demosthenes and Aeschines on the Crown. With Introductory Essays and Notes. By G. A. Simcox, M.A., and W. H. Simcox, M.A. 8vo. 12s. Demosthenes. Orations against Philip. With Inti-oduction and Notes, by Evelyn Abbott, M.A., and P. E. Matheson, M.A. Vol. I. Philipic I. Olynthiacs I-III. Extra fcap. 8vo. 3s. Vol. II. De Pace, Philippic II, De Chersonese, Philippic III. Extra fcap. 8vo. 4s. 6d. Euripides. Tragoediae et Fragmmta, ex recensione Guil. Din- dorfii. Tomi II. 8vo. los. Oxford; Clarendon Press. STANDARD GREEK WORKS. Euripides. Annotationes Gruil. Dindorfii. Partes II. 8vo. I OS. Scholia Graeca, ex Codi- cibus aucta et emendata a Guil. Dindorfio. Tomi IV. 8vo. il. i6s. Earpocrationis Iiexicon. Ex recensione G. Dindorfii. Tomi II. 8vo. I OS. 6d. Hephaestionis Enchiridion, TermUanus Uauras, Produs, &c. Edidit T. Gaisford. S.T.P. Tomi II. los. Heracliti Ephesii Reliquiae. Recensuit I. Bywater, M. A. Appen- dicis loco additae sunt Diogenis Laertii Vita Heracliti, Partieulae Hippocratei De Diaeta Lib. I. , Epi- stolae Heracliteae. 8vo. 6s. Herodotus. Books V and VI, Terpsichore and Erato. Edited, with Notes and Appendices, by Evelyn Abbott, M.A., LL.D. 8vo, with two Maps, los. 6d. Homer. A Complete Con- cardamce to the Odyssey and Hymns of Homer; to which is added a Con- cordance to the Parallel Passages in the Iliad, Odyssey, and Hymns. By Henry Dunbar, M.D. 4to. ll. IS. Seberi Index in Home- rum. 8vo. 6s. 6d. A Gram/mar of the Home- ric Dialect. By D. B. Monro, M.A. 8vo. Second Edition. 14s. Ilias, cum brevi Anno- tatione C. G. Heynii. Accedunt Scholia minora. Tomi II. 8vo. 153. Ilias, ex rec. Guil. Din- dorfii. 8vo. 5s. 6d. Scholia Graeca in Uia- drni. Edited by W. Dindorf, after a new collation of the Venetian Mss. by D. B. Monro, M.A. 4 vols. 8vo. 2l. lOS. Homer. Scholia Graeca in niadem Toumleyana. Recensuit Emestus Maass. 2 vols. 8vo. ll. 1 6s. Odyssea, ex rec. G. Din- doriii. 8vo. js. 6d. Scholia Graeca in Odys- seam. Edidit Guil. Dindorfius. Tomi II. 8vo. ijs. 6d. Odyssey. Books I-XII. Edited with English Notes, Appen- dices, &c. By "W. W. Merry, D.D., and James Riddell, M.A. Second Edition. 8vo. 16s. Hymni Homerici. Codi- cibus denuo coUatis recensuit Alfredus Goodwin. Small folio. With four Plates. 2 is. net. Oratores Attici, ex recensione Bekkeri : I. Antiphon,Andocides,etLysias. 8vo. 7s. II. Isoorates. 8vo. 7s. III. Isaeus, Aeschines, Lycurgus, Diuarchus, &c. 8vo. 7s. Paroemiographi Graeci, quo- rum pars nunc primum ex Codd. mss. mOgatur. Edidit T. Gaisford, S.T.P. 1836. 8vo. 5s. 6d. Plato. Apology, with a re- vised Text and English Notes, and a Digest of Platonic Idioms, by James Riddell, M.A. Svo. 8s. 6d. ■ Philebus, with a revised Text and English Notes, by Edward Poste, M.A. 8vo. 7s. 6d. Sophistes and Politicus, with a revised Text and English Notes, by L. Campbell, M.A. Svo. 1 8s. TAeaeiefttS, with a revised Text and English Notes, by L. Campbell, M.A. Second Edition. 8vo. I OS. 6d. London; Hekry Fhowdk, Anion Corner, B.C. STANDARD GREEK WORKS. Plato. The Dialogues, trans- lated into English, with Analyses and Introductions, by B, Jowett, M.A. Third Bdition. 5 Tols. medium 8to. Cloth, 4?. 4«. ; half-morocoo, 5^. The Republic, translated into English, with Analysis and Introduction, by B. Jowett, M.A. Medium 8yo. 1 2s. 64. ; Jialf-roan, 14s. Selections. With Intro- ductions and Notes. By John Purves, M.A., and Preface by B. Jowett, M.A. Second Edition. Extra foap. 8vo. £8. With Introduction and Notes. By St. George Stock, M.A. Extra fcap. 8vo. I. The Apology, 2s. 6d. II. Crito, 2s. III. Meno, 2s. 6d. Plotinns. Edidit F. Creuzer. Tomi III. 4to. il. 8s. Polybius. Selections. Edited by J. L. Strachan-Davidson, M.A. With Maps. Medium 8vo, buckram, 2 IS. Plutarehi Moralia, id est, Opera, exceptis Vitis, rdigua. Edidit Daniel Wyttenbach. Acceditlndex Graecitatis. Tomi VIII. Partes XV. 1795-1830. 8to, cloth, 3?. los. Sophocles. The Plays and Fragments. With English Notes and Introductions, by Lewis Campbell, M.A. 2 vols. Vol. I. Oedipus Tyrannus. Oedi- pus Coloneus. Antigone. 8vo. 1 6s. Vol. II. Ajax. Eleetra. Trachi- niae. Philoctetes. Fragments. 8to. I 6s. Sophocles. Tragoediae et Fragmenta, ex recensione et cum commentariis Guil. Dindorfii. Third Edition. 2 vols. Fcap. 8vo. \l. is." Each Play separately, limp, 2s. 6d. Tragoediae et Fragmenta cum Annotationibus Guil.Dindorfii. Tomi II. 8vo. los. The Text, Vol. I. 6s. 6d. The Notes, Vol. IL 4s. 6d. Stobaei Florilegium. Ad Mss. fidem emendavit et supplevit T. Gaisford, S.T.P. Tomi IV. 8vo. il. Eclogarwm Physicarum et Eihicarum libri duo. Accedit Hieroclis Commentarius in aurea carmina Pythagoreorum. Ad mss. Codd. recensuit T. Gaisford. S.T.P. Tomi II. 8vo. lis. Theodoreti Graecary/m Affec- Uonum Ouratio. Ad Codices mss. re- censuit T. Gaisford, S.T.P. 8vo. 7s. 6d. Thucydides, Translated into English, with Introduction, Mar- ginal Analysis, Notes, and Indices. By B. Jowett, M.A., Eegius Pro- fessor of Greek. 2 vols. Medium 8V0. ll. I2S. Xeuophon. Ex recensione et cum annotationibus L. Dindorfii. Historia Graeca. Second Edition. 8vo. I OS. 6d. Expeditio Cyri. Second Edition. 8vo. los. 6d. Institutio Cyri. 8vo. ios.6d. Memorabilia Socratis. 8vo. 7s. 6d. Opuscula Politica Equestria et Venatica cum Arriani Libello de Venatione. 8vo. los. 6d. Oxford; Clarendon Press. MISCELLANEOUS STANDARD WORKS. 3. MISCELLANEOUS STANDARD WORKS. Arbuthnot. The Life and Works of John Arbuthnot. By George A. Aitken. 8to, cloth extra, with Portrait, i6s. Baden-Powell. Land-Systevis of British India ; being a Manual of the Land-Tenures, and of the Systems of Land-Revenue Ad- ministration prevalent in the several Provinces. By B. H. Baden- Powell, C.I.E., P.E.S.E., M.R.A.S. 3 vols. 8vo, with Maps, ^l. 3s. Casaubon (Isaac), 1559-1 614. By Mark Pattison, late Eector of Lincoln College. Second Edition. 8vo. 1 6s. Pinlay. A History of Greece from its CongMSt by the Romans to the present time, B.C. 146 to A. D. 1864. By Gteorge Finlay, LL.D. A new Edition, revised throughout, and in part re-written, with considerable additions,by the Author, and edited by H. P. Tozer, M.A. 7 vols. 8vo. 3J. I OS. Gaii Institutionum Juris Civilis Commentarii Quatticor ; or. Ele- ments of Boman Law by Gaius. With a Translation and Commen- tary by Edward Poste, M.A. Third Edition. 8vo. l8s. Gardthausen. CatalogusCodi- aim Graecorum Sinaiiicorum. Seripsit v. Gardthausen Lipsieusis. With six pages of Facsimiles. 8vo. 255, Fragmenta Herculanensia. A Descriptive Catalogue of the Oxford copies of the Herculanean KoUs, together with the texts of several papyri, accompanied by facsimiles. Edited by Walter Seott,M.A.,Fellow of Merton College, Oxford. Koyal 8vo, 2 IS. Hodgkin. Italy and her In- vaders. With Plates and Maps. By Thomas Hodgkin, D.C.L. a.d. 376-553. 8vo. Vols. I and II, 2l. 2s. Vols. Ill and IV, il. 16s. Justinian. Imperatoris lus- iiniani Institutionum Litm Quaftuor ; with Introductions, Commentary, Excursus and Translation. By J. B. Moyle, D.C.L. Second Edition. 2 vols. 8vo. 22s. MacMavelli. Il Principe. Edited by L. Arthur Burd. With an Introduction by Lord Acton. 8vo. 1 4s. Pattison. Essays by the late Mark Pattison, sometime Eector of Lincoln College. Collected and Arranged by Henry Nettleship, M.A. 2 vols. 8vo. 24s. Selden. The Table Talk of John Selden. Edited, with an In- troduction and Notes, by Samuel Harvey Reynolds, M.A. 8vo, half- roan, 8s. 6d. Kalegh. Sir Walter Ralegh. A Biography. By W. Stebbing, M.A. 8vo. los. 6d. Stokes. The Anglo-Indian Codes. By Whitley Stokes, LL.D. Vol. I. Substantive Law. 8vo. 30s. Vol. II. Adjective Law. 8vo. 35s. Strachey. Hastings and The RohiUa War. By Sir John Strachey, G.C.S.I. 8vo, cloth, los. 6d. Thomson. Ifoies on Recent Besearches in Eleciridty and Magnetism, intended as a sequel to Professor Clerk Maxwell's 'Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism.' By J. J. Thomson, M.A., F.R.S., Pro- fessor of Experimental Physics in the University of Cambridge. 8vo, 18s. 6d, London : Hkney Prowde, Amen Comer, B.C. STANDARD THEOLOGICAL WORKS. 4. STANDARD THEOLOGICAL WORKS. St. Basil: The Book of St. Basil on the Holy Spirit. A Revised Text, with Notes and Introduction by C. P. H. Johnston, M.A. Crown 8vo. ys. 6d. Bigg. The Christian Platonists of Alexandria; being the Bampton Leoturesfor 1886. By Charles Bigg, D.D. 8vo. IDS. 6d. Bright. Chapters of Early English Church History. By W. Bright, D.D. Second Edition. 8vo. 1 2«. Canons of the First Four Qeneral Councils of Nicaea, Con- Btamtinople, Ephesus, and Chalcedon. With Notes, by W. Bright, D.D. Second Edition, Crown 8vo. 7s. 6d. The Book of Enoch. Trans- lated, from Dillmann's Ethiopic Text (emended and revised), and Edited by R H. Charles, M.A. 8vo. i6s. Hatch and Bedpath. A Con- cordance to the Greek Versions and Apocryphal Books of the Old Testament. By the late Edwin Hatch, M. A. ,and H. A. Eedpath, M.A. Parts I and II. 21s. each. Part III. Iii the Press. Studia Biblica et Ecclesias- tica. Essays in Biblical and Patristic Criticism, and kindred sviijects. By Members of the University of Oxford. 8vo. Vol. I. los. 6d. Vol. II. I2S. 6d. Vol. III. i6s. TertuUiani Apologeticus ad- versus Gentes pro Christianis. Edited, with Introduction and Notes, by T. Herbert Bindley, M.A. Crown 8to. 6s. 5. A NEW ENGLISH DICTIONARY on Historical Prin- ciples, founded mainly on the materials collected by the Philological Society. Vol. I (A and B). Imperial 4to, half-morocco, 2l.i 2s. 6d. Part IV, Section 2, C — CASS, beginning Vol. II, price 5s. Part V, OAST — CLIVT, price 12s. 6d. Part VI, OLO— CONSiaWBB, price 12s. 6d. Part VII, COWSIGliriFICAlSrT— OKOUCHIWG, price I2«. 6d. Part VIII. In the Press. Edited by Jambs A. H. Mdbbat, LL.D. Vol. Ill, Part I (B— EVERY), edited by Henky Bkadley, M.A., price 1.28. 6^. Vol. Ill, Part II. In the Press. Oxfovb AT THE CLARENDON PRESS LONDON: HENRY FROWDE OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE, AMEN CORNER, E.G. m